Littleton City Zoning Code

CHAPTER 1

STANDARDS FOR ALL DISTRICTS

Section 10-1-1.1 Base Districts

Applicability. This Section applies to all base zoning districts within the city.

1.
Zoning Districts. The zoning districts (districts) are outlined in Table 10-1-1.1.1, Base Zoning Districts. The table shows the relationship of each district, the Future Land Use and Character Map designation, and the former zoning designations. The purpose of each district describes the unique characteristics that distinguish it from each of the other base districts.
2.
Types of Approval. Depicted in Table 10-1-1.1.2, Types of Approval, is how each type of approval applies to the related sections requiring compliance.

Land Use, Lot, and Building Type Standards. The allowable land uses, lot areas, building setbacks, height, lot coverage, and common open space standards are set out in the following articles of this Code:

1.
ARTICLE 10-2-2, DT Downtown Districts and Uses;
2.
ARTICLE 10-3-2, CMU Corridor Mixed-Use Districts and Uses;
3.
ARTICLE 10-4-2, NB Neighborhood Districts and Uses; and
4.
ARTICLE 10-5-2, BI Business and Industry Districts and Uses.

Table 10-1-1.1.1 Base Zoning Districts
District		Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)^1,2
Name	Designation	Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)^1,2
Downtown
Downtown Neighborhood Residential		Urban Downtown Transition	This district is defined by its pedestrian-oriented street edge alongside modest front yards and reflects its existing low-density, single-family heritage while accommodating multi-family building forms.	DT-DNR
Downtown Transition Area		Urban Downtown Transition	This district is pedestrian-oriented and reflects historic residential form and usage while accommodating a moderately higher-density mix of commercial, restaurant, office, hotel, mixed-use, and residential uses in a variety of different building types.	DT-DTA
Downtown Main Street		Urban Downtown Main Street	This district establishes a small town feel through a consistent urban form of active, pedestrian-oriented street edge and the small scale and significant historical architecture of Main and Prince Streets. Buildings accommodate a mix of uses within multiple stories and support the walkable town-center character of the downtown. This district includes the locally designated Downtown Historic District and the Main Street National Register Historic District.	DT-DMS
Downtown Mixed-Use		Urban Downtown Mixed-Use	This district consists of mixed use buildings with an active, pedestrian-oriented street edge. The predominant building form retains a traditional urban scale, design, and mix of uses which complements the Downtown Main Street (DMS) district.	DT-DMU
Corridor Mixed-Use
Neighborhood Commercial		Corridor Mixed-Use	The NC district provides for continued use of single-family dwellings that may transition into business uses without substantially altering the exterior function or appearance of the structure. The district also provides for commercial land use in areas that are adjacent to or in near proximity to low-density neighborhoods where compatibility is assured through use limitations and good lot and building standards. Buildings are limited in height and scale and sites are designed to mitigate the impacts common to these uses.	T, B-1
Corridor Mixed		Corridor Mixed-Use; Auto-Oriented Commercial	The CM district provides for the broadest range of residential, commercial office, retail and service uses that may include single use sites and multi-tenant centers of varying scales, or horizontal or vertical mixed-use development. The locations of this district along major corridors are either distant to or buffered from low-density neighborhoods with transitions occurring at the rear of lots or with a street/alley separation. The impacts on the surrounding environs are managed by lot and building design.	B-2, B-3
Neighborhood
Acreage Residential		Estate Residential	The ACR district provides for large, estate-sized lots for which the principal land use is single-family detached residential, although limited agricultural uses are also allowed.	A-1, R-S, R-L
Large Lot Residential		Suburban Residential	The LLR district provides for large lots for which the principal land use is single-family detached residential.	R-E, R-1
Multi-Family Residential		Suburban Residential Attached and Multi-Family; Auto-Oriented Residential Attached and Multi-Family; Residential Mix	The MFR district provides for single-family attached, including multiplex, rowhouse, and townhouse, along with cottage clusters and apartment buildings and complexes. This district is intended to be of the highest residential density in the city, except for the Corridor Mixed (CM) district. The district may also accommodate manufactured home parks, recreational vehicle parks, and tiny home communities by conditional use.	R-3X, R-4, R-5, MH
Medium Lot Residential		Suburban Residential; Auto-Oriented Residential	The MLR district covers a majority of the community, which provides for single-family detached residential housing in conventional neighborhoods.	R-2
Small Lot Residential		Auto-Oriented Residential; Mixed Character Core Neighborhood	The SLR district covers the residential areas nearest Downtown. Some neighborhoods in this district include alleys while other neighborhoods do not have alleys. The principal land use of this district is single-family detached residential.	R-3
Business and Industry
Business Center		Suburban Commercial	The BC district provides for office, research and technology use types with limited light industrial uses conducted within the confines of the buildings. This district provides for an upscale corporate office park setting with increased building and lot design standards.	PD-I, IP, B-P, STP
Industrial Park		Suburban Business Park	The IP district provides for the most intensive heavy commercial and industrial land uses, including product assembly, fabrication, manufacturing, and warehousing, with outdoor storage, display and operations conducted outside the building.	I-1, I-2
Table Notes: 1. The former zoning district designations are from Title 10, Zoning Regulations, repealed and replaced on the effective date of this Code. 2. Council adopted the DT zoning districts by Ordinance 2020-34 on October 6, 2020. Council rezoned the downtown area by Ordinance 2020-43 on December 15, 2020. This table is not intended to amend, revise, or otherwise affect the DT zoning districts as created and applied by those ordinances.

Table 10-1-1.1.1 Base Zoning Districts
District		Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)^1,2
Name	Designation	Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)^1,2
Downtown
Downtown Neighborhood Residential		Urban Downtown Transition	This district is defined by its pedestrian-oriented street edge alongside modest front yards and reflects its existing low-density, single-family heritage while accommodating multi-family building forms.	DT-DNR
Downtown Transition Area		Urban Downtown Transition	This district is pedestrian-oriented and reflects historic residential form and usage while accommodating a moderately higher-density mix of commercial, restaurant, office, hotel, mixed-use, and residential uses in a variety of different building types.	DT-DTA
Downtown Main Street		Urban Downtown Main Street	This district establishes a small town feel through a consistent urban form of active, pedestrian-oriented street edge and the small scale and significant historical architecture of Main and Prince Streets. Buildings accommodate a mix of uses within multiple stories and support the walkable town-center character of the downtown. This district includes the locally designated Downtown Historic District and the Main Street National Register Historic District.	DT-DMS
Downtown Mixed-Use		Urban Downtown Mixed-Use	This district consists of mixed use buildings with an active, pedestrian-oriented street edge. The predominant building form retains a traditional urban scale, design, and mix of uses which complements the Downtown Main Street (DMS) district.	DT-DMU
Corridor Mixed-Use
Neighborhood Commercial		Corridor Mixed-Use	The NC district provides for continued use of single-family dwellings that may transition into business uses without substantially altering the exterior function or appearance of the structure. The district also provides for commercial land use in areas that are adjacent to or in near proximity to low-density neighborhoods where compatibility is assured through use limitations and good lot and building standards. Buildings are limited in height and scale and sites are designed to mitigate the impacts common to these uses.	T, B-1
Corridor Mixed		Corridor Mixed-Use; Auto-Oriented Commercial	The CM district provides for the broadest range of residential, commercial office, retail and service uses that may include single use sites and multi-tenant centers of varying scales, or horizontal or vertical mixed-use development. The locations of this district along major corridors are either distant to or buffered from low-density neighborhoods with transitions occurring at the rear of lots or with a street/alley separation. The impacts on the surrounding environs are managed by lot and building design.	B-2, B-3
Neighborhood
Acreage Residential		Estate Residential	The ACR district provides for large, estate-sized lots for which the principal land use is single-family detached residential, although limited agricultural uses are also allowed.	A-1, R-S, R-L
Large Lot Residential		Suburban Residential	The LLR district provides for large lots for which the principal land use is single-family detached residential.	R-E, R-1
Multi-Family Residential		Suburban Residential Attached and Multi-Family; Auto-Oriented Residential Attached and Multi-Family; Residential Mix	The MFR district provides for single-family attached, including multiplex, rowhouse, and townhouse, along with cottage clusters and apartment buildings and complexes. This district is intended to be of the highest residential density in the city, except for the Corridor Mixed (CM) district. The district may also accommodate manufactured home parks, recreational vehicle parks, and tiny home communities by conditional use.	R-3X, R-4, R-5, MH
Medium Lot Residential		Suburban Residential; Auto-Oriented Residential	The MLR district covers a majority of the community, which provides for single-family detached residential housing in conventional neighborhoods.	R-2
Small Lot Residential		Auto-Oriented Residential; Mixed Character Core Neighborhood	The SLR district covers the residential areas nearest Downtown. Some neighborhoods in this district include alleys while other neighborhoods do not have alleys. The principal land use of this district is single-family detached residential.	R-3
Business and Industry
Business Center		Suburban Commercial	The BC district provides for office, research and technology use types with limited light industrial uses conducted within the confines of the buildings. This district provides for an upscale corporate office park setting with increased building and lot design standards.	PD-I, IP, B-P, STP
Industrial Park		Suburban Business Park	The IP district provides for the most intensive heavy commercial and industrial land uses, including product assembly, fabrication, manufacturing, and warehousing, with outdoor storage, display and operations conducted outside the building.	I-1, I-2
Table Notes: 1. The former zoning district designations are from Title 10, Zoning Regulations, repealed and replaced on the effective date of this Code. 2. Council adopted the DT zoning districts by Ordinance 2020-34 on October 6, 2020. Council rezoned the downtown area by Ordinance 2020-43 on December 15, 2020. This table is not intended to amend, revise, or otherwise affect the DT zoning districts as created and applied by those ordinances.

Table 10-1-1.1.1 Base Zoning Districts
District		Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)^1,2
Name	Designation	Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)^1,2
Downtown
Downtown Neighborhood Residential		Urban Downtown Transition	This district is defined by its pedestrian-oriented street edge alongside modest front yards and reflects its existing low-density, single-family heritage while accommodating multi-family building forms.	DT-DNR
Downtown Transition Area		Urban Downtown Transition	This district is pedestrian-oriented and reflects historic residential form and usage while accommodating a moderately higher-density mix of commercial, restaurant, office, hotel, mixed-use, and residential uses in a variety of different building types.	DT-DTA
Downtown Main Street		Urban Downtown Main Street	This district establishes a small town feel through a consistent urban form of active, pedestrian-oriented street edge and the small scale and significant historical architecture of Main and Prince Streets. Buildings accommodate a mix of uses within multiple stories and support the walkable town-center character of the downtown. This district includes the locally designated Downtown Historic District and the Main Street National Register Historic District.	DT-DMS
Downtown Mixed-Use		Urban Downtown Mixed-Use	This district consists of mixed use buildings with an active, pedestrian-oriented street edge. The predominant building form retains a traditional urban scale, design, and mix of uses which complements the Downtown Main Street (DMS) district.	DT-DMU
Corridor Mixed-Use
Neighborhood Commercial		Corridor Mixed-Use	The NC district provides for continued use of single-family dwellings that may transition into business uses without substantially altering the exterior function or appearance of the structure. The district also provides for commercial land use in areas that are adjacent to or in near proximity to low-density neighborhoods where compatibility is assured through use limitations and good lot and building standards. Buildings are limited in height and scale and sites are designed to mitigate the impacts common to these uses.	T, B-1
Corridor Mixed		Corridor Mixed-Use; Auto-Oriented Commercial	The CM district provides for the broadest range of residential, commercial office, retail and service uses that may include single use sites and multi-tenant centers of varying scales, or horizontal or vertical mixed-use development. The locations of this district along major corridors are either distant to or buffered from low-density neighborhoods with transitions occurring at the rear of lots or with a street/alley separation. The impacts on the surrounding environs are managed by lot and building design.	B-2, B-3
Neighborhood
Acreage Residential		Estate Residential	The ACR district provides for large, estate-sized lots for which the principal land use is single-family detached residential, although limited agricultural uses are also allowed.	A-1, R-S, R-L
Large Lot Residential		Suburban Residential	The LLR district provides for large lots for which the principal land use is single-family detached residential.	R-E, R-1
Multi-Family Residential		Suburban Residential Attached and Multi-Family; Auto-Oriented Residential Attached and Multi-Family; Residential Mix	The MFR district provides for single-family attached, including multiplex, rowhouse, and townhouse, along with cottage clusters and apartment buildings and complexes. This district is intended to be of the highest residential density in the city, except for the Corridor Mixed (CM) district. The district may also accommodate manufactured home parks, recreational vehicle parks, and tiny home communities by conditional use.	R-3X, R-4, R-5, MH
Medium Lot Residential		Suburban Residential; Auto-Oriented Residential	The MLR district covers a majority of the community, which provides for single-family detached residential housing in conventional neighborhoods.	R-2
Small Lot Residential		Auto-Oriented Residential; Mixed Character Core Neighborhood	The SLR district covers the residential areas nearest Downtown. Some neighborhoods in this district include alleys while other neighborhoods do not have alleys. The principal land use of this district is single-family detached residential.	R-3
Business and Industry
Business Center		Suburban Commercial	The BC district provides for office, research and technology use types with limited light industrial uses conducted within the confines of the buildings. This district provides for an upscale corporate office park setting with increased building and lot design standards.	PD-I, IP, B-P, STP
Industrial Park		Suburban Business Park	The IP district provides for the most intensive heavy commercial and industrial land uses, including product assembly, fabrication, manufacturing, and warehousing, with outdoor storage, display and operations conducted outside the building.	I-1, I-2
Table Notes: 1. The former zoning district designations are from Title 10, Zoning Regulations, repealed and replaced on the effective date of this Code. 2. Council adopted the DT zoning districts by Ordinance 2020-34 on October 6, 2020. Council rezoned the downtown area by Ordinance 2020-43 on December 15, 2020. This table is not intended to amend, revise, or otherwise affect the DT zoning districts as created and applied by those ordinances.

Table 10-1-1.1.1 Base Zoning Districts
District		Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)^1,2
Name	Designation	Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)^1,2
Downtown
Downtown Neighborhood Residential		Urban Downtown Transition	This district is defined by its pedestrian-oriented street edge alongside modest front yards and reflects its existing low-density, single-family heritage while accommodating multi-family building forms.	DT-DNR
Downtown Transition Area		Urban Downtown Transition	This district is pedestrian-oriented and reflects historic residential form and usage while accommodating a moderately higher-density mix of commercial, restaurant, office, hotel, mixed-use, and residential uses in a variety of different building types.	DT-DTA
Downtown Main Street		Urban Downtown Main Street	This district establishes a small town feel through a consistent urban form of active, pedestrian-oriented street edge and the small scale and significant historical architecture of Main and Prince Streets. Buildings accommodate a mix of uses within multiple stories and support the walkable town-center character of the downtown. This district includes the locally designated Downtown Historic District and the Main Street National Register Historic District.	DT-DMS
Downtown Mixed-Use		Urban Downtown Mixed-Use	This district consists of mixed use buildings with an active, pedestrian-oriented street edge. The predominant building form retains a traditional urban scale, design, and mix of uses which complements the Downtown Main Street (DMS) district.	DT-DMU
Corridor Mixed-Use
Neighborhood Commercial		Corridor Mixed-Use	The NC district provides for continued use of single-family dwellings that may transition into business uses without substantially altering the exterior function or appearance of the structure. The district also provides for commercial land use in areas that are adjacent to or in near proximity to low-density neighborhoods where compatibility is assured through use limitations and good lot and building standards. Buildings are limited in height and scale and sites are designed to mitigate the impacts common to these uses.	T, B-1
Corridor Mixed		Corridor Mixed-Use; Auto-Oriented Commercial	The CM district provides for the broadest range of residential, commercial office, retail and service uses that may include single use sites and multi-tenant centers of varying scales, or horizontal or vertical mixed-use development. The locations of this district along major corridors are either distant to or buffered from low-density neighborhoods with transitions occurring at the rear of lots or with a street/alley separation. The impacts on the surrounding environs are managed by lot and building design.	B-2, B-3
Neighborhood
Acreage Residential		Estate Residential	The ACR district provides for large, estate-sized lots for which the principal land use is single-family detached residential, although limited agricultural uses are also allowed.	A-1, R-S, R-L
Large Lot Residential		Suburban Residential	The LLR district provides for large lots for which the principal land use is single-family detached residential.	R-E, R-1
Multi-Family Residential		Suburban Residential Attached and Multi-Family; Auto-Oriented Residential Attached and Multi-Family; Residential Mix	The MFR district provides for single-family attached, including multiplex, rowhouse, and townhouse, along with cottage clusters and apartment buildings and complexes. This district is intended to be of the highest residential density in the city, except for the Corridor Mixed (CM) district. The district may also accommodate manufactured home parks, recreational vehicle parks, and tiny home communities by conditional use.	R-3X, R-4, R-5, MH
Medium Lot Residential		Suburban Residential; Auto-Oriented Residential	The MLR district covers a majority of the community, which provides for single-family detached residential housing in conventional neighborhoods.	R-2
Small Lot Residential		Auto-Oriented Residential; Mixed Character Core Neighborhood	The SLR district covers the residential areas nearest Downtown. Some neighborhoods in this district include alleys while other neighborhoods do not have alleys. The principal land use of this district is single-family detached residential.	R-3
Business and Industry
Business Center		Suburban Commercial	The BC district provides for office, research and technology use types with limited light industrial uses conducted within the confines of the buildings. This district provides for an upscale corporate office park setting with increased building and lot design standards.	PD-I, IP, B-P, STP
Industrial Park		Suburban Business Park	The IP district provides for the most intensive heavy commercial and industrial land uses, including product assembly, fabrication, manufacturing, and warehousing, with outdoor storage, display and operations conducted outside the building.	I-1, I-2
Table Notes: 1. The former zoning district designations are from Title 10, Zoning Regulations, repealed and replaced on the effective date of this Code. 2. Council adopted the DT zoning districts by Ordinance 2020-34 on October 6, 2020. Council rezoned the downtown area by Ordinance 2020-43 on December 15, 2020. This table is not intended to amend, revise, or otherwise affect the DT zoning districts as created and applied by those ordinances.

Table 10-1-1.1.2 Types of Approval
Symbol	Types of Approval	Required Compliance
Symbol	Types of Approval	Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix	Section 10-1-1.4, Land Use Standards	Section 10-9-5.1, Conditional Use Standards	Section 10-1-1.6, Accessory Uses, Buildings and Structures	Section 10-1-1.8, Temporary Uses and Structures
♦ Applicable o Not Applicable
P	Permitted	♦	o	o	o	o
S	Specially Permitted	♦	♦	o	o	o
C	Conditional	♦	♦	♦	o	o
A	Accessory	♦	o	o	♦	o
T	Temporary	o	o	o	o	♦
--	Prohibited	o	o	o	o	o

Table 10-1-1.1.2 Types of Approval
Symbol	Types of Approval	Required Compliance
Symbol	Types of Approval	Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix	Section 10-1-1.4, Land Use Standards	Section 10-9-5.1, Conditional Use Standards	Section 10-1-1.6, Accessory Uses, Buildings and Structures	Section 10-1-1.8, Temporary Uses and Structures
♦ Applicable o Not Applicable
P	Permitted	♦	o	o	o	o
S	Specially Permitted	♦	♦	o	o	o
C	Conditional	♦	♦	♦	o	o
A	Accessory	♦	o	o	♦	o
T	Temporary	o	o	o	o	♦
--	Prohibited	o	o	o	o	o

Table 10-1-1.1.2 Types of Approval
Symbol	Types of Approval	Required Compliance
Symbol	Types of Approval	Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix	Section 10-1-1.4, Land Use Standards	Section 10-9-5.1, Conditional Use Standards	Section 10-1-1.6, Accessory Uses, Buildings and Structures	Section 10-1-1.8, Temporary Uses and Structures
♦ Applicable o Not Applicable
P	Permitted	♦	o	o	o	o
S	Specially Permitted	♦	♦	o	o	o
C	Conditional	♦	♦	♦	o	o
A	Accessory	♦	o	o	♦	o
T	Temporary	o	o	o	o	♦
--	Prohibited	o	o	o	o	o

Table 10-1-1.1.2 Types of Approval
Symbol	Types of Approval	Required Compliance
Symbol	Types of Approval	Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix	Section 10-1-1.4, Land Use Standards	Section 10-9-5.1, Conditional Use Standards	Section 10-1-1.6, Accessory Uses, Buildings and Structures	Section 10-1-1.8, Temporary Uses and Structures
♦ Applicable o Not Applicable
P	Permitted	♦	o	o	o	o
S	Specially Permitted	♦	♦	o	o	o
C	Conditional	♦	♦	♦	o	o
A	Accessory	♦	o	o	♦	o
T	Temporary	o	o	o	o	♦
--	Prohibited	o	o	o	o	o

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Section 10-1-1.2 Overlay and Special Districts

This Section applies to all overlay and special zoning districts within the city, as set out in Table 10-1-1.2.1, Overlay and Special Districts.

Table 10-1-1.2.1 Overlay and Special Districts
District		Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)¹
Name	Designation	Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)¹
Overlay Districts
Planned Overlay District	PL-O	--	This overlay district consolidates the PD and PDO districts of the former zoning regulations into a single Planned Overlay (PL-O) district. The PL-O overlay district allows the existing PD and PDO districts to continue until they are amended or terminated.	PD-R, PD-C, PD-I, PDO
Mid-Modern Design (RESERVED)	MM-O	Special Corridor Planning Area	RESERVED	Not Applicable
Floodplain	FP-O	--	The Floodplain Overlay (FP-O) district is intended to comprise those certain areas of the city subject to periodic inundation and flooding which may result in loss of life and property, health and safety hazards, disruption of business and governmental services, extraordinary public expense for flood protection and relief, and impairment of the tax base, all of which adversely affect the health, safety and general welfare of the public.	FP-O
Special Districts
Open Space	OS	Open Space, Park	The Open Space (OS) district is established to promote the public health, safety and general welfare through provisions of active recreation areas and facilities, to conserve land for passive open space and greenways, and to preserve environmental resources and sensitive lands.	OS

Table 10-1-1.2.1 Overlay and Special Districts
District		Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)¹
Name	Designation	Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)¹
Overlay Districts
Planned Overlay District	PL-O	--	This overlay district consolidates the PD and PDO districts of the former zoning regulations into a single Planned Overlay (PL-O) district. The PL-O overlay district allows the existing PD and PDO districts to continue until they are amended or terminated.	PD-R, PD-C, PD-I, PDO
Mid-Modern Design (RESERVED)	MM-O	Special Corridor Planning Area	RESERVED	Not Applicable
Floodplain	FP-O	--	The Floodplain Overlay (FP-O) district is intended to comprise those certain areas of the city subject to periodic inundation and flooding which may result in loss of life and property, health and safety hazards, disruption of business and governmental services, extraordinary public expense for flood protection and relief, and impairment of the tax base, all of which adversely affect the health, safety and general welfare of the public.	FP-O
Special Districts
Open Space	OS	Open Space, Park	The Open Space (OS) district is established to promote the public health, safety and general welfare through provisions of active recreation areas and facilities, to conserve land for passive open space and greenways, and to preserve environmental resources and sensitive lands.	OS

Table 10-1-1.2.1 Overlay and Special Districts
District		Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)¹
Name	Designation	Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)¹
Overlay Districts
Planned Overlay District	PL-O	--	This overlay district consolidates the PD and PDO districts of the former zoning regulations into a single Planned Overlay (PL-O) district. The PL-O overlay district allows the existing PD and PDO districts to continue until they are amended or terminated.	PD-R, PD-C, PD-I, PDO
Mid-Modern Design (RESERVED)	MM-O	Special Corridor Planning Area	RESERVED	Not Applicable
Floodplain	FP-O	--	The Floodplain Overlay (FP-O) district is intended to comprise those certain areas of the city subject to periodic inundation and flooding which may result in loss of life and property, health and safety hazards, disruption of business and governmental services, extraordinary public expense for flood protection and relief, and impairment of the tax base, all of which adversely affect the health, safety and general welfare of the public.	FP-O
Special Districts
Open Space	OS	Open Space, Park	The Open Space (OS) district is established to promote the public health, safety and general welfare through provisions of active recreation areas and facilities, to conserve land for passive open space and greenways, and to preserve environmental resources and sensitive lands.	OS

Table 10-1-1.2.1 Overlay and Special Districts
District		Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)¹
Name	Designation	Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)¹
Overlay Districts
Planned Overlay District	PL-O	--	This overlay district consolidates the PD and PDO districts of the former zoning regulations into a single Planned Overlay (PL-O) district. The PL-O overlay district allows the existing PD and PDO districts to continue until they are amended or terminated.	PD-R, PD-C, PD-I, PDO
Mid-Modern Design (RESERVED)	MM-O	Special Corridor Planning Area	RESERVED	Not Applicable
Floodplain	FP-O	--	The Floodplain Overlay (FP-O) district is intended to comprise those certain areas of the city subject to periodic inundation and flooding which may result in loss of life and property, health and safety hazards, disruption of business and governmental services, extraordinary public expense for flood protection and relief, and impairment of the tax base, all of which adversely affect the health, safety and general welfare of the public.	FP-O
Special Districts
Open Space	OS	Open Space, Park	The Open Space (OS) district is established to promote the public health, safety and general welfare through provisions of active recreation areas and facilities, to conserve land for passive open space and greenways, and to preserve environmental resources and sensitive lands.	OS

Section 10-1-1.3 Land Use Matrix

Key. Table 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix, uses the following symbols:

1.
“P” means the use is permitted by right and is not subject to further review.
2.
“C” means the use requires a public hearing and conditional use approval subject to Section 10-9-5.1, Conditional Use Permit.
3.
“A” means the use is permitted as an accessory use subject to standards in Section 10-1-1.6, Accessory Uses, Buildings and Structures, and in some instances additional standards.
4.
If there is an "S”, that means the use is subject to the special standards cited in the "Standards" column of Table 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix.
5.
“--” means the use is prohibited.

B.
New and Unlisted Uses. Refer to Section 10-1-2.1, Unlisted and Functionally Similar Uses.
C.
Land Use Standards. The conditional and special standards for the land uses denoted with a "C" or "S" in Table 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix, below, include cross-references which may generally be found among the standards for all districts in Section 10-1-1.4, Land Use Standards. More specific standards are provided in Chapters 2-5.

Table 10-1-1.3.1 Land Use Matrix
Category	Specific Use	Downtown (DT)				Corridor Mixed-Use (CM)		Neighborhood (NB)					Business and Industry (BI)		Open Space (OS)	Standards
Category	Specific Use														Open Space (OS)	Standards
Agriculture and Animal-Oriented Uses
Agriculture-Oriented Uses	Community Garden	A	--	--	A	A	A	P	P	P	P	A	--	--	A	10-1-1.6.A
	Plant Nursery, Greenhouse, and Landscaping Business	--	--	--	--	C	C	C	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Agriculture-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	C	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	--
Animal-Oriented Uses	Kennel, Indoor	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	CS	PS		10-1-1.4.B
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (with animal boarding) or Rescue Shelter	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.B
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (without animal boarding)	--	CS	PS	PS	--	PS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.B 10-2-3.2 10-4-2.2
	Pet Store for Sale of Dogs and Cats Only	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.B
	Animal-Oriented Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
Residential Uses
Household Living	Cottage Court Community	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	10-4-3.2.A
	Dwelling, Multi-Family (Apartment)	--	PS	--	PS	--	PS	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.A 10-2-3.2.M 10-3-3.2 10-4-3.2.E
	Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex / Twin Home³	PS	PS	--	PS	PS	P	--	--	--	CS	PS	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.J 10-3-3.2 10-4-3.2.B
	Dwelling, Single-Family Duplex / Twin Home Conversion³	PS	PS	--	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	CS	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.A 10-4-3.2.B
	Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	PS	PS	--	PS	P	--	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.I 10-3-3.2
	Live-Work	--	PS	--	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	10-2-3.2.N 10-3-3.2
	Manufactured Home Park	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	4-4-11 10-4-3.2.D
	Mixed-Use Building (upper floor residential units)	--	PS	PS	PS	CS	P	--	--	--	--	PS	CS	--	--	10-2-3.2.O 10-3-3.2 10-3-3.2.B
	Multiplex	PS	PS	--	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.K
	Slot Home	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Tiny Home Community	--	--	--	--	--	CS²	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	10-4-3.2.A
	Townhome	--	PS	--	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.M
Group Living	Foster Family Care Home	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--
	Group Home	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	10-1-1.4.A
	Independent Living Facility	P	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--
	Nursing Home/Congregate Housing	P	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	P	C	C	--	--
Residential Accessory Uses	Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU)	see below				see below		see below					see below		--	10-1-1.7
	- Attached ADU	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--
	- Detached ADU	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--
	Beekeeping	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	AS	10-1-1.6.A
	Chickens	AS	--	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Cottage Food Operation	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Family Child Care Home	A	A	--	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Home Occupation	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Pigeon Keeping	--	--	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Primary Short-Term Rental	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
Commercial and Office Uses
Entertainment, Indoor	Adult Entertainment	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	City Code Title 3, Chapter 14
	Bar, Brew Pub, or Tavern	--	PS	P	PS	C	PS	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	10-2-3.2
	Brewery, Distillery, and Winery	--	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Convention Center	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Gymnastic, Dance Studio, or Martial Arts Facility	--	PS	PS	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Health and Fitness Club	--	P	P	C	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Movie or Other Theater	--	PS	PS	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-2-3.2
	Indoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	--	--
Entertainment, Outdoor	Amphitheater	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--
	Ballfield or Stadium	--	--	--	--	--	P	C	C	C	C	C	C	--	C	--
	Campground	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--
	Outdoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	--	A	A	A	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	C	--
Office	Bank or Credit Union (with drive-through)	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	10-3-3.2.B
	Bank or Credit Union (without drive-through)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Office Uses ( 8,000 sq. ft. gross floor area or greater)	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.D 10-2-3.2.O
	Office Uses (Less than 8,000 sq. ft. gross floor area)	PS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-2-3.2.O
	Studio, Commercial	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
	Office Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
Overnight Accommodations	Hotel or Motel	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	C	P	P	--	--
Overnight Accommodations	Overnight Accommodations (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	C	P	P	--	--
Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Services	Drug Store (without drive-through)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
	Drug Store or Other Use (with drive-through)	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-3-3.2.B
	Dry Cleaning Store or Laundromat	--	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Food Market	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P
	Grocery Store	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-3.2.B-3
	Home Furnishing Store (Appliances and Electronics)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-3.2.B-3
	Home Improvement Center (with garden center)	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Lumber Yard	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Nursery or Garden Center	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Repair-Oriented Uses (excluding vehicles)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--
	Shopping Center	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Service (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
Restaurant	Cafeteria, Providing Service to On-Site Employees	--	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--
	Coffee/Tea Shop	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	C
	Restaurant, Drive-in, or Drive-Through	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	10-1-1.4.D 10-3-3.2.B
	Restaurant Uses (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
Vehicle Sales and Service	Car Wash	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Equipment and Machinery Sales and Rental	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Fuel Sales (Retail)	--	--	--	--	CS	CS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Vehicle Accessories and Parts Sales	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Sales, Rental, and Leasing	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Service, Major	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Service, Minor	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Sales and Service Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
Special Uses	Recycling Collection Facility	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--
Commercial Accessory Uses	Drive-Through ATM Dispenser and Vending Kiosk	--	A	--	A	--	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Eating and Drinking Places (Outdoor Seating, Sidewalk Café and Sidewalk Display)	--	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	--	CS	10-1-1.6.A
	Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging Station	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	10-1-1.6.A
Civic and Institutional Uses
Civic and Institutional	Adult Day Care	--	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Cemetery and Crematory	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	P	10-1-1.4.C
	Child Care Center or Pre-School	PS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	P	--	A	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Funeral Home and Services	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Public Assembly Facility	P	P	--	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Public Park	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	P
	Private Elementary/Secondary School	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Private College / University	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Private Trade or Vocational School	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Recreation Center/Clubhouse	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--
	Transit System Facility	--	P	P	P	--	P	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	--
	Civic and Institutional (Other than listed)	CS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	CS	CS	CS	P	P	C	10-2-3.2.Q
Medical Facilities	Ambulatory Surgical Care Facilities	--	--	A	A	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Ambulatory or Outpatient Services	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Drug, Alcohol or Psychiatric Treatment Center (outpatient)	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Hospital	--	C	--	C	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Medical Facilities (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
Parking as a Principal Use	Fleet Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	--	--
	Parking Structure	--	PS	PS	PS	--	AS	--	--	--	--	CS	PS	PS	--	10-2-3.2.R 10-1-3.8.B
	Parking Lot, Off-Site	--	AS	AS	AS	CS	AS	--	--	--	--	CS	AS	AS	C	10-1-1.4.C
Utilities	Utilities, Major	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Minor	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--
Industrial and Manufacturing Uses
Flex Industrial	Assembly of Prefabricated Parts	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Assembly or Fabrication for Sale On Premises	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Data Center	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Dry Cleaning, Commercial Operations (without drive-through)	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Distribution / Logistics Center	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Micro-Manufacturing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Parcel Service	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Printing and Publishing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Research and Testing Laboratory	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Self-Service Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.E
	Wholesale Sales and Distribution	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Flex Industrial (Other than listed)	--	--	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
General Industrial	Assembly of Finished Goods	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Fabrication	--	--	--	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	P	--	--
	Indoor Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Outdoor Storage	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.E
	Special Trade Contractor	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Warehousing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	A	P	--	--
Table Notes: 1. Reserved. 2. A tiny home community may occupy up to 10 percent of a development subject to Master Development Plan approval. 3. Duplex or twin home dwellings are not permitted in the SLR district south of W. Caley Avenue.

Table 10-1-1.3.1 Land Use Matrix
Category	Specific Use	Downtown (DT)				Corridor Mixed-Use (CM)		Neighborhood (NB)					Business and Industry (BI)		Open Space (OS)	Standards
Category	Specific Use														Open Space (OS)	Standards
Agriculture and Animal-Oriented Uses
Agriculture-Oriented Uses	Community Garden	A	--	--	A	A	A	P	P	P	P	A	--	--	A	10-1-1.6.A
	Plant Nursery, Greenhouse, and Landscaping Business	--	--	--	--	C	C	C	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Agriculture-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	C	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	--
Animal-Oriented Uses	Kennel, Indoor	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	CS	PS		10-1-1.4.B
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (with animal boarding) or Rescue Shelter	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.B
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (without animal boarding)	--	CS	PS	PS	--	PS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.B 10-2-3.2 10-4-2.2
	Pet Store for Sale of Dogs and Cats Only	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.B
	Animal-Oriented Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
Residential Uses
Household Living	Cottage Court Community	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	10-4-3.2.A
	Dwelling, Multi-Family (Apartment)	--	PS	--	PS	--	PS	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.A 10-2-3.2.M 10-3-3.2 10-4-3.2.E
	Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex / Twin Home³	PS	PS	--	PS	PS	P	--	--	--	CS	PS	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.J 10-3-3.2 10-4-3.2.B
	Dwelling, Single-Family Duplex / Twin Home Conversion³	PS	PS	--	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	CS	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.A 10-4-3.2.B
	Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	PS	PS	--	PS	P	--	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.I 10-3-3.2
	Live-Work	--	PS	--	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	10-2-3.2.N 10-3-3.2
	Manufactured Home Park	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	4-4-11 10-4-3.2.D
	Mixed-Use Building (upper floor residential units)	--	PS	PS	PS	CS	P	--	--	--	--	PS	CS	--	--	10-2-3.2.O 10-3-3.2 10-3-3.2.B
	Multiplex	PS	PS	--	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.K
	Slot Home	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Tiny Home Community	--	--	--	--	--	CS²	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	10-4-3.2.A
	Townhome	--	PS	--	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.M
Group Living	Foster Family Care Home	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--
	Group Home	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	10-1-1.4.A
	Independent Living Facility	P	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--
	Nursing Home/Congregate Housing	P	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	P	C	C	--	--
Residential Accessory Uses	Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU)	see below				see below		see below					see below		--	10-1-1.7
	- Attached ADU	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--
	- Detached ADU	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--
	Beekeeping	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	AS	10-1-1.6.A
	Chickens	AS	--	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Cottage Food Operation	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Family Child Care Home	A	A	--	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Home Occupation	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Pigeon Keeping	--	--	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Primary Short-Term Rental	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
Commercial and Office Uses
Entertainment, Indoor	Adult Entertainment	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	City Code Title 3, Chapter 14
	Bar, Brew Pub, or Tavern	--	PS	P	PS	C	PS	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	10-2-3.2
	Brewery, Distillery, and Winery	--	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Convention Center	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Gymnastic, Dance Studio, or Martial Arts Facility	--	PS	PS	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Health and Fitness Club	--	P	P	C	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Movie or Other Theater	--	PS	PS	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-2-3.2
	Indoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	--	--
Entertainment, Outdoor	Amphitheater	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--
	Ballfield or Stadium	--	--	--	--	--	P	C	C	C	C	C	C	--	C	--
	Campground	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--
	Outdoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	--	A	A	A	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	C	--
Office	Bank or Credit Union (with drive-through)	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	10-3-3.2.B
	Bank or Credit Union (without drive-through)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Office Uses ( 8,000 sq. ft. gross floor area or greater)	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.D 10-2-3.2.O
	Office Uses (Less than 8,000 sq. ft. gross floor area)	PS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-2-3.2.O
	Studio, Commercial	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
	Office Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
Overnight Accommodations	Hotel or Motel	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	C	P	P	--	--
Overnight Accommodations	Overnight Accommodations (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	C	P	P	--	--
Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Services	Drug Store (without drive-through)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
	Drug Store or Other Use (with drive-through)	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-3-3.2.B
	Dry Cleaning Store or Laundromat	--	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Food Market	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P
	Grocery Store	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-3.2.B-3
	Home Furnishing Store (Appliances and Electronics)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-3.2.B-3
	Home Improvement Center (with garden center)	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Lumber Yard	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Nursery or Garden Center	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Repair-Oriented Uses (excluding vehicles)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--
	Shopping Center	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Service (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
Restaurant	Cafeteria, Providing Service to On-Site Employees	--	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--
	Coffee/Tea Shop	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	C
	Restaurant, Drive-in, or Drive-Through	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	10-1-1.4.D 10-3-3.2.B
	Restaurant Uses (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
Vehicle Sales and Service	Car Wash	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Equipment and Machinery Sales and Rental	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Fuel Sales (Retail)	--	--	--	--	CS	CS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Vehicle Accessories and Parts Sales	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Sales, Rental, and Leasing	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Service, Major	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Service, Minor	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Sales and Service Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
Special Uses	Recycling Collection Facility	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--
Commercial Accessory Uses	Drive-Through ATM Dispenser and Vending Kiosk	--	A	--	A	--	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Eating and Drinking Places (Outdoor Seating, Sidewalk Café and Sidewalk Display)	--	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	--	CS	10-1-1.6.A
	Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging Station	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	10-1-1.6.A
Civic and Institutional Uses
Civic and Institutional	Adult Day Care	--	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Cemetery and Crematory	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	P	10-1-1.4.C
	Child Care Center or Pre-School	PS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	P	--	A	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Funeral Home and Services	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Public Assembly Facility	P	P	--	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Public Park	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	P
	Private Elementary/Secondary School	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Private College / University	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Private Trade or Vocational School	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Recreation Center/Clubhouse	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--
	Transit System Facility	--	P	P	P	--	P	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	--
	Civic and Institutional (Other than listed)	CS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	CS	CS	CS	P	P	C	10-2-3.2.Q
Medical Facilities	Ambulatory Surgical Care Facilities	--	--	A	A	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Ambulatory or Outpatient Services	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Drug, Alcohol or Psychiatric Treatment Center (outpatient)	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Hospital	--	C	--	C	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Medical Facilities (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
Parking as a Principal Use	Fleet Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	--	--
	Parking Structure	--	PS	PS	PS	--	AS	--	--	--	--	CS	PS	PS	--	10-2-3.2.R 10-1-3.8.B
	Parking Lot, Off-Site	--	AS	AS	AS	CS	AS	--	--	--	--	CS	AS	AS	C	10-1-1.4.C
Utilities	Utilities, Major	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Minor	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--
Industrial and Manufacturing Uses
Flex Industrial	Assembly of Prefabricated Parts	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Assembly or Fabrication for Sale On Premises	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Data Center	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Dry Cleaning, Commercial Operations (without drive-through)	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Distribution / Logistics Center	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Micro-Manufacturing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Parcel Service	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Printing and Publishing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Research and Testing Laboratory	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Self-Service Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.E
	Wholesale Sales and Distribution	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Flex Industrial (Other than listed)	--	--	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
General Industrial	Assembly of Finished Goods	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Fabrication	--	--	--	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	P	--	--
	Indoor Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Outdoor Storage	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.E
	Special Trade Contractor	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Warehousing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	A	P	--	--
Table Notes: 1. Reserved. 2. A tiny home community may occupy up to 10 percent of a development subject to Master Development Plan approval. 3. Duplex or twin home dwellings are not permitted in the SLR district south of W. Caley Avenue.

Table 10-1-1.3.1 Land Use Matrix
Category	Specific Use	Downtown (DT)				Corridor Mixed-Use (CM)		Neighborhood (NB)					Business and Industry (BI)		Open Space (OS)	Standards
Category	Specific Use														Open Space (OS)	Standards
Agriculture and Animal-Oriented Uses
Agriculture-Oriented Uses	Community Garden	A	--	--	A	A	A	P	P	P	P	A	--	--	A	10-1-1.6.A
	Plant Nursery, Greenhouse, and Landscaping Business	--	--	--	--	C	C	C	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Agriculture-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	C	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	--
Animal-Oriented Uses	Kennel, Indoor	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	CS	PS		10-1-1.4.B
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (with animal boarding) or Rescue Shelter	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.B
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (without animal boarding)	--	CS	PS	PS	--	PS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.B 10-2-3.2 10-4-2.2
	Pet Store for Sale of Dogs and Cats Only	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.B
	Animal-Oriented Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
Residential Uses
Household Living	Cottage Court Community	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	10-4-3.2.A
	Dwelling, Multi-Family (Apartment)	--	PS	--	PS	--	PS	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.A 10-2-3.2.M 10-3-3.2 10-4-3.2.E
	Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex / Twin Home³	PS	PS	--	PS	PS	P	--	--	--	CS	PS	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.J 10-3-3.2 10-4-3.2.B
	Dwelling, Single-Family Duplex / Twin Home Conversion³	PS	PS	--	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	CS	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.A 10-4-3.2.B
	Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	PS	PS	--	PS	P	--	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.I 10-3-3.2
	Live-Work	--	PS	--	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	10-2-3.2.N 10-3-3.2
	Manufactured Home Park	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	4-4-11 10-4-3.2.D
	Mixed-Use Building (upper floor residential units)	--	PS	PS	PS	CS	P	--	--	--	--	PS	CS	--	--	10-2-3.2.O 10-3-3.2 10-3-3.2.B
	Multiplex	PS	PS	--	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.K
	Slot Home	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Tiny Home Community	--	--	--	--	--	CS²	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	10-4-3.2.A
	Townhome	--	PS	--	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.M
Group Living	Foster Family Care Home	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--
	Group Home	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	10-1-1.4.A
	Independent Living Facility	P	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--
	Nursing Home/Congregate Housing	P	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	P	C	C	--	--
Residential Accessory Uses	Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU)	see below				see below		see below					see below		--	10-1-1.7
	- Attached ADU	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--
	- Detached ADU	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--
	Beekeeping	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	AS	10-1-1.6.A
	Chickens	AS	--	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Cottage Food Operation	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Family Child Care Home	A	A	--	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Home Occupation	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Pigeon Keeping	--	--	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Primary Short-Term Rental	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
Commercial and Office Uses
Entertainment, Indoor	Adult Entertainment	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	City Code Title 3, Chapter 14
	Bar, Brew Pub, or Tavern	--	PS	P	PS	C	PS	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	10-2-3.2
	Brewery, Distillery, and Winery	--	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Convention Center	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Gymnastic, Dance Studio, or Martial Arts Facility	--	PS	PS	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Health and Fitness Club	--	P	P	C	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Movie or Other Theater	--	PS	PS	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-2-3.2
	Indoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	--	--
Entertainment, Outdoor	Amphitheater	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--
	Ballfield or Stadium	--	--	--	--	--	P	C	C	C	C	C	C	--	C	--
	Campground	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--
	Outdoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	--	A	A	A	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	C	--
Office	Bank or Credit Union (with drive-through)	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	10-3-3.2.B
	Bank or Credit Union (without drive-through)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Office Uses ( 8,000 sq. ft. gross floor area or greater)	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.D 10-2-3.2.O
	Office Uses (Less than 8,000 sq. ft. gross floor area)	PS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-2-3.2.O
	Studio, Commercial	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
	Office Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
Overnight Accommodations	Hotel or Motel	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	C	P	P	--	--
Overnight Accommodations	Overnight Accommodations (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	C	P	P	--	--
Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Services	Drug Store (without drive-through)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
	Drug Store or Other Use (with drive-through)	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-3-3.2.B
	Dry Cleaning Store or Laundromat	--	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Food Market	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P
	Grocery Store	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-3.2.B-3
	Home Furnishing Store (Appliances and Electronics)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-3.2.B-3
	Home Improvement Center (with garden center)	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Lumber Yard	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Nursery or Garden Center	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Repair-Oriented Uses (excluding vehicles)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--
	Shopping Center	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Service (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
Restaurant	Cafeteria, Providing Service to On-Site Employees	--	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--
	Coffee/Tea Shop	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	C
	Restaurant, Drive-in, or Drive-Through	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	10-1-1.4.D 10-3-3.2.B
	Restaurant Uses (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
Vehicle Sales and Service	Car Wash	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Equipment and Machinery Sales and Rental	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Fuel Sales (Retail)	--	--	--	--	CS	CS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Vehicle Accessories and Parts Sales	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Sales, Rental, and Leasing	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Service, Major	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Service, Minor	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Sales and Service Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
Special Uses	Recycling Collection Facility	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--
Commercial Accessory Uses	Drive-Through ATM Dispenser and Vending Kiosk	--	A	--	A	--	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Eating and Drinking Places (Outdoor Seating, Sidewalk Café and Sidewalk Display)	--	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	--	CS	10-1-1.6.A
	Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging Station	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	10-1-1.6.A
Civic and Institutional Uses
Civic and Institutional	Adult Day Care	--	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Cemetery and Crematory	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	P	10-1-1.4.C
	Child Care Center or Pre-School	PS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	P	--	A	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Funeral Home and Services	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Public Assembly Facility	P	P	--	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Public Park	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	P
	Private Elementary/Secondary School	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Private College / University	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Private Trade or Vocational School	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Recreation Center/Clubhouse	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--
	Transit System Facility	--	P	P	P	--	P	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	--
	Civic and Institutional (Other than listed)	CS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	CS	CS	CS	P	P	C	10-2-3.2.Q
Medical Facilities	Ambulatory Surgical Care Facilities	--	--	A	A	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Ambulatory or Outpatient Services	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Drug, Alcohol or Psychiatric Treatment Center (outpatient)	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Hospital	--	C	--	C	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Medical Facilities (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
Parking as a Principal Use	Fleet Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	--	--
	Parking Structure	--	PS	PS	PS	--	AS	--	--	--	--	CS	PS	PS	--	10-2-3.2.R 10-1-3.8.B
	Parking Lot, Off-Site	--	AS	AS	AS	CS	AS	--	--	--	--	CS	AS	AS	C	10-1-1.4.C
Utilities	Utilities, Major	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Minor	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--
Industrial and Manufacturing Uses
Flex Industrial	Assembly of Prefabricated Parts	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Assembly or Fabrication for Sale On Premises	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Data Center	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Dry Cleaning, Commercial Operations (without drive-through)	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Distribution / Logistics Center	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Micro-Manufacturing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Parcel Service	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Printing and Publishing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Research and Testing Laboratory	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Self-Service Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.E
	Wholesale Sales and Distribution	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Flex Industrial (Other than listed)	--	--	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
General Industrial	Assembly of Finished Goods	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Fabrication	--	--	--	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	P	--	--
	Indoor Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Outdoor Storage	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.E
	Special Trade Contractor	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Warehousing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	A	P	--	--
Table Notes: 1. Reserved. 2. A tiny home community may occupy up to 10 percent of a development subject to Master Development Plan approval. 3. Duplex or twin home dwellings are not permitted in the SLR district south of W. Caley Avenue.

Table 10-1-1.3.1 Land Use Matrix
Category	Specific Use	Downtown (DT)				Corridor Mixed-Use (CM)		Neighborhood (NB)					Business and Industry (BI)		Open Space (OS)	Standards
Category	Specific Use														Open Space (OS)	Standards
Agriculture and Animal-Oriented Uses
Agriculture-Oriented Uses	Community Garden	A	--	--	A	A	A	P	P	P	P	A	--	--	A	10-1-1.6.A
	Plant Nursery, Greenhouse, and Landscaping Business	--	--	--	--	C	C	C	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Agriculture-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	C	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	--
Animal-Oriented Uses	Kennel, Indoor	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	CS	PS		10-1-1.4.B
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (with animal boarding) or Rescue Shelter	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.B
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (without animal boarding)	--	CS	PS	PS	--	PS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.B 10-2-3.2 10-4-2.2
	Pet Store for Sale of Dogs and Cats Only	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.B
	Animal-Oriented Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
Residential Uses
Household Living	Cottage Court Community	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	10-4-3.2.A
	Dwelling, Multi-Family (Apartment)	--	PS	--	PS	--	PS	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.A 10-2-3.2.M 10-3-3.2 10-4-3.2.E
	Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex / Twin Home³	PS	PS	--	PS	PS	P	--	--	--	CS	PS	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.J 10-3-3.2 10-4-3.2.B
	Dwelling, Single-Family Duplex / Twin Home Conversion³	PS	PS	--	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	CS	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.A 10-4-3.2.B
	Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	PS	PS	--	PS	P	--	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.I 10-3-3.2
	Live-Work	--	PS	--	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	10-2-3.2.N 10-3-3.2
	Manufactured Home Park	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	4-4-11 10-4-3.2.D
	Mixed-Use Building (upper floor residential units)	--	PS	PS	PS	CS	P	--	--	--	--	PS	CS	--	--	10-2-3.2.O 10-3-3.2 10-3-3.2.B
	Multiplex	PS	PS	--	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.K
	Slot Home	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Tiny Home Community	--	--	--	--	--	CS²	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	10-4-3.2.A
	Townhome	--	PS	--	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.M
Group Living	Foster Family Care Home	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--
	Group Home	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	10-1-1.4.A
	Independent Living Facility	P	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--
	Nursing Home/Congregate Housing	P	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	P	C	C	--	--
Residential Accessory Uses	Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU)	see below				see below		see below					see below		--	10-1-1.7
	- Attached ADU	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--
	- Detached ADU	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--
	Beekeeping	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	AS	10-1-1.6.A
	Chickens	AS	--	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Cottage Food Operation	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Family Child Care Home	A	A	--	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Home Occupation	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Pigeon Keeping	--	--	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Primary Short-Term Rental	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
Commercial and Office Uses
Entertainment, Indoor	Adult Entertainment	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	City Code Title 3, Chapter 14
	Bar, Brew Pub, or Tavern	--	PS	P	PS	C	PS	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	10-2-3.2
	Brewery, Distillery, and Winery	--	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Convention Center	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Gymnastic, Dance Studio, or Martial Arts Facility	--	PS	PS	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Health and Fitness Club	--	P	P	C	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Movie or Other Theater	--	PS	PS	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-2-3.2
	Indoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	--	--
Entertainment, Outdoor	Amphitheater	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--
	Ballfield or Stadium	--	--	--	--	--	P	C	C	C	C	C	C	--	C	--
	Campground	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--
	Outdoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	--	A	A	A	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	C	--
Office	Bank or Credit Union (with drive-through)	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	10-3-3.2.B
	Bank or Credit Union (without drive-through)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Office Uses ( 8,000 sq. ft. gross floor area or greater)	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.D 10-2-3.2.O
	Office Uses (Less than 8,000 sq. ft. gross floor area)	PS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-2-3.2.O
	Studio, Commercial	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
	Office Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
Overnight Accommodations	Hotel or Motel	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	C	P	P	--	--
Overnight Accommodations	Overnight Accommodations (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	C	P	P	--	--
Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Services	Drug Store (without drive-through)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
	Drug Store or Other Use (with drive-through)	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-3-3.2.B
	Dry Cleaning Store or Laundromat	--	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Food Market	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P
	Grocery Store	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-3.2.B-3
	Home Furnishing Store (Appliances and Electronics)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-3.2.B-3
	Home Improvement Center (with garden center)	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Lumber Yard	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Nursery or Garden Center	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Repair-Oriented Uses (excluding vehicles)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--
	Shopping Center	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Service (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
Restaurant	Cafeteria, Providing Service to On-Site Employees	--	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--
	Coffee/Tea Shop	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	C
	Restaurant, Drive-in, or Drive-Through	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	10-1-1.4.D 10-3-3.2.B
	Restaurant Uses (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
Vehicle Sales and Service	Car Wash	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Equipment and Machinery Sales and Rental	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Fuel Sales (Retail)	--	--	--	--	CS	CS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Vehicle Accessories and Parts Sales	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Sales, Rental, and Leasing	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Service, Major	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Service, Minor	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Sales and Service Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
Special Uses	Recycling Collection Facility	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--
Commercial Accessory Uses	Drive-Through ATM Dispenser and Vending Kiosk	--	A	--	A	--	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Eating and Drinking Places (Outdoor Seating, Sidewalk Café and Sidewalk Display)	--	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	--	CS	10-1-1.6.A
	Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging Station	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	10-1-1.6.A
Civic and Institutional Uses
Civic and Institutional	Adult Day Care	--	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Cemetery and Crematory	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	P	10-1-1.4.C
	Child Care Center or Pre-School	PS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	P	--	A	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Funeral Home and Services	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Public Assembly Facility	P	P	--	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Public Park	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	P
	Private Elementary/Secondary School	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Private College / University	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Private Trade or Vocational School	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Recreation Center/Clubhouse	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--
	Transit System Facility	--	P	P	P	--	P	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	--
	Civic and Institutional (Other than listed)	CS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	CS	CS	CS	P	P	C	10-2-3.2.Q
Medical Facilities	Ambulatory Surgical Care Facilities	--	--	A	A	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Ambulatory or Outpatient Services	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Drug, Alcohol or Psychiatric Treatment Center (outpatient)	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Hospital	--	C	--	C	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Medical Facilities (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
Parking as a Principal Use	Fleet Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	--	--
	Parking Structure	--	PS	PS	PS	--	AS	--	--	--	--	CS	PS	PS	--	10-2-3.2.R 10-1-3.8.B
	Parking Lot, Off-Site	--	AS	AS	AS	CS	AS	--	--	--	--	CS	AS	AS	C	10-1-1.4.C
Utilities	Utilities, Major	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Minor	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--
Industrial and Manufacturing Uses
Flex Industrial	Assembly of Prefabricated Parts	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Assembly or Fabrication for Sale On Premises	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Data Center	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Dry Cleaning, Commercial Operations (without drive-through)	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Distribution / Logistics Center	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Micro-Manufacturing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Parcel Service	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Printing and Publishing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Research and Testing Laboratory	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Self-Service Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.E
	Wholesale Sales and Distribution	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Flex Industrial (Other than listed)	--	--	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
General Industrial	Assembly of Finished Goods	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Fabrication	--	--	--	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	P	--	--
	Indoor Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Outdoor Storage	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.E
	Special Trade Contractor	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Warehousing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	A	P	--	--
Table Notes: 1. Reserved. 2. A tiny home community may occupy up to 10 percent of a development subject to Master Development Plan approval. 3. Duplex or twin home dwellings are not permitted in the SLR district south of W. Caley Avenue.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 20, Series of 2023; Ord. 01, Series of 2024; Ord. 09, Series of 2025)

Effective on: 6/12/2025

Section 10-1-1.4 Land Use Standards

Purpose. The purpose of this Section is to provide for land uses for which administrative review is required and additional standards are applied to ensure the appropriateness of the use on the site, in the district, and with the adjoining uses that share a common lot line.

Applicability. The standards of this Section apply only to land uses denoted in Table 10-1-1.3.1, Land Use Matrix, as requiring additional standards. Both permitted and conditional uses are denoted in certain districts by "PS" and "CS", indicating that special standards apply.

Section 10-1-1.5 Reserved

(Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Section 10-1-1.6 Accessory Uses, Buildings and Structures

Purpose. The purpose of this Section is to authorize the approval of certain accessory uses, buildings, and structures that are incidental to, and customarily associated with, a principal use, and which require standards to manage impacts to surrounding properties.

Applicability.

1.
Where Permitted. Accessory uses, buildings, and structures are permitted in all zoning districts in connection with a principal use where specified in Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix, and designated as either a permitted, permitted with standards, or conditional use in the zoning district that it is located. Accessory uses shall not be established prior to the establishment of the principal use.
2.
Interpretation of Unlisted Accessory Use. The Director shall evaluate applications for accessory uses that are not identified in this Section on a case-by-case basis, based on the following standards:
1. a.
  The definition of "accessory use" and the general accessory use standards and limitations established in this Section;
2. b.
  The purpose and intent of the district in which the accessory use is located;
3. c.
  Potential adverse impacts that the accessory use or structure may have on other lots, compared with other accessory uses permitted in the district; and
4. d.
  The compatibility of the accessory use with other principal and accessory uses permitted in the district.

Section 10-1-1.7 Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs)

Purpose. The purpose of these standards for Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs) is to implement the goals of the Littleton Comprehensive Plan; to promote the efficient use of property within city limits; to ensure adequate infrastructure to support the construction or conversion of ADUs; and to minimize or mitigate any adverse effects of an ADU on adjoining and nearby lots.

B.
Approval of ADUs.
1. 1.
  Where Permitted. ADUs are permitted in certain districts and locations as set out under Residential Accessory Uses in Table 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix.
2. 2.
  Administrative Approval.
  1. a.
    ADUs that are denoted as "AS", Approved with Standards, in the Land Use Matrix may be approved by the Director, subject to the limitations, standards, and requirements of this Section and issuance of a building permit.
  2. b.
    ADUs constructed or converted within a historic district, or where the primary dwelling has been designated as a historic landmark, shall be subject to all standards and procedures, including any required approvals by the Historic Preservation Commission, as outlined within Title 10, Chapter 8 of the Littleton Code.
3. 3.
  Restrictions.
  1. a.
    Deed Restrictions. Prior to the issuance of a building permit for an ADU, the property owner shall file in the office of the County Clerk and Recorder a declaration of restrictions to the deed for the property where the ADU will be located. It shall be unlawful for the property owner to fail to comply with the deed restrictions. At a minimum, the restrictions shall state:
    1.
    The ADU shall not be sold separately from the principal dwelling;
    2.
    All restrictions run with the land and are binding upon any successor in ownership of the property.
  2. b.
    A maximum of one (1) ADU of any type is allowed per lot.
  3. c.
    All ADUs must be a permanent, habitable structure. Temporary structures, such as manufactured homes, recreational vehicles, or multipurpose trailer, shall not be used as an ADU.
  4. d.
    Lots containing both a principal dwelling and an ADU may not be subdivided so that the ADU occupies a different platted lot than the primary dwelling.
4. 4
  Accessory buildings existing on the effective date of this Code are exempt from the requirements herein.

C.
Standards Applicable to all ADUs.
1. 1.
  General Standards. The standards that apply to all ADU types are as provided in Table 10-1-1.7.1, General ADU Standards.

Table 10-1-1.7.1 General ADU Standards
Standard	Attached	Detached
Setbacks⁵
Minimum required side yard setbacks same as the principal dwelling unit	Y
Minimum required front and side setbacks are the same for corner lots	Y
Minimum required setback for a corner lot when adjoining a residential lot to the rear	equal to the front yard setback of the rear adjoining lot
Minimum distance from the principal dwelling unit⁶	0'	5'
Minimum rear setback⁴	5' if ADU located in a new addition; minimum required of principal dwelling unit if located within original footprint of primary dwelling unit	5'
Primary Entrance
Separate entrance from principal dwelling unit	Y	Y
Shared entrance with principal dwelling unit	Y	--
Height and Area (maximum)
One-story floor-to-ceiling height	18'
Height	maximum allowed for a single-family detached dwelling unit
Gross floor area⁴	up to gross floor area of principal dwelling unit	up to gross floor area of principal dwelling unit or 1,000 sf, whichever is less
Parking - Refer to Subsection 10-1-3.7.A, Parking and Loading
Table Notes: 1. Reserved. 2. Reserved. 3. Not to exceed maximum building coverage for applicable zone district. . 4. If a setback of an existing structure to be converted or to be used as an ADU is less than shown in this table, a record of survey shall be provided at time of building permit for proof of location, setbacks, footprint, and lot lines, and nonconforming setbacks shall be considered. 5. Distance is measured from the edge of the eaves of the principal and accessory dwelling.

Table 10-1-1.7.1 General ADU Standards
Standard	Attached	Detached
Setbacks⁵
Minimum required side yard setbacks same as the principal dwelling unit	Y
Minimum required front and side setbacks are the same for corner lots	Y
Minimum required setback for a corner lot when adjoining a residential lot to the rear	equal to the front yard setback of the rear adjoining lot
Minimum distance from the principal dwelling unit⁶	0'	5'
Minimum rear setback⁴	5' if ADU located in a new addition; minimum required of principal dwelling unit if located within original footprint of primary dwelling unit	5'
Primary Entrance
Separate entrance from principal dwelling unit	Y	Y
Shared entrance with principal dwelling unit	Y	--
Height and Area (maximum)
One-story floor-to-ceiling height	18'
Height	maximum allowed for a single-family detached dwelling unit
Gross floor area⁴	up to gross floor area of principal dwelling unit	up to gross floor area of principal dwelling unit or 1,000 sf, whichever is less
Parking - Refer to Subsection 10-1-3.7.A, Parking and Loading
Table Notes: 1. Reserved. 2. Reserved. 3. Not to exceed maximum building coverage for applicable zone district. . 4. If a setback of an existing structure to be converted or to be used as an ADU is less than shown in this table, a record of survey shall be provided at time of building permit for proof of location, setbacks, footprint, and lot lines, and nonconforming setbacks shall be considered. 5. Distance is measured from the edge of the eaves of the principal and accessory dwelling.

Table 10-1-1.7.1 General ADU Standards
Standard	Attached	Detached
Setbacks⁵
Minimum required side yard setbacks same as the principal dwelling unit	Y
Minimum required front and side setbacks are the same for corner lots	Y
Minimum required setback for a corner lot when adjoining a residential lot to the rear	equal to the front yard setback of the rear adjoining lot
Minimum distance from the principal dwelling unit⁶	0'	5'
Minimum rear setback⁴	5' if ADU located in a new addition; minimum required of principal dwelling unit if located within original footprint of primary dwelling unit	5'
Primary Entrance
Separate entrance from principal dwelling unit	Y	Y
Shared entrance with principal dwelling unit	Y	--
Height and Area (maximum)
One-story floor-to-ceiling height	18'
Height	maximum allowed for a single-family detached dwelling unit
Gross floor area⁴	up to gross floor area of principal dwelling unit	up to gross floor area of principal dwelling unit or 1,000 sf, whichever is less
Parking - Refer to Subsection 10-1-3.7.A, Parking and Loading
Table Notes: 1. Reserved. 2. Reserved. 3. Not to exceed maximum building coverage for applicable zone district. . 4. If a setback of an existing structure to be converted or to be used as an ADU is less than shown in this table, a record of survey shall be provided at time of building permit for proof of location, setbacks, footprint, and lot lines, and nonconforming setbacks shall be considered. 5. Distance is measured from the edge of the eaves of the principal and accessory dwelling.

Table 10-1-1.7.1 General ADU Standards
Standard	Attached	Detached
Setbacks⁵
Minimum required side yard setbacks same as the principal dwelling unit	Y
Minimum required front and side setbacks are the same for corner lots	Y
Minimum required setback for a corner lot when adjoining a residential lot to the rear	equal to the front yard setback of the rear adjoining lot
Minimum distance from the principal dwelling unit⁶	0'	5'
Minimum rear setback⁴	5' if ADU located in a new addition; minimum required of principal dwelling unit if located within original footprint of primary dwelling unit	5'
Primary Entrance
Separate entrance from principal dwelling unit	Y	Y
Shared entrance with principal dwelling unit	Y	--
Height and Area (maximum)
One-story floor-to-ceiling height	18'
Height	maximum allowed for a single-family detached dwelling unit
Gross floor area⁴	up to gross floor area of principal dwelling unit	up to gross floor area of principal dwelling unit or 1,000 sf, whichever is less
Parking - Refer to Subsection 10-1-3.7.A, Parking and Loading
Table Notes: 1. Reserved. 2. Reserved. 3. Not to exceed maximum building coverage for applicable zone district. . 4. If a setback of an existing structure to be converted or to be used as an ADU is less than shown in this table, a record of survey shall be provided at time of building permit for proof of location, setbacks, footprint, and lot lines, and nonconforming setbacks shall be considered. 5. Distance is measured from the edge of the eaves of the principal and accessory dwelling.

1. 2.
  Code Compliance. All ADUs shall comply with all applicable building, health, fire, and life safety codes.
2. 3.
  Land Development Impact and Sewer Tap Fees. Each dwelling unit requires payment of the city's land development impact and sewer tap fees.
3. 4.
  Land Uses. An ADU may be used in the same manner as a single-family dwelling. See Title 3, BUSINESS REGULATIONS; Chapter 23, Short-Term Rentals for applicable short-term rental regulations.
4. 5.
  Architectural Standards. All ADUs shall comply with the following architectural standards:
  1. a.
    The ADU shall be architecturally consistent with the principal dwelling such that it complements the principal dwelling in the use of complementary color palettes and exterior finishes.
  2. b.
    The ADU shall provide for privacy mitigation measures to the extent practicable, as long as privacy mitigation does not include an architectural style, building material, or landscaping that is more restrictive than a single-family home in the same zone district.
5. 6.
  Parking.
  1. a.
    New off-street parking shall not be required for construction or conversion of an ADU, except that the city shall require one off-street parking space if:
    
    1.
    An existing driveway, garage, tandem parking space, or other off-street parking for ADU parking is not available,
    2.
    ADU is in a zone district that requires one or more parking spaces for the primary dwelling unit, and
    3.
    ADU is located on a block that prohibits on-street parking.
  2. b.
    Covered or uncovered parking for an ADU may be in tandem with other required on-site parking.
  3. c.
    No parking space is required for an ADU that is located within:
    1.
    One-quarter mile of a public transit station;
    2.
    A historic district; or
    3.
    A mixed-use development.
  4. d.
    If required parking for the existing single-family dwelling is removed in conjunction with the construction of an ADU, the removed parking spaces shall be replaced with an equal number of on-lot parking spaces.
6. 7.
  Onsite Wastewater Treatment Systems (OWTS). The owner of a property for which the wastewater is handled by an OWTS shall provide a written letter from a qualified professional indicating proof of the capacity and performance of the OWTS to accommodate an ADU.
7. 8.
  Planned Overlay Districts. Any planned development resolution or ordinance that was adopted or approved before the effective date of this section that allows the construction of single-family detached dwellings and that restricts the construction of an accessory dwelling unit as an accessory use to any single-family detached dwelling shall not be interpreted or enforced to restrict the creation of an accessory dwelling unit as an accessory use to any single-family detached dwelling unit in any way that is prohibited.

D. Standards Applicable to Certain ADUs. (See Figure 10-1-1.7.1, ADU Types)

Figure 10-1-1.7.1

ADU Types

Attached and detached ADU types

Figure 10-1-1.7.1

ADU Types

Attached and detached ADU types

Figure 10-1-1.7.1

ADU Types

Attached and detached ADU types

Figure 10-1-1.7.1

ADU Types

Attached and detached ADU types

1. 1. a.
    Attached ADUs.
    1.
    Reserved.
    2.
    Reserved.
    3.
    Water, sanitary sewer, and electrical utilities may be separately provided to an attached ADU.
  2. b.
    Detached ADUs.
    1.
    The ADU and principal dwelling shall have separate addresses.
    2.
    The ADU shall meet the building requirements established within Title 4 of the City Code, including adopted building codes, and may combine a dwelling with a garage, workshop, studio, or similar use.
    3.
    Reserved.
    4.
    Detached ADUs shall adhere to the standards set out in Table 10-1-1.7.1, General ADU Standards.
    5.
    Detached ADUs must be located in line with or behind the front façade of the primary dwelling unit.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 20, Series of 2023; Ord. 09, Series of 2025)

Effective on: 6/12/2025

Section 10-1-1.8 Temporary Uses and Structures

Purpose. This Code allows for the establishment of certain temporary uses and structures for a limited duration, provided that such uses comply with the standards of this Section.

Applicability. A Temporary Use Permit is required for any temporary use or structure that may be allowed in each zoning district as listed in this Section.

Review Procedures. Applications for a Temporary Use Permit shall follow the general review procedures set forth in Section 10-9-5.5, Temporary Use Permit. Applications for a Temporary Use Permit may be initiated by the owner or lessee of the property for which a temporary use or structure is desired. A Temporary Use Permit may be extended or renewed by applying for a new Temporary Use Permit in accordance with the procedures and review criteria in this Section.

Unlisted Temporary Uses. Refer to Section 10-1-2.1, Unlisted and Functionally Similar Uses, for provisions related to the Director's interpretation of temporary uses that are not specifically addressed in this Section.

Standards Applicable to All Temporary Uses and Structures. All temporary uses and structures require a permit approved and issued by the Director.

1.
Location and Lot Requirements.
1. a.
  Have legal access to the lot on which the use is to be conducted;
2. b.
  Where applicable, be set back at least five feet from public rights-of-way; and
3. c.
  Be set back at least five feet from a lot line.
2.
Buildings and Structures. Temporary buildings and structures shall comply with:
1. a.
  The height limits of the respective zoning district;
2. b.
  Title 4, Building Regulations of the City Code;
3. c.
  The standards established by South Metro Fire Rescue District; and
3.
Access, Circulation, and Parking. All temporary uses and structures shall:
1. a.
  Have adequate sight distances for safe vehicular ingress and egress;
2. b.
  Take access to a street with adequate capacity for the anticipated volume of traffic;
3. c.
  Not obstruct vehicular circulation nor access by emergency service providers;
4. d.
  Provide safe circulation by:
  1. 1.
    Maintaining access to permanent uses operating simultaneously to the temporary use;
  2. 2.
    Providing directional signage; and
  3. 3.
    Minimizing points of conflict between vehicles and pedestrians; and
5. e.
  Have sufficient on-site parking for the principal and temporary use.
4.
Utilities. Reasonable access shall be provided to drinking water and restroom services, as appropriate for the temporary structure's intended use and duration of use.
5.
Outdoor Lighting. All temporary uses and structures shall comply with the standards set out in Section 10-1-3.11, Outdoor Lighting Standards.
6.
Public Convenience and Litter Control. All temporary uses and structures shall provide:
1. a.
  Adequate public restroom facilities on-site as required by the Director;
2. b.
  Adequate waste containers and a written guarantee stating that all litter will be removed during the event and after the event is over at no expense to the city; and
3. c.
  Public restrooms and waste containers that are screened from view of adjacent residential properties and public rights-of-way.
7.
Performance Standards. All temporary uses and structures shall conform with the standards found in Section 10-7-3.2, Environmental Performance Standards.
8.
In floodplains, other restrictions may apply, as set out in Article 10-7-1, Floodplain Regulations, and Article 10-7-2, Floodway Regulations.

Temporary Use Table.

1.
Generally. Table 10-1-1.8.1, Permitted Temporary Uses, Frequencies, and Duration, shows which temporary uses are permitted in which zoning districts and provides maximum frequency and duration of an allowed temporary use.
2.
Symbols. The symbols in Table 10-1-1.8.1, below, shall have the following meanings:
1. a.
  "TP" means "Temporary Permitted Use" subject to the applicable requirements of this Section and approval of a Temporary Use Permit by the Director.
2. b.
  "TC" means "Temporary Conditional Use" subject to the applicable requirements of this Section and approval of a Conditional Use Permit in accordance with Section 10-9-5.1, Conditional Use Permit.
3. c.
  "--" means that the use is prohibited in the specified zoning district.
4. d.
  "Number / Number" in the Duration column means the maximum number of days permitted per event and the maximum number of events permitted on a single lot in a calendar year.

Table 10-1-1.8.1 Permitted Temporary Uses, Frequencies, and Duration
Temporary Use	Specific Standards¹	Duration	Zoning District Groups
			NB²	CM	DNR	DMU	DTA	DMS	BC	IP
											Garage/Yard/Estate Sale	H.5	3 / 3	TP	TP	TP	TP	--	--	--	--
											Temporary Retail Sales or Services	H.2	3 / 3	TP	TP³	--	TP	TP	TP	--	--
Temporary Construction Yard or Office	H.3	Refer to H.3	--	TC	--	--	--	--	TC	TC
Model Home or Temporary Structure Used as a Sales Office	H.4	Refer to H.4	--	TP	--	--	--	--	--	--
Circus, Carnival, or Other Outdoor Exhibition	H.6	16 / 1	--	TC	--	--	TC	TC	TC	--
Portable Storage Unit	H.7	21 / 2	TP	TP	TP	TC	TC	--	TP	TP
Table Notes: 1. The Specific Standards column refers to the standards within this Section. 2. NB applies to the ACR, LLR, MLR, SLR and MFR districts. 3. In a multi-tenant site, the maximum number of temporary retail sales or services per year is on a per-tenant basis.

Table 10-1-1.8.1 Permitted Temporary Uses, Frequencies, and Duration
Temporary Use	Specific Standards¹	Duration	Zoning District Groups
			NB²	CM	DNR	DMU	DTA	DMS	BC	IP
											Garage/Yard/Estate Sale	H.5	3 / 3	TP	TP	TP	TP	--	--	--	--
											Temporary Retail Sales or Services	H.2	3 / 3	TP	TP³	--	TP	TP	TP	--	--
Temporary Construction Yard or Office	H.3	Refer to H.3	--	TC	--	--	--	--	TC	TC
Model Home or Temporary Structure Used as a Sales Office	H.4	Refer to H.4	--	TP	--	--	--	--	--	--
Circus, Carnival, or Other Outdoor Exhibition	H.6	16 / 1	--	TC	--	--	TC	TC	TC	--
Portable Storage Unit	H.7	21 / 2	TP	TP	TP	TC	TC	--	TP	TP
Table Notes: 1. The Specific Standards column refers to the standards within this Section. 2. NB applies to the ACR, LLR, MLR, SLR and MFR districts. 3. In a multi-tenant site, the maximum number of temporary retail sales or services per year is on a per-tenant basis.

Table 10-1-1.8.1 Permitted Temporary Uses, Frequencies, and Duration
Temporary Use	Specific Standards¹	Duration	Zoning District Groups
			NB²	CM	DNR	DMU	DTA	DMS	BC	IP
											Garage/Yard/Estate Sale	H.5	3 / 3	TP	TP	TP	TP	--	--	--	--
											Temporary Retail Sales or Services	H.2	3 / 3	TP	TP³	--	TP	TP	TP	--	--
Temporary Construction Yard or Office	H.3	Refer to H.3	--	TC	--	--	--	--	TC	TC
Model Home or Temporary Structure Used as a Sales Office	H.4	Refer to H.4	--	TP	--	--	--	--	--	--
Circus, Carnival, or Other Outdoor Exhibition	H.6	16 / 1	--	TC	--	--	TC	TC	TC	--
Portable Storage Unit	H.7	21 / 2	TP	TP	TP	TC	TC	--	TP	TP
Table Notes: 1. The Specific Standards column refers to the standards within this Section. 2. NB applies to the ACR, LLR, MLR, SLR and MFR districts. 3. In a multi-tenant site, the maximum number of temporary retail sales or services per year is on a per-tenant basis.

Table 10-1-1.8.1 Permitted Temporary Uses, Frequencies, and Duration
Temporary Use	Specific Standards¹	Duration	Zoning District Groups
			NB²	CM	DNR	DMU	DTA	DMS	BC	IP
											Garage/Yard/Estate Sale	H.5	3 / 3	TP	TP	TP	TP	--	--	--	--
											Temporary Retail Sales or Services	H.2	3 / 3	TP	TP³	--	TP	TP	TP	--	--
Temporary Construction Yard or Office	H.3	Refer to H.3	--	TC	--	--	--	--	TC	TC
Model Home or Temporary Structure Used as a Sales Office	H.4	Refer to H.4	--	TP	--	--	--	--	--	--
Circus, Carnival, or Other Outdoor Exhibition	H.6	16 / 1	--	TC	--	--	TC	TC	TC	--
Portable Storage Unit	H.7	21 / 2	TP	TP	TP	TC	TC	--	TP	TP
Table Notes: 1. The Specific Standards column refers to the standards within this Section. 2. NB applies to the ACR, LLR, MLR, SLR and MFR districts. 3. In a multi-tenant site, the maximum number of temporary retail sales or services per year is on a per-tenant basis.

G.
Specific Temporary Use Standards.

1. 1.
  Noncommercial Concrete Batch Plant. The facility shall be located within 1,000 feet of the construction site for which the concrete is to be used.
2. 2.
  Temporary Retail Sales or Services.

1. 1. a.
    Any temporary or portable structure used for such sales or services shall meet the applicable provisions of Title 4 of the City Code.
  2. b.
    Customer parking shall be on an all-weather surface.
  3. c.
    Temporary uses and associated activities shall not be conducted within the required minimum setback areas or within required landscape areas adjacent to public rights of way.
  4. d.
    Storage areas and trash containers shall be screened from view from adjacent residential property and public rights-of-way.
1. 3.
  Temporary Construction Yard or Office.
  1. a.
    The facility shall be located within the development where the construction is to take place.
  2. b.
    Placement of the facility is limited to a period of time determined by an estimated project completion date with the option of an extension of up to one year if approved by the Director.
  3. c.
    All temporary buildings and trailers shall be completely removed from the lot within 30 days of issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy or completion of the construction project, whichever occurs first.
2. 4.
  Model Home or Temporary Structure Used as Sales Office.
  1. a.
    The structure shall be a manufactured building designed for office use and inspected and approved by the Chief Building Official.
  2. b.
    The office shall be located within the development where the sales are to take place.
  3. c.
    If multiple builders are involved in the development, one model home or temporary sales office may be permitted per builder. Each sales office shall be located on an individual lot.
  4. d.
    The Temporary Use Permit shall be valid until the project is completed or for a period of two years from the time of the recording of the most recent Final Plat.
  5. e.
    A building permit for the model home may be issued once the streets to the subdivision have been constructed to sub-grade and water and fire hydrant service are located within 500 feet of the lot on which the model home is located. A certificate of occupancy shall not be issued until the subdivision phase and all public improvements have been accepted by the city, a Final Plat has been filed with the county, and all utilities are connected to the model home.
  6. f.
    In the NB District, the model home shall be constructed in such a manner that it can be converted, without structural changes, to a permitted residence. Such conversion shall occur no later than after the issuance of certificates of occupancy to 95 percent of the residential units in the subdivision or when use as a sales office or model home has ceased.
3. 5.
  Garage/Yard/Estate Sale.
  1. a.
    No garage/yard/estate sale shall occur earlier than the sixth day following the conclusion of a prior garage/yard/estate sale on the same property.
  2. b.
    Garage/yard/estate sales are not intended and shall not allow businesses to be operated out of homes.
  3. c.
    Sale activity shall be limited to the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
  4. d.
    Sale activity may not be conducted on the public sidewalks or in parkways, streets or alleys.
4. 6.
  Circus, Carnival, or Other Outdoor Exhibition.
  1. a.
    Temporary structures (e.g., carnival rides and mega-inflatables) that are taller than the height allowed by the district in which it is proposed to be located are allowed, provided they are set back from all property lines a distance of two feet for every one foot in structure or inflatable height.
  2. b.
    The operator of the event shall obtain licensing as required under Title 3, Building Regulations; Chapter 3, Special Events and Demonstrations, of the City Code.
5. 7.
  Portable Storage Unit. The unit shall:
  1. a.
    Be on the same property as the use requiring the service of the unit.
  2. b.
    Not encroach into setbacks or sidewalks.
  3. c.
    Be located on an all-weather surface.
  4. d.
    Be removed upon project completion.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Section 10-1-1.9 Official Zoning Map

Official Zoning Map Adopted. Zoning districts are shown on the map entitled "Official Zoning Map" of the City of Littleton, which is made part of this Code.

Force and Effect. The official zoning map and all notations, references, and other information shown on it are a part of and have the same legal force and effect as this Code.

Status. The official zoning map that is on file with the Director shall control in the event of a conflict between the official zoning map and any other reproduction of the map.

Interpretations. Where the map appears to be unclear regarding the location of district boundaries, the Director or, at the Director's discretion, the Planning Commission, shall make a determination using the following geographic or mapping features:

1.
Rights-of-Way or Easements. Where boundary lines appear to follow existing streets, alleys, railroad tracks, utility lines, or similar features, the zoning boundary shall be construed to follow the centerline of the rights-of-way or easement. Where the location of these features on the ground differs from that shown on the official zoning map, the features on the ground control.
2.
City Limits. Where district boundaries are indicated as approximately following the city limits, such city limits shall be considered the district boundaries.
3.
Property Lines. Where the boundaries are indicated as approximately following property or other lot lines, such lines shall be construed to be the boundaries.
4.
Watercourses. Boundaries shown as following, or approximately following, the centerline of drainage ways, rivers, streams, water bodies, or other watercourses shall be construed as following the channel centerline. In the event of a natural change in the location of such watercourses, the district boundary shall be construed as moving with the channel centerline.
5.
Unsubdivided Land or No Identifiable Feature. On unsubdivided land, or where a district boundary does not follow an identifiable feature, the location of the boundary, unless the same is indicated by dimensions, shall be determined by applying, in order, the following rules:
1. a.
  Legal Description. The boundary shall be according to the legal description in the ordinance establishing the district boundaries.
2. b.
  Text Dimensions. The boundary shall be located by reference to dimensions shown in the text on the official zoning map, if any.
3. c.
  Map Scale. The boundary shall be located using the map scale appearing on the official zoning map.
6.
Vacation or Abandonment. Where a public street, alley, or parcel of land is officially vacated or abandoned, the regulations applicable to the abutting property apply equally to the vacated or abandoned street or alley.

Conflicts Resolved. In the event of a conflict between the district boundaries on the official zoning map and the zoning of property provided by a duly enacted rezoning ordinance adopted before the effective date of this Code, the duly enacted rezoning ordinance shall control.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Section 10-1-2.1 Unlisted and Functionally Similar Uses

Authorization of Unlisted Uses. Each of the use categories in Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix, are defined in Section 10-12-2.1, Definitions. On written request, if a proposed use is not listed as part of a use category definition, the Director may determine whether the proposed use is functionally similar to a use that is listed. Depending on such determination, the proposed use is then permitted, permitted with standards, allowed with a Conditional Use Permit, or prohibited.

Decision Criteria. In making such interpretations, the Director may consider, but not be limited to, the following criteria:

1.
The actual or projected characteristics of the activity in relation to those of the listed land use;
2.
Nature and impacts of operation;
3.
Character and scale of associated buildings and structures;
4.
The amount of lot area or floor space and equipment devoted to the activity;
5.
Vehicle parking demand;
6.
Average daily and peak hour trip generation (people, personal vehicles, and delivery vehicles);
7.
Types of vehicles used and their parking requirements;
8.
Building coverage;
9.
Regulated air or water emissions;
10.
Noise, lighting, dust, vibration, electronic interference, and odors;
11.
Solid waste generation;
12.
Use and storage of hazardous materials;
13.
How the use is advertised;
14.
Hours of operation;
15.
Visibility of equipment;
16.
Any other pertinent considerations necessary to assess the nature and impacts of a proposed use; and
17.
Compliance with all federal, state and local laws.

Appeal of the Director's Decision. Appeals of the Director's decision may be made following procedures under Section 10-9-9.2, Appeal of Administrative Decision.

If Not Authorized Then Prohibited. If the Director determines that a proposed use does not fit within a use category then the use is prohibited and the person requesting the use interpretation may request an amendment in accordance with Section 10-9-4.3, Code Text Amendment.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

S

Section 10-1-2.2 Wireless Communications Facilities

A.
Purpose. In order to accommodate the communication needs of residents and businesses while protecting the public health, safety, and general welfare of the community, the City Council finds that these regulations are necessary to:
1. 1.
  Installation, Maintenance, and Removal. Provide for the managed development and installation, maintenance, modification, and removal of wireless communications infrastructure in the city with the fewest number of wireless communications facilities (WCFs) to complete a network without unreasonably discriminating against wireless communications providers of functionally equivalent services, including all of those who install, maintain, operate, and remove WCFs;
2. 2.
  Health, Safety, and Welfare. Promote and protect the public health, safety, and welfare by reducing the visibility of WCFs to the fullest extent possible through techniques including but not limited to concealment and camouflage design techniques and undergrounding of WCFs and the equipment associated therewith, where appropriate;
3. 3.
  Smaller WCFs. Encourage the deployment of smaller, less intrusive WCFs, where appropriate, to minimize visual clutter;
4. 4.
  Wall-Mounted. Encourage the use of wall-mounted panel antennas;
5. 5.
  Roof-Mounted. Encourage roof-mounted antennas only when wall-mounted antennas will not provide adequate service or are not otherwise feasible;
6. 6.
  Location. Encourage the location of towers in non-residential areas, in a manner that minimizes the total number of towers needed throughout the community in areas where the adverse impact on the community is minimized;
7. 7.
  Collocation. Encourage strongly the collocation of WCFs on new and existing sites;
8. 8.
  Service Provision. Enhance the ability of wireless communications service providers to provide such services to the community quickly, effectively, and efficiently;
9. 9.
  Rights-of-Way. Effectively manage WCFs in the public right-of-way; and
10. 10.
  Amateur Facilities. Manage amateur radio facilities and over-the-air receiving devices in the city.
B.
Use Table Reference. The use tables in each zoning district show the zoning districts where wireless communication facilities, which are in the Major Utility use category, are permitted.
C.
Applicability. The requirements set forth in this Section shall apply to all WCF applications for base stations, alternative tower structures, alternative tower structures located within rights-of-way, and towers as defined in Section 10-12-2.1, Definitions.
D.
Exceptions. The requirements set forth in this Section shall not apply to:
1. 1.
  Amateur Radio Antennas. Amateur radio antennas that are owned and operated by a federally licensed amateur radio station operator or are used exclusively for receive-only antennas, provided that the requirement that the height is no more than the distance from the base of the antenna to the property line is met.
2. 2.
  Pre-Existing WCFs. Any WCF for which a permit has been properly issued prior to June 6, 2017, shall not be required to meet the requirements of this Section, except that changes and additions to pre-existing WCFs (including trading out of antennas for an equal number of antennas) shall meet applicable requirements of Subsection K, Design Standards. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any modifications qualifying as an Eligible Facilities Request shall be evaluated under Subsection M.5, Review Procedures For Eligible Facilities Requests (EFRs), below.
3. 3.
  Miscellaneous Antennas. Antennas used for reception of television, multichannel video programming, and radio such as OTARD antennas, television broadcast band antennas, and broadcast radio antennas, provided that any requirements related to accessory uses contained in this Section and the requirement that the height is no more than the distance from the base to the property line are met. The Director has the authority to approve modifications to the height restriction related to OTARD antennas and OTARD antenna structures if, in the discretion of the city, modifications are necessary to comply with federal law.
E.
Federal Requirements. All WCFs shall meet the current standards and regulations of the FAA, the FCC and any other agency of the federal government with the authority to regulate WCFs. If such standards and regulations are changed, then the owners of the WCF governed by this Section shall bring such facility into compliance with such revised standards and regulations within the time period mandated by the controlling federal agency. Failure to meet such revised standards and regulations shall constitute grounds for the removal of the WCF at the owner's expense.
F.
Radio Frequency Standards. All WCFs shall comply with Federal standards for radio frequency emissions. The applicant shall provide written documentation from a qualified radio frequency engineer, which may be included in the Signal Interference Letter described below, certifying that the proposed WCF, when operational, will be in compliance will Federal radio frequency emissions standards. If concerns regarding compliance with radio frequency emissions standards for a WCF have been made to the city, the city may request that the owner or operator of the WCF provide information demonstrating compliance. If such information suggests, in the discretion of the city, that the WCF may not be in compliance, the city may request the owner or operator of the WCF to submit a project implementation report which provides cumulative field measurements of radio frequency emissions of all antennas installed at the subject site, and which compares the results with established Federal standards. If, upon review, the city finds that the facility does not meet Federal standards, the city may require corrective action within 30 days or a period of time agreed to between the city and the WCF operator. If noncompliance is not corrected, the WCF may be removed pursuant to Subsection I, Operation and Maintenance, below. Any costs incurred by the city, including consulting costs to verify compliance with these requirements, shall be paid by the applicant.
G.
Signal Interference. All WCFs shall be designed and sited, consistent with applicable Federal regulations, so as not to cause interference with the normal operation of radio, television, telephone and other communication services utilized by adjacent residential and non-residential properties; nor shall any such facilities interfere with any public safety communications. The applicant shall provide a written statement (“Signal Interference Letter”) from a qualified radio frequency engineer, certifying that a technical evaluation of existing and proposed facilities indicates no potential interference problems and shall allow the city to monitor interference levels with public safety communications during this process. Additionally, the applicant shall notify the city at least 10 calendar days prior to the introduction of new service or changes in existing service, and shall allow the city to monitor interference levels with public safety communications during the applicant's testing process.
H.
Legal Access. In all applications for WCFs, an applicant must warrant and represent that it has the written agreement of the owner of the property which is the subject of the application for legal access to and from the WCF and the applicant must also warrant and represent that it will have legal access to the utilities to operate and maintain the WCF.
I.
Operation And Maintenance. To ensure the structural integrity of WCFs, the owner of a WCF shall ensure that it is maintained in compliance with standards contained in applicable local building and safety codes. If upon inspection the city concludes that a WCF fails to comply with such codes and constitutes a danger to persons or property, then, upon written notice being provided to the owner of the WCF, the owner shall have 30 days from the date of notice to bring such WCF into compliance. Upon good cause shown by the owner, the city's Chief Building Official may extend such compliance period not to exceed 90 days from the date of said notice. If the owner fails to bring such WCF into compliance within said time period, the city may remove such WCF at the owner's expense.
J.
Abandonment And Removal. If a WCF has not been in use for a period of three months, the owner of the WCF shall notify the city of the non-use and shall indicate whether re-use is expected within the ensuing three months. Any WCF that is not operated for a continuous period of six months shall be considered abandoned. The city, in its sole discretion, may require an abandoned WCF to be removed. The owner of such WCF shall remove the same within 30 days of receipt of written notice from the city. If such WCF is not removed within said 30 days, the city may remove it at the owner's expense and any approved permits for the WCF shall be deemed to have expired.

K.
Design Standards. The requirements set forth in this Subsection shall apply to the location and design of all WCFs governed by this Section; provided, however, that the applicable review body in Chapter 9, Administration, may waive these requirements if it determines that the goals of this Section are better served by the waiver. To that end, WCFs shall be designed and located to minimize the impact on the surrounding neighborhood and to maintain the character and appearance of the city, consistent with other provisions of this Code.
1. 1.
  Camouflage/Concealment. All WCFs and any Related Accessory Equipment shall, to the extent possible, use Concealment Design Techniques and where not possible utilize Camouflage Design Techniques. Camouflage Design Techniques include, but are not limited to the use of materials, colors, textures, screening, undergrounding, landscaping, or other design options that will blend the WCF into the surrounding natural setting and built environment. Design, materials and colors of WCFs shall be compatible with the surrounding environment. Designs shall be compatible with structures and vegetation on the same parcel and adjacent parcels.
  1. a.
    Where WCFs are located in areas of high public visibility, they shall, where physically possible, be designed to be concealed, and where not possible to be concealed, camouflaged to minimize their WCF profile through placement of equipment fully or partially underground, or by way of example and not limitation, located behind landscape berms.
  2. b.
    Concealment may be of heightened importance where findings of particular sensitivity are made (e.g., proximity to historic or aesthetically significant structures, views, and/or community features).
  3. c.
    A concealment design may include the use of Alternative Tower Structures should the Director determine that such design meets the intent of this Code and the community is better served thereby.
  4. d.
    All WCFs, such as antennas, vaults, equipment rooms, equipment enclosures, and tower structures shall be constructed out of non-reflective materials (visible exterior surfaces only).
2. 2.
  Hazardous Materials. No hazardous materials shall be permitted in association with WCFs, except those necessary for the operations of the WCF and only in accordance with all applicable laws governing such materials.
3. 3.
  Siting.
  1. a.
    Property Lines. No portion of any WCF may extend beyond the property line.
  2. b.
    Collocation. WCFs shall be required to be designed and constructed to permit the facility to accommodate WCFs from at least two wireless service providers on the same WCF unless the city approves an alternative design. No WCF owner or operator shall unfairly exclude a competitor from using the same facility or location.
  3. c.
    Parking. WCFs shall be sited in a location that does not reduce the parking for the other principal uses on the parcel below Code standards.
4. 4.
  Lighting. WCFs shall not be artificially lighted unless required by the FAA or other applicable governmental authority, or the WCF is mounted on a light pole or other similar structure primarily used for lighting purposes. If lighting is required, the city may review the available lighting alternatives and approve the design that would cause the least disturbance to the surrounding views. Lighting shall be shielded or directed to the greatest extent possible so as to minimize the amount of glare and light falling onto nearby properties, particularly residences.
5. 5.
  Landscaping And Fencing Requirements.
  1. a.
    WCFs shall be sited in a manner that does not reduce the landscaped areas for the other principal uses on the parcel.
  2. b.
    WCFs shall be landscaped with a Type B bufferyard as established in Subsection 10-1-3.6.F Bufferyard Requirements, where the property is adjacent to residential properties.
  3. c.
    In locations where the visual impact of the WCF would be minimal, the landscaping requirement may be reduced or waived altogether by the Director.
  4. d.
    Existing mature tree growth and natural landforms on the site shall be preserved to the maximum extent possible. In some cases, such as WCFs sited on large, wooded lots, natural growth around the site perimeter may be sufficient to buffer.
  5. e.
    No trees larger than four inches in diameter measured at four and one-half feet high on the tree may be removed, unless authorized by the Director. To obtain such authorization the applicant shall show that tree removal is necessary, the applicant's plan minimizes the number of trees to be removed and any trees removed are replaced at a ratio of two to one.
6. 6.
  Noise. Noise generated in the development shall not exceed the levels permitted in this Code, except that a WCF owner or operator shall be permitted to exceed City Code noise standards for a period of time during repairs, not to exceed two hours without prior authorization from the city.
7. 7.
  Specific Design Requirements. Additional design requirements shall be applicable to the various types of WCFs as specified below:
  1. a.
    Base Stations. Base stations shall be architecturally compatible with respect to attachments, and colored to match the building or structure to which they are attached;
  2. b.
    The maximum protrusion of such facilities from the building or structure face to which they are attached shall be six feet;
  3. c.
    Wall-mounted WCFs shall not extend above the roofline;
  4. d.
    Roof-mounted WCFs shall be approved only where an applicant demonstrates a wall-mounted WCF is inadequate to provide service and shall be evaluated for approval based upon the following criteria:
    1.
    Roof-mounted antennas shall extend no more than 10 feet above the parapet of any flat roof or ridge of a sloped roof or penthouse to which they are attached;
    2.
    Other roof-mounted related accessory equipment shall extend no more than 10 feet above any parapet of a flat roof upon which they may be placed, and shall not be permitted on a sloped roof;
  5. e.
    If antennas are installed on base stations (including, but not limited to the antennas and related accessory equipment), such antennas shall be of a neutral, non-reflective color that is identical to, or closely compatible with, the color of the supporting structure, or use other camouflage/concealment design techniques so as to make the antenna and related facilities as visually unobtrusive as possible, including for example, without limitation, painting the antennas and equipment to match the structure.
  6. f.
    Alternative Tower Structures (ATS) and Small Cell Facilities on Private Property.
    1.
    Alternative tower structures shall be designed and constructed to look like a building, facility, or structure typically found in the area in order that the WCF is concealed;
    2.
    Height or size of the proposed ATS or Small Cell Facility should be minimized as much as possible and shall be subject to the maximum height restrictions of the zoning district in which they are located, subject to a maximum height limit of 35’;
    3.
    ATS shall be sited in a manner that is least obtrusive to residential structures and residential district boundaries;
    4.
    ATS and Small Cell Facilities shall be compatible with the surrounding topography, tree coverage, and foliage;
    5.
    ATS and Small Cell Facilities shall be designed utilizing design characteristics that have the effect of concealing where technically feasible and generally reducing or eliminating visual obtrusiveness; and
    6.
    Visual impacts of the proposed ingress and egress shall be minimized.
  7. g.
    Alternative Tower Structures and Small Cell Facilities located in the Right-of-Way.
    1.
    No ATS pole shall be higher than 35 feet;
    2.
    No ATS shall be more than 10 feet higher (as measured from the ground to the top of the structure) than any existing utility or light pole or traffic signal within 500 feet of the ATS, and shall not exceed a maximum height of 40 feet;
    3.
    Any new pole for ATS or Small Cell Facilities shall be separated from any other existing stand-alone Small Cell Facility by a distance of at least 600 feet, unless the new pole replaces an existing traffic signal, street light pole, or similar structure determined by the Director;
    4.
    With respect to its pole-mounted components, Small Cell Facilities shall be located on an existing utility pole serving another utility, or be located on a new utility pole where other utility distribution lines are aerial, if there are no viable alternatives;
    5.
    ATS must be concealed consistent with other existing natural or manmade features in the right-of-way near the location where the ATS will be located; and
    6.
    When placed near a residential property, the facility must be placed in front of the common side yard property line between adjoining residential properties. In the case of a corner lot, the facility must be placed in front of the common side yard property line adjoining residential properties, or on the corner formed by two intersecting streets.
  8. h.
    Small Cell Facilities. Small Cell Facilities shall:
    1.
    Be designed such that antenna installations on traffic signals are placed in a manner so that the size, appearance, and function of the signal will not be considerably altered;
    2.
    Be designed such that all antennas, mast arms, equipment, and other facilities are sized to minimize visual clutter, and where possible, concealed within the structure;
    3.
    Require that any ground-mounted equipment be located in a manner necessary to address both public safety and aesthetic concerns, and may require a flush-to-ground equipment vault;
    4.
    Not alter vehicular circulation or parking within the right-of-way or impede vehicular, bicycle, or pedestrian access or visibility along the right-of-way;
    5.
    Comply with the Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) and all applicable local, state, and federal laws and regulations; and
    6.
    Not be located or maintained in a manner that causes unreasonable interference, which means any use of the right-of-way that disrupts or interferes with its use by the city, the general public, or other person authorized to use or be present upon the right-of-way, when there exists an alternative that would result in less disruption or interference. Unreasonable interference includes any use of the right-of-way that disrupts vehicular or pedestrian traffic, any interference with public utilities, and any other activity that will present a hazard to public health, safety, or welfare.
  9. i.
    Towers.
    1.
    Towers shall be a conditional use subject to the requirements of Sec. 10-9-5.1, Conditional Use Standards;
    2.
    Towers shall either maintain a galvanized steel finish, or, subject to any applicable FAA standards, be painted a neutral color so as to reduce visual obtrusiveness as determined by the city;
    3.
    Tower structures shall use existing land forms, vegetation, and structures to aid in concealing the facility from view or blending in with the surrounding built and natural environment;
    4.
    Monopole support structures shall taper from the base to the tip;
    5.
    All towers shall be enclosed by security fencing or wall at least six feet in height and shall also be equipped with an anti-climbing device;
    6.
    Towers shall be subject to the maximum height restrictions of the zoning district in which they are located, subject to a maximum height limit of 125 feet;
    7.
    Towers shall be sited in a manner that is least obtrusive to residential uses and districts where applicable;
    8.
    Towers shall take into consideration the uses on adjacent and nearby properties and the compatibility of the tower to these uses;
    9.
    Towers shall be designed utilizing design characteristics that have the effect of reducing or eliminating visual obtrusiveness;
    10.
    Visual impacts of the proposed ingress and egress shall be minimized; and
    11.
    No tower shall be permitted in the right-of-way.
  10. j.
    Related Accessory Equipment. Accessory equipment for all WCFs shall meet the following requirements:
    1.
    All buildings, shelter, cabinets, and other accessory components shall be grouped as closely as technically possible;
    2.
    The total footprint coverage area of the WCF's accessory equipment shall not exceed 350 square feet;
    3.
    No related accessory equipment or accessory structure shall exceed 12 feet in height;
    4.
    Related accessory equipment, including but not limited to remote radio units, shall be concealed whenever possible by locating behind parapet walls or within equipment enclosures. Where such concealment is not available, the accessory equipment shall be camouflaged to the maximum extent possible.
L.
Standards for Approval.
1. 1.
  It is the intent of the city to provide for approval of WCFs administratively in cases where visual impacts are minimized, view corridors are protected, WCFs utilize camouflage/concealment design techniques to avoid adverse impacts on the surrounding area, and WCFs are designed, maintained, and operated at all times to comply with the provisions of this Section and all applicable law. Notwithstanding the approval of an application for collocation as described herein, all work done pursuant to WCF applications must be completed in accordance with all applicable building and safety requirements as set forth in this Code and any other applicable regulations.
2. 2.
  No WCF, including Related Accessory Equipment, shall be approved unless it meets the following criteria:
  1. a.
    Visual impacts are minimized and view corridors are protected to the greatest extent feasible;
  2. b.
    Unless a Tower site, or otherwise waived pursuant to this Section, the WCF utilizes concealment design techniques to avoid adverse impacts on the surrounding area, by ensuring that the facility looks like something other than a Tower or Base Station;
  3. c.
    The WCF meets the applicable design standards for the type of WCF in accordance with this Section; and
  4. d.
    The WCF is and will be operated at all times in accordance with the Operational Standards of this Section.
    1.
    Conditional Use Approval for Towers. The city shall consider the following factors in determining whether to issue a Conditional Use Permit, although the city may waive or reduce the burden on the applicant of one or more of these criteria if the city concludes that the goals of this Code are better served thereby:
    i.
    Height or size of the proposed tower;
    ii.
    Proximity of the tower to residential structures and residential district boundaries;
    iii.
    Nature of uses on adjacent and nearby properties;
    iv.
    Compatibility with the surrounding topography;
    v.
    Compatibility with the surrounding tree coverage and foliage;
    vi.
    Design of the tower, with particular reference to design characteristics that have the effect of reducing or eliminating visual obtrusiveness; and
    vii.
    Proposed ingress and egress.
    viii.
    No new towers shall be permitted unless the applicant demonstrates to the satisfaction of the city that no existing WCFs can accommodate the needs that the applicant proposes to address with its tower application. Evidence submitted to demonstrate that no existing WCF can accommodate these needs may consist of the following:
    A.
    No existing WCFs with a suitable height are located within the geographic area required to meet the applicant's engineering requirements;
    B.
    Existing WCFs do not have sufficient structural strength to support the applicant's proposed WCF;
    C.
    The applicant's proposed WCFs would cause electromagnetic interference with the existing WCFs or the existing WCF would cause interference with the applicant's proposed WCF; and
    D.
    The applicant demonstrates that there are other limiting factors that render existing WCFs unsuitable for collocation.
    ix.
    Setbacks and Separation. The following minimum setbacks and separation requirements shall apply to all WCFs for which a Conditional Use Permit is required; provided, however, that the city may reduce standard setbacks and separation requirements if the applicant demonstrates that the goals of this Section can be better met by other measures that protect the public health and safety, view corridors, or minimize adverse impacts. A tower shall meet the greater of the following minimum setbacks from all property lines:
    A.
    The setback for a principal building within the applicable zoning district;
    B.
    25 percent of the facility height, including WCFs and related accessory equipment;
    C.
    The tower height, including antennas, if the tower is in or adjacent to a residential district; and
    D.
    Towers over 90 feet in height shall not be located within one-quarter mile from any existing tower that is over 90 feet in height unless the applicant has shown to the satisfaction of the city that there are no reasonably suitable alternative sites in the required geographic area which can meet the applicant's needs.
M.
Review Procedures and Requirements. No new WCF shall be constructed and no collocation or modification to any WCF may occur except after a written request from an applicant, reviewed and approved by the city in accordance with this Code. All WCFs except Eligible Facilities Requests which are reviewed under Subsection 5, below, shall be reviewed pursuant to the following procedures.
1. 1.
  Submittal Requirements. Each applicant for a WCF shall submit:
  1. a.
    An application form;
  2. b.
    A Signal Interference Letter;
  3. c.
    Certification of compliance with radio frequency emissions standards required per this Section;
  4. d.
    Submittal fee;
  5. e.
    A scaled Site Plan, photo simulation, scaled elevation view, and/or other supporting documents that show the location and dimension of all improvements, including information concerning topography, radio frequency coverage, tower height, setbacks, drives, parking, fencing, landscaping, adjacent uses, and drainage, signed and sealed by qualified professionals; and
  6. f.
    Any other information deemed necessary by the Director to assess compliance with this Section.
2. 2.
  Inventory of Existing Sites.
  1. a.
    Each applicant for a WCF shall provide to the Director a narrative and map description of the applicant's existing or then currently proposed WCFs within the city, and outside of the city within one mile of its boundaries. In addition, the applicant shall inform the city generally of the areas of the city in which it believes WCFs may need to be located within the next three years. The inventory list should identify the site name, site address, and a general description of the facility (i.e., rooftop antennas and ground-mounted equipment). This provision is not intended to be a requirement that the applicant submits its business plan, proprietary information, or make commitments regarding locations of WCFs within the city. Rather, it is an attempt to provide a mechanism for the city and all applicants for WCFs to share general information, assist in the city's comprehensive planning process, and promote collocation by identifying areas in which WCFs might be constructed for multiple users.
  2. b.
    The Director may share such information with other applicants applying for administrative approvals or Conditional Use Permits or other organizations seeking to locate WCFs within the jurisdiction of the city, provided however, that the city is not, by sharing such information, in any way representing or warranting that such sites are available or suitable.
3. 3.
  Application Review. In all zoning districts, applications for base stations, alternative tower structures, and alternative tower structures within rights-of-way, shall be reviewed by the Director for conformance to this Section and Code using the Site Plan review procedures set out in Section 10-9-5.4, Site Plan. Except for WCFs in the rights-of-way that otherwise meet all requirements of this Code or Eligible Facilities Requests, the Director may refer the application to the Council for approval, after a recommendation by the Planning Commission, if the Director finds the proposed WCF to have a significant visual impact (e.g., proximity to historic or designated view corridors, or on significant community features) or otherwise is substantially incompatible with the structure on which the WCF will be installed, or it does not meet the clear intent of this Section.
4. 4.
  Applications for Towers. In all zoning districts, towers may be permitted only as a conditional use. Such towers shall be reviewed for conformance to this Section and Code using the conditional use review procedures set out in Section 10-9-5.1, Conditional Use Permit. All applications for towers shall demonstrate that other alternative design options, such as base stations or alternative tower structures, are not viable options.
5. 5.
  Review Procedures for Eligible Facilities Requests (EFR).
  1. a.
    Application: In all zoning districts, EFRs shall be considered a use by right subject to administrative review. The city shall prepare and, from time to time, revise and make publicly available, an application form which shall be limited to the information necessary for the city to consider whether an application is an EFR. The application may not require the applicant to demonstrate a need or business case for the proposed modification or collocation. Such information may include, without limitation, whether the project:
    1.
    Would result in a substantial change;
    2.
    Violates a generally applicable law, regulation, or other rule codifying objective standards reasonably related to public health and safety.
  2. b.
    Type of Review: Upon receipt of an application for an EFR pursuant to this Section, the Director shall review such application to determine whether the application so qualifies.
  3. c.
    Timeframe for Review: Subject to the tolling provisions of Subsection (M)5(d) of this Section, within sixty (60) days of the date on which an applicant submits an application seeking approval under this Section, the city shall approve the application unless it determines that the application is not covered by this Subsection.
  4. d.
    Tolling of the Timeframe for Review: The 60-day review period begins to run when the application is filed and may be tolled only by mutual agreement of the city and the applicant, or in cases where the Director determines that the application is incomplete:
    1.
    To toll the timeframe for incompleteness, the city must provide written notice to the applicant within thirty (30) days of receipt of the application, specifically delineating all missing documents or information required in the application;
    2.
    The timeframe for review begins running again when the applicant makes a supplemental written submission in response to the city's notice of incompleteness; and
    3.
    Following a supplemental submission, the city will notify the applicant within ten days that the supplemental submission did not provide the information identified in the original notice delineating missing information. The timeframe is tolled in the case of second or subsequent notices pursuant to the procedures identified in Subsection (A)5(d)(1) of this Section. In the case of a second or subsequent notice of incompleteness, the city may not specify missing information or documents that were not delineated in the original notice of incompleteness.
  5. e.
    EFRs Subject to Laws of General Applicability. Notwithstanding an application’s qualification as an EFR, all EFRs shall comply with generally applicable building, structural, electrical, and safety codes and with other laws codifying objective standards related to health and safety.
  6. f.
    Failure to Act: In the event that the city fails to act on a request seeking approval for an EFR under this Subsection within the timeframe for review (accounting for any tolling), the request shall be deemed granted. The deemed grant becomes effective when the applicant notifies the city in writing after the review period has expired (accounting for any tolling) that the application has been deemed granted.
  7. g.
    Interaction with Telecommunications Act Section 332(C)(7): If the city determines that the applicant's request is not an EFR as delineated in this Subsection, the presumptively reasonable timeframe under Section 332(C)(7), as prescribed by the FCC's shot clock order, will begin to run from the issuance of the city's decision that the application is not a covered request. To the extent such information is necessary, the city may request additional information from the applicant to evaluate the application under Section 332(C)(7) review. The city shall identify the need for any such additional information together with the notice that the request is not an EFR, and if such additional information is requested, the time frame under Section 332(C)(7) will begin to run beginning on the date that such additional information is received by the city.
6. 6.
  Abandonment and Removal. Prior to approval, affidavits shall be required from the owner of the property and from the applicant acknowledging that each is responsible for the removal of a WCF that is abandoned or is unused for a period of six months.
7. 7.
  Decision. Any decision to approve, approve with conditions, or deny an application for a WCF, shall be in writing and supported by substantial evidence in a written record. The applicant shall receive a copy of the decision.
8. 8.
  Compliance with Applicable Law. Notwithstanding the approval of an application for new WCFs or collocation as described herein, all work done pursuant to WCF applications must be completed in accordance with all applicable building structural, electrical, and safety requirements as set forth in this Code and any other applicable laws or regulations. In addition, all WCF applications shall comply with the following:
  1. a.
    Comply with any permit or license issued by a federal, state, or local agency with jurisdiction of the WCF;
  2. b.
    Comply with easements, covenants, conditions, and/or restrictions on or applicable to the underlying real property;
  3. c.
    Be maintained in good working condition and to the standards established at the time of application approval; and
  4. d.
    Remain free from trash, debris, litter, graffiti, and other forms of vandalism. Any damage shall be repaired as soon as practicable and in no instance more than 10 calendar days from the time of notification by the city or after discovery by the owner or operator of the site. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any graffiti on WCFs located in the rights-of-way or on other city-owned property may be removed by the city at its discretion, and the owner and/or operator of the WCF shall pay all costs of such removal within 30 days after receipt of an invoice from the city.
9. 9.
  Compliance Report. Upon request by the city, the applicant shall provide a compliance report within 45 days after installation of a WCF, demonstrating that as installed and in operation, the WCF complies with all conditions of approval, applicable Code requirements, and standard regulations.

(Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Section 10-1-2.3 Height and Yard Exceptions

Height. No building, or part of a building, shall be built, expanded, moved, or remodeled without approval and a building permit, and no building or land shall be used, occupied, or designed for use or occupancy, so as to exceed the maximum height or setbacks specified for the district in which the building is located. See Section 10-1-2.4, Measurements and Allowances.

Exceptions.

1.
Height. The following appurtenances may exceed the prescribed district height limits provided the additional height is normally required for the proposed use;
1. a.
  Steeple, bell tower, cupola, minaret, chimney, skylight, fire escape, elevator shaft, roof access, or other similar architectural elements;
2. b.
  Flagpole or antenna, the setback shall be equal to the height;
3. c.
  Solar array, collector, condenser, cooling tower, flue, stack, heat storage unit, or necessary mechanical equipment required for building functionality; and
4. d.
  Ventilation.
2.
Public Utilities. The following public utility or public service uses shall be exempt from the height requirements of the district in which they are located:
1. a.
  Electric and telephone substations (including fence, wall or other required enclosure) and distribution systems;
2. b.
  Gas regulator stations;
3. c.
  Poles, wires, cables, conduits, vaults, laterals, pipes, mains, valves, or other similar equipment for the transmission of electricity, gas, or water;
4. d.
  Pumping stations;
5. e.
  Radio and television towers;
6. f.
  Wireless telecommunication structures, subject to the provisions of Section 10-1-2.2, Wireless Communications Facilities;
7. g.
  Transformer stations; and
8. h.
  Water towers.

Yard Exceptions. The space in a required front, side, or rear yard shall be open and unobstructed with the following exceptions:

1.
Ordinary projections of window sills, cornices, and other ornamental features extending up to one foot into a yard;
2.
Eaves and gutters, projecting no more than 30 inches from the exterior face of the structure's walls;
3.
Placement of landscape features such as trees, fences, shrubs, and terraces up to 12 inches in height in any yard area if in compliance with all sections of this Code, including Subsection 10-1-3.9.C, Vision Obstruction;
4.
Projections of fire escapes, solid-floored balconies, and enclosed outside stairways of not more than five feet into a required rear yard provided the minimum required side and rear yard setbacks are met;
5.
Air conditioner condenser units and egress window wells, extending no more than four feet into any setback;
6.
Awnings and canopies, projecting no more than four feet from the structure, extending up to a distance that is no less than three feet from an interior side lot line;
7.
Bay windows and chimneys having no foundation and projecting no more than 30 inches from the building;
8.
Decks, open to the sky and less than two feet above the ground, extending up to a distance that is no less than three feet from an interior side lot line and otherwise complies with all other setbacks;
9.
Patios, open to the sky, extending up to a distance that is no less than five feet from the lot line;
10.
Single-story unenclosed porches not exceeding 80 square feet that projects no more than two feet into a required front or rear setback.;
11.
Attached or detached solar energy devices;
12.
Utility meters, distribution boxes, pedestals, and other above ground appurtenances;
13.
Flag poles, statues and art structures setback from rights-of-way and property lines a distance equal to their height; and
14.
Wheelchair ramps.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022)

Effective on: 8/25/2022

Section 10-1-2.4 Measurements and Allowances

Table 10-1-2.4.1, Measurements, below, provides the methods of measurement for the developmental standards in this Code. Standards related to each type of measurement in this Section are established in the tables in Chapters 2 through 5 of this Code.

Table 10-1-2.4.1 Measurements
Measurement	Methodology	Illustration
Building Coverage	The area of a lot occupied by the footprint of the principal and all accessory buildings.
Floor Area Ratio	The gross floor area of all buildings on a lot, divided by the lot area.
Gross Density	The number of dwelling units divided by gross acres.
Gross Floor Area	The area within the inside perimeter of the exterior walls of the building under consideration, exclusive of vent shafts and courts, without deduction for corridors, stairways, closets, the thickness of interior walls, columns, or other features. The floor area of a building, or portion thereof, not provided with surrounding exterior walls shall be the usable area under the horizontal projection of the roof or floor above. The gross floor area shall not include shafts with no openings or interior courts.
Height	Buildings: The vertical distance from the grade level of that portion of a parcel covered by the building to the highest point of the coping of a flat roof, the deck line of a mansard roof, or to the ridge of a gable, hip or gambrel roof .

	Buildings on Sloped Lots: The height shall be measured as the vertical distance from the average ground level to the topmost point of the roof. The average ground level shall be determined by adding the lowest and highest points at the building wall and dividing by two.

	Walls or Fences: The vertical distance between the ground immediately adjacent to the fence and the highest point of the fence.
Lot Area	The total horizontal area included within lot lines.
Lot Width	For an interior parcel, the horizontal distance between the side lot lines, measured at the required front setback line. For a cul-de-sac parcel, the horizontal distance between the side lot lines measured at the front setback line.
Net Density	The number of dwelling units divided by the net developable area. The net developable area excludes common open space and rights-of-way of publicly dedicated streets.
Setback	The horizontal distance between the outer wall of a building and the lot lines. Other than allowable yard exceptions set out in Section 10-1-2.3, Height and Yard Exceptions, this space must be unoccupied and unobstructed by any portion of a building from the ground upward. As shown to the right, front and side setback lines extend the width of the lot whereas side setback lines extend only between the front and rear setback lines.
Sight Triangle	A triangular area that includes that portion of public right-of-way and any private property within a triangle formed by a diagonal line extending through points on the two lot lines 25 feet from the street corner intersection of the lot lines. The vertical dimensions of this triangle are two feet to six and one-half feet above finished grade.
Frontage Buildout	The minimum percentage of the lot width which shall be occupied by the building façade within the Build-To-Zone. For example, a lot that is 100 feet wide with a Frontage Buildout of 60% would require that at least 60 feet of façade length be constructed in the Build-To-Zone. Any additional length of front façade would be allowed to step back further from the Build-To-Zone if desired. The intent of this requirement is to encourage development to maximize their front façade exposure along the street.
Block Perimeter	The sum of the lengths of the lot lines bordering the public right of way, not including the alley.
Bulk Plane	The bulk plane begins at a specified height ("A") and slopes upward from the setback line ("B") at a defined angle ("C") until it intersects the bulk plane from the opposite side of the lot ("D") or the permitted maximum building height. ("E") The bulk plane defines the volume within which a building may be constructed.

Table 10-1-2.4.1 Measurements
Measurement	Methodology	Illustration
Building Coverage	The area of a lot occupied by the footprint of the principal and all accessory buildings.
Floor Area Ratio	The gross floor area of all buildings on a lot, divided by the lot area.
Gross Density	The number of dwelling units divided by gross acres.
Gross Floor Area	The area within the inside perimeter of the exterior walls of the building under consideration, exclusive of vent shafts and courts, without deduction for corridors, stairways, closets, the thickness of interior walls, columns, or other features. The floor area of a building, or portion thereof, not provided with surrounding exterior walls shall be the usable area under the horizontal projection of the roof or floor above. The gross floor area shall not include shafts with no openings or interior courts.
Height	Buildings: The vertical distance from the grade level of that portion of a parcel covered by the building to the highest point of the coping of a flat roof, the deck line of a mansard roof, or to the ridge of a gable, hip or gambrel roof .

	Buildings on Sloped Lots: The height shall be measured as the vertical distance from the average ground level to the topmost point of the roof. The average ground level shall be determined by adding the lowest and highest points at the building wall and dividing by two.

	Walls or Fences: The vertical distance between the ground immediately adjacent to the fence and the highest point of the fence.
Lot Area	The total horizontal area included within lot lines.
Lot Width	For an interior parcel, the horizontal distance between the side lot lines, measured at the required front setback line. For a cul-de-sac parcel, the horizontal distance between the side lot lines measured at the front setback line.
Net Density	The number of dwelling units divided by the net developable area. The net developable area excludes common open space and rights-of-way of publicly dedicated streets.
Setback	The horizontal distance between the outer wall of a building and the lot lines. Other than allowable yard exceptions set out in Section 10-1-2.3, Height and Yard Exceptions, this space must be unoccupied and unobstructed by any portion of a building from the ground upward. As shown to the right, front and side setback lines extend the width of the lot whereas side setback lines extend only between the front and rear setback lines.
Sight Triangle	A triangular area that includes that portion of public right-of-way and any private property within a triangle formed by a diagonal line extending through points on the two lot lines 25 feet from the street corner intersection of the lot lines. The vertical dimensions of this triangle are two feet to six and one-half feet above finished grade.
Frontage Buildout	The minimum percentage of the lot width which shall be occupied by the building façade within the Build-To-Zone. For example, a lot that is 100 feet wide with a Frontage Buildout of 60% would require that at least 60 feet of façade length be constructed in the Build-To-Zone. Any additional length of front façade would be allowed to step back further from the Build-To-Zone if desired. The intent of this requirement is to encourage development to maximize their front façade exposure along the street.
Block Perimeter	The sum of the lengths of the lot lines bordering the public right of way, not including the alley.
Bulk Plane	The bulk plane begins at a specified height ("A") and slopes upward from the setback line ("B") at a defined angle ("C") until it intersects the bulk plane from the opposite side of the lot ("D") or the permitted maximum building height. ("E") The bulk plane defines the volume within which a building may be constructed.

Table 10-1-2.4.1 Measurements
Measurement	Methodology	Illustration
Building Coverage	The area of a lot occupied by the footprint of the principal and all accessory buildings.
Floor Area Ratio	The gross floor area of all buildings on a lot, divided by the lot area.
Gross Density	The number of dwelling units divided by gross acres.
Gross Floor Area	The area within the inside perimeter of the exterior walls of the building under consideration, exclusive of vent shafts and courts, without deduction for corridors, stairways, closets, the thickness of interior walls, columns, or other features. The floor area of a building, or portion thereof, not provided with surrounding exterior walls shall be the usable area under the horizontal projection of the roof or floor above. The gross floor area shall not include shafts with no openings or interior courts.
Height	Buildings: The vertical distance from the grade level of that portion of a parcel covered by the building to the highest point of the coping of a flat roof, the deck line of a mansard roof, or to the ridge of a gable, hip or gambrel roof .

	Buildings on Sloped Lots: The height shall be measured as the vertical distance from the average ground level to the topmost point of the roof. The average ground level shall be determined by adding the lowest and highest points at the building wall and dividing by two.

	Walls or Fences: The vertical distance between the ground immediately adjacent to the fence and the highest point of the fence.
Lot Area	The total horizontal area included within lot lines.
Lot Width	For an interior parcel, the horizontal distance between the side lot lines, measured at the required front setback line. For a cul-de-sac parcel, the horizontal distance between the side lot lines measured at the front setback line.
Net Density	The number of dwelling units divided by the net developable area. The net developable area excludes common open space and rights-of-way of publicly dedicated streets.
Setback	The horizontal distance between the outer wall of a building and the lot lines. Other than allowable yard exceptions set out in Section 10-1-2.3, Height and Yard Exceptions, this space must be unoccupied and unobstructed by any portion of a building from the ground upward. As shown to the right, front and side setback lines extend the width of the lot whereas side setback lines extend only between the front and rear setback lines.
Sight Triangle	A triangular area that includes that portion of public right-of-way and any private property within a triangle formed by a diagonal line extending through points on the two lot lines 25 feet from the street corner intersection of the lot lines. The vertical dimensions of this triangle are two feet to six and one-half feet above finished grade.
Frontage Buildout	The minimum percentage of the lot width which shall be occupied by the building façade within the Build-To-Zone. For example, a lot that is 100 feet wide with a Frontage Buildout of 60% would require that at least 60 feet of façade length be constructed in the Build-To-Zone. Any additional length of front façade would be allowed to step back further from the Build-To-Zone if desired. The intent of this requirement is to encourage development to maximize their front façade exposure along the street.
Block Perimeter	The sum of the lengths of the lot lines bordering the public right of way, not including the alley.
Bulk Plane	The bulk plane begins at a specified height ("A") and slopes upward from the setback line ("B") at a defined angle ("C") until it intersects the bulk plane from the opposite side of the lot ("D") or the permitted maximum building height. ("E") The bulk plane defines the volume within which a building may be constructed.

Table 10-1-2.4.1 Measurements
Measurement	Methodology	Illustration
Building Coverage	The area of a lot occupied by the footprint of the principal and all accessory buildings.
Floor Area Ratio	The gross floor area of all buildings on a lot, divided by the lot area.
Gross Density	The number of dwelling units divided by gross acres.
Gross Floor Area	The area within the inside perimeter of the exterior walls of the building under consideration, exclusive of vent shafts and courts, without deduction for corridors, stairways, closets, the thickness of interior walls, columns, or other features. The floor area of a building, or portion thereof, not provided with surrounding exterior walls shall be the usable area under the horizontal projection of the roof or floor above. The gross floor area shall not include shafts with no openings or interior courts.
Height	Buildings: The vertical distance from the grade level of that portion of a parcel covered by the building to the highest point of the coping of a flat roof, the deck line of a mansard roof, or to the ridge of a gable, hip or gambrel roof .

	Buildings on Sloped Lots: The height shall be measured as the vertical distance from the average ground level to the topmost point of the roof. The average ground level shall be determined by adding the lowest and highest points at the building wall and dividing by two.

	Walls or Fences: The vertical distance between the ground immediately adjacent to the fence and the highest point of the fence.
Lot Area	The total horizontal area included within lot lines.
Lot Width	For an interior parcel, the horizontal distance between the side lot lines, measured at the required front setback line. For a cul-de-sac parcel, the horizontal distance between the side lot lines measured at the front setback line.
Net Density	The number of dwelling units divided by the net developable area. The net developable area excludes common open space and rights-of-way of publicly dedicated streets.
Setback	The horizontal distance between the outer wall of a building and the lot lines. Other than allowable yard exceptions set out in Section 10-1-2.3, Height and Yard Exceptions, this space must be unoccupied and unobstructed by any portion of a building from the ground upward. As shown to the right, front and side setback lines extend the width of the lot whereas side setback lines extend only between the front and rear setback lines.
Sight Triangle	A triangular area that includes that portion of public right-of-way and any private property within a triangle formed by a diagonal line extending through points on the two lot lines 25 feet from the street corner intersection of the lot lines. The vertical dimensions of this triangle are two feet to six and one-half feet above finished grade.
Frontage Buildout	The minimum percentage of the lot width which shall be occupied by the building façade within the Build-To-Zone. For example, a lot that is 100 feet wide with a Frontage Buildout of 60% would require that at least 60 feet of façade length be constructed in the Build-To-Zone. Any additional length of front façade would be allowed to step back further from the Build-To-Zone if desired. The intent of this requirement is to encourage development to maximize their front façade exposure along the street.
Block Perimeter	The sum of the lengths of the lot lines bordering the public right of way, not including the alley.
Bulk Plane	The bulk plane begins at a specified height ("A") and slopes upward from the setback line ("B") at a defined angle ("C") until it intersects the bulk plane from the opposite side of the lot ("D") or the permitted maximum building height. ("E") The bulk plane defines the volume within which a building may be constructed.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022)

Effective on: 8/25/2022

Section 10-1-3.3 Reserved

(Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Section 10-1-3.4 Sustainable Building Design

Purpose. The standards in this Section are established to encourage conservation of natural resources, increased energy efficiency, and use of sustainable practices in the development process. To encourage responsible development practices, this Section provides sustainable development incentives.

Applicability. Meeting the sustainable building design standards pursuant to this Section is not mandatory; however, there are density, height, lot coverage, parking, sign area, and open space incentives available for the incorporation of sustainable design practices into new development, redevelopment, and substantial improvement of property within the city.

Types of Incentives. The available incentives are outlined in Table 10-1-3.4.1, Sustainability Incentives. This table describes the type and degree of incentives available and specifies in Schedule A and B, the minimum number of sustainable practices required to be eligible. For example, two of the practices listed as Schedule A or AA in Table 10-1-3.4.2, Sustainable Development Practices, shall be incorporated into a sustainability plan to gain eligibility for one of the four incentive types requiring two practices. Similarly, four Schedule B practices are required to be eligible for a density bonus. The Schedule A and B columns in Table 10-1-3.4.1, Sustainability Incentives, correlate to column 1 in Table 10-1-3.4.2, Sustainable Development Practices.

Determination. Upon review of a Site Plan or Master Development Plan, where sustainability incentives are sought, a sustainability plan that clearly depicts each of the proposed practices shall be submitted for which compliance with the minimum requirements necessary to earn incentives will be confirmed.

Table 10-1-3.4.1 Sustainability Incentives
Incentive Type	Minimum Number of Practices Provided (refer to Table 10-1-3.4.2)
Incentive Type	Schedule A	Schedule B
A density bonus of up to 20 percent beyond the gross maximum density allowed in the applicable district provided adherence to the provisions of this Code for transitioning and buffering	2	4
An increase in the maximum allowable height by up to one story beyond the maximum allowed in the BC, Business Center, or CM, Corridor Mixed districts, subject to approval of the Fire Marshal and all other applicable compatibility provisions of this Code	2	3
An increase in the maximum allowable lot coverage by 20 percent beyond the maximum allowed in the NC, CM, BC or IP districts	2	3
A modification to the off-street parking requirements resulting in a reduction from the minimum requirements by 15 percent, provided no other parking reductions are granted through other provisions of this Code	2	2
An increase in the maximum allowable sign area or maximum height for wall or freestanding signs by 20 percent	1	3
A reduction in the amount of required open space set aside by 15 percent	3	3

Table 10-1-3.4.1 Sustainability Incentives
Incentive Type	Minimum Number of Practices Provided (refer to Table 10-1-3.4.2)
Incentive Type	Schedule A	Schedule B
A density bonus of up to 20 percent beyond the gross maximum density allowed in the applicable district provided adherence to the provisions of this Code for transitioning and buffering	2	4
An increase in the maximum allowable height by up to one story beyond the maximum allowed in the BC, Business Center, or CM, Corridor Mixed districts, subject to approval of the Fire Marshal and all other applicable compatibility provisions of this Code	2	3
An increase in the maximum allowable lot coverage by 20 percent beyond the maximum allowed in the NC, CM, BC or IP districts	2	3
A modification to the off-street parking requirements resulting in a reduction from the minimum requirements by 15 percent, provided no other parking reductions are granted through other provisions of this Code	2	2
An increase in the maximum allowable sign area or maximum height for wall or freestanding signs by 20 percent	1	3
A reduction in the amount of required open space set aside by 15 percent	3	3

Table 10-1-3.4.1 Sustainability Incentives
Incentive Type	Minimum Number of Practices Provided (refer to Table 10-1-3.4.2)
Incentive Type	Schedule A	Schedule B
A density bonus of up to 20 percent beyond the gross maximum density allowed in the applicable district provided adherence to the provisions of this Code for transitioning and buffering	2	4
An increase in the maximum allowable height by up to one story beyond the maximum allowed in the BC, Business Center, or CM, Corridor Mixed districts, subject to approval of the Fire Marshal and all other applicable compatibility provisions of this Code	2	3
An increase in the maximum allowable lot coverage by 20 percent beyond the maximum allowed in the NC, CM, BC or IP districts	2	3
A modification to the off-street parking requirements resulting in a reduction from the minimum requirements by 15 percent, provided no other parking reductions are granted through other provisions of this Code	2	2
An increase in the maximum allowable sign area or maximum height for wall or freestanding signs by 20 percent	1	3
A reduction in the amount of required open space set aside by 15 percent	3	3

Table 10-1-3.4.1 Sustainability Incentives
Incentive Type	Minimum Number of Practices Provided (refer to Table 10-1-3.4.2)
Incentive Type	Schedule A	Schedule B
A density bonus of up to 20 percent beyond the gross maximum density allowed in the applicable district provided adherence to the provisions of this Code for transitioning and buffering	2	4
An increase in the maximum allowable height by up to one story beyond the maximum allowed in the BC, Business Center, or CM, Corridor Mixed districts, subject to approval of the Fire Marshal and all other applicable compatibility provisions of this Code	2	3
An increase in the maximum allowable lot coverage by 20 percent beyond the maximum allowed in the NC, CM, BC or IP districts	2	3
A modification to the off-street parking requirements resulting in a reduction from the minimum requirements by 15 percent, provided no other parking reductions are granted through other provisions of this Code	2	2
An increase in the maximum allowable sign area or maximum height for wall or freestanding signs by 20 percent	1	3
A reduction in the amount of required open space set aside by 15 percent	3	3

E.
Menu of Sustainable Development Practices. One or more of the sustainable development practices in Table 10-1-3.4.2, Sustainable Development Practices, may be offered by an applicant for proposed development in accordance with the types of incentives listed above.

Table 10-1-3.4.2 Sustainable Development Practices
Schedule	Type of Practice	Documentation of Compliance
Energy Conservation
A	50 percent or more of energy generated on-site by solar photovoltaic panels, geothermal, or small wind energy facilities	Indication on Site Plan, Master Development Plan, or building plans
A	Use of central air conditioners that are Energy Star qualified	Provision of manufacturer's certification statement
A	Use of only solar or tankless water heating systems throughout the structure	Inclusion on construction drawings
A	Use of a white roof or roofing materials with minimum reflectivity rating of 60 percent or more	Provision of materials sample and manufacturer's certification statement
B	Provision of skylights in an amount necessary to ensure natural lighting is provided to at least 15 percent of the habitable rooms in the structure	Indication on building plans
B	Roof eaves or overhangs of three feet or more on southern or western elevations	Indication on building plans
B	Structure design that can accommodate the installation and operation of solar photovoltaic panels or solar thermal heating devices (including appropriate wiring and water transport systems)	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Inclusion of shade features (e.g., awnings, louvers, shutters, etc.) to shade all windows and doors on the southern building façade	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan building elevations and on building plans
B	Configuration of new buildings with one axis at least 1.5 times longer than the other, and the long axis oriented in an east-west configuration for solar access	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan
B	Planting a minimum of 30% of required trees on the south and west elevations	Indication of landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan
B	Purchasing at least 50 percent of all building materials locally	Indication on building plans
B	Exceeding the minimum tree canopy coverage required in Table 10-1-3.6.E, Canopy Coverage Requirements, by at least 15 percent	Indication of landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan.
B	Electric vehicle charging stations are provided for at least five percent of all required parking	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan
LEED Certification (LEED buildings qualify as multiple practices)
AAA	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Platinum certification standards	Provision of Green Building Certification Institute's verification of project compliance (may be provided within one year following occupancy)
AA	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Gold certification standards
BBB	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Silver certification standards
BB	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Bronze certification standards
Water Conservation and Air and Water Quality Protection
AA	Configuration of the principal structure's roof so that at least 50 percent of the roof is a "green" roof intended to capture and hold rainwater (Qualifies as multiple practices)	Indication on Site Plan and in compliance with city's Storm Drainage Design and Technical Criteria Manual (latest edition)
A	Inclusion of rainwater capture and re-use devices such as cisterns, rain filters, and underground storage basins is permitted for single-family residential units to capture and reuse rainwater, with up to two containers per residential unit with a maximum storage of 110 gallons, in accordance with Colorado water law, as amended	Inclusion on construction drawings
A	Inclusion of underground parking or parking structures sufficient to accommodate 51 percent or more of the off-street parking requirements	Indication on Site Plan
B	Provision of on-site transit facilities (e.g., designated park-and-ride parking spaces, secure bicycle storage, bus shelters, or similar features)	Indication on Site Plan
B	Inclusion of showering and dressing facilities in non-residential developments for employees using alternative forms of transportation	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Provision of at least one enclosed recycling station per building suitable for storage and collection of recyclables generated on-site	Indication on Site Plan
B	Installation of low water use plumbing fixtures throughout the building	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Use of earthwork and contouring such as berms, swales, terracing, and depressions to direct and control rainwater runoff where it can infiltrate into soil to be used by vegetation	Indication on landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan

Table 10-1-3.4.2 Sustainable Development Practices
Schedule	Type of Practice	Documentation of Compliance
Energy Conservation
A	50 percent or more of energy generated on-site by solar photovoltaic panels, geothermal, or small wind energy facilities	Indication on Site Plan, Master Development Plan, or building plans
A	Use of central air conditioners that are Energy Star qualified	Provision of manufacturer's certification statement
A	Use of only solar or tankless water heating systems throughout the structure	Inclusion on construction drawings
A	Use of a white roof or roofing materials with minimum reflectivity rating of 60 percent or more	Provision of materials sample and manufacturer's certification statement
B	Provision of skylights in an amount necessary to ensure natural lighting is provided to at least 15 percent of the habitable rooms in the structure	Indication on building plans
B	Roof eaves or overhangs of three feet or more on southern or western elevations	Indication on building plans
B	Structure design that can accommodate the installation and operation of solar photovoltaic panels or solar thermal heating devices (including appropriate wiring and water transport systems)	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Inclusion of shade features (e.g., awnings, louvers, shutters, etc.) to shade all windows and doors on the southern building façade	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan building elevations and on building plans
B	Configuration of new buildings with one axis at least 1.5 times longer than the other, and the long axis oriented in an east-west configuration for solar access	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan
B	Planting a minimum of 30% of required trees on the south and west elevations	Indication of landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan
B	Purchasing at least 50 percent of all building materials locally	Indication on building plans
B	Exceeding the minimum tree canopy coverage required in Table 10-1-3.6.E, Canopy Coverage Requirements, by at least 15 percent	Indication of landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan.
B	Electric vehicle charging stations are provided for at least five percent of all required parking	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan
LEED Certification (LEED buildings qualify as multiple practices)
AAA	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Platinum certification standards	Provision of Green Building Certification Institute's verification of project compliance (may be provided within one year following occupancy)
AA	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Gold certification standards
BBB	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Silver certification standards
BB	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Bronze certification standards
Water Conservation and Air and Water Quality Protection
AA	Configuration of the principal structure's roof so that at least 50 percent of the roof is a "green" roof intended to capture and hold rainwater (Qualifies as multiple practices)	Indication on Site Plan and in compliance with city's Storm Drainage Design and Technical Criteria Manual (latest edition)
A	Inclusion of rainwater capture and re-use devices such as cisterns, rain filters, and underground storage basins is permitted for single-family residential units to capture and reuse rainwater, with up to two containers per residential unit with a maximum storage of 110 gallons, in accordance with Colorado water law, as amended	Inclusion on construction drawings
A	Inclusion of underground parking or parking structures sufficient to accommodate 51 percent or more of the off-street parking requirements	Indication on Site Plan
B	Provision of on-site transit facilities (e.g., designated park-and-ride parking spaces, secure bicycle storage, bus shelters, or similar features)	Indication on Site Plan
B	Inclusion of showering and dressing facilities in non-residential developments for employees using alternative forms of transportation	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Provision of at least one enclosed recycling station per building suitable for storage and collection of recyclables generated on-site	Indication on Site Plan
B	Installation of low water use plumbing fixtures throughout the building	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Use of earthwork and contouring such as berms, swales, terracing, and depressions to direct and control rainwater runoff where it can infiltrate into soil to be used by vegetation	Indication on landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan

Table 10-1-3.4.2 Sustainable Development Practices
Schedule	Type of Practice	Documentation of Compliance
Energy Conservation
A	50 percent or more of energy generated on-site by solar photovoltaic panels, geothermal, or small wind energy facilities	Indication on Site Plan, Master Development Plan, or building plans
A	Use of central air conditioners that are Energy Star qualified	Provision of manufacturer's certification statement
A	Use of only solar or tankless water heating systems throughout the structure	Inclusion on construction drawings
A	Use of a white roof or roofing materials with minimum reflectivity rating of 60 percent or more	Provision of materials sample and manufacturer's certification statement
B	Provision of skylights in an amount necessary to ensure natural lighting is provided to at least 15 percent of the habitable rooms in the structure	Indication on building plans
B	Roof eaves or overhangs of three feet or more on southern or western elevations	Indication on building plans
B	Structure design that can accommodate the installation and operation of solar photovoltaic panels or solar thermal heating devices (including appropriate wiring and water transport systems)	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Inclusion of shade features (e.g., awnings, louvers, shutters, etc.) to shade all windows and doors on the southern building façade	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan building elevations and on building plans
B	Configuration of new buildings with one axis at least 1.5 times longer than the other, and the long axis oriented in an east-west configuration for solar access	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan
B	Planting a minimum of 30% of required trees on the south and west elevations	Indication of landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan
B	Purchasing at least 50 percent of all building materials locally	Indication on building plans
B	Exceeding the minimum tree canopy coverage required in Table 10-1-3.6.E, Canopy Coverage Requirements, by at least 15 percent	Indication of landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan.
B	Electric vehicle charging stations are provided for at least five percent of all required parking	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan
LEED Certification (LEED buildings qualify as multiple practices)
AAA	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Platinum certification standards	Provision of Green Building Certification Institute's verification of project compliance (may be provided within one year following occupancy)
AA	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Gold certification standards
BBB	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Silver certification standards
BB	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Bronze certification standards
Water Conservation and Air and Water Quality Protection
AA	Configuration of the principal structure's roof so that at least 50 percent of the roof is a "green" roof intended to capture and hold rainwater (Qualifies as multiple practices)	Indication on Site Plan and in compliance with city's Storm Drainage Design and Technical Criteria Manual (latest edition)
A	Inclusion of rainwater capture and re-use devices such as cisterns, rain filters, and underground storage basins is permitted for single-family residential units to capture and reuse rainwater, with up to two containers per residential unit with a maximum storage of 110 gallons, in accordance with Colorado water law, as amended	Inclusion on construction drawings
A	Inclusion of underground parking or parking structures sufficient to accommodate 51 percent or more of the off-street parking requirements	Indication on Site Plan
B	Provision of on-site transit facilities (e.g., designated park-and-ride parking spaces, secure bicycle storage, bus shelters, or similar features)	Indication on Site Plan
B	Inclusion of showering and dressing facilities in non-residential developments for employees using alternative forms of transportation	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Provision of at least one enclosed recycling station per building suitable for storage and collection of recyclables generated on-site	Indication on Site Plan
B	Installation of low water use plumbing fixtures throughout the building	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Use of earthwork and contouring such as berms, swales, terracing, and depressions to direct and control rainwater runoff where it can infiltrate into soil to be used by vegetation	Indication on landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan

Table 10-1-3.4.2 Sustainable Development Practices
Schedule	Type of Practice	Documentation of Compliance
Energy Conservation
A	50 percent or more of energy generated on-site by solar photovoltaic panels, geothermal, or small wind energy facilities	Indication on Site Plan, Master Development Plan, or building plans
A	Use of central air conditioners that are Energy Star qualified	Provision of manufacturer's certification statement
A	Use of only solar or tankless water heating systems throughout the structure	Inclusion on construction drawings
A	Use of a white roof or roofing materials with minimum reflectivity rating of 60 percent or more	Provision of materials sample and manufacturer's certification statement
B	Provision of skylights in an amount necessary to ensure natural lighting is provided to at least 15 percent of the habitable rooms in the structure	Indication on building plans
B	Roof eaves or overhangs of three feet or more on southern or western elevations	Indication on building plans
B	Structure design that can accommodate the installation and operation of solar photovoltaic panels or solar thermal heating devices (including appropriate wiring and water transport systems)	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Inclusion of shade features (e.g., awnings, louvers, shutters, etc.) to shade all windows and doors on the southern building façade	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan building elevations and on building plans
B	Configuration of new buildings with one axis at least 1.5 times longer than the other, and the long axis oriented in an east-west configuration for solar access	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan
B	Planting a minimum of 30% of required trees on the south and west elevations	Indication of landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan
B	Purchasing at least 50 percent of all building materials locally	Indication on building plans
B	Exceeding the minimum tree canopy coverage required in Table 10-1-3.6.E, Canopy Coverage Requirements, by at least 15 percent	Indication of landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan.
B	Electric vehicle charging stations are provided for at least five percent of all required parking	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan
LEED Certification (LEED buildings qualify as multiple practices)
AAA	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Platinum certification standards	Provision of Green Building Certification Institute's verification of project compliance (may be provided within one year following occupancy)
AA	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Gold certification standards
BBB	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Silver certification standards
BB	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Bronze certification standards
Water Conservation and Air and Water Quality Protection
AA	Configuration of the principal structure's roof so that at least 50 percent of the roof is a "green" roof intended to capture and hold rainwater (Qualifies as multiple practices)	Indication on Site Plan and in compliance with city's Storm Drainage Design and Technical Criteria Manual (latest edition)
A	Inclusion of rainwater capture and re-use devices such as cisterns, rain filters, and underground storage basins is permitted for single-family residential units to capture and reuse rainwater, with up to two containers per residential unit with a maximum storage of 110 gallons, in accordance with Colorado water law, as amended	Inclusion on construction drawings
A	Inclusion of underground parking or parking structures sufficient to accommodate 51 percent or more of the off-street parking requirements	Indication on Site Plan
B	Provision of on-site transit facilities (e.g., designated park-and-ride parking spaces, secure bicycle storage, bus shelters, or similar features)	Indication on Site Plan
B	Inclusion of showering and dressing facilities in non-residential developments for employees using alternative forms of transportation	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Provision of at least one enclosed recycling station per building suitable for storage and collection of recyclables generated on-site	Indication on Site Plan
B	Installation of low water use plumbing fixtures throughout the building	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Use of earthwork and contouring such as berms, swales, terracing, and depressions to direct and control rainwater runoff where it can infiltrate into soil to be used by vegetation	Indication on landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan

F.
Standards and Specifications. If the proposed practice type, as outlined in Table 10-1-3.4.2, is included in any of the below categories, it must conform to the outlined standards and specifications to qualify towards an incentive, as listed in Table 10-1-3.4.1
1. 1.
  Energy Efficiency and Alternative Energy Sources.
  1. a.
    Alternative Energy Production.
    1.
    Building orientation and layout is designed to facilitate future alternative energy production on site.
    2.
    Projects provide a roof layout plan that illustrates how future installation of a photovoltaic system may be accommodated, including plans that identify installation of conduit from the roof to the electrical room, or to electrical panels if no electrical room is provided, to accommodate a future photovoltaic system or other collector/power generation installation.
  2. b.
    Solar Energy Systems.
    1.
    Protection of Solar Access. A structure, fence, or wall may not be constructed or modified, and vegetation may not be placed or allowed to grow, so as to obstruct more than 10 percent of the absorption area of a solar energy system on a neighboring parcel. Solar energy systems applicable to this Section are those that are located within a rear yard or are roof-mounted.
    2.
    Standards. If solar energy systems are installed, the following installation standards apply:
    i.
    Roof-mounted and wall-mounted collectors may be placed in the location least visible from public streets and, where feasible, integrated into the design of the structure as an architectural element.
    ii.
    Freestanding solar panels located on the ground or attached to a pole located on the ground should be classified as accessory structures.
    A.
    The solar panels and supporting framework do not extend more than six feet above the finished grade.
    B.
    The solar energy system, including any appurtenant equipment, is not located within any required setback.
    iii.
    Solar equipment, whether roof-mounted or freestanding, complies with the height requirements of this Code.
  3. c.
    Energy Efficiency. Projects must demonstrate compliance with all applicable provisions of the International Energy Conservation Code (IECC) as currently adopted by the city.
    1.
    Indoor Environmental Quality.
    i.
    Energy Efficient Appliances. Projects incorporate energy-efficient appliances, such as tankless or solar water heaters and energy-efficient heating and cooling systems.
    ii.
    Ventilation Systems. Projects include passive solar ventilation, whole house attic fans, and other spot ventilation.
    2.
    Energy-Efficient Outdoor Lighting. Projects provide overnight security and safety lighting or outdoor lighting on timers or motion detection sensors, or otherwise have the capacity to switch to a dimmer, less-energy intensive mode during hours of reduced activity.
    3.
    Building Orientation. Structures are oriented to take advantage of natural light and wind patterns for natural heating and cooling. For purposes of this standard, building orientation could include any single or combination of factors, such as structure axis/alignment, placement of building relative to shade features, roof design (to maximize solar access for solar equipment), etc. A project is deemed compliant with this standard when it can be demonstrated that modifications to enhance building orientation have incorporated a minimum of one exemplary building-orientation feature, as deemed applicable and acceptable by the Director.
    4.
    Shading. Exterior window shading devices are incorporated into project design. Window shading devices could include any single or combination of elements, such as extended roof overhangs (i.e., greater than 12 inches), window awnings, decorative sail shades, trellises, or similar elements. Non-glare window tinting may function as shading. Shading devices are in compliance with other applicable development standards in this Code.
    5.
    LEED Certification. New project construction and substantial remodels are encouraged to strive for the highest level of LEED certification practical. However, at a minimum, LEED Silver compliance is encouraged, with approval based upon a LEED specialist or city-approved consultant or review process.
  4. d.
    Heat Island Effect. Projects incorporate measures to offset the heat island effect from rooftops and non-roof features. At a minimum, projects must consider the use of colors and materials that reflect heat and/or assist with the ongoing dissipation of heat. Examples include the use of lighter-colored paving or open-grid paving materials for parking areas, or breaking up large expanses of paved areas with shade trees or shade structures, or use of light-colored roofing materials. A project would be considered compliant with this standard if any single or combination of strategies would be applied to at least 50 percent of the site hardscape and/or 100 percent of the building roof area.
2. 2.
  Urban Water Runoff and Drainage.
  1. a.
    General Requirements. Projects comply with all applicable provisions of the city's Storm Drainage Design and Technical Criteria Manual. In addition, the following requirements apply to all development and uses in the city.
  2. b.
    Collection, Storage, and Minimization of Runoff. Refer to Title 7, Chapter 7 of the City Code.
  3. c.
    Removal of Debris and Residue. Refer to Title 7, Chapter 7 of the City Code.
  4. d.
    Urban Water Runoff Requirements for Construction Sites. Refer to Title 7, Chapter 7 of the City Code and to the city's Storm Drainage Design and Technical Criteria Manual.
  5. e.
    Permeable Surfaces. The use of permeable materials in lieu of or to replace hardscapes increases the amount of runoff seepage into the ground and is the preferred method of paving and stormwater runoff control. Refer to Title 7, Chapter 7 of the City Code. At the discretion of the Public Works Director, required surface parking spaces for new development may be met with alternative forms of paving, such as porous concrete/asphalt, wheel strip driveways, block pavers, open-cell concrete, plastic grid systems, or reinforced turf to facilitate groundwater percolation.
  6. f.
    Community Gardens and Edible Landscaping.
    1.
    Gardens. Community garden areas may be credited toward the required landscaping and common open space. Gardens may include ground-level plots, raised planter boxes within open plazas, or rooftop gardens. Projects for which credit is granted toward sustainable development practices must address provisions for irrigation, access, green waste composting, and similar factors. When not actively gardened, the area is landscaped and maintained.
    2.
    Edible Landscapes. Edible landscape elements and crop trees may be included as part of the required site landscaping for residential, non-residential, and mixed-use projects. Consideration for the use of edible landscaping is balanced with water conservation programs and limited to locations that are compatible with such use.
  7. g.
    Transit and Pedestrian Access.
    1.
    Bicycle Facilities. New development, redevelopment, and substantial improvement of land complies with the provisions of Subsection 10-1-3.8.B, Bicycle Parking.
    2.
    Transit-Oriented Development (TOD). Development located within one-quarter mile of a fixed transit stop may, as a condition of approval, be required to facilitate pedestrian access from adjacent properties to the transit stop. Pedestrian access should be designed in a manner that does not hinder convenient pedestrian and bicycle usage, and that encourages non-vehicular access to transit stops.
    3.
    Walkability. Projects are designed to address pedestrian access from parking areas as well as secondary entrances accessible from public sidewalks. Dedicated pedestrian walkways are integrated into the Site Plan or Master Development Plan to separate pedestrian and vehicle access.
    4.
    Alternative Fuel Vehicles. Refer to Subsection 10-1-3.7.C, Parking and Loading Design.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Section 10-1-3.5 Transition Standards

Purpose. The standards in this Section, the outcomes of which are depicted in Figure 10-4-3.2.C, Building Scale Transitions, and those in other applicable sections of this Code, seek to address the common boundaries of development where different land uses and types and heights and scales of buildings are adjoining and share a common lot line. These boundaries form sensitive edges where certain design techniques are needed to effectively transition adjoining uses, to provide for context-sensitive development, and to embrace the value enjoyed by those who own or occupy these properties. These regulations:

1.
Reduction. Reduce the impacts of building height and mass on neighboring properties;
2.
Promotion. Promote privacy;
3.
Preservation. Preserve scenic views; and
4.
Protection. Protect access to sunlight.

Applicability. The standards identified in this Section are applicable to new development, redevelopment, or substantial improvement of principal and accessory buildings within the CM, BC, and IP districts when the lot proposed for development:

1.
Abuts Residential. Shares a common lot line with an ACR, LLR, MLR, SLR, or MFR district; or
2.
Across a Street from Residential. Is separated by a suburban or neighborhood connector or local street right-of-way from an ACR, LLR, MLR, SLR, or MFR district.

Design Modulation.

1.
Setbacks. The minimum required setbacks for each district and building type are set out in:
1. a.
  Section 10-2-3.2, DT Standards of Design;
2. b.
  Section 10-3-2.2, CMU Lot and Building Standards;
3. c.
  Section 10-4-2.2, NB Lot and Building Standards; and
4. d.
  Section 10-5-2.2, BI Lot and Building Standards.
2.
Bulk Plane.
1. a.
  Applicability.
  1. 1.
    The bulk plane standards apply to principal and accessory buildings in the MFR, BC, CM, and IP districts, as applicable, that are developed, redeveloped, or substantially improved after the effective date of this Code.
2. b.
  Standards.
  1. 1.
    Multi-family residential buildings in the MFR district that share a common lot line with an ACR, LLR, MLR, or SLR district shall maintain a building height of 35 feet or less or shall be stepped back from the common lot line a distance of two feet for each additional one foot of building height over 35 feet.
  2. 2.
    Non-residential buildings on lots separated by a connector or local street right-of-way from an ACR, LLR, MLR, or SLR district shall be stepped back from the nearest property line a distance of one foot for each additional one foot of height over 35 feet.
  3. 3.
    Multi-family, commercial, institutional, and mixed-use buildings within the CM district that share a common lot line with an ACR, LLR, MLR, or SLR district shall maintain a building height of 35 feet or less or shall be stepped back a distance of one foot for each additional one foot of building height over 35 feet.
  4. 4.
    No building or portion of a building shall be constructed or maintained that encroaches on a defined bulk plane, except as set out in Section 10-1-2.3, Height and Area Exceptions.
3. c.
  Measurements. Refer to Section 10-1-2.4, Measurements and Allowances, for more information on how a bulk plane is measured.

Use Intensities. For development with multiple buildings of varying intensities, a gradation of uses shall be provided with the least intense use next to abutting single-family detached or attached residential uses or districts.

E.
Buffering. Section 10-1-3.6.F, Bufferyard Requirements, sets out the bufferyard widths and planting requirements for each type of bufferyard and when each type is required. If there is a conflict between a minimum required setback and the minimum bufferyard width, the minimum bufferyard width shall prevail.
F.
Natural Features. Existing natural features such as vegetation, differences in topography, streams, wetlands, and other such features shall be used as transitions where possible. Where such natural features are used as transitions, pedestrian connections to adjoining land uses shall be provided.
G.
Location of Open Space. Development that is required to provide common open space or a percentage of landscape surface shall locate such spaces adjacent to existing single-family residential development where reasonably possible.
H.
Operational Standards. Upon consideration of Site Plan or Master Development Plan approval, conditions may be imposed to limit operational activities to ensure compatibility with adjacent residential uses. These operational activities include but are not limited to:
1. 1.
  Service and Loading Areas. See Subsection 10-1-3.1.D, Screening.
2. 2.
  Drive-Through Uses. Menu boards and speakers shall be located on the side or to the rear of buildings away from abutting single-family detached or attached development, or located no less than 50 feet from the nearest lot of the residential development.
3. 3.
  Outdoor Activity Areas. Outdoor dining and other outdoor gathering areas that generate noise shall be located away from abutting single-family detached and attached residential uses. If the nearest edge of the outdoor area is within 100 feet of a residential lot line, noise attenuation methods shall be provided as determined through the Site Plan or Master Development Plan approval.
I.
Noise Reduction Techniques. Where a development abuts or is within 50 feet of railroad right-of-way or a limited access state highway, adequate provisions for the reduction of noise shall be demonstrated, including, but not limited to:
1. 1.
  Landscaping, buffering, or screening;
2. 2.
  Noise attenuation easement;
3. 3.
  Adjustment to overall site setbacks, including increased lot depth or rear setbacks; or
4. 4.
  Building treatments.

(Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

S

Section 10-1-3.6 Greenscape Design Standards

S

Section 10-1-3.7 Vehicular Mobility

S

Section 10-1-3.9 Managed Access

Section 10-1-3.11 Outdoor Lighting Standards

Purpose. The purpose of this Section is to regulate light trespass and glare to ensure the safety of motorists and pedestrians, and to ensure lighting does not adversely affect land uses on adjacent lands. More specifically, these provisions are intended to:

1.
Regulate lighting to ensure that light trespass and glare are not directed at adjacent lands, neighboring areas, and motorists;
2.
Ensure that all site lighting is designed and installed to maintain consistent lighting levels on-site;
3.
Protect against direct glare and excessive lighting, thereby minimizing light pollution;
4.
Promote energy-efficient and cost-effective lighting; and
5.
Minimize light pollution while ensuring that sufficient lighting can be provided where needed to promote safety and security.

Applicability.

1.
New Development. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all development in the city that is subject to a required permit or approval unless exempted.
2.
Redevelopment. To the maximum extent practicable, these standards also apply to redevelopment or substantial improvement of an existing structure, building, or use when a facility is expanded, enlarged, or otherwise increased in intensity or floor area equivalent to 25 percent or more.
3.
Existing Development. Exterior lighting on existing multi-family, non-residential, mixed-use, and industrial development may be considered nonconforming and subject to the provisions of CHAPTER 10, Nonconformities. However, existing development is subject to Standards for On-Site Exterior Lighting set out below in this Section.
4.
New and Existing Single-Family Development. The provisions of this Section shall apply to exterior lighting on new and existing residential development.
5.
South Platte River Environs. The provisions set out below in this Section apply to all development, redevelopment, or substantial improvement of land within 100 feet of the river's nearest edge.

Exemptions. The following development is exempted from this Section:

1.
Lighting on public roads and streets;
2.
Temporary construction lighting by public entities, utilities, light rail transit or railroad companies;
3.
Illumination of flagpoles, public art, and monuments;
4.
Holiday lighting during the months of November, December, and January, provided the lighting does not create unsafe glare on street rights-of-way and is in compliance with the adopted electrical code;
5.
Low voltage and solar-powered landscape lighting;
6.
Underwater lighting at swimming pools and fountains;
7.
Lighting on designated historic buildings or structures or in historic districts;
8.
Temporary emergency lighting used by Law Enforcement Officials, Fire Fighters, or other emergency services;
9.
Architectural lighting of 900 lumens or less;
10.
Strings of lighting which produce low levels of illumination over outdoor eating areas, pedestrian areas, plazas, rooftop decks, or other outdoor seating areas, provided the lights conform with other City Code sections; and
11.
Government facilities, parks, and open areas, public safety facilities, and other development where sensitive or dangerous materials are stored, in which case a security plan may be submitted to propose exterior lighting that deviates from the standards of this Section upon finding that:
1. a.
  The proposed deviation from the standards is necessary for the adequate protection of the subject land, development, and the public;
2. b.
  The condition, location, or use of the land, or the history of activity in the area, indicates the land or any materials stored or used on it are in significantly greater danger of theft or damage, or members of the public are at greater risk for harm than on surrounding land without the additional lighting; and
3. c.
  The proposed deviation from the standards is the minimum required, and will not have a significant adverse effect on neighboring lands.

Lighting Plan and Review.

1.
Plan. A lighting plan demonstrating how exterior lighting will comply with the standards of this Section shall be included as part of any application listed below. Depending on the complexity of the proposal or projected impact of lighting, the Director may also require the following information:
1. a.
  A catalog page, cut sheet, or photograph of the outdoor lighting fixtures, including the mounting method and light cutoff angles.
2. b.
  A photometric plot plan, drawn to the same scale as the Site Plan, and indicating the location of all lighting fixtures proposed, mounting and/or installation height in feet, the average illumination level (in foot-candles) within the parking lot, and illumination levels at regular intervals around the site and at property lines.
2.
Timing of Review. Review for compliance shall take place during earlier application review for a:
1. a.
  Site Plan or Master Development Plan;
2. b.
  Major modification of a Site Plan or Master Development Plan;
3. c.
  Conditional Use Permit;
4. d.
  Certificate of Appropriateness; or
5. e.
  Building Permit.
3.
Exemptions. The Director may waive requirements for a lighting plan for minor light fixtures such as wall sconces, low pathway lights, etc.

Prohibited Lighting. The following exterior lighting is prohibited:

1.
Light fixtures that imitate an official highway or traffic control light or sign;
2.
Light fixtures obstructing any traffic control light or sign from drivers in the roadway;
3.
Laser source lights or similar high-intensity lights when projected above a line horizontal with the light source;
4.
Light fixtures that have a flashing or intermittent pattern of illumination;
5.
Unshielded wall packs;
6.
Privately-owned light fixtures located in the public right-of-way; and
7.
Searchlights, except when used by federal, state, or local authorities.

Nonconforming Luminaires. Except as provided in this Section, exterior lighting luminaires in existence as of the effective date of this Code shall be exempt from the standards and regulations of this Section and shall be considered legally nonconforming. Such fixtures may be repaired and maintained, provided that if any such nonconforming luminaire is moved or damaged by any means to the extent that its total replacement is necessary, the luminaire or replacement shall comply with the standards and regulations of this Section. However, the property owner may be required to submit information and make changes as deemed necessary by the city to eliminate light pollution if complaints concerning the exterior lighting are received by the city.

Standards for On-Site Exterior Lighting. Developments shall comply with the following standards:

1.
Design. All lighting fixtures in a development shall be from the same family of fixtures with respect to design, materials, finish, color, and color of light and shall complement the architectural theme and materials established by the principal building(s).
2.
Hours of Illumination. Non-residential, institutional, and industrial uses that are within the direct line of sight of a residential district or use shall, with the exception of lighting for security or emergency purposes (meaning lighting to illuminate points of entry and exit, exterior walkways, or outdoor storage areas), extinguish all exterior lighting and interior lights that contribute to light trespass, by 11:00 p.m. and not later than one hour after closing. In no case, shall the "line of sight" be more than 500 feet in distance measured property line to property line.
3.
Shielding. All exterior luminaries shall be full cutoff fixtures and directed downward, as displayed by Figure 10-1-3.11.1, Types of Fixtures. In no case shall lighting be directed above a horizontal plane through the lighting fixture or aimed more than 45 degrees from the surface upon which the fixture is mounted when the source is visible from any off-site residential property or public roadway.

Figure 10-1-3.11.1

Types of Fixtures

Figure 10-1-3.11.1

Types of Fixtures

Figure 10-1-3.11.1

Types of Fixtures

Figure 10-1-3.11.1

Types of Fixtures

1. 4.
  Crime Prevention. Accommodations may be made to provide lighting for building entrances and walkways that provides acceptable levels of security while not creating light trespass or excessive lighting of the site.
2. 5.
  Fixture Type. Fixture types shall direct light downward and inward to the subject site. Exterior fixtures (luminaries) mounted on buildings shall be no higher than the line of the first story eave, or 14 feet above finished grade, whichever is lower.
3. 6.
  Light Trespass. Lighting shall be from a concealed light source and with effective provisions made to prevent light trespass onto adjoining properties or roadways.
  1. a.
    Single-Family Detached Residential Uses. Any lamp installed on single-family residential property and visible from any other single-family residential property shall be shielded such that light trespass on the other residential property does not exceed 0.2 foot-candle at the lot line.
  2. b.
    Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family, Non-Residential, Institutional, Mixed-Use, and Industrial Uses. No more than 0.1 foot-candle of light may be allowed, measured at a point 10 feet beyond any property line, as a direct result of on-site lighting regardless of the type(s) of outdoor lighting fixture. The Director may waive this requirement if the light trespass will not reach any residential district or use.
4. 7.
  Height.
  1. a.
    Except for athletic fields or performance areas, the height of pole-mounted outdoor lighting shall be no more than 30 feet above grade, or 25 feet above grade for properties in or adjacent to a residential district or use.
  2. b.
    In the DT district, light fixtures shall be limited in height to 18 feet using full cutoff fixtures.
5. 8.
  Illumination Levels. All outdoor lighting and indoor lighting visible from outside shall be designed and located so that the maximum illumination measured in foot-candles at ground level at a lot line shall not exceed the standards set out in Table 10-1-3.11.1, Maximum Illumination Levels. In no instance shall illumination levels within a development exceed 40 foot-candles.

Table 10-1-3.11.1 Maximum Illumination Levels
Type of Use Abutting a Lot Line	Maximum Illumination Level at a Lot Line (foot-candles)
Property line adjoining a residential district or use (including household living, group living, and residential accessory uses)	0.1
Property adjoining a public or institutional use (including civic and institutional, medical facilities, and utilities)	1.0
Property line adjoining a commercial or office use (including mixed-use, overnight accommodations, general retail, restaurant, vehicle sales and service, indoor and outdoor entertainment, and special uses)	2.0
Property line adjoining industrial and manufacturing uses	3.0
Property adjoining a parking lot	2.5
Table Notes: 1. Refer to Table 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix.

Table 10-1-3.11.1 Maximum Illumination Levels
Type of Use Abutting a Lot Line	Maximum Illumination Level at a Lot Line (foot-candles)
Property line adjoining a residential district or use (including household living, group living, and residential accessory uses)	0.1
Property adjoining a public or institutional use (including civic and institutional, medical facilities, and utilities)	1.0
Property line adjoining a commercial or office use (including mixed-use, overnight accommodations, general retail, restaurant, vehicle sales and service, indoor and outdoor entertainment, and special uses)	2.0
Property line adjoining industrial and manufacturing uses	3.0
Property adjoining a parking lot	2.5
Table Notes: 1. Refer to Table 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix.

Table 10-1-3.11.1 Maximum Illumination Levels
Type of Use Abutting a Lot Line	Maximum Illumination Level at a Lot Line (foot-candles)
Property line adjoining a residential district or use (including household living, group living, and residential accessory uses)	0.1
Property adjoining a public or institutional use (including civic and institutional, medical facilities, and utilities)	1.0
Property line adjoining a commercial or office use (including mixed-use, overnight accommodations, general retail, restaurant, vehicle sales and service, indoor and outdoor entertainment, and special uses)	2.0
Property line adjoining industrial and manufacturing uses	3.0
Property adjoining a parking lot	2.5
Table Notes: 1. Refer to Table 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix.

Table 10-1-3.11.1 Maximum Illumination Levels
Type of Use Abutting a Lot Line	Maximum Illumination Level at a Lot Line (foot-candles)
Property line adjoining a residential district or use (including household living, group living, and residential accessory uses)	0.1
Property adjoining a public or institutional use (including civic and institutional, medical facilities, and utilities)	1.0
Property line adjoining a commercial or office use (including mixed-use, overnight accommodations, general retail, restaurant, vehicle sales and service, indoor and outdoor entertainment, and special uses)	2.0
Property line adjoining industrial and manufacturing uses	3.0
Property adjoining a parking lot	2.5
Table Notes: 1. Refer to Table 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix.

H.
Standards for Districts, Specific Uses, and Site Features.
1. 1.
  Awnings. Awnings or canopies used for building accents over doors and windows shall not be internally illuminated (i.e., from underneath or behind the awning) unless the awning material is entirely opaque. Areas beneath an awning or canopy shall be designed so as not to create glare off-site. Acceptable methods include one or both of the following:
  1. a.
    A recessed fixture incorporating a lens cover that is either recessed or flush with the bottom surface (ceiling) of the canopy that provides a full cutoff or fully-shielded light distribution; or
  2. b.
    A surface-mounted fixture incorporating a flat glass that provides a full cutoff or fully-shielded light distribution.
2. 2.
  Fuel Canopies. Canopy lighting for fuel stations and similar uses shall be designed with recessed fixtures that are shielded and directed downward to prevent glare on adjoining properties and roadways.
3. 3.
  Sports and Performance Venues. Lighting fixtures for outdoor sports areas, athletic fields, and performance areas shall be equipped with an existing glare control package (e.g., louvers, shields, or similar devices) and aimed so that their beams are directed and fall within the primary playing or performance area.
4. 4.
  Wall Pack Lights.
  1. a.
    Wall packs on the exterior of the building shall be fully shielded (e.g., true cutoff type bulb or light source not visible from off-site) to direct the light vertically downward and be of 1600 LUMENS (or lower).
  2. b.
    Wall pack lighting shall be used only on the rear or side of a building to illuminate exits and loading facilities; however, such lighting shall not exceed 0.2 foot-candle at any property line adjoining a residential district or street right-of-way.
  3. c.
    Wall pack light sources visible from any location of the site are prohibited.
  4. d.
    Wall pack light sources are prohibited in the LLR, MLR, and SLR districts.
5. 5.
  Downtown.
  1. a.
    Generally. All building lighting within a DTA, DMS, or DMU district shall minimize the glare aspects of excessive and/or poorly shielded outdoor lights while maximizing a property’s visual interest and safe nighttime use.
  2. b.
    Applicability.
    1.
    Scale and Context. All lighting shall be designed and installed in scale and context with the architecture of the building. Standard security lighting shall not be used in lieu of architectural lighting. In general, actual light bulbs should not be visible.
    2.
    Accent Lighting. Accent lighting shall be used to highlight architectural fenestration, entry and access points, landscaping elements, and artwork.
    3.
    Rope Lighting. Holiday and other styles of temporary rope lighting may not be used on a permanent basis. Light fixtures shall be in compliance with the adopted electrical code.
6. 6.
  South Platte River Environs.
  1. a.
    Illumination Level Standards. The recommended illumination levels contained in the Lighting Handbook of the Illuminating Engineering Society, as amended, shall be used as a guide to providing adequate and safe illumination levels for any given type of use.
  2. b.
    Prohibited Lighting. Flashing lights of any type are prohibited.
  3. c.
    Outdoor Signs. Lighting for outdoor signs shall be designed to function as full cutoff luminaires. Lighting for such signs that projects light into the sky shall be prohibited. Additionally, outdoor signs shall comply with all provisions set out in Section 10-1-3.10, Sign Standards. In the case of any discrepancy between these provisions, the more restrictive shall apply.
  4. d.
    Non-residential Uses. All luminaires located on any premises used for commercial, public or institutional, mixed-use, or industrial use shall:
    1.
    Be designed so that the light source (bulb or lamp) is completely shielded from the direct view of an adult observer standing at grade on the lot line of adjoining property sharing a common lot line;
    2.
    Have full-cutoff lighting reflectors installed;
    3.
    Be designed and positioned so that the maximum illumination at the property lines of the property on which such lighting is located shall not exceed one-half foot-candle; and
    4.
    As to exterior lighting for non-residential uses, observe the same hours of operation as the use itself, provided that any lighting for security purposes shall meet all other requirements of this Section.
  5. e.
    Residential Uses. All luminaires located on any premises used for residential purposes shall:
    1.
    Have full-cutoff lighting reflectors installed; and
    2.
    Be designed and positioned so that the maximum illumination at the property lines of the property on which such lighting is located shall not exceed one-half foot-candle.
I.
Modifications. Modifications to these standards may be made by the Director for the following certain sites and situations:
1. 1.
  Images projected onto a surface such as a wall or a sidewalk;
2. 2.
  Special event lighting;
3. 3.
  Illuminated areas located more than 20 vertical feet above the street level or adjacent property;
4. 4.
  Structured parking;
5. 5.
  Parking lot lighting in Downtown;
6. 6.
  New technologies that meet the intent of this Section but are not applicable to the standards and requirements;
7. 7.
  Considerations of Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED); and
8. 8.
  Other uses at the discretion of the Director.
J.
Measurement.
1. 1.
  Light level measurements shall be made at the property line of the land upon which light to be measured is being generated. If measurement on private property is not possible or practical, light level measurements may be made at the boundary of the street right-of-way that adjoins the land.
2. 2.
  Measurements shall be made at finished grade (ground level), with the light-registering portion of the meter held parallel to the ground pointing up. The meter shall have cosine and color correction and have an accuracy tolerance of no greater than plus or minus five percent.
3. 3.
  Measurements shall be taken with a light meter.
K.
Installation.
1. 1.
  The developer or property owner shall be responsible for installing and maintaining all lighting in accordance with the approved lighting plan and shall comply with the standards and regulations of this Section.
2. 2.
  If applicable, developers are responsible for installing all street lighting as required in a subdivision improvement agreement.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-1.2.A Planned Overlay District

Purpose. This Subsection is intended to facilitate development within existing Planned Developments (PDs) or Planned Development Overlays (PDOs) of parcels approved for development but dormant or otherwise undeveloped, by expanding options with respect to the development standards and regulations that may apply to such development.

Applicability. This Subsection applies to all land that, prior to the effective date of this Code, was subject to regulations previously established as part of a PD or PDO designated on the Official Zoning Map.

Overlay Established.

1.
A planned overlay district, abbreviated as PL-O on the Official Zoning Map, is established to allow for properties, previously entitled under a PD or PDO and rezoned to a new underlying zoning district designation in conjunction with the adoption of this Code, to develop under either the provisions of the entitled PD or PDO or, upon compliance with paragraph E, Development in Accordance with Underlying Zoning District, below, the standards of the applicable underlying zoning district.
2.
The PL-O district shall overlay the base districts within the boundaries of the former PD and PDO districts. Any development standards not specifically described in graphic or written form within an approved PD or PDO are established by the underlying zoning district.

Developing in Accordance with Approved PD or PDO.

1.
Minor changes to a PD or PDO may be granted through a Minor Plan Amendment, as described in Chapter 9 of this Code.
2.
The following constitute major changes to a PD or PDO and are prohibited:
1. a.
  The addition of new land uses;
2. b.
  An increase in the density or gross floor area by more than 10 percent;
3. c.
  A decrease in common open space by more than five percent;
4. d.
  An increase in building height of more than one story than the previously approved PD regulations if the lot shares a common property line with, or the building is within 50 feet of, an ACR, LLR, MLR, or SLR district;
5. e.
  A substantial increase or decrease in public rights-of-way; or
6. f.
  Proposed changes to the distribution of land use types

Development in Accordance with Underlying Zoning District.

1.
To utilize the standards and regulations of the underlying zoning district for non-residential or multi-family residential developments, written notice of such decision shall be provided to the Director, and any such development shall be subject to the requirements of Section 10-9-5.7, Master Development Plans, and paragraph F below.
2.
Single family residential properties may utilize the standards and regulations of the underlying zoning district by receiving approval of a Site Plan from the Planning Commission, in accordance with the Decision Criteria of 10-9-5.4, the additional Decision Criteria set forth below, and subject to the requirements of paragraph F below.
1. a.
  Decision Criteria. The Planning Commission may approve or deny a request to utilize the standards and regulations of the underlying zoning district based on the following criteria:
  1. 1.
    Compatibility. The plan will be compatible with the properties in the immediate vicinity of the subject property;
  2. 2.
    Adequate Public Facilities. Facilities and services are available to serve the subject property without compromising provisions for adequate levels of service to other properties; and
  3. 3.
    Zoning District Conformance. The plan demonstrates compliance with the applicable zoning district and design principles.
3.
Once the underlying zoning district is utilized for a specific property, the PL-O designation on the Official Zoning Map shall be removed.

No Abrogation. Nothing in this Subsection is intended to supersede or abrogate any requirements, obligations, limitations, or encumbrances applicable to a property within a PL-O district including, but not limited to, the governing documents of a common interest community established pursuant to C.R.S. 38-33.3-101 et seq. It shall be the responsibility of the owner of any property seeking to develop such property under the standards and regulations of the underlying zoning district (as opposed to the previously established PD or PDO), and/or to withdraw such property from a common interest community, to establish to the city’s satisfaction, before proceeding, that such action will comply with all applicable requirements of C.R.S 38-33.3-101 and any governing documents to which the property is subject. The city may withhold further consideration of any necessary approvals including, but not limited to, plans, plats, amendments, and permits, until in the Director’s discretion adequate assurance of such compliance has been provided.

Legal Status. Any use, property, building or other structure approved in accordance with either the standards and regulations of the entitled PD or PDO or the standards and regulations of the applicable underlying zoning district, and thereafter continued and, as applicable, constructed, maintained, and utilized in compliance with the standards and regulations to which such use, property, building or structure is subject shall be considered legal and conforming.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

S

Subsec. 10-1-1.2.B Floodplain Overlay (FP-O) District.

Land designated FP-O on the Official Zoning Map is subject to the standards and restrictions set out in ARTICLE 10-7-1, Floodplain Regulations, and ARTICLE 10-7-2, Floodway Regulations in addition to those of the underlying zoning district as described elsewhere in this Article. In cases of conflict with underlying land use restrictions, Articles 10-7-1 and 10-7-2 shall govern.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-1.4.A Residential Land Uses

Duplex and Twin Home Conversion. See Subsection 10-4-3.2.B, Duplex and Twin Home Conversion.

Household Living.

1.
Multi-Family.
1. a.
  In the districts where permitted, multi-family shall be screened from adjoining non-residential land uses as set out in Subsection 10-1-3.6.F, Bufferyard Requirements.
2. b.
  Multi-family buildings and developments shall comply with the standards in Subsection 10-4-3.2.E, Multi-Family Dwellings, and other applicable standards and requirements of this Code and other codes.

Group Living.

1.
Generally. Unless otherwise expressly stated, all group homes shall meet the following standards:
1. a.
  The applicant is licensed by the State of Colorado to operate such facility, or is not required to be licensed. If said license is pending, approval may be conditionally granted, but shall not take effect until licensing becomes final.
2. b.
  The group home will not have an adverse effect on the residential character and quality of life in the particular neighborhood. The Director may not deny development approval for a proposed group home solely on the basis of neighborhood opposition, where no valid and substantive evidence has been offered to show that the proposed group home would have such adverse effect.
3. c.
  Any proposed new structure or structural changes to an existing structure shall be consistent in architectural design and style with the character of the surrounding neighborhood.
4. d.
  The Director shall have the authority to impose conditions upon the approval which are found necessary to operate the group home in a manner that does not negatively impact the neighborhood.
5. e.
  No administrative activities of any private or public organization or agency other than those incidental to operation of the specific group home shall be conducted on the premises.
2.
Group Home, FFHA.
1. a.
  All group homes for developmentally disabled, elderly, or mentally ill persons shall be spaced from each other by the lesser of:
  1. 1.
    750 feet (linear distance from lot line to lot line); or
  2. 2.
    A spacing that is such that no two group homes are located on the same block or take access from the same street.
2. b.
  As authorized by 42 USC § 3604(f)(9), no group home for developmentally disabled, elderly, or mentally ill persons shall provide housing to any individual whose tenancy would constitute a direct threat to the health or safety of other individuals or whose tenancy would result in substantial physical danger to the property of others.
3. c.
  If the group home is to be located in an existing building, the building shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Building and Fire Codes before the use is established.
4. d.
  The group home shall not include more than one resident who is required to register as a sex offender pursuant to C.R.S. § 18-3-412.5, as amended.
3.
Group Home for Juvenile Offenders.
1. a.
  All group homes for juvenile offenders require a conditional use approval and shall be:
  1. 1.
    Spaced from each other by at least 750 feet (linear distance from lot line to lot line);
  2. 2.
    Located on a lot with a lot area that is at least 1,000 sf. per resident; and
  3. 3.
    Provided with 24-hour on-site supervision and security, approved by the Director and the Chief of Police, with input from the placing agency.
2. b.
  As authorized by 42 U.S.C. § 3604(f)(9), no group home for juvenile offenders shall provide housing to any individual whose tenancy would constitute a direct threat to the health or safety of other individuals or whose tenancy would result in substantial physical danger to the property of others.
3. c.
  If the group home is to be located in an existing building, the building shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Building and Fire Codes before the use is established.
4. d.
  The group home shall not include more than one resident who is required to register as a sex offender pursuant to C.R.S. § 18-3-412.5, as amended.
4.
Group Home (Not Specified).
1. a.
  All group homes that do not serve a class or group of residents protected by the Fair Housing Act shall be allowed only as a conditional use in all zoning districts, provided the number of residents does not exceed 12 persons, including resident supervisory personnel.
2. b.
  Conditional use approval for any group home may be granted for the term of the facility's license, or for such shorter period as the Council determines under the circumstances of the individual case, but in no event for a period greater than two years.
3. c.
  If active and continuous operations are not carried on for a period of 12 consecutive months in a group home approved as a conditional use, the group home shall be considered to be abandoned. The use may be reinstated only after obtaining a new conditional use approval.
4. d.
  At the expiration of its term, a conditional use approval for any group home shall automatically renew under the same conditions, including duration, as the original approval, unless the Director or the group home licensing agency has received written complaints concerning the operation of the group home during the term of the Conditional Use Permit. If any such complaint has been received, the application for renewal shall be heard by the Council under the same requirements for a new conditional use application.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-1.4.B Agricultural and Animal-Oriented Land Uses

Kennel, Indoor.

1.
Outdoor dog runs are prohibited; and
2.
Soundproofing shall be provided such that no noise generated by the use is perceptible from the property line of the kennel.

Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (without animal boarding).

1.
Pens and Kennels. All pens and kennels shall be in an enclosed, air-conditioned building; there shall be no outdoor runs, pens, or holding areas; and boarding of animals is limited to that which is necessary for pre- and post-treatment observation and care.
2.
State Operation Guidelines. The facility and its operation shall meet or exceed the minimum guidelines for operation of this type of facility established under C.R.S. § 35-80-101 through 117. A license from the State of Colorado Department of Agriculture shall be obtained and a copy provided to the Director.
3.
Nuisances. The facility shall control odor, dust, noise, waste, drainage, and security so as not to constitute a nuisance, safety hazard, or health problem to adjoining properties or uses. The operator shall provide a plan of operation demonstrating it can satisfactorily meet these provisions.

Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (with animal boarding) or Rescue Shelter.

1.
Outdoor Hours. Animals shall not be allowed outdoors before 6:30 a.m. or after 8:00 p.m.
2.
Kennels. Dogs boarded overnight shall be housed in individual indoor secured kennels when staff is not present.
3.
Fence Required. A perimeter fence shall be provided for all outdoor animal recreation and socialization areas. The fence structure shall be sufficiently secured to the ground to provide full containment of the animals at all times.
4.
Minimum Distance from Residential. Outdoor areas where animals will be allowed shall be at least 50 feet from any property line abutting a residential use or district and buffered from a residential use or district with a Type A buffer, as established in Section 10-1-3.6.F, Bufferyard Requirements.

Pet Store for Sale of Dogs and Cats Only.

1.
The sale, offer for sale, auction, barter, donation, or other transfer of a dog or cat is prohibited.
2.
Subsection 1 shall not apply to the following:
1. a.
  A pet store if the dog or cat was obtained by the pet store from an animal rescue organization, kennel or fostering and each of the following conditions are met; or
  1. 1.
    The name of the animal rescue organization, kennel or foster individual must be posted in a conspicuous location the dog or cat’s enclosure; and
  2. 2.
    Documentation providing proof of the source of the dog or cat shall be kept for a period of three (3) years after any sale and made available to any local authority authorized to enforce this section.
2. b.
  A person or business, other than a pet store, that sells, offers for sale, auctions, barters, donates, or otherwise transfers a dog or cat that was bred and reared on the premises of the person or business.

(Ord. 01, Series of 2024)

Effective on: 3/15/2024

Subsec. 10-1-1.4.C Civic and Institutional Land Uses

Adult Day Care and Child Respite Care Facility.

1.
Accessory Use. Adult day care facilities are permitted as accessory uses to existing facilities that provide services to adult participants.
2.
Licensing and Inspection. Adult day care facilities shall meet state licensing standards and shall be inspected by South Metro Fire Rescue.
3.
Impact Mitigation. The applicant shall provide guarantees as may be deemed necessary by the Director that the proposed adult day care center will not constitute a nuisance because of the number of persons being cared for, increased traffic, noise, or any other activity associated with the use which may be disruptive to the neighborhood.
4.
Suitability. The property shall be suitable for the use and of sufficient size and shape so as to accommodate the proposed number of persons to be cared for, parking, and passenger pick-up and drop-off areas.
5.
Non-residential Use. An adult day care facility shall provide day care services only on a non-residential basis.
6.
Parking. Off-street parking shall be provided at the rate of two spaces, plus one for every six clients.
7.
Signage. One identification sign shall be permitted on the building façade, which shall not exceed six square feet and shall not be illuminated.
8.
Location and Access. An adult day care center shall be located on a commercial corridor or a suburban or neighborhood connector street.
9.
Lot Area. There shall be a minimum of 1,000 square feet of lot area per client.

Cemetery and Crematory.

1.
Height. The height of a principal structure shall not be greater than 20 feet. An allowed accessory structure shall not have a height greater than 18 feet, measured from the average grade to the highest point of the roof.
2.
Accessory Uses. Accessory uses may include offices necessary to administrate the land uses, grounds maintenance, or storage of equipment or vaults. Any outdoor storage shall be screened by a Type A bufferyard from adjacent public rights-of-way or adjoining residential uses or districts that share a common lot line.
3.
Allowed Land Uses. Allowed land uses include cemeteries, mausoleums, chapels, or other spaces for conducting memorial services, sales of headstones or memorials, and columbaria.
4.
Supplemental Filtration System Required. If cremation is performed, a supplemental filtration system shall be installed to reduce airborne mercury and particulate matter.

Child Care Center.

1.
Statutory Requirements. Facilities shall comply with applicable Colorado statutes and administrative rules, including but not limited to Code of Colorado Regulations §7.702.8.
2.
Play Area Fencing. Exterior yard space for child care use shall be enclosed by a fence at least 30" tall.
3.
Play Area Buffering. Outdoor play areas shall be screened from an ACR, LLR, MLR or SLR district with a Type A bufferyard, as established in Section 10-1-3.6.F, Bufferyard Requirements, and in Downtown, Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards.

Funeral Home and Services.

1.
Supplemental Filtration System Required. If cremation is performed, a supplemental filtration system shall be installed to reduce airborne mercury and particulate matter; and
2.
Access. The use shall take access from a connector or commercial corridor.

Private Elementary / Secondary School.

1.
Access. Access shall be taken from a suburban or neighborhood connector street.
2.
Internal Circulation. Internal traffic circulation patterns shall be such that:
1. a.
  Safe Access. Schools shall provide sidewalks and signed or signaled crosswalks to provide safe pedestrian and bicycle access to all building entrances;
2. b.
  Personal Vehicle Drop-Off and Pick-Up. Dedicated child drop-off and pick-up areas are safe for children leaving and re-entering personal vehicles and vehicle stacking does not impede traffic on- or off-site;
3. c.
  School Bus Drop-Off and Pick-Up. A school bus can drop off and pick up children in designated areas and is able to either turn around within the drop-off area or, alternatively, re-access the street via a circular drive; and
4. d.
  Pedestrian and Vehicular Conflicts. Safe on-site vehicular and pedestrian circulation are provided, including minimizing conflicts between vehicles and pedestrians and bicycles.
3.
Required Buffer. The school shall be buffered from residential districts and uses with a Type A buffer, as established in Section 10-1-3.6.F, Bufferyard Requirements.

Public Assembly Facility.

1.
Located Within Residential District. When located within a residential district, the facility shall:
1. a.
  Take access from a connector or commercial corridor;
2. b.
  Install a Type B bufferyard when adjoining a residential use;
3. c.
  Locate buildings and parking areas at least 50 feet from a residential use; and
4. d.
  Not provide for off-street parking on noncontiguous lots without a Conditional Use Permit.
2.
Location. The use shall be located in a permanent structure.
3.
Parking and Traffic Congestion. The use shall not create parking or traffic congestion or otherwise unreasonably interfere with the peace and enjoyment of surrounding residences.
4.
Minimum Lot Size. The use shall have a minimum site area that is the greater of two acres or four times the minimum lot area of the respective zoning district.

Transit System Facility. Development that is located along an existing or planned transit route shall provide transit-related improvements such as, but not limited to:

1.
Direct pedestrian routes within the one-half mile transit shed including provision for sidewalk locations and widths based on the anticipated levels of service needed within public rights-of-way;
2.
Plazas and other amenities that will enhance the pedestrian environment in and around the transit stations;
3.
Development of bike lanes on connectors and commercial corridors that provide connectivity to the station area;
4.
An interconnected network of compact blocks and pedestrian-friendly streets; and
5.
Logical linkages to connect with the pedestrian / bike trail systems.

Parking Lot, Off-Site.

1.
Compliance. The off-site parking lot shall comply with all requirements of Section 10-1-3.7, Vehicular Mobility.
2.
Temporary Parking Only. Off-site parking lots shall be used only for the temporary parking of operable, currently licensed private passenger vehicles of patrons of the property which the parking lot serves.
3.
Location. The lot or parcel containing an off-site parking lot shall be zoned for non-residential uses unless it is separated from a residential district or use by a dedicated alley or a Type B bufferyard. In such cases, the lot or parcel may be zoned for residential uses.
4.
Required Buffer.
1. a.
  The off-site parking lot shall be buffered from residential districts and uses with a Type A buffer, as established in Section 10-1-3.6.F, Bufferyard Requirements.
2. b.
  A landscape buffer at least 10 feet in depth (five feet in the DTA, DMU or DMS districts) shall be provided on all sides of an off-site parking lot.
5.
Minimum Lot Size. The minimum lot size for an off-site parking lot shall be 10,000 square feet of net area with street frontage on, and direct access to, public rights-of-way.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-1.4.D Commercial and Office Land Uses

Brewery, Distillery, and Winery.

1.
Maximum Gross Floor Area. Within the DTA, DMS, and DMU districts, as applicable, the maximum gross floor area of the manufacturing establishment cannot exceed 6,000 square feet, unless approved as a Conditional Use Permit as set out in Section 10-9-5.1, Conditional Use Permit.
2.
Orientation. The tasting / retail salesroom shall be oriented toward the public façade, which shall be determined by the building's address. Within a CM district, this area shall be oriented toward a common space where the public can access the building.
3.
Location. The tasting / retail salesroom shall be located in the same building or on the same site as the manufacturing of the beverage.

Office. In the DNR district, an office shall only be located in an existing single-family detached building type.

Lumber Yard.

1.
Access. The property shall be accessible only from a connector or commercial corridor. Access to a local street is prohibited.
2.
Building Materials. Any outdoor storage or display area facing public rights-of-way shall be constructed of materials and colors to match the principal building.
3.
Buffering Required. All open-air outdoor storage and display areas shall be fully screened from public view by a fence, wall or Type B bufferyard that is of a sufficient height to screen stacked materials.

Restaurant, Drive-In or Drive-Through.

1.
Design. Refer to Subsection 10-3-3.2.B, CMU Building and Site Design.
2.
Location. The principal building shall be pedestrian-oriented by locating in close proximity to a street and providing adequate, safe walkways for pedestrians and wheelchair users.
3.
Drive-Through Windows. Drive-through windows are permitted subject to the following standards:
1. a.
  No part of public street rights-of-way may be used for stacking of vehicles.
2. b.
  The stacking lane and its access shall be designed to manage traffic in a manner to protect pedestrians, buildings, and all greenscape areas on the site.
3. c.
  As set out in Subsection 10-1-3.7.C, Parking and Loading Design, adequate vehicle stacking shall be provided for the service window to minimize conflict with traffic flow and required parking.
4. d.
  The stacking lane, order board intercom, and service window shall be designed and located to minimize vehicle and communication noises, emissions, and headlight glare upon adjoining properties that share a common lot line with a residential district or use, and to maximize maneuverability of vehicles on the site.
4.
Separation Curb Required. A continuous and permanent concrete curb, not less than six inches above grade, shall separate internal sidewalks from motor vehicle areas.
5.
Sidewalk Required. Provisions shall be made to protect pedestrian areas from encroachments by parked or moving vehicles. In front and on both sides of a principal building where there is parking, a minimum five-foot wide sidewalk shall be provided.
6.
Site Design. The site design shall accommodate adequate turning radius and vertical clearance for all vehicle types. Designated loading areas shall be exclusive of off-street parking stalls and drive aisles and shall not cause conflicts with customer vehicles and pedestrian movements.
7.
Vehicle Circulation. Facilities shall be planned so that vehicular traffic patterns to and from the site will not interfere with through traffic and broader circulation patterns.
8.
Vehicle Stacking. Stacking space and its site access shall comply with Subsection 10-1-3.7.C, Parking and Loading Design, and shall be designed to manage traffic in a manner that does not encroach upon pedestrian areas, parking spaces, or traffic on the adjoining roadway.
9.
Building Materials. All structures, roofs, and canopies shall be of the same or a compatible material and color as the principal building.

Fuel Sales.

1.
Discontinued Use or Abandonment. In the event the use is discontinued or abandoned:
1. a.
  The use shall comply with the Fire Code and all other applicable regulations concerning the abandonment of underground gasoline tanks; and
2. b.
  Gasoline pumps and underground storage tanks shall be removed upon abandonment or discontinuance of the use.
2.
Car Wash Vehicle Circulation and Stacking. Circulation for a car wash shall be separate from the rest of the site and stacking shall comply with Subsection 10-1-3.7.C, Parking and Loading Design.
3.
Canopy Design. Canopies over service islands shall be integral to the building design in terms of color, cladding, and roofing material.
4.
Wrecked and Inoperable Vehicles. Wrecked and inoperable vehicles are prohibited on the property.
5.
Parking Lot. All vehicles on the premises, other than those at the pumps or waiting for ancillary facilities, e.g., car wash, vacuum station, air pump, etc., shall be stored in a parking lot with an improved hard surface and screened as set out in Subsection 10-1-3.6.D, Landscape Requirements.
6.
Overnight Storage. No overnight storage of material, merchandise, or equipment shall be permitted except within the principal building.
7.
Automobile Repair. Only minor automobile repairs shall be performed within the principal building. No repair may be conducted within an accessory building.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-1.4.E Industrial and Manufacturing Land Uses

Outdoor Storage.

1.
Fuel Storage. Storage of fuel directly connected to heating devices or appliances located on the same lot shall be governed by the Fire Code and the Building Code.
2.
Prohibited Materials. No toxic, corrosive, flammable, or explosive liquids, fuel, solids, or gases shall be stored in bulk above ground, except as provided in the Fire Code and the Building Code.
3.
Closed Containers Required. All materials or wastes which might cause fumes or dust, which constitute a fire hazard, or which may be edible or otherwise attractive to rodents or insects, shall be stored in closed containers only.
4.
Unmovable by Natural Causes. No materials or wastes shall be deposited upon a lot in a form or manner that they may be moved off the lot by natural causes or forces.
5.
Screening Required. All outdoor storage, including, but not limited to, facilities for building materials, raw materials, equipment, scrap, trash, and products shall be enclosed by fences, walls, or landscaping which fully conceal such facilities from adjacent streets and adjoining properties and rights-of-way that share a common lot line, as viewed from ground level.

Self-Service Storage.

1.
Permitted Uses. No other uses or activities other than rental of units or space for storage shall be permitted, except for office space and living quarters incidental to the management and operation of the business.
2.
Lot Requirements:
1. a.
  Maximum Lot Area: Self-service storage shall not exceed a maximum lot area of three acres, which may only increase with approval of a Site Plan or Master Development Plan.
2. b.
  Maximum Lot Coverage. Lot coverage of all structures shall not exceed 35 percent of the total lot area.
3. c.
  Maximum Building Height. Building height shall not exceed the maximum allowable height of the district where the use is located.
4. d.
  Number of Structures. Storage units may be located within a single structure or multiple structures on the same lot.
3.
Circulation, Parking, and Loading.
1. a.
  Circulation. All drives, which include loading lanes, shall not be less than 30 feet in width where one-way traffic is used and 40 feet in width for two-way movement of customer vehicles. Drives without loading lanes shall be not less than 20 feet in width and shall be posted to prohibit parking or loading.
2. b.
  Access. Vehicular access shall be restricted to a single location along a public street. The public access shall be inaccessible during closed business hours. The access point shall be fully visible from an on-site manager's office, as applicable.
3. c.
  Parking and Loading.
  1. 1.
    Parking shall be provided as set out in Subsection 10-1-3.7.A, Parking and Loading.
  2. 2.
    Marked loading lanes shall be provided to direct access to the structure(s) where the storage units are located. Such loading lanes shall be clearly marked for the exclusive use of the lessees of the storage units and shall not be used for temporary or permanent storage of any item.
  3. 3.
    Box trucks for use by lessees or rental by the public may be permitted, subject to the following:
    i.
    The self-service storage facility may store on the premises not more than two box trucks for moving / transportation of personal property to and from the self-storage facility by lessees of the self-storage facility units.
    ii.
    The self-storage facility may have up to six box trucks available for rent by the public, provided that trucks requiring a commercial driver's license to operate shall be prohibited.
    iii.
    Box trucks shall be parked behind the front building line of the self-storage facility. The box trucks shall not be parked or otherwise situated upon the property of the self-storage facility in a manner that the box trucks serve as signs or advertisements of any kind.
4. d.
  Buffering, Fencing, and Lighting.
  1. 1.
    Landscaping shall be provided along all property lines that are parallel, or approximately parallel, to public rights-of-way, excluding the interior parking lot landscaping requirements.
  2. 2.
    Perimeter bufferyards shall be as follows:
    i.
    Adjoining the DTA, DMS, and DMU districts and all residential districts, a Type B bufferyard is required along all common lot lines;
    ii.
    Adjoining non-residential and mixed-use development, a Type A bufferyard is required along all common lot lines.
  3. 3.
    Self-service storage sites shall be fully enclosed to provide maximum security against theft or vandalism. Such enclosure may include fencing, structural walls, or any combination approved with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan.
  4. 4.
    Lighting shall be provided in compliance with Section 10-1-3.11, Outdoor Lighting Standards.
5. e.
  Storage of Flammable Materials, Explosives, or Chemicals. Storage of flammable liquids, gases, or other flammable materials, including, but not limited to, paint, motor oil, and gasoline; all explosives, including, but not limited to, dynamite, ammunition, and fireworks; and noxious chemicals, including, but not limited to, common garden and insect sprays, is prohibited, unlawful, and shall be a criminal offense. This prohibition specifically includes motor oil and gasoline contained in any internal combustion engine or vehicle; any liquid or gas which is contained under pressure; and any of the potentially dangerous chemical compounds commonly associated with maintenance and repair activities.
6. f.
  Maintenance. The exterior of structures and grounds shall be maintained in a neat, clean, and orderly manner. At least one trash receptacle with an enclosure complying with Subsection 10-1-3.1.D, Screening, shall be provided for every 50 storage units. Such enclosures and containers shall be evenly distributed throughout the site in easily accessible and convenient locations.
7. g.
  Signage. Signage shall be in compliance with the provisions of Section 10-1-3.10, Sign Standards.
8. h.
  Management.
  1. 1.
    A full-time manager shall be employed on the premises who may live on-site provided a permanent residence meeting all the requirements for residential occupancy is located on the site.
  2. 2.
    A copy of these regulations shall be conveniently displayed throughout the premises.
  3. 3.
    It shall be the joint responsibility of the owner and manager to ensure that lessees comply with all applicable provisions of these regulations.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Subsec. 10-1-1.6.A Accessory Uses

Purpose. This Subsection authorizes the establishment of accessory uses that are incidental and customarily subordinate to principal uses, provided that the accessory use complies with all applicable standards in this Subsection.

Approval of Accessory Uses.

1.
Principal Uses Include Accessory Uses. All principal uses allowed in a zoning district shall be deemed to include those accessory uses typically associated with the use unless specifically prohibited in this Code.
2.
Approval Process. Unless otherwise specified in this Subsection, any accessory use shall be treated as a permitted use in the district in which it is located. An accessory use may be approved in conjunction with approval of the principal use.

Standards that Apply to All Accessory Uses. All accessory uses shall comply with the following general standards:

1.
Compliance with this Code.
1. a.
  All accessory uses shall be subject to the dimensional requirements of the district in which they are located. In the case of any conflict between the accessory use standards of this Subsection and any other requirement of this Code, the more restrictive standards shall control.
2. b.
  Accessory uses shall comply with all standards of this Code applicable to the principal use with which they are associated. If required by this Code, parking shall be provided for the accessory use, e.g., accessory dwelling unit.
2.
Location. The accessory use shall be conducted or located on the same lot(s) as the principal use and to the rear of the principal structure unless otherwise approved by the Director. Within a mixed-use or multi-tenant development, the accessory use shall be located as approved by the Site Plan or Master Development Plan. If the accessory use is in an accessory building, location requirements shall be met as set out in Subsection 10-1-1.6.B, Accessory Buildings.
3.
Non-Residential Uses in Residential Districts. An accessory use in a residential district shall not be used to conduct a retail business, commercial business or repair business unless authorized as a home occupation with an approved business and sales tax license.

Standards Applicable to Specific Accessory Uses.

1.
Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs). Refer to Section 10-1-1.7, Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs).
2.
Animal Husbandry. Animals, other than those being kept as pets, such as for animal husbandry, shall be kept in accordance with the following standards and other applicable standards of this Code:
1. a.
  Permitted. Activities that are permitted as an accessory use include the raising of horses, donkeys, mules, alpaca, llama, wool-bearing animals and associated enterprises, including commercial stables, riding academies, training and breeding, and any other animals and uses the Director interprets to be functionally similar.
2. b.
  Prohibited. Activities that are prohibited as an accessory use include:
  1. 1.
    Raising of cattle, swine, fur-bearing animals raised for pelts and feathered animals, except chickens and ducks;
  2. 2.
    Operation of hog ranches, commercial feedlots, agricultural processing industry or farms for the disposal of garbage or other waste; and
  3. 3.
    Growing and harvesting of any types of cannabis, including hemp.
3. c.
  Environmental Impact. Animal husbandry operations which create noise and odors, attract insects or rodents, or be otherwise incompatible with surrounding residential uses or the intent of the zoning district, may be conditioned or denied by the Director.
4. d.
  Minimum Lot Size. The minimum lot size for animal husbandry within the city is one-half acre.
5. e.
  Minimum Setback. No portion of any structure used to house a domesticated farm animal shall be within 100 feet of any residence, other than a dwelling on the same lot.
6. f.
  Fencing. Fencing adequate to contain the animals shall be provided and maintained.
7. g.
  Storage. All vehicles, machinery and materials associated with animal husbandry shall be parked or stored on the property in a neat and orderly manner.
3.
Beekeeping.
1. a.
  Secure. Bee colonies shall be kept within a fenced area.
2. b.
  Hives. All bee colonies shall be kept in hives with removable combs, which shall be kept in sound and usable condition.
3. c.
  Setback. All hives shall be located at least five feet from any adjoining property with the back of the hive facing the nearest adjoining property.
4. d.
  Fencing of Flyways. In each instance in which any colony is situated within 25 feet of a developed public or private property line of the tract upon which the apiary is situated, as measured from the nearest point on the hive to the property line, the beekeeper shall establish and maintain a flyway barrier at least six feet in height consisting of a solid wall or fence parallel to the property line and extending 10 feet beyond the colony in each direction so that all bees are forced to fly at an elevation of at least six feet above ground level over the property lines in the vicinity of the apiary.
5. e.
  Water. Each property owner or beekeeper shall ensure that a convenient source of water is available at all times to the bees so the bees will not congregate at swimming pools, bib cocks, pet water bowls, birdbaths, or other water sources where they may cause human, bird or domestic pet contact. The water shall be maintained so as not to become stagnant.
6. f.
  Maintenance. Each property owner or beekeeper shall ensure that no bee comb or other materials that might encourage robbing are left upon the grounds of the apiary site. Upon their removal from the hive, all such materials shall promptly be disposed of in a sealed container or placed within a building or other bee-proof enclosure.
7. g.
  Queens. In any instance in which a colony exhibits unusually aggressive characteristics by stinging or attempting to sting without due provocation or exhibits an unusual disposition toward swarming, it shall be the duty of the beekeeper to requeen the colony. Queens shall be selected from stock bred for gentleness and non-swarming characteristics.
8. h.
  Colony Density.
  1. 1.
    It shall be unlawful to keep any colony on a multiple-family lot or to keep more than the following number of colonies on any tract within the city, based upon the size or configuration of the tract on which the apiary is situated:
    i.
    Less than one-half acre lot size: Four colonies;
    ii.
    One-half acre or more but less than one acre lot size: Six colonies;
    iii.
    One acre or larger lot size: Eight colonies;
    iv.
    Regardless of lot size, where all hives are situated at least 200 feet in any direction from all property lines of the lot on which the apiary is situated, there shall be no limit to the number of colonies.
  2. 2.
    For each two colonies authorized, there may be maintained upon the same tract one nucleus colony in a hive structure not exceeding one standard nine and five-eighths inch depth by 10-inch frame hive body with no supers attached as required from time to time for management of swarms. Each such nucleus colony shall be disposed of or combined with an authorized colony within 30 days after the date it is acquired.
9. i.
  Prohibited. The keeping by any person of bee colonies in the city not in strict compliance with this Subsection is prohibited. Any bee colony not residing in a hive structure intended for beekeeping, or any swarm of bees, or any colony residing in a standard or homemade hive which, by virtue of its condition, has obviously been abandoned by the beekeeper, is unlawful and may be summarily destroyed or removed from the city by the City Manager, or a designee.
4.
Chickens and Ducks.
1. a.
  Maximum Number Allowed. A maximum of six chickens or six ducks or any combination thereof not to exceed six are permitted in the ACR, LLR, MLR, AND SLR districts.
2. b.
  Protection. The chicken hens shall be provided with a covered predator-resistant chicken house that is properly ventilated and designed to be easily accessed, cleaned and maintained. The chicken house shall have a minimum of two square feet of floor space per bird with an attached outdoor enclosure. The outdoor enclosure shall have a minimum of 10 square feet per bird.
3. c.
  Setback from Property Line. Neither the chicken house nor the outdoor enclosure may be located less than 15 feet from any abutting property line.
4. d.
  Roosters Prohibited. No person may own or keep a rooster in any district.
5. e.
  Restriction. The chicken hens may not be killed by or at the direction of the owner or keeper, except pursuant to lawful order of a state, county, or city official, or for the purpose of euthanasia when surrendered to a licensed veterinarian or the Humane Society for such purpose, or as otherwise expressly permitted by law.
6. f.
  Environmental Impacts. Odor, dust, waste, and drainage shall be controlled so as not to constitute a nuisance, safety hazard or health problem to adjoining property or uses.
5.
Community Garden. As a principal use, Community gardens are subject to the following regulations:
1. a.
  On-site sale of community garden food products is prohibited in the residential districts;
2. b.
  All equipment shall be stored in an enclosed building;
3. c.
  The garden site shall be designed and maintained to prevent any chemical pesticide, fertilizer or other garden waste from draining onto adjacent properties or public rights-of-way;
4. d.
  On-site trash, recyclable and compost containers shall be located and maintained as far as practicable from residential dwelling units located on adjoining lots;
5. e.
  One sign is allowed on lots on which a community garden use is located, which shall not exceed four square feet in area and shall include the name and phone number of the property owner or the garden manager;
6. f.
  The property shall be maintained free of tall weeds and debris;
7. g.
  Dead garden plants shall be regularly removed and, in any instance, no later than December 1 of each year; and
8. h.
  The perimeter of community gardens shall be fenced.
6.
Cottage Food Operation.
1. a.
  The operator of the cottage food operation shall be the individual who conducts the cottage food operation from the operator's private residential dwelling unit and is the owner of the cottage food operation. If the operator is not the owner of the property on or in which the cottage food operation will be conducted, the property/dwelling owner's written authorization shall be provided.
2. b.
  The cottage food operation shall be clearly incidental to the use of the structure as a dwelling unit, and shall not create dust, noise or odors in excess of that normally associated with residential use.
3. c.
  The cottage food operation shall not generate pedestrian or vehicular traffic in excess of that normally associated with residential use.
4. d.
  The cottage food operation shall be conducted solely within a primary residence.
5. e.
  No sign(s) identifying the cottage food operation shall be permitted to be posted or displayed on the premises, nor on or within anything located on the premises.
6. f.
  Neither the dwelling nor the property shall be altered to appear other than a residence, either by color, materials, construction, lighting, sounds, vibrations or other characteristics.
7. g.
  A maximum of one full-time employee, exclusive of family/household members, may be employed by the cottage food home occupation business at the residence.
8. h.
  Direct sales from the home shall not be conducted from an attached garage, accessory residential structure, or any place outside of the residential dwelling.
7.
Drive-Through ATM Dispensers and Vending Kiosks. Drive-Through ATM Dispensers and Vending Kiosks may be permitted subject to the following regulations:
1. a.
  Placement shall be outside required landscape islands and stormwater management systems;
2. b.
  Dispensers and service machines placed in parking lots shall have a finished exterior of brick, stucco, stone, stained wood, or similar materials to match or complement the principal use and shall not be shaped to resemble objects (animate and inanimate);
3. c.
  A sloped roof with a peak or parapet roof shall be affixed to dispensers or kiosks placed in parking lots with shingle, tile, or other roof material to match the materials of the principal use;
4. d.
  Advertising, other than signage with the logo and name of the item being dispensed or service provided, is prohibited;
5. e.
  Parking for at least one space per each unmanned paid dispenser unit shall be provided; and
6. f.
  Required parking for a commercial accessory use shall not occupy required parking for the principal use.
8.
Eating and Drinking Places.
1. a.
  Outdoor Seating. Eating and drinking establishments allowed by this Code may provide outdoor seating areas, including rooftop seating, for customers following plan review and issuance of a liquor license where applicable. Outdoor seating may be approved subject to the following criteria:
  1. 1.
    The area of occupancy shall be contiguous or in near proximity to the restaurant in which food preparation, sanitation, and related services for the sidewalk café will be performed;
  2. 2.
    An outdoor seating area shall not be enclosed by fixed walls, unless necessary to comply with requirements to serve alcohol, and shall be open to the air, except that it may have a canopy;
  3. 3.
    Outdoor seating areas may not occupy required parking spaces or parking area access aisles unless permitted on a temporary basis by the Director;
  4. 4.
    When outdoor seating is located on a lot abutting a residential use or district, noise emanating from any outdoor seating areas shall comply with Title 7, Health and Sanitation, Chapter 3, Noise Control, of the City Code;
  5. 5.
    There shall be a minimum eight-foot width of unimpeded sidewalk for pedestrian flow from the face of the curb and the area of temporary occupancy;
  6. 6.
    The sidewalk café shall be located a minimum of five feet from accessways and alleys, and 10 feet from intersections;
  7. 7.
    All curbs, alleys, sidewalks, and public rights-of-way adjacent to such occupation shall be kept in a clean and orderly condition; and
  8. 8.
    In approving outdoor seating, the Director or Commission may impose reasonable conditions relating to location, configuration, lighting, and other operational features of the use to ensure compatibility with surrounding uses, maintenance, sound, and compliance with other applicable city codes.
9.
Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging Station.
1. a.
  Permit Required. It shall be unlawful for any person to install, operate, or maintain an electric vehicle charging station in an NC, CM, DTA, DMS, DMU, BC or IP district without:
  1. 1.
    A permit for such work, which shall be secured from the Chief Building Official by the electric vehicle charging station's owner or the owner's agent; and
  2. 2.
    Submittal of a written statement from the electric utility provider that the installation will not negatively affect the electrical distribution system.
2. b.
  Compliance. All electric vehicle charging stations erected, constructed, installed, altered, replaced, or to which additions are made shall comply with all of the provisions of all applicable health and safety standards and requirements of federal, state, and local law and the electrical utility provider.
3. c.
  Prohibited Uses. If the owner of a plug-in electric motor vehicle charging station installs a sign that identifies the station, a person is prohibited from:
  1. 1.
    Parking in the space if the vehicle is not an electric vehicle; and
  2. 2.
    Using a dedicated charging station for parking if the electric vehicle is not charging.
10.
Home Occupation. Home Occupations may be permitted subject to the following regulations:
1. a.
  The home occupation shall not be more dangerous to life, personal safety, or property than any other activity ordinarily carried on with respect to a dwelling used solely for residential purposes;
2. b.
  Mail-order, telephone, and internet sales, as well as distribution of sold merchandise, is permitted;
3. c.
  The home occupation shall not create or cause any perceptible noise, odor, smoke, electrical interference, or vibrations that constitute a public or private nuisance to neighboring properties;
4. d.
  Not more than two vehicles shall be parked at the location at any one time as the result of a home occupation;
5. e.
  There shall be no parking or storage of vehicle(s) with a weight greater than 7,000 pounds empty weight and/or commercial trucks to conduct the home occupation;
6. f.
  There shall be no outdoor display or storage of goods, materials, merchandise, equipment , or signage related to the home occupation that is visible from the exterior of the principal dwelling;
7. g.
  No alteration shall be made to the principal dwelling that changes its residential character nor shall there be any outward appearance of a home occupation;
8. h.
  Employees shall be residents of the principal dwelling only;
9. i.
  The home occupation shall be operated only in a principal or accessory building;
10. j.
  All of the home occupations combined shall not exceed 20 percent of the gross floor area of the principal dwelling and accessory structure combined;
11. k.
  No more than two home occupations may operate indoors; and
12. l.
  A home occupation shall not operate outdoors.
11.
Family Child Care Home. Family Child Care Homes may be permitted subject to the following regulations:
1. a.
  The principal use shall be a single-family detached or attached dwelling;
2. b.
  Exterior yard space for child care use shall be enclosed by a fence at least 30" tall;
3. c.
  The operator shall possess a current appropriate state license as set forth by the Colorado State Department of Human Services; and
4. d.
  The family child care home shall not create parking or traffic congestion or otherwise unreasonably interfere with the peace and enjoyment of surrounding residences.
12.
Pigeon Keeping. The keeping, breeding, maintenance, and flying of pigeons shall be permitted only in the ACR, LLR, MLR, AND SLR districts provided:
1. a.
  The loft shall be of such sufficient size and design, and constructed of such material, that it can be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition;
2. b.
  There shall be at least one square foot of floor space in any loft for each mature pigeon;
3. c.
  The construction and location of the loft shall not conflict with the requirements of this Code or the Building Code;
4. d.
  All feed for such pigeons shall be stored in such containers as to protect against intrusion by rodents and other vermin;
5. e.
  The loft shall be maintained in a sanitary condition and in compliance with all applicable health regulations of the city and county;
6. f.
  All pigeons shall be confined to the loft, except for limited periods necessary for exercise, training, and competition. At no time shall pigeons be allowed to perch or linger on the buildings or property of others;
7. g.
  All pigeons shall be fed within the confines of the loft;
8. h.
  No one shall release pigeons to fly for exercise, training, or competition except in compliance with the following rules:
  1. 1.
    The owner of the pigeons shall be a member in good standing of an organized pigeon club, such as the American Racing Pigeon Union, Inc., the International Federation of Racing Pigeon Fanciers, the National Pigeon Association, the American Tippler Society, the International Roller Association, the Rare Breeds Pigeon Club, or a local club which has rules that will help preserve the peace and tranquility of the neighborhood; and
  2. 2.
    Pigeons shall not be released for flying which have been fed within the previous four hours; and
9. i.
  No owner may have more than 100 pigeons in a residentially zoned area.
13.
Primary Short-Term Rental.
1. a.
  Use. A primary short-term rental may be housed within either a conforming principal or an attached, detached, or contained accessory dwelling unit.
2. b.
  Inspection. Each primary short-term rental shall be subject to inspection by the Director prior to the issuance of an annual business license, and upon all renewals.
3. c.
  Building and Property Maintenance. All primary short-term rentals shall be in compliance with the city's building and property maintenance codes.
4. d.
  Prohibitions. A primary short-term rental is not permitted on the same property as any of the following:
  1. 1.
    Any Overnight Accommodations use type; or
  2. 2.
    Any Group Living use type.
5. e.
  Registration and Licensing. The primary short-term rental host shall obtain a business and sales/use tax license from the city in compliance with Title 3, Business Regulations; Chapter 23, Short-Term Rentals, of the City Code.
14.
Roomers and Boarders. As an accessory to residential occupancy of a dwelling, a maximum of not more than two roomers and/or boarders are permitted, subject to the following standards:
1. a.
  The use shall not have a separate outside entrance; rather, the entrance to the quarters occupied by a roomer/boarder shall be from within the principal structure; and
2. b.
  No separate kitchen facilities, including stoves, refrigerators or ovens, shall be allowed or maintained for the benefit of roomers/boarders.
15.
Household Pets.
1. a.
  Household pets are permitted; provided, that not more than three pets are adult dogs, three pets are adult cats, or three rabbits or any combination of these species equals five or less.
2. b.
  The numbers of these species younger than six months are not restricted. This does not preclude the legitimate use or keeping of any laboratory animals for scientific research or veterinarian purposes. The sale or offer for sale of a dog or cat as an accessory use is prohibited. This shall not be interpreted to prohibit the keeping of livestock in districts where permitted.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 01, Series of 2024)

Effective on: 3/15/2024

Subsec. 10-1-1.6.B Accessory Buildings

Purpose. The purpose of this Subsection is to permit accessory buildings that are subject to standards to ensure their appropriateness as to location, area, height, setbacks, and design.

Approval of Accessory Buildings. No permit for an accessory building shall be issued prior to issuance of a permit for construction of the principal building. Such permits may be issued concurrently.

1.
Permit Required.
1. a.
  A building permit shall be required for the construction, erection, or set-up of any accessory building that is 120 square feet (floor area) or greater and/or exceeds eight feet in height measured from the grade to the peak, on any lot.
2. b.
  A Zoning Certificate is required for all accessory buildings under 120 square feet and under eight feet in height. The height and setbacks shall be in compliance with the requirements of the applicable district.

Standards that Apply to All Accessory Buildings.

1.
Subordinate. Accessory buildings shall be subordinate in scale to the principal building.
2.
Ownership. An accessory building shall be under the same ownership as the principal building.
3.
Occupancy. An accessory building shall not be used for household living in any residential district unless approved as an accessory dwelling unit, as set out in Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix.
4.
Limitation on Commercial Use in Residential District. No accessory building shall be used for the operation of any business, except as permitted by this Subsection.
5.
Placement.
1. a.
  Located on a Lot with a Principal Building. An accessory building shall only be located on the same lot and behind the front façade of the principal building and use to which it is accessory.
2. b.
  Setback Dependent on Distance from Principal Building. An accessory building located within 5 feet of the principal building shall comply with the setbacks of the principal building to which it is accessory. Accessory buildings located 5 feet or more to the rear of the principal building may be placed five feet from an interior side or rear lot line, or greater where existing easements exist.
3. c.
  Setback on Corner Lot. The corner side setback of an accessory building located on a corner lot shall be equal to the required side yard setback for the principal building. No accessory building on a corner lot that adjoins a residential lot to the rear shall be located within five feet of the rear property line.
4. d.
  Setbacks Remain In Effect. Except as set out in this Subsection, the minimum setback requirements of this Code shall also apply to accessory buildings.
6.
Height. Unless approved as a conditional use or by a Site Plan or Master Development Plan, the maximum height of an accessory building shall be the lesser of 24 feet or the height of the principal building.
7.
Style and Finish. The architecture and exterior finish of accessory buildings shall match or be as nearly consistent as possible with the principal building on the lot. In the case of a brick dwelling, the exterior finish of the accessory building may be brick or similar in color to the trim work or other siding materials of the dwelling.
8.
Permitted Uses. Accessory buildings may be used as home offices or studio space, gardens or greenhouses, pool houses, storage sheds, and similar uses customarily accessory to a residential use provided all other applicable codes, standards, and regulations are met.
9.
Prohibited Buildings. Manufactured homes, freight trailers, boxcars, trailers, shipping containers, temporary structures, or any other structure or vehicle not originally fabricated for use as an accessory building shall be prohibited unless approved as a conditional use or by a Site Plan or Master Development Plan.
10.
Principal Building Built First. In all residential districts, no garage, tent, trailer, or other accessory building shall be erected, nor any accessory use engaged, for habitation purposes prior to construction of the principal building.
11.
Size.
1. a.
  ACR, LLR, MLR, SLR, and MFR Districts. The maximum floor area of all accessory buildings on any single lot shall not exceed the maximum required building coverage specified for the respective district.
2. b.
  Open Space (OS) District. The maximum floor area of all accessory buildings on a property zoned OS shall not exceed five percent of the property area unless approved by the Director.
3. c.
  All Other Districts. The maximum floor area of all accessory buildings shall not exceed 10 percent of the lot or property area unless approved by a Conditional Use Permit.
12.
In floodplains, other restrictions may apply, as set out in Article 10-7-1, Floodplain Regulations, and Article 10-7-2, Floodway Regulations.

Standards that Apply to Specific Accessory Buildings.

1.
Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs). Refer to Section 10-1-1.7, Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs).
2.
Residential Detached Garage.
1. a.
  Setback from Street. The entrance opening of a residential garage that faces any street shall have a driveway length of at least 18 feet to park a minimum of one vehicle entirely on the property without encroaching into the public right-of-way.
2. b.
  Setback from Alley. Garages shall be set back a minimum of five feet from the alley.
3. c.
  Access Width. The maximum access width shall not exceed 10 feet for a one-car garage or 18 feet for a two-car garage per opening.
4. d.
  Building Cover. A garage is included in the maximum allowable building cover set out for each district; and
5. e.
  Multiple Garages. Multiple private garages serving multiple dwelling units may be attached but the number of garages shall not exceed the number of units, plus one.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Subsec. 10-1-1.6.C Accessory Structures

Purpose. The purpose of this Subsection is to permit accessory structures, such as fences, walls, decks, mechanical equipment, and other similar non-habitable structures, subject to standards to ensure their appropriateness as to location, area, height, setbacks, and design and manage impacts on adjacent properties.

Approval of Accessory Structures. The followings paragraphs describe the necessary location, permit, and review requirements for accessory structures.

Standards that Apply to All Accessory Structures.

1.
Encroachments. Unless otherwise stated in this Subsection, only the following accessory structures and equipment may project into a required yard:
1. a.
  Ground-Mounted Equipment. Ground-mounted pool equipment, air conditioners, and built-in barbecues provided that the equipment shall not be located closer than five feet to the side property line, five feet to the rear property line, or placed within a utility easement.
2. b.
  Awning, Canopies, and Other Features. Awnings, canopies, chimneys, balconies, display windows, and bay windows may project a maximum distance of three feet into a required interior side yard and four feet six inches into the required front, rear, and corner side yard, provided:
  1. 1.
    The feature is not closer than five feet from any lot line; and
  2. 2.
    The feature does not have vertical ground support within a required yard.
3. c.
  Building Elements. Cornices, sills, and similar building elements may project a maximum distance of one foot into a required yard.
2.
In floodplains, other restrictions may apply, as set out in Article [Repealed] 10-7-1, Floodplain Regulations, and Article [Repealed] 10-7-2, Floodway Regulations.

Standards that Apply to Certain Accessory Structures.

1.
Carport. A carport shall comply with the following regulations unless the Council approves a Conditional Use Permit imposing other requirements necessary in the particular case to protect the public interests.
1. a.
  Size. A carport shall not exceed 480 square feet in area. The longest dimension on a carport shall not exceed 24 feet.
2. b.
  Height. A carport shall not exceed a maximum height of 15 feet. The height shall be measured from the finished grade to the highest point of the roof.
3. c.
  Setback Dependent on Distance from Principal Building.
  1. 1.
    A carport located within 10 feet of the principal dwelling shall comply with the front, side, and rear yard setbacks of the zoning district. The distance shall be measured between the two closest points of the carport and principal building.
  2. 2.
    A carport located 10 feet or more from the principal dwelling may extend into a required side yard, provided all of the following conditions are satisfied:
    i.
    Every part of the carport is unenclosed except for necessary structural supports;
    ii.
    No part of the carport is less than five feet from a side or rear lot line, and
    iii.
    The carport is located completely within the rear yard.
4. d.
  Placement Dependent on Garage. A carport shall not be constructed in front of a garage.
5. e.
  Number Permitted. No more than one carport may be erected per lot.
6. f.
  Paved Surface Required. The parking area of a carport shall be paved not less than nine feet by 18 feet and provide access to a public street right-of-way. The access shall be a minimum of nine feet in width and paved. All paved surfaces shall be either concrete, asphalt, or pave-stone.
7. g.
  Design Criteria.
  1. 1.
    Carports and their roofs shall be constructed of the same or complementary materials as the residential dwelling;
  2. 2.
    The dimension of each post as viewed from each primary elevation shall not be less than eight inches or more than 48 inches. Any carport with two or more elevations that exceed the 48-inch criteria shall be considered an accessory building and shall be regulated according to Subsection 10-1-1.6.B, Accessory Buildings.
8. h.
  Temporary Carport. A temporary carport is not allowed to remain in place for more than six months.
2.
Fences and Walls.
1. a.
  Permit Required. All fences and walls require a building permit.
2. b.
  Location.
  1. 1.
    Fences and walls adjoining a sidewalk on public property shall allow no less than two feet of open space from the sidewalk.
  2. 2.
    No fence shall be located within five feet of a fire hydrant or any facility requiring access by a first responder or a utility company.
3. c.
  Materials.
  1. 1.
    Allowed. Fences and walls shall be constructed with one or more of the following materials: Aluminum, brick, painted stucco, split-face masonry block, steel, stone, wood, wrought iron, or vinyl.
  2. 2.
    Prohibited. Unless approved by a Site Plan or Master Development Plan, Tyvek or like materials, corrugated materials, sheet metal of any type, bamboo, barbed wire, chicken wire, tarp, electric fencing, fabric, PVC pipes, thin plastic or plastic netting, materials that are potentially hazardous to people or animals (e.g. sharp, electric, etc.) and other like materials deemed by the Director to be unacceptable.
4. d.
  Height. Fences and walls shall not exceed the following heights as measured from the adjacent natural grade:
  1. 1.
    Four feet tall in front yards and in portions of side yards that are in front of the building's front façade provided they are no more than 50 percent solid;
  2. 2.
    Six feet tall in rear yards and in portions of side yards that are behind or in line with the building's front façade; and
  3. 3.
    Fences and walls on corner lots shall be restricted in height subject to Section 10-1-3.9.C, Vision Obstruction.
5. e.
  Types.
  1. 1.
    Dangerous fences, such as electrically charged fences or fences topped with barbed wire or other sharp objects, are not permitted unless approved as necessary to protect the public from hazardous conditions.
  2. 2.
    In all residential districts, swimming and wading pools with a depth greater than 24 inches, measured from rim to lowest point, shall be fully enclosed by a fence of not less than five feet in height and constructed in a manner to prohibit entry. Such fence shall be equipped with a self-closing and latching gate.
3.
Subdivision Fences and Walls.
1. a.
  Required. Where a subdivision is platted so that a side or rear yard is adjacent to a suburban or neighborhood connector or commercial corridor, as set out in the Transportation Master Plan (TMP), the developer shall construct a fence or wall along all such connector streets and commercial corridors and around the perimeter of the subdivision.
2. b.
  Standards. All fences and walls shall conform to the following minimum standards:
  1. 1.
    Walls shall be constructed of brick, natural stone, simulated stone, split-faced or architectural concrete masonry unit (CMU), or decorative reinforced concrete;
  2. 2.
    The materials, color, and design of walls shall be uniform as approved concurrent with a plat;
  3. 3.
    The finished side of all fences and walls shall face a connector or corridor street;
  4. 4.
    Fences and walls shall be placed on the property line;
  5. 5.
    Detail plans for fences, walls, and their associated landscaping shall be submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan;
  6. 6.
    Prior to the acceptance of the public improvements, the subdivision fence or wall shall be complete; and
  7. 7.
    Pedestrian access shall be provided through a subdivision fence or wall as required through Site Plan or Master Development Plan review.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022)

Effective on: 8/25/2022

Subsec. 10-1-3.1.A Wall Articulation

Generally. Articulation techniques shall be used in proportion to a building’s overall mass. For example, wall plane offsets are needed as a building’s length increases. A single method is insufficient to achieve a reduced scale and provide interest. Combining methods is necessary. More than one of these methods shall be used to meet the building articulation requirements.

Applicability. The standards in this Subsection are:

1.
Required as set out in Section 10-2-3.2, DT Standards of Design; and
2.
As approved by a Site Plan or Master Development Plan in:
1. a.
  Section 10-3-3.2, CMU Standards of Design; and
2. b.
  Section 10-5-3.2, BI Standards of Design.

Table 10-1-3.1.A Wall Articulation Techniques
Accent Lines
An accent line is a vertical element, such as an attached column, or a horizontal element, such as a cornice or molding that creates rhythm and sense of scale on a façade.		Minimum projection from the primary wall plane: 4 inches Minimum width: 4 inches
Wall Plane Offsets
Wall plane offsets are modest changes in wall planes that divide a façade into smaller modules to reduce scale.		Minimum depth of wall offset: 1 foot Minimum width of offset: 3 feet
Variations in Material and/or Color
A change in material that expresses a traditional façade dimension in height and width. When applied in units, panels, or modules, materials can help convey a sense of scale.		A change in material or color may only count as an articulation technique when used in combination with another articulation technique.
Awnings & Canopies
Awnings, canopies, or other projecting features help define the ground floor of a building and frame the pedestrian environment. They also provide shelter from the elements.		Awnings and canopies shall be arranged to express individual building modules in order to count as an articulation technique.
Base, Middle, Cap
Horizontal articulation techniques may be used in combination to express a traditional base, middle, and cap façade composition with well-defined ground or lower floors and a distinctive “cap.”		The use of a base, middle, cap composition may count as an articulation technique.

Table 10-1-3.1.A Wall Articulation Techniques
Accent Lines
An accent line is a vertical element, such as an attached column, or a horizontal element, such as a cornice or molding that creates rhythm and sense of scale on a façade.		Minimum projection from the primary wall plane: 4 inches Minimum width: 4 inches
Wall Plane Offsets
Wall plane offsets are modest changes in wall planes that divide a façade into smaller modules to reduce scale.		Minimum depth of wall offset: 1 foot Minimum width of offset: 3 feet
Variations in Material and/or Color
A change in material that expresses a traditional façade dimension in height and width. When applied in units, panels, or modules, materials can help convey a sense of scale.		A change in material or color may only count as an articulation technique when used in combination with another articulation technique.
Awnings & Canopies
Awnings, canopies, or other projecting features help define the ground floor of a building and frame the pedestrian environment. They also provide shelter from the elements.		Awnings and canopies shall be arranged to express individual building modules in order to count as an articulation technique.
Base, Middle, Cap
Horizontal articulation techniques may be used in combination to express a traditional base, middle, and cap façade composition with well-defined ground or lower floors and a distinctive “cap.”		The use of a base, middle, cap composition may count as an articulation technique.

Table 10-1-3.1.A Wall Articulation Techniques
Accent Lines
An accent line is a vertical element, such as an attached column, or a horizontal element, such as a cornice or molding that creates rhythm and sense of scale on a façade.		Minimum projection from the primary wall plane: 4 inches Minimum width: 4 inches
Wall Plane Offsets
Wall plane offsets are modest changes in wall planes that divide a façade into smaller modules to reduce scale.		Minimum depth of wall offset: 1 foot Minimum width of offset: 3 feet
Variations in Material and/or Color
A change in material that expresses a traditional façade dimension in height and width. When applied in units, panels, or modules, materials can help convey a sense of scale.		A change in material or color may only count as an articulation technique when used in combination with another articulation technique.
Awnings & Canopies
Awnings, canopies, or other projecting features help define the ground floor of a building and frame the pedestrian environment. They also provide shelter from the elements.		Awnings and canopies shall be arranged to express individual building modules in order to count as an articulation technique.
Base, Middle, Cap
Horizontal articulation techniques may be used in combination to express a traditional base, middle, and cap façade composition with well-defined ground or lower floors and a distinctive “cap.”		The use of a base, middle, cap composition may count as an articulation technique.

Table 10-1-3.1.A Wall Articulation Techniques
Accent Lines
An accent line is a vertical element, such as an attached column, or a horizontal element, such as a cornice or molding that creates rhythm and sense of scale on a façade.		Minimum projection from the primary wall plane: 4 inches Minimum width: 4 inches
Wall Plane Offsets
Wall plane offsets are modest changes in wall planes that divide a façade into smaller modules to reduce scale.		Minimum depth of wall offset: 1 foot Minimum width of offset: 3 feet
Variations in Material and/or Color
A change in material that expresses a traditional façade dimension in height and width. When applied in units, panels, or modules, materials can help convey a sense of scale.		A change in material or color may only count as an articulation technique when used in combination with another articulation technique.
Awnings & Canopies
Awnings, canopies, or other projecting features help define the ground floor of a building and frame the pedestrian environment. They also provide shelter from the elements.		Awnings and canopies shall be arranged to express individual building modules in order to count as an articulation technique.
Base, Middle, Cap
Horizontal articulation techniques may be used in combination to express a traditional base, middle, and cap façade composition with well-defined ground or lower floors and a distinctive “cap.”		The use of a base, middle, cap composition may count as an articulation technique.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.1.B Varied Massing

Generally. Varied massing may be used to reduce the perceived scale of a building and to create an interesting building form. For example, in the DNR, DTR, DMU and DMS districts, stepping down the mass of a building adjacent to a pedestrian way or sensitive edge shall be used to provide a smooth transition.

Applicability. The standards in this Subsection are required at the time of submission of a Site Plan or Master Development Plan (Detailed).

Table 10-1-3.1.B Varied Massing Techniques
Height Variation
Vertical variation is a change in the height of at least one floor for a portion of the building.		A change in height shall count as a massing variation technique in the DMS, DTA and DMU districts when it extends back a minimum of 50% of the depth of the building. In the CM and NC districts, the change in height shall extend a minimum of 10% of the depth of the building, and in no case greater than a one-story height variation.
Increased Setbacks
A substantial offset in wall planes that extends the full height of the building and expresses a building module.		In the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts: Minimum offset: 10 feet Minimum width: 25 feet In the CM and BC districts: Minimum offset: 4 feet Minimum width: 8 feet
Upper Level Front Stepback
An upper-level stepback adds visual interest and reduces the mass of a larger building.		In the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts: Minimum stepback of 15 feet
Upper Level Side Stepback
A side stepback occurs at the end of a building and is effective in providing a transition to a sensitive edge and to public walkways.		A change in height at the end of a building shall count as a massing variation technique in the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts when the stepback extends a minimum of 50% of the total building length (measured from end-to-end).

Table 10-1-3.1.B Varied Massing Techniques
Height Variation
Vertical variation is a change in the height of at least one floor for a portion of the building.		A change in height shall count as a massing variation technique in the DMS, DTA and DMU districts when it extends back a minimum of 50% of the depth of the building. In the CM and NC districts, the change in height shall extend a minimum of 10% of the depth of the building, and in no case greater than a one-story height variation.
Increased Setbacks
A substantial offset in wall planes that extends the full height of the building and expresses a building module.		In the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts: Minimum offset: 10 feet Minimum width: 25 feet In the CM and BC districts: Minimum offset: 4 feet Minimum width: 8 feet
Upper Level Front Stepback
An upper-level stepback adds visual interest and reduces the mass of a larger building.		In the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts: Minimum stepback of 15 feet
Upper Level Side Stepback
A side stepback occurs at the end of a building and is effective in providing a transition to a sensitive edge and to public walkways.		A change in height at the end of a building shall count as a massing variation technique in the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts when the stepback extends a minimum of 50% of the total building length (measured from end-to-end).

Table 10-1-3.1.B Varied Massing Techniques
Height Variation
Vertical variation is a change in the height of at least one floor for a portion of the building.		A change in height shall count as a massing variation technique in the DMS, DTA and DMU districts when it extends back a minimum of 50% of the depth of the building. In the CM and NC districts, the change in height shall extend a minimum of 10% of the depth of the building, and in no case greater than a one-story height variation.
Increased Setbacks
A substantial offset in wall planes that extends the full height of the building and expresses a building module.		In the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts: Minimum offset: 10 feet Minimum width: 25 feet In the CM and BC districts: Minimum offset: 4 feet Minimum width: 8 feet
Upper Level Front Stepback
An upper-level stepback adds visual interest and reduces the mass of a larger building.		In the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts: Minimum stepback of 15 feet
Upper Level Side Stepback
A side stepback occurs at the end of a building and is effective in providing a transition to a sensitive edge and to public walkways.		A change in height at the end of a building shall count as a massing variation technique in the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts when the stepback extends a minimum of 50% of the total building length (measured from end-to-end).

Table 10-1-3.1.B Varied Massing Techniques
Height Variation
Vertical variation is a change in the height of at least one floor for a portion of the building.		A change in height shall count as a massing variation technique in the DMS, DTA and DMU districts when it extends back a minimum of 50% of the depth of the building. In the CM and NC districts, the change in height shall extend a minimum of 10% of the depth of the building, and in no case greater than a one-story height variation.
Increased Setbacks
A substantial offset in wall planes that extends the full height of the building and expresses a building module.		In the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts: Minimum offset: 10 feet Minimum width: 25 feet In the CM and BC districts: Minimum offset: 4 feet Minimum width: 8 feet
Upper Level Front Stepback
An upper-level stepback adds visual interest and reduces the mass of a larger building.		In the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts: Minimum stepback of 15 feet
Upper Level Side Stepback
A side stepback occurs at the end of a building and is effective in providing a transition to a sensitive edge and to public walkways.		A change in height at the end of a building shall count as a massing variation technique in the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts when the stepback extends a minimum of 50% of the total building length (measured from end-to-end).

(Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Subsec. 10-1-3.1.C Blank Walls

Generally. In some cases, a building may have windowless areas in response to internal functions. A maximum amount of permitted blank wall is defined in Section 10-2-3.2, DT Standards of Design. The intent is to minimize the amount of blank wall at the street level. When an area of blank wall would exceed the maximum length allowed, the amount of transparency shall be increased, or one of the alternative design options illustrated below shall be applied to meet a percentage of the transparency requirement.

Applicability. The standards in this Subsection are:

1.
Required as set out in Section 10-2-3.2, DT Standards of Design; and
2.
As approved by a Site Plan or Master Development Plan in Section 10-3-3.2, CMU Standards of Design.

Table 10-1-3.1.C Blank Wall Treatments
Arcades
An arcade or loggia can help create a more transparent appearance on an otherwise windowless façade while also adding visual interest.
Architectural Details/Screening
Details such as architectural screens or patterned materials can help create a more active appearance and add visual interest to a windowless wall area.
Pergolas/Structures
Pergolas or other landscape structures can help soften the view of a windowless façade and help create a more active appearance.
Vertical Trellis/Landscaping
A vertical trellis allows vines and plants to cover blank wall areas and provide visual interest. A vertical trellis may work in combination with a planter box.
Outdoor Dining
Outdoor dining provides activation at the street level and engages pedestrian activity.
Display Cases or Sign Boxes
A display case or sign box creates pedestrian interest and allows the viewer to understand the use of the building they are passing.
Mural
Murals are encouraged as a way of bringing visual interest and special identity to individual sites. As long as the mural is not advertising any business or service, it will not count as sign area.

Table 10-1-3.1.C Blank Wall Treatments
Arcades
An arcade or loggia can help create a more transparent appearance on an otherwise windowless façade while also adding visual interest.
Architectural Details/Screening
Details such as architectural screens or patterned materials can help create a more active appearance and add visual interest to a windowless wall area.
Pergolas/Structures
Pergolas or other landscape structures can help soften the view of a windowless façade and help create a more active appearance.
Vertical Trellis/Landscaping
A vertical trellis allows vines and plants to cover blank wall areas and provide visual interest. A vertical trellis may work in combination with a planter box.
Outdoor Dining
Outdoor dining provides activation at the street level and engages pedestrian activity.
Display Cases or Sign Boxes
A display case or sign box creates pedestrian interest and allows the viewer to understand the use of the building they are passing.
Mural
Murals are encouraged as a way of bringing visual interest and special identity to individual sites. As long as the mural is not advertising any business or service, it will not count as sign area.

Table 10-1-3.1.C Blank Wall Treatments
Arcades
An arcade or loggia can help create a more transparent appearance on an otherwise windowless façade while also adding visual interest.
Architectural Details/Screening
Details such as architectural screens or patterned materials can help create a more active appearance and add visual interest to a windowless wall area.
Pergolas/Structures
Pergolas or other landscape structures can help soften the view of a windowless façade and help create a more active appearance.
Vertical Trellis/Landscaping
A vertical trellis allows vines and plants to cover blank wall areas and provide visual interest. A vertical trellis may work in combination with a planter box.
Outdoor Dining
Outdoor dining provides activation at the street level and engages pedestrian activity.
Display Cases or Sign Boxes
A display case or sign box creates pedestrian interest and allows the viewer to understand the use of the building they are passing.
Mural
Murals are encouraged as a way of bringing visual interest and special identity to individual sites. As long as the mural is not advertising any business or service, it will not count as sign area.

Table 10-1-3.1.C Blank Wall Treatments
Arcades
An arcade or loggia can help create a more transparent appearance on an otherwise windowless façade while also adding visual interest.
Architectural Details/Screening
Details such as architectural screens or patterned materials can help create a more active appearance and add visual interest to a windowless wall area.
Pergolas/Structures
Pergolas or other landscape structures can help soften the view of a windowless façade and help create a more active appearance.
Vertical Trellis/Landscaping
A vertical trellis allows vines and plants to cover blank wall areas and provide visual interest. A vertical trellis may work in combination with a planter box.
Outdoor Dining
Outdoor dining provides activation at the street level and engages pedestrian activity.
Display Cases or Sign Boxes
A display case or sign box creates pedestrian interest and allows the viewer to understand the use of the building they are passing.
Mural
Murals are encouraged as a way of bringing visual interest and special identity to individual sites. As long as the mural is not advertising any business or service, it will not count as sign area.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.1.D Screening

Generally. Refuse containers, loading docks, open storage areas, and utility boxes/equipment shall be screened or blocked from public view.

Reserved.

General Standards.

1.
Building-Mounted Equipment. Mechanical equipment that is mounted on a building wall within public view shall be enclosed, screened by opaque fencing and landscaping, or painted to match the building façade.
2.
Ground Equipment Screening. Mechanical equipment and meters shall be screened from public view by building wall extensions, opaque fencing, a structural enclosure, or landscaping. Hedges and screen walls that are used to screen mechanical systems shall be maintained at a height that is at least one foot higher than the equipment. Wall extensions, opaque fencing, and structural enclosures shall use materials and colors that match or are consistent with the design and materials of the principal building.
3.
Loading and Open Storage Areas.
1. i.
  Loading docks and open storage areas shall be screened from public sidewalks, streets, adjacent properties, alleys, and other areas from which the property is visible. Screening for such areas shall be opaque and provided by means of walls or solid fences. Landscape screening is allowed but not in place of walls or fences.
2. ii.
  Screening enclosures for service areas shall utilize the same materials and colors as the principal building to the greatest degree practicable.
3. iii.
  All trash and recycling containers shall be covered with a tight-fitting solid lid.
4.
Utility Boxes. All utility boxes, which include electric transformers, switch gearboxes, cable television boxes, telephone pedestals, and boxes, shall be screened by landscaping on the sides visible from the public rights-of-way and shall be located outside of the sight triangle.
5.
Front Yard Fencing. If front yard fencing is provided, it shall be no taller than four feet. In special cases, such as with historic homes or landmarks, painted or stained wood pickets may be permitted, as determined by the Historic Preservation Board. Plastic, chain link, or solid board fencing is prohibited.

Downtown District Standards.

1.
Downtown Transition Area (DTA). Metal, masonry, or specially-treated architectural precast concrete shall be used for screen walls or railings. Standard chain-link materials are prohibited.
2.
Downtown Main Street (DMS), Downtown Transition Area (DTA), and Downtown Mixed-Use (DMU). Typical vertical board or palisade fences are prohibited within the front setback.

Trash Enclosures. As shown by Figure 10-1-3.1.D.1, Trash Enclosure Detail, all private outdoor trash and recycling receptacles, dumpsters, and grease collection containers shall be screened on all sides by a permanent enclosure, with gated pedestrian entry and opaque gates for truck access. The enclosure shall be constructed of permanent materials such as textured block, split-faced concrete block, brick or stone, or wood or composite material fencing. The colors and materials shall match or be as similar as possible to the dominant architectural materials of the principal building. The enclosure shall be located to the extent practicable out of public view and constructed to visibly screen the views from the adjoining properties. Landscaping may be included around the enclosure to soften its impact.

Figure 10-1-3.1.D.1

Trash Enclosure Detail

F.
Shopping Cart Corrals. Shopping cart corrals may be designated for the temporary collection of shopping carts. Shopping cart corrals shall be made of durable, high-quality materials. Corrals consisting of decorative walls or fenced enclosures and/or landscaped islands are preferred. The location and details for all shopping cart corral areas shall be provided on the Site Plan or Master Development Plan.
G.
Rooftop Equipment.
1. 1.
  Generally. Satellite dishes, rooftop equipment, antennas, air conditioning, evaporative cooling units, and all other utility equipment and rooftop appurtenances in the NC, CM, BC and IP districts shall be fully screened from view of adjacent properties, including views from public rights-of-way, as depicted in Figure 10-1-3.1.D.2, Rooftop Equipment Screening. Rooftop screening may be adjusted for differences in elevations as determined by the Director.
2. 2.
  Equipment Stepback. Screened rooftop equipment and mechanical penthouses shall be set back from the front façade at least one foot for every one foot in height of the screened equipment or penthouse.
3. 3.
  Screening Height. Mechanical equipment screening shall be at least six inches higher than all portions of the equipment to be screened except an occasional flue or vent. Unscreened flues or vents, including horizontal venting, shall be finished so that they are inconspicuous against adjacent materials.
4. 4.
  Screening Material. Screening material shall be opaque and be consistent in color and texture with the building.
5. 5.
  Flat Roofs. The exterior materials of mechanical screening devices on buildings with flat roofs shall be as approved by a Site Plan or Master Development Plan.

Figure 10-1-3.1.D.2

Rooftop Equipment Screening

Figure 10-1-3.1.D.2

Rooftop Equipment Screening

Figure 10-1-3.1.D.2

Rooftop Equipment Screening

Figure 10-1-3.1.D.2

Rooftop Equipment Screening

(Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Subsec. 10-1-3.2.A Building Material Standards

Application. At least two exterior finish materials shall be used on all building façades facing a public street or common open space. The mix of materials shall be consistent and proportionate on all building elevations facing a public street or common open space. Where more than three occupancies exist within a single structure, the individual façades occupied by each use shall abide by the standards in Subsection 10-1-3.1.A, Wall Articulation, and Subsection 10-1-3.1.B, Varied Massing, or shall be architecturally varied through the use of building materials, color, or external façade elements such as shutters, balconies, and awnings in order to provide visual interest from the street.

Standards.

1.
Transparency. Transparent glass shall be provided in no less than 30 percent of all windows and storefronts on the ground and second floors facing public rights-of-way.
2.
Materials Detailing.
1. a.
  Building materials shall be detailed to convey a sense of authenticity in construction.
2. b.
  Where differing materials are used on a single building, the materials must transition to accentuate building forms, design elements and edges so as not to appear as a superficial application to a wall plane.
3. c.
  A change in material on a horizontal wall plane shall occur at an inside corner.
4. d.
  A change in material on a vertical wall plane shall occur at intervals that coincide with building recesses and projections. Generally, the length of a wall plane shall not exceed 65 feet without a change in material at a minimum interval of 20 feet..

Materials. Permitted building materials are depicted by the photographs in Table 10-1-3.2.A.1, Permitted Building Materials - Masonry; Table 10-1-3.2.A.2, Permitted Building Materials - Metal, Siding, Stucco, and Glass; and Table 10-1-3.2.A.3, Permitted Roofing Materials.

Alternative Materials. Other building materials may be approved by the Director if it is demonstrated by specifications that the material has comparable durability, impact resistance, and aesthetic quality as the approved materials. These materials may also include those that are:

1.
LEED Standard. Designed for bronze (or higher) certification in Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design ("LEED"), and the materials qualify for LEED points under both the "energy and atmosphere criteria" and the "materials and resources criteria" of the LEED checklists; or
2.
Energy Star Standard. EPA certified and designed to earn ENERGY STAR, and the materials substantially improve the energy efficiency of the building compared to approved materials.

Table 10-1-3.2.A.1 Permitted Building Materials - Masonry
1 Masonry		Photo Example
1a)	Modular Brick	1a)	1b)	1c)
1b)	Modular Stone
1c)	Architectural cast or precast concrete (detailed)
1d)	Architectural reinforced concrete (glass fiber, fiber)	1d)	1e)	1f)
1e)	Cement board siding
1f)	Terra cotta
1g)	Cast stone	1g)	1h)	1i)
1h)	Architectural concrete masonry unit
1i)	Prefabricated brick

Table 10-1-3.2.A.1 Permitted Building Materials - Masonry
1 Masonry		Photo Example
1a)	Modular Brick	1a)	1b)	1c)
1b)	Modular Stone
1c)	Architectural cast or precast concrete (detailed)
1d)	Architectural reinforced concrete (glass fiber, fiber)	1d)	1e)	1f)
1e)	Cement board siding
1f)	Terra cotta
1g)	Cast stone	1g)	1h)	1i)
1h)	Architectural concrete masonry unit
1i)	Prefabricated brick

Table 10-1-3.2.A.1 Permitted Building Materials - Masonry
1 Masonry		Photo Example
1a)	Modular Brick	1a)	1b)	1c)
1b)	Modular Stone
1c)	Architectural cast or precast concrete (detailed)
1d)	Architectural reinforced concrete (glass fiber, fiber)	1d)	1e)	1f)
1e)	Cement board siding
1f)	Terra cotta
1g)	Cast stone	1g)	1h)	1i)
1h)	Architectural concrete masonry unit
1i)	Prefabricated brick

Table 10-1-3.2.A.1 Permitted Building Materials - Masonry
1 Masonry		Photo Example
1a)	Modular Brick	1a)	1b)	1c)
1b)	Modular Stone
1c)	Architectural cast or precast concrete (detailed)
1d)	Architectural reinforced concrete (glass fiber, fiber)	1d)	1e)	1f)
1e)	Cement board siding
1f)	Terra cotta
1g)	Cast stone	1g)	1h)	1i)
1h)	Architectural concrete masonry unit
1i)	Prefabricated brick

Table 10-1-3.2.A.2 Permitted Building Materials - Metal, Siding, Stucco, and Glass
2 Metal		Photo Example
2a)	Metal panels	2a)	2b)	2c)
2b)	Metal accents
2c)	Composite wall panel
3 Siding		Photo Example
3a)	Wood lap (natural or cement)	3a)	3b)	3c)
3b)	Wood (natural or cement)
3c)	Cement board siding
4 Stucco		Photo Example
4a)	Authentic (detailed)	4a)	4b)	4c)
4b)	Synthetic (scored)
4c)	Synthetic (not scored)
5 Glass		Photo Example
5a)	Curtain wall	5a)	5b)
5b)	Glass accent	5a)	5b)

Table 10-1-3.2.A.2 Permitted Building Materials - Metal, Siding, Stucco, and Glass
2 Metal		Photo Example
2a)	Metal panels	2a)	2b)	2c)
2b)	Metal accents
2c)	Composite wall panel
3 Siding		Photo Example
3a)	Wood lap (natural or cement)	3a)	3b)	3c)
3b)	Wood (natural or cement)
3c)	Cement board siding
4 Stucco		Photo Example
4a)	Authentic (detailed)	4a)	4b)	4c)
4b)	Synthetic (scored)
4c)	Synthetic (not scored)
5 Glass		Photo Example
5a)	Curtain wall	5a)	5b)
5b)	Glass accent	5a)	5b)

Table 10-1-3.2.A.2 Permitted Building Materials - Metal, Siding, Stucco, and Glass
2 Metal		Photo Example
2a)	Metal panels	2a)	2b)	2c)
2b)	Metal accents
2c)	Composite wall panel
3 Siding		Photo Example
3a)	Wood lap (natural or cement)	3a)	3b)	3c)
3b)	Wood (natural or cement)
3c)	Cement board siding
4 Stucco		Photo Example
4a)	Authentic (detailed)	4a)	4b)	4c)
4b)	Synthetic (scored)
4c)	Synthetic (not scored)
5 Glass		Photo Example
5a)	Curtain wall	5a)	5b)
5b)	Glass accent	5a)	5b)

Table 10-1-3.2.A.2 Permitted Building Materials - Metal, Siding, Stucco, and Glass
2 Metal		Photo Example
2a)	Metal panels	2a)	2b)	2c)
2b)	Metal accents
2c)	Composite wall panel
3 Siding		Photo Example
3a)	Wood lap (natural or cement)	3a)	3b)	3c)
3b)	Wood (natural or cement)
3c)	Cement board siding
4 Stucco		Photo Example
4a)	Authentic (detailed)	4a)	4b)	4c)
4b)	Synthetic (scored)
4c)	Synthetic (not scored)
5 Glass		Photo Example
5a)	Curtain wall	5a)	5b)
5b)	Glass accent	5a)	5b)

Table 10-1-3.2.A.3 Permitted Roofing Materials
6 Roofing Material		Photo Example
6a)	Asphalt shingle	6a)	6b)	6c)
6b)	Concrete or clay tile
6c)	Standing seam metal
6d)	Metal shingles	6d)	6e)	6f)
6e)	Solar Shingles
6f)	Vinyl Membrane

Table 10-1-3.2.A.3 Permitted Roofing Materials
6 Roofing Material		Photo Example
6a)	Asphalt shingle	6a)	6b)	6c)
6b)	Concrete or clay tile
6c)	Standing seam metal
6d)	Metal shingles	6d)	6e)	6f)
6e)	Solar Shingles
6f)	Vinyl Membrane

Table 10-1-3.2.A.3 Permitted Roofing Materials
6 Roofing Material		Photo Example
6a)	Asphalt shingle	6a)	6b)	6c)
6b)	Concrete or clay tile
6c)	Standing seam metal
6d)	Metal shingles	6d)	6e)	6f)
6e)	Solar Shingles
6f)	Vinyl Membrane

Table 10-1-3.2.A.3 Permitted Roofing Materials
6 Roofing Material		Photo Example
6a)	Asphalt shingle	6a)	6b)	6c)
6b)	Concrete or clay tile
6c)	Standing seam metal
6d)	Metal shingles	6d)	6e)	6f)
6e)	Solar Shingles
6f)	Vinyl Membrane

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.2.B CPTED (Crime Prevention through Environmental Design)

Purpose. The purpose of this Subsection is to create safe, attractive, and economically viable environments that are properly designed to reduce the incidence and fear of crime.

Applicability. All development in the MFR, NC, CM, BC, and IP districts requiring a Site Plan or Master Development Plan shall be reviewed for consistency with this Subsection.

CPTED Principles. The following principles shall be used to review CPTED requirements:

1.
Provisions of Natural Surveillance.
1. a.
  The placement and design of physical features to maximize visibility between a building and public rights-of-way. This will include building orientation, windows, entrances and exits, parking lots, walkways, guard gates, landscape trees and shrubs, fences or walls, signage, and other physical obstructions.
2. b.
  The placement of persons and/or activities to maximize surveillance possibilities.
2.
Provision for Natural Access Control.
1. a.
  The use of sidewalks, pavement, lighting, and landscaping to clearly guide the public to and from entrances and exits.
2. b.
  The use of fences, walls, or landscaping to prevent and/or discourage public access to or from dark and/or unmonitored acres.
3.
Provision of Territorial Reinforcement. The use of pavement treatments, landscape, art, signage, screening, and fences to define and outline ownership of property.
4.
Maintenance. The use of low-maintenance landscaping and lighting treatment to facilitate the CPTED principles of natural surveillance, natural access control, and territorial reinforcement.

Review. Site Plans and Master Development Plans shall enhance natural surveillance and visibility, control and guide movement on the site, and distinguish between public and non-public spaces. Site Plans and Master Development Plans shall include the following crime prevention design elements:

1.
Natural Surveillance and Visibility. Design the site, landscaping, and buildings to promote natural observation and maximize the opportunities for people to observe adjacent spaces and public sidewalks.
2.
Lighting Levels. Provide downwardly directed motion-activated security lighting that complies with Section 10-1-3.11, Outdoor Lighting Standards, throughout the site, at all building entrances, and along walkways that maintain a minimum acceptable level of security with minimum necessary light levels, while not creating glare or excessive lighting of the site.
3.
Territorial Reinforcement and Space Delineation. Locate landscaping, sidewalks, lighting, fencing, and building features to clearly guide pedestrian movement on or through the site and to control and restrict certain locations.
4.
Natural Access Control. Locate entrances, exits, signs, fencing, landscaping, and lighting to distinguish between public and private areas, control access, and guide people coming to and going from the site.

Administration. The Director shall perform crime prevention review for all applicable projects in consultation with representatives of the Littleton Police Department.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.6.A Purpose, Applicability, and Design

Purpose. Greenscaping in the form of site landscaping, screening of parking and vehicular use and storage areas, and buffering within and between developments contributes to the character and appearance of developments. The greenscape requirements in this Section serve to address the following:

1.
Appearance. Improve the general appearance and aesthetic appeal of the city by creating tree-lined streets with deciduous canopies, preserving urban tree cover, and softening the impacts of development with landscaping;
2.
Character. Establish an aesthetic that emphasizes the value and beauty of the natural landscape and the visual enhancement of streetscapes, parking lots, service areas, building foundations and façades, and utility improvements;
3.
Buffering. Provide for landscaping and screening between zoning districts to buffer adjacent land uses and their associated impacts;
4.
Green Function. Enhance the various place types with provisions for pervious surfaces and planting areas for trees, shrubs, and grasses;
5.
Conservation. Conserve energy and water resources by encouraging the use of shade and xeriscaping;
6.
Biodiversity. Provide a diversity of species and native plant communities to ensure natural sustainability, minimize the spread of disease and insect infestations, and limit the use of species that cause negative impacts to native plant communities; and
7.
Water Quality. Protect the quality of surface water and groundwater, reduce pollutants in stormwater runoff, prevent stream channel erosion, preserve trees and other natural vegetation, and encourage groundwater recharge.

Applicability.

1.
Generally. This Section applies to new development, redevelopment, and substantial improvements including building additions and expansions, new parking lots and paved area expansions, and the subdivision of land. Regarding existing development, this Section provides for the retention of existing tree canopy, replacement of damaged or removed trees, and responsibility for maintenance.
2.
Use Types. The provisions of this Section apply to development in the MFR, NC, CM, BC and IP districts.
3.
The greenscape requirements of each district, including street trees, foundation plantings, perimeter and interior parking lot landscaping, and bufferyards, may be constructed as part of the minimum required common open space.

1.
Objectives. In the review and approval of landscape plans, the Director may impose additional requirements to fulfill the following sustainable design objectives:
1. a.
  Integration of drainage and pedestrian circulation systems into the landscaping design.
2. b.
  Use of ground covers or other types of landscape materials that stabilize soils and minimize erosion.
3. c.
  Protection during construction and preservation of existing native vegetation.
4. d.
  Use of landscape materials that achieve variety with respect to seasonal changes, species of living material selected, textures, colors, and size at maturity.
5. e.
  Placing newly installed plants at intervals to ensure their health at maturity.
6. f.
  Maximize shading of streets and parking areas.
7. g.
  Provision for native and drought-tolerant plant species.
8. h.
  Planning trees and shrubs in locations that will reduce energy consumption by shading buildings and reducing the heat island effects of paved surfaces.
9. i.
  Protection of existing specimen trees and native vegetation to preserve intact natural ecosystems.
10. j.
  Designing the landscape to complement building elevations and architecture through use of color, texture, density, and form on both vertical and horizontal planes. Landscaping should be in proportionate scale with adjacent buildings and be of a size at maturity to accomplish intended goals. Ornamental, shrub, and ground cover plantings should be designed to complement a building's architectural character.
11. k.
  Landscape design should incorporate natural drainage features and the use of pervious surfaces and areas that capture and minimize runoff.
12. l.
  Inclusion of pedestrian amenities such as, but not limited to, shade, benches, kiosks, public art, shades, fountains, and other elements into the landscape design.
2.
Water Wise Landscaping (Xeriscape). Landscape improvements shall be designed for water efficiency and in accordance with these guidelines.
1. a.
  Landscapes shall use the following xeriscape design principles to facilitate water conservation:
  1. 1.
    Minimize the use of high-water turf;
  2. 2.
    Use of organic mulch to maintain soil moisture and reduce evaporation;
  3. 3.
    Zoning of plant materials according to their microclimatic and water requirements;
  4. 4.
    Amending soil with organic matter to support plant growth;
  5. 5.
    Design and maintenance of efficient irrigation systems.
2. b.
  Native, adapted, and xeric plant species shall be used in all landscapes with priority consideration of native species. Plant materials must be grouped according to similar moisture, light, and drainage needs. Landscape improvements shall consist of a variety of species to enhance the visual and functional aspects of the landscaped area, such as shading and windbreaks.
3. c.
  Automatic irrigation systems shall be designed so as not to over-water based upon the needs of the landscape being irrigated.
4. d.
  Turf.
  1. 1.
    On residential properties, when a landscape plan is required, turf areas may be installed as sod or, if approved by the Director, seed. The total area of turf shall not exceed 75 percent of the total landscaped area with the exception of functional turf, with exceptions allowed for sports fields. Bluegrass is prohibited, except in areas where heavy foot traffic is expected. All other turf areas shall use low-water varieties of turf grass such as Texas hybrid bluegrass, buffalo grass, blue grama, fescue, or other drought-tolerant turf types. Turf shall not be installed in areas that are impractical or difficult to maintain and irrigate, including the following:
    i.
    Narrow or oddly shaped areas.
    ii.
    Slopes of four to one (4:1) or greater; and
    iii.
    Tree lawns less than six feet in width;
  2. 2.
    On nonresidential properties, the installation of nonfunctional turf, including artificial turf, and invasive plant species shall be strictly prohibited. Only functional turf may be installed. The installation of artificial turf is expressly prohibited.
5. e.
  Low-intensity use areas that are bare or non-vegetated shall be seeded to prevent erosion. Seed from native grass and herbaceous species should be used for re-vegetation where practical.
3.
Qualifications.
1. a.
  Colorado state law governs the sizes and types of projects that unlicensed individuals can design. All projects shall be prepared by a Licensed Landscape Architect, with the exception of residential landscape design for single- and multi-family residential projects of four or fewer units.
2. b.
  A professional shall certify that they are qualified to prepare the type of plan(s) that they submit by verifying licensure or certification at the time of application and providing professional qualifications, which may include:
  1. 1.
    Licensed Landscape Architect;
  2. 2.
    Licensed Architect;
  3. 3.
    Licensed Professional Engineer; or
  4. 4.
    Certified Irrigation Designer (CID).

(Ord. 10, Series of 2025)

Effective on: 6/12/2025

Subsec. 10-1-3.6.B Planting Requirements

Plant Materials Standards.

1.
Plant Types. The selection of trees and shrubs shall be selected from the approved species listed in APPENDIX A, Preferred Plantings. Substitutions may be proposed as outlined in paragraph D, below.
2.
Plant Variety. All plants shall be of a type and species that are selected for the climate, location, and soils on the site, as promulgated by the Colorado State University Extension . All plant material shall be commercially produced and meet the minimum standards recognized by landscape professionals. In order to reduce the threat and impact of plant disease, a variety of plant types and species shall be utilized on each site. In general, a minimum of one-third of the plant material on any lot should be evergreen. you no more than 5% of the same species, no more than 10% of the same genus, and no more than 20% of the same family
3.
Living Materials. All landscaped areas shall be planted with any combination of low-water-using grass, vegetative ground cover, trees, shrubs, perennials, annuals, and/or vegetables.
4.
Nonliving Materials. Artificial trees, shrubs, and plants are prohibited. Nonliving landscaping such as decorative or patterned concrete, brick pavers, wood chips, decorative rock, or similar materials may be used to meet the requirements of this Code, but shall not exceed 25 percent of the total required landscaped area. Paved areas used for motor vehicle access and parking shall not be included in the land area required to fulfill the unobstructed open space requirements of this Code.
5.
Artificial Turf. Proposals to use artificial turf as part of any residential landscaping plan shall provide product samples and manufacturer's specifications to the Director. Director approval is required for use of any such turf. Installation of artificial turf is expressly prohibited on nonresidential properties.
6.
Prohibited. Use of any plant species listed by the Colorado Department of Agriculture as a "Noxious Weed Species," according to the Colorado Noxious Weed Act, C.R.S. §§ 35-5.5-101 through 35-5.5-119, is prohibited. Specifically prohibited species include:
1. a.
  Chinese and Siberian elms;
2. b.
  Cotton-bearing cottonwoods (female Populus species);
3. c.
  Russian olive; and
4. d.
  Box elder.
7.
Sizes. All required plants shall meet the size and type requirements in Table 10-1-3.6.B, Minimum Plant Sizes and Types.

Table 10-1-3.6.B Minimum Plant Sizes and Types
Plant Type	Minimum Size
Large Deciduous Trees	2.0-inch caliper¹
Ornamental Deciduous Trees	1.5-inch caliper¹
Coniferous (Evergreen) Tree	6-feet in height (dwarf pines such as Mugo - 24' branch spread)
Shrubs (Evergreen and Deciduous)	5-gallon container
Ornamental Grasses	1-gallon container
Organic Materials
Rock or Stone	3/4-inch, minimum 3.0-inch depth²
Mulch or Compost³	organic and shredded
Table Notes: 1. Measured six inches above the soil line. 2. Requires water-permeable landscape fabric except where horizontally spreading shrubs or ground covers are planted. A nonpermeable landscape fabric shall be permitted if the building foundation design requires soil moisture protection at the perimeter. 3. Mulch or compost shall be fibrous so that they bind together to prevent erosion.

Table 10-1-3.6.B Minimum Plant Sizes and Types
Plant Type	Minimum Size
Large Deciduous Trees	2.0-inch caliper¹
Ornamental Deciduous Trees	1.5-inch caliper¹
Coniferous (Evergreen) Tree	6-feet in height (dwarf pines such as Mugo - 24' branch spread)
Shrubs (Evergreen and Deciduous)	5-gallon container
Ornamental Grasses	1-gallon container
Organic Materials
Rock or Stone	3/4-inch, minimum 3.0-inch depth²
Mulch or Compost³	organic and shredded
Table Notes: 1. Measured six inches above the soil line. 2. Requires water-permeable landscape fabric except where horizontally spreading shrubs or ground covers are planted. A nonpermeable landscape fabric shall be permitted if the building foundation design requires soil moisture protection at the perimeter. 3. Mulch or compost shall be fibrous so that they bind together to prevent erosion.

Table 10-1-3.6.B Minimum Plant Sizes and Types
Plant Type	Minimum Size
Large Deciduous Trees	2.0-inch caliper¹
Ornamental Deciduous Trees	1.5-inch caliper¹
Coniferous (Evergreen) Tree	6-feet in height (dwarf pines such as Mugo - 24' branch spread)
Shrubs (Evergreen and Deciduous)	5-gallon container
Ornamental Grasses	1-gallon container
Organic Materials
Rock or Stone	3/4-inch, minimum 3.0-inch depth²
Mulch or Compost³	organic and shredded
Table Notes: 1. Measured six inches above the soil line. 2. Requires water-permeable landscape fabric except where horizontally spreading shrubs or ground covers are planted. A nonpermeable landscape fabric shall be permitted if the building foundation design requires soil moisture protection at the perimeter. 3. Mulch or compost shall be fibrous so that they bind together to prevent erosion.

Table 10-1-3.6.B Minimum Plant Sizes and Types
Plant Type	Minimum Size
Large Deciduous Trees	2.0-inch caliper¹
Ornamental Deciduous Trees	1.5-inch caliper¹
Coniferous (Evergreen) Tree	6-feet in height (dwarf pines such as Mugo - 24' branch spread)
Shrubs (Evergreen and Deciduous)	5-gallon container
Ornamental Grasses	1-gallon container
Organic Materials
Rock or Stone	3/4-inch, minimum 3.0-inch depth²
Mulch or Compost³	organic and shredded
Table Notes: 1. Measured six inches above the soil line. 2. Requires water-permeable landscape fabric except where horizontally spreading shrubs or ground covers are planted. A nonpermeable landscape fabric shall be permitted if the building foundation design requires soil moisture protection at the perimeter. 3. Mulch or compost shall be fibrous so that they bind together to prevent erosion.

C.
Plant Locations and Timing.
1. 1.
  Public Right-of-Way. A permit or approval shall be obtained prior to planting any street tree or landscape material in the public right-of-way, including required streetscape plantings. All planting shall comply with Title 8, Public Ways and Property, and this Code.
2. 2.
  Sight Triangle. No landscaping may be planted in violation of the city’s sight triangle requirements, as set out in Subsection 10-1-3.9.C, Vision Obstruction.
3. 3.
  Easements. Trees shall not be placed within any public utility easement.
4. 4.
  Spacing. In general, all plants shall be located and spaced in a manner to allow for growth to mature size.
5. 5.
  Timing of Landscape Installation. Landscaping that is required by this Code shall be installed between March 15 and October 15. If compliance with this timeframe is impractical due to the time of year that work is completed, an applicant may provide a performance guarantee in the form of a cash bond, irrevocable letter of credit, certified check, or similar instrument acceptable to the Public Works Director or the Public Works Director's designee, in an amount equal to 125 percent of the estimated cost of purchase and installation of required landscaping.
D.
Plant Substitutions.
1. 1.
  Approval. Requested substitutions of plant material shall be submitted on a landscape plan and shall be in accordance with the recommended plant lists promulgated by the Colorado State University Extension and approved by the Director.
2. 2.
  Substitution Ratios. The following substitution of tree planting requirements may be made:
  1. a.
    Large Deciduous Tree. One tree shall be substituted in place of 10 required shrubs or two ornamental deciduous trees.
  2. b.
    Ornamental Deciduous Tree. One tree shall be substituted in place of five required shrubs.
  3. c.
    Coniferous (Evergreen) Tree. One tree shall be substituted in place of one required large deciduous tree.
  4. d.
    Ornamental Grasses. Three ornamental grasses shall be substituted for one required shrub.

(Ord. 20, Series of 2023; Ord. 10, Series of 2025)

Effective on: 6/12/2025

Subsec. 10-1-3.6.C Protection and Preservation

Purpose. It is a goal of the city to protect and maintain existing trees to enhance local ecology through the filtering effect of trees on air pollutants, provide noise reduction, prevent topsoil erosion, provide habitat for birds and other wildlife, provide windbreaks and shaded areas, and increase property values by adding to the aesthetic quality of land.

Applicability. The provisions of this Subsection apply to all new development, redevelopment, and substantial improvement of property within the city. Regarding existing development, this Subsection provides for the retention of existing tree canopy and the replacement of damaged or removed trees.

1.
Timing. Review for compliance with the standards of this Subsection shall take place during the review of the following applications:
1. a.
  Site Plan or Master Development Plan;
2. b.
  Major modification of a Site Plan or Master Development Plan;
3. c.
  Grading Permit;
4. d.
  Preliminary or Final Plat; and
5. e.
  Building permit.
2.
Exemptions. The following tree removal activities are exempt:
1. a.
  Removal of "for sale" trees from a plant nursery or botanical garden;
2. b.
  Removal of trees that pose a risk of immediate danger to life and property due to an accident, fire, storm, or other act of nature;
3. c.
  Removal of diseased or dying trees as determined by an arborist;
4. d.
  Selective and limited removal or pruning of trees or vegetation necessary to obtain clear visibility within sight triangles; and
5. e.
  Removal of exotic, invasive, or prohibited tree species.

Land Clearing.

1.
Prohibited. No land clearance, site grading, removal or stockpiling of soil, or tree removal may be performed on a lot or parcel within the city until a Building Permit, Grading Permit, Site Plan, Master Development Plan, or Subdivision Plat is approved in accordance with this Code as well as Title 7, Health and Sanitation; Chapter 7, Littleton Storm Drainage Ordinance, and the city's Storm Drainage Design Manual.
2.
Exemption. Exemptions from this provision include:
1. a.
  Land clearing or grading consistent with that required by the Storm Drainage Manual; or
2. b.
  Excavations for utilities that have a sewer or utility permit.

Minimum Requirements.

1.
Tree Coverage. Development sites shall be configured to meet the tree canopy coverage requirements in Subsection 10-1-3.6.E, Tree Canopy Coverage Requirements.
2.
Retention of Existing Tree Canopy.
1. a.
  Multi-Family, Non-Residential, and Mixed-Use Development. Where not otherwise specified in Subsection 10-1-3.6.E, Tree Canopy Coverage Requirements, all lots subject to these standards shall retain existing tree canopy as follows:
  1. 1.
    To the maximum practicable extent, specimen trees should be retained to meet this standard.
  2. 2.
    Existing trees retained to meet this standard shall be designated within a fenced tree protection zone established during construction.
2. b.
  Single-Family Detached and Attached Development. Where not specified in Subsection 10-1-3.6.E, Tree Canopy Coverage Requirements, all lots subject to these standards shall retain existing tree canopy as follows:
  1. 1.
    At least one tree per lot and for every 40 linear feet of lot frontage;
  2. 2.
    Retained trees shall be located within a front or corner side yard; and
  3. 3.
    Each retained tree shall have a minimum DBH of two and one-half inches.
3.
Newly Planted Trees. On lots without the required percentage of existing tree canopy coverage, the applicant shall plant trees in order to achieve the required tree canopy coverage prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy.
4.
Tree Canopy Plan. The applicant shall provide a tree canopy plan as part of the required landscape plan showing existing and proposed tree canopy locations and calculations of a 20-year mature tree canopy, by species, based on The Arbor Day Foundation’s Tree Database (https://www.arborday.org/trees/treeguide/browseTrees.cfm) or another source acceptable to the Director.
5.
Retention of Specimen Trees. Development subject to this Subsection shall retain a portion of existing specimen trees as set out in Table 10-1-3.6.C.1, Retention of Specimen Trees.

Table 10-1-3.6.C.1 Retention of Specimen Trees
Specimen Trees Per Acre	Existing Specimen Trees to be Preserved
less than 3	80%
3 to 5	65%
6 to 8	50%
9 or more	4 per acre
Table Note: In the case of calculation resulting in a fraction, the required number of specimen trees to be preserved shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number.

Table 10-1-3.6.C.1 Retention of Specimen Trees
Specimen Trees Per Acre	Existing Specimen Trees to be Preserved
less than 3	80%
3 to 5	65%
6 to 8	50%
9 or more	4 per acre
Table Note: In the case of calculation resulting in a fraction, the required number of specimen trees to be preserved shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number.

Table 10-1-3.6.C.1 Retention of Specimen Trees
Specimen Trees Per Acre	Existing Specimen Trees to be Preserved
less than 3	80%
3 to 5	65%
6 to 8	50%
9 or more	4 per acre
Table Note: In the case of calculation resulting in a fraction, the required number of specimen trees to be preserved shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number.

Table 10-1-3.6.C.1 Retention of Specimen Trees
Specimen Trees Per Acre	Existing Specimen Trees to be Preserved
less than 3	80%
3 to 5	65%
6 to 8	50%
9 or more	4 per acre
Table Note: In the case of calculation resulting in a fraction, the required number of specimen trees to be preserved shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number.

1. 6.
  Protection of Historic Trees.
  1. a.
    All historic trees shall be protected during construction within a fenced tree protection zone.
  2. b.
    If a historic tree is in healthy condition, it may be removed only if approved by the Director after the applicant demonstrates all of the following standards are met:
    1.
    The historic tree prevents development in a way that limits the building area to less than otherwise allowed, or hinders compliance with the zoning district and development standards of this Code; and
    2.
    Mitigation is provided as set out below in this Subsection.
E.
Tree Protection.
1. 1.
  Distance from Utilities.
  1. a.
    No street or canopy trees shall be planted under or within 10 lateral feet of any overhead utility lines.
  2. b.
    No trees, except street tree species that are approved by the city, shall be planted over or within 10 lateral feet of any underground water line, sewer line, transmission line, or other utility line, or as required by the owner of the utility or the requirements of the specific easement.
2. 2.
  Sight Triangles. Trees shall not be installed in locations where there is a substantial likelihood that the mature form of the tree would have to be materially compromised in order to maintain sight triangles.
3. 3.
  Private Open Space, Detention Areas, and Drainage Channels. Private open spaces, detention areas, and drainage channels not designated as natural areas shall be designed and landscaped in such a manner to complement on-site and adjacent landscapes.
4. 4.
  Existing Landscaping. Every effort shall be made to incorporate existing, healthy, mature trees and shrubs into the landscape design. Existing trees and other plants in reasonably healthy condition may be removed only if the owner or developer has satisfactorily demonstrated to the Director that site development constraints necessitate their removal. An evaluation of the existing landscaping proposed to be removed is required. New development shall follow the requirements outlined in Tree Protection Zone below.
5. 5.
  Tree Protection Zone. Trees to be retained and protected shall be located within a fenced tree protection zone during construction. Motorized vehicles and equipment are not permitted within a tree protection zone.
  1. a.
    Inventory. Prior to any tree clearing, development, or land-disturbing activity, the applicant shall cause to be prepared an inventory of specimen and historic trees with a four-inch or larger caliper on the property, subject to the following requirements:
    1.
    Known dead or diseased historic and specimen trees shall be identified, where practical.
    2.
    Groups of specimen trees in close proximity (i.e., those within five feet of each other) may be designated as a clump of trees, with the predominant species, estimated number, and average diameter indicated.
    3.
    The inventory shall indicate the species, size (in DBH), condition, health, and location of each specimen and historic tree on the subject lot or site.
    4.
    The inventory shall indicate the average number of specimen trees per acre.
    5.
    Tree inventories for lots larger than two acres shall be prepared by a licensed landscape architect, surveyor under the direction of a licensed landscape architect, certified arborist, or registered forester.
    6.
    Recent aerial photographs may be used in addition to or in lieu of a tree inventory in cases where a site is completely covered by existing tree canopy cover or where preparation of a tree inventory is impractical, as determined by the Director.
  2. b.
    Establishment. The applicant shall prepare a tree protection zone plan.
    1.
    Tree protection zones shall be established prior to any development or land disturbance (other than surveying).
    2.
    A designated tree protection zone shall be demarcated on a Site Plan, Master Development Plan, or construction plan or building plan.
    3.
    To the extent practicable, tree protection zones shall be located proximate to lot lines or site boundaries to ensure that retained trees will assist in limiting visual and auditory impacts from one form of development to another.
    4.
    Tree protection zones associated with a single-family detached or attached development shall be located within an open space set aside or other unbuildable areas.
    5.
    The tree protection zone shall incorporate the root zones and drip lines of all historic and specimen trees to be retained as displayed by Figure 10-1-3.6.C.1, Tree Protection Zone.

Figure 10-1-3.6.C.1

Tree Protection Zone

1. 6.
  Tree Protection During Construction. Healthy native trees shall be protected according to the following requirements.
  1. a.
    Protected Root Zone. The protected root zone is the larger of:
    1.
    The area under the dripline of the tree; or
    2.
    A radius that extends from the center of the trunk 18 inches per one inch of diameter at breast height of the protected tree.
  2. b.
    Restrictions Within Protected Root Zone.
    1.
    The protected root zone of all protected trees shall be fenced during construction to prevent damage to the trees and their roots by construction equipment or soil compaction. The barricades shall be posted "Off Limits."
    2.
    No operation of mechanized equipment, cutting or filling, nor storage of building materials or debris, nor disposal of wastes, shall take place within the protected root zone of any protected tree.
    3.
    No impervious paving shall be placed within the protected root zone of any protected tree.
  3. c.
    Restrictions in Fenced Areas. No construction, grading, equipment or materials storage, or any other activity shall be allowed within the fenced area. Fencing shall be maintained until after the final site inspection.
  4. d.
    Tree Care During Construction. Protected trees shall be cared for regularly during construction as follows:
    1.
    Monitoring of soil moisture content and regular watering if rainfall is inadequate;
    2.
    Pruning of branches that are dead, diseased, hazardous, or detrimental to natural form; and
    3.
    Fertilizing if nutrient stress is apparent.
  5. e.
    Protected Tree Removal or Death. Should any protected tree die or be removed at any time, the owner shall, within 90 days, replace the tree. The owner shall replace the tree with a minimum of three new trees. The caliper inches of the replacement trees shall be two times the removed or dead tree’s diameter at breast height. The replacement trees shall be of a similar approved species that will achieve the same height, spread, and growth characteristics.
  6. f.
    Placement of Barriers. During development, the applicant shall be responsible for the erection of any and all barriers necessary to protect trees within a tree protection zone or other existing vegetation to be retained from damage both during and after construction. Such protection shall include the installation and maintenance of a sturdy temporary fence at least four feet in height, around the protection limits shown in Figure 10-1-3.6.C.1, Tree Protection Zone.
  7. g.
    Protection of Credited Trees. Existing trees being used for credit toward the landscaping requirements shall be fenced before grading or other development activity begins.
  8. h.
    Inspection Required. Tree protection measures shall be inspected and approved by the Director, or a designee, prior to the start of any land-disturbing activities.
  9. i.
    Preventive Measures. If unavoidable encroachment into a tree protection zone is to occur, with approval of the Director, the following mitigation measures shall be employed, as approved by the Director:
    1.
    Where compaction might occur due to construction traffic or materials delivery through a protected area, the area shall be mulched with a minimum four-inch layer of wood chips;
    2.
    The natural grade shall be preserved within the dripline through the use of retaining walls and careful planning;
    3.
    No fill shall be placed within a protection zone without adequate venting to allow air and water to reach the roots;
    4.
    Trees shall be protected from chemical contamination from liquids or other materials, including but not limited to paint, chemical solvents, gasoline, oil, diesel fuel, hydraulic fluid, concrete spoils, or rinse water from vehicle cleaning; and
    5.
    Except for access points, sidewalks, curb, and gutter, no paving shall occur within a protection zone unless authorized by the Director.
2. 7.
  Mitigation Standards. Damage or removal of trees within a tree protection zone, or removal of trees required to be retained by this Subsection, shall require equivalent replacement on the lot or development site.
  1. a.
    Removal or Damage in Violation. If protected trees are damaged or removed without a permit or otherwise in violation of this Code, or when work is done contrary to the permit or this Code, the Director shall follow procedures outlined in CHAPTER 11, Enforcement, Violations, and Remedies, to notify the applicant, stop work, and give a timeline to submit a restoration plan.
  2. b.
    Restoration Plan. A restoration plan with a narrative describing the reforestation proposed and a schedule for restoration efforts shall be completed prior to the final site inspection.
  3. c.
    Replacement Requirements.
    1.
    For every caliper inch of specimen tree that is removed or damaged, two caliper inches of replacement trees are required, in addition to any other required landscaping.
    2.
    For every caliper inch of trees comprising the required existing tree canopy that is removed or damaged, one caliper inch of replacement trees is required.
    3.
    In cases where the total caliper of trees removed in violation cannot be determined, eight replacement trees shall be provided per acre of disturbed area.
  4. d.
    In-Lieu Fee Alternative.
    1.
    Where existing conditions make it impractical to comply with the replacement standards, the applicant may, at the discretion of the Director, pay in lieu of meeting the requirement for replacement of damaged or removed trees, in whole or in part. The in-lieu fee shall be $500 per replacement tree.
    2.
    If tree replacement is required to mitigate damaged or removed trees in areas where water and electricity are not available and no development is under construction, the in-lieu fee shall be $500 per replacement tree.
    3.
    In-lieu fees shall be deposited in a tree reserve account for the purchase and installation of trees and tree-related irrigation systems in city parks, rights-of-way, and other public open spaces in reasonable proximity to the applicant’s project.
3. 8.
  Tree Preservation Credit.
  1. a.
    Credit for Mature Trees. Development sites that preserve mature trees may be given credit towards the fulfillment of the requirements set out in Subsection 10-1-3.6.D, Landscape Requirements. Credit may only be granted for mature trees located on the same lot and only those detailed on a Site Plan or Master Development Plan, signed by a licensed landscape architect and/or certified arborist, that certifies the species, caliper, and health of the identified mature trees. The landscape plan shall further identify the methods by which the mature trees will be protected during construction and that adequate clearance will be maintained around the dripline of the tree to prevent soil compaction and provide the tree with adequate access to water, nutrients, and air.
  2. b.
    Rate of Credit. Displayed in Table 10-1-3.6.C.2, Tree Preservation Credit, is the rate at which credit will be given for the preservation of mature trees.

Table 10-1-3.6.C.2 Tree Preservation Credit
Combined Caliper Size of Preserved Trees	Landscape Credit Per Tree
6 to12 inches	3 shade/evergreen or 4 ornamental trees
13 to 24 inches	4 shade/evergreen or 5 ornamental trees
25 to 36 inches	5 shade/evergreen or 6 ornamental trees
Greater than 37 inches	6 shade/evergreen or 7 ornamental trees

Table 10-1-3.6.C.2 Tree Preservation Credit
Combined Caliper Size of Preserved Trees	Landscape Credit Per Tree
6 to12 inches	3 shade/evergreen or 4 ornamental trees
13 to 24 inches	4 shade/evergreen or 5 ornamental trees
25 to 36 inches	5 shade/evergreen or 6 ornamental trees
Greater than 37 inches	6 shade/evergreen or 7 ornamental trees

Table 10-1-3.6.C.2 Tree Preservation Credit
Combined Caliper Size of Preserved Trees	Landscape Credit Per Tree
6 to12 inches	3 shade/evergreen or 4 ornamental trees
13 to 24 inches	4 shade/evergreen or 5 ornamental trees
25 to 36 inches	5 shade/evergreen or 6 ornamental trees
Greater than 37 inches	6 shade/evergreen or 7 ornamental trees

Table 10-1-3.6.C.2 Tree Preservation Credit
Combined Caliper Size of Preserved Trees	Landscape Credit Per Tree
6 to12 inches	3 shade/evergreen or 4 ornamental trees
13 to 24 inches	4 shade/evergreen or 5 ornamental trees
25 to 36 inches	5 shade/evergreen or 6 ornamental trees
Greater than 37 inches	6 shade/evergreen or 7 ornamental trees

Effective on: 10/28/2021

S

Subsec. 10-1-3.6.D Landscape Requirements

A.
Landscaping.
1. 1.
  Pervious Area. Development shall provide at least the minimum amount of common open space required for each district.
2. 2.
  Hardscape. Pedestrian-only pavements such as concrete, brick, stone, pavers, and wood (deck) are considered part of the landscape and limited to 25 percent of the common open space.
3. 3.
  Ground Cover.
  1. a.
    Turf Areas. See Subsec. 10-1-3.6.A.C.2 for requirements related to turf areas.
  2. b.
    Mulch and Inorganic Ground Cover. Wood-based mulch and inorganic ground cover, including rock and wood chips, may be used around all plantings and in all plant beds. Large areas of wood mulch or inorganic ground cover that do not contain plantings are not permitted except when used around a site amenity. Synthetic turf is prohibited except in limited applications deemed acceptable by the Director.
B.
Irrigation.
1. 1.
  Water Use Zones. All new, preserved, or retained landscaped areas shall be divided into water use zones, as follows:
  1. a.
    The high water use zone (requiring one and one-half inches or more of water or more per week in the peak season) shall not exceed 10 percent of the total landscaped area. An automatic irrigation system shall be installed for all required landscape areas.
  2. b.
    The moderate water use zone (requiring up to 15 inches of supplemental water during the growing season) shall not exceed 15 percent of the total landscaped area.
  3. c.
    The low water use zone (requiring approximately up to five inches of supplemental water during the growing season) comprised of drought-tolerant or xeriscape plant materials which may be used up to 100 percent of the landscaped area.
2. 2.
  Limited Water Use. The irrigation system shall be designed to provide only the water required to sustain the plants and vegetation.
3. 3.
  Specifications.
  1. a.
    A rain and/or moisture sensor and shut-off equipment shall be required on automatic irrigation systems.
  2. b.
    Non-potable or reclaimed water shall be used in an irrigation system when available.
  3. c.
    Backflow prevention devices shall be either a pressure vacuum breaker or reduced pressure assembly and shall be installed a minimum of 12 inches above the highest sprinkler head.
  4. d.
    Irrigation controllers shall have programming capabilities and an emergency back-up power supply.
  5. e.
    Pressure lines and wiring shall be installed at a minimum depth of 18 inches.
  6. f.
    Lateral lines shall have a minimum cover of 12 inches.
  7. g.
    Turf areas shall be irrigated efficiently and precisely by using the types of heads and proper spacing.
  8. h.
    The system shall be zoned to allow for efficient watering of turf areas with different slopes, orientations, and exposure.
  9. i.
    Trees and shrub beds shall be watered by drip or bubbler irrigation zoned separately from turf areas.
  10. j.
    Flower and ground cover areas may be watered by spray heads or a combination of drip, bubbler, and microjet applications.
  11. k.
    The use of spray heads to irrigate shrub beds is prohibited except where a substantial majority of the bed is planted with ground cover.
  12. l.
    Watering times shall be adjusted seasonally.
  13. m.
    Leaks and broken heads shall be repaired promptly.
C.
Maintenance.
1. 1.
  Responsibility. The owner(s) of any property within the city shall be responsible for the proper maintenance of the landscaping and the irrigation systems on their property and on that portion of the public right of way between the curb line and the adjoining property line in which landscaping has been placed. The landscaping in public rights-of-way shall be maintained to meet the standards of this Subsection, except for those areas designated as natural areas or as vacant land.
2. 2.
  Standards.
  1. a.
    All landscaping is expected to be maintained in a healthy living condition.
  2. b.
    The city shall have the right to cause the removal of any dead tree on private property when such trees constitute a hazard to life or property. In the event that a dead tree is not removed by the property owner, then the Director may cause notice to be given requiring removal of the dead tree within 30 days after the date of notice.
  3. c.
    Rock, mulch, and ground cover areas shall be kept free of weeds.
  4. d.
    Trees and shrubs shall not overhang or encroach upon walkways, drives, parking areas, or traffic signs to the extent that they interfere with their intended use.
  5. e.
    Maintenance of landscaping shall be conducted to protect against negative impacts on the quality of stormwater runoff. Application, storage, and disposal of fertilizers, herbicides, and pesticides shall be in conformance with manufacturer recommendations and product label directions. Excess or waste products and containers for fertilizers, herbicides, and pesticides shall be disposed of through a licensed waste management firm or a permitted treatment, storage, and disposal facility in conformance with applicable federal and state regulations. Cuttings resulting from mowing operations shall be collected and removed.
D.
Street Trees.
1. 1.
  Installation. The subdivider or developer shall install street trees according to a plan approved as a part of Site Plan or Master Development Plan approval.
2. 2.
  Location and Spacing.
  1. a.
    Where street trees exist, to the maximum extent practicable, sidewalks, street lights and utilities shall be located to preserve the trees.
  2. b.
    Where street trees are provided, they shall be carefully positioned so as to account for sidewalk and street light locations, utility locations, and, if not constructed simultaneously with the construction of the public or private street, future driveways and sight triangles.
  3. c.
    Street trees shall not be planted within:
    1.
    20 feet of street lights and utility poles;
    2.
    10 feet of an alley or vehicular entrance; or
    3.
    10 feet of existing walls, fences, signs (except in the DNR, DTA, DMS and DMU districts), driveways, or fire hydrants.
  4. d.
    Street trees shall be spaced at intervals considering the canopy size and height of the tree at maturity. Generally, this means that there should be a minimum spacing of 20 feet for ornamental, 30 feet for coniferous (evergreen), and 40 feet or more for large deciduous trees at maturity.
  5. e.
    When planted, street trees should be provided the greatest amount of growing area possible, without conflict with utilities and paved surfaces.
3. 3.
  Minimum Open Soil Surface.
  1. a.
    No street tree shall be planted unless it has a minimum of five feet in width by five feet in length of open, unobstructed soil surface area. Tree grates above open soil surface areas may be proposed and permitted where applicable.
4. 4.
  Types of Trees Permitted.
  1. a.
    Trees shall be selected from those in APPENDIX A, Preferred Plantings. An applicant seeking street tree plan approval may propose other species provided the selection is native and urban-tolerant.
  2. b.
    Evergreen trees shall only be allowed in rights-of-way when planted on the north side of a street or in situations where wintertime shadows will not result in icy patches on public rights-of-way.
  3. c.
    When street trees are proposed to be planted beneath or within five feet of overhead power lines or utilities, only ornamental trees may be planted.
E.
Reserved.
F.
Plants Prohibited Near Sidewalks, Streets, and Drainage Facilities. Plants selected shall not by their growth habits obstruct, restrict, or conflict with the safe use of any roadway, sidewalk, alley, or conveyance.
1. 1.
  Trees. Willow (Salix) trees, cottonwood, and fruiting trees shall not be planted such that their canopy at mature size extend into a public right-of-way. This restriction is due to the safety hazard created by fruit and twigs dropping onto the streets and sidewalks.
2. 2.
  Shrubs and Other Plant Material. Plants that have thorns, spines, or prickles shall not be planted in public rights-of-way, or be placed closer than 24 inches, measured horizontally, from walks and other pedestrian areas.
3. 3.
  Grasses. No more than 25 percent of multi-family and non-residential landscape areas shall be planted in bluegrass. Bluegrass shall be limited to the pedestrian traffic areas of both multi-family and non-residential sites. Any additional turf shall be of varieties with lower water requirements.
4. 4.
  Prohibited Species. The planting of Chinese and Siberian Elms is prohibited. Such elms tend to be prone to disease, weak branches, suckering, and the uncontrollable spread of seeds. American elms are excluded from the prohibition. Cotton-bearing cottonwoods (female Populus species), Russian Olive, and box elders are prohibited due to the uncontrollable spread of seeds.
5. 5.
  Public and Private Open Space, Detention Areas, and Drainage Facilities.
  1. a.
    Public and private open space, stormwater conveyance and detention areas that are not designated as natural areas, shall be designed in such a way that they complement buildings on the property and adjacent areas and subject to requirements of the city's Storm Drainage and Technical Criteria Manual (latest edition).
  2. b.
    Designated wetlands on public and private property shall be maintained in their natural state and may be credited, in kind, to a portion of the open space or public land dedication.
  3. c.
    An overall grading plan shall be submitted for review and approval by the Director of Public Works prior to the construction or landscaping of any public and private open space, stormwater detention areas or drainage channels.
  4. d.
    Slopes shall not exceed 3:1, except upon approval by the Director of Public Works, which may be granted in such instances where the natural topography is to be retained.
  5. e.
    The following types and quantities of landscaping materials and other improvements shall be required within any public and private open space or stormwater detention areas that do not inhibit their intended function, except in natural areas or wetlands:
    1.
    All types of trees, shrubs, grass, or other ground cover require a variety or blend of varieties as listed in APPENDIX A, Preferred Plantings.
    2.
    Natural and/or structural landscaping features of type, sizes, quantities, and locations.
    3.
    In instances where public and private open space, stormwater detention areas, or drainage channels are located within a 100-year floodplain, landscaping material quantities may be adjusted by the Director, Floodplain Administrator, or after referral comments are received from the Mile High Flood District.
    4.
    Placement of floatable or erodible landscape materials shall not be permitted in drainage channels, stormwater detention areas, or 100-year floodplain areas.
G.
Reserved.
H.
Parking Lot Landscaping.
1. 1.
  Trees in Landscape Islands.
  1. a.
    Each tree shall be planted with a surface area of at least 120 square feet and a soil volume of at least 360 cubic feet to provide for adequate resources of air and water.
  2. b.
    Tree plantings shall be protected from automobiles with curbing or other approved devices.
  3. c.
    Trees shall be planted a minimum of three feet behind any curb where landscaped areas are located adjacent to vehicle overhangs.
  4. d.
    Tree planting areas shall be well-drained and be suitable for the plant materials they contain.
  5. e.
    Green infrastructure (rain gardens, bio-swales, etc.) are the preferred method of reducing irrigation needs in landscape islands. Automatic irrigation systems shall be installed using drip emitters, bubbler heads, or a sub-surface low-volume drip systems.

Figure 10-1-3.6.D

Trees in Landscape Islands

Figure 10-1-3.6.D

Trees in Landscape Islands

Figure 10-1-3.6.D

Trees in Landscape Islands

Figure 10-1-3.6.D

Trees in Landscape Islands

I.
Screening.
1. 1.
  Generally. Parking lots shall be screened from the street to a minimum height of 30" using evergreen landscaping, retaining walls, screening walls, earthen berms with a slope no greater than 3:1, planted, 4:1 turf, or a combination of methods provided each achieves an equivalent or greater screening effect.
2. 2.
  Width. The minimum width of a landscape strip shall be no less than five feet without turf or six feet with turf.
3. 3.
  Natural Vegetation. The Director may require or authorize the retention of existing natural vegetation in lieu of a required landscape border if an equivalent screening effect can be provided.
4. 4.
  Waiver. The Director may waive the parking lot screening requirement when the grade of the parking lot is three feet or more below the adjacent street grade.
5. 5.
  Uses. The following uses are authorized within landscape screening borders:
  1. a.
    Low impact development improvements;
  2. b.
    Fire hydrants;
  3. c.
    A monument sign;
  4. d.
    Retaining walls, and walls or fences used for screening or aesthetic effect;
  5. e.
    Driveways and sidewalks; and
  6. f.
    Utilities and easements.
6. 6.
  Utility Easement Planting Standards.
  1. a.
    Where an existing or proposed utility easement abuts and runs parallel to the right-of-way in the same location as a required landscape border, the border shall be relocated interior to the utility easement; provided, however, the Director and the utility provider may authorize part of the landscape border within the utility easement only if the utility easement owner authorizes in writing the planting of trees and shrubs within the utility easement. The planting of trees and shrubs within the utility easement, if authorized by the Director and the utility provider, shall be in accordance with the requirements made by the utility provider. The owner of the landscape border shall be responsible for all damage to utility facilities.
  2. b.
    Planting of vegetation with roots that typically extend deeper than 18 inches is prohibited over underground facilities. Planting that impedes access to pad-mounted and underground equipment is prohibited.
J.
Constrained Sites. On sites where there are physical constraints that inhibit meeting the minimum landscape requirements of this Subsection due to site-specific conditions, the Director may authorize an adjustment as set out in Section 10-9-9.1, Administrative Adjustment.

(Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Subsec. 10-1-3.6.E Tree Canopy Coverage Requirements

Applicability. The standards of this Subsection apply to the MFR, NC, CM, and BC districts.

Minimum Standards. The tree canopy coverage requirements for the applicable districts are set out in Table 10-1-3.6.E, Canopy Coverage Requirements.

Table 10-1-3.6.E Canopy Coverage Requirements
Zoning District	Minimum Tree Canopy Coverage
MFR, Multi-Family Residential	20%
NC, Neighborhood Commercial	15%
CM, Corridor Mixed	15%
BC, Business Commercial	10%
Table Notes: 1. The minimum canopy coverage requirements are based on gross lot area.

Table 10-1-3.6.E Canopy Coverage Requirements
Zoning District	Minimum Tree Canopy Coverage
MFR, Multi-Family Residential	20%
NC, Neighborhood Commercial	15%
CM, Corridor Mixed	15%
BC, Business Commercial	10%
Table Notes: 1. The minimum canopy coverage requirements are based on gross lot area.

Table 10-1-3.6.E Canopy Coverage Requirements
Zoning District	Minimum Tree Canopy Coverage
MFR, Multi-Family Residential	20%
NC, Neighborhood Commercial	15%
CM, Corridor Mixed	15%
BC, Business Commercial	10%
Table Notes: 1. The minimum canopy coverage requirements are based on gross lot area.

Table 10-1-3.6.E Canopy Coverage Requirements
Zoning District	Minimum Tree Canopy Coverage
MFR, Multi-Family Residential	20%
NC, Neighborhood Commercial	15%
CM, Corridor Mixed	15%
BC, Business Commercial	10%
Table Notes: 1. The minimum canopy coverage requirements are based on gross lot area.

C.
Reserved.
D.
Determining Coverage. Tree canopy coverage includes all areas on a lot that are within the critical root zone of existing trees and the dripline of newly planted trees at a maturity of 20 years, as displayed in Figure 10-1-3.6.E, Tree Canopy Measurements.

Figure 10-1-3.6.E

Tree Canopy Measurements

Figure 10-1-3.6.E

Tree Canopy Measurements

Figure 10-1-3.6.E

Tree Canopy Measurements

Figure 10-1-3.6.E

Tree Canopy Measurements

E.
Exemption.
1. 2.
  Generally. An applicant may request an exemption from the requirements of this Subsection if the Director finds that the application meets the following standards:
  1. a.
    Topography, lot limitations, or other lot conditions are such that compliance with the requirements is impossible or impractical;
  2. b.
    The tree canopy coverage requirement cannot reasonably be met because of a lack of rooting space or soil volume to accommodate healthy tree growth;
  3. c.
    The planting of additional trees will require removal of existing pavement used to meet other Code requirements; and
  4. d.
    The exemption is the minimum necessary to meet these criteria.
2. 3.
  Explanation and Justification. An exemption request shall be accompanied by sufficient written, graphic, and/or photographic explanation and a statement of justification to enable an evaluation and decision regarding the request.
3. 4.
  Approval. An exemption request shall be approved by the Director.

(Ord. 09, Series of 2023; Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Subsec. 10-1-3.6.F Bufferyard Requirements

Generally. The bufferyards required in this Subsection are based on the amount of screening they provide, which are classified from less screening (Type A) to more screening (Type C), depending on the types and intensities of adjoining districts and land uses.

Applicability. This Subsection applies to all districts except DNR, DTA, DMU and DMS, which are subject to the standards in Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards.

Bufferyard Types.

1.
Types. There are three types of bufferyards, each of which varies in width and the numbers and types of plants required per 100 linear feet, or portion thereof. The minimum planting requirements for each type of bufferyard are set out in Table 10-1-3.6.F.1, District Bufferyard Types. The bufferyard types and their required plantings are illustrated in Figure 10-1-3.6.F.1, District Bufferyard Illustrations.

Table 10-1-3.6.F.1 District Bufferyard Types
Type	Bufferyard Width		Required Plantings per 100 Linear Feet
	No Fence	Fence¹	Large Deciduous		Coniferous (Evergreen)		Ornamental	Shrubs (Evergreen and Deciduous)
	No Fence	Fence¹	No Fence	Fence	No Fence	Fence	Ornamental	No Fence	Fence
A	10'	7.5'	2	1	3	1	2	10	0
B	15'	10'	2	1	3	2	4	15	0
C	25'	15'	3	2	3	2	5	25	0
1. Privacy fence shall be opaque and six feet tall.

Table 10-1-3.6.F.1 District Bufferyard Types
Type	Bufferyard Width		Required Plantings per 100 Linear Feet
	No Fence	Fence¹	Large Deciduous		Coniferous (Evergreen)		Ornamental	Shrubs (Evergreen and Deciduous)
	No Fence	Fence¹	No Fence	Fence	No Fence	Fence	Ornamental	No Fence	Fence
A	10'	7.5'	2	1	3	1	2	10	0
B	15'	10'	2	1	3	2	4	15	0
C	25'	15'	3	2	3	2	5	25	0
1. Privacy fence shall be opaque and six feet tall.

Table 10-1-3.6.F.1 District Bufferyard Types
Type	Bufferyard Width		Required Plantings per 100 Linear Feet
	No Fence	Fence¹	Large Deciduous		Coniferous (Evergreen)		Ornamental	Shrubs (Evergreen and Deciduous)
	No Fence	Fence¹	No Fence	Fence	No Fence	Fence	Ornamental	No Fence	Fence
A	10'	7.5'	2	1	3	1	2	10	0
B	15'	10'	2	1	3	2	4	15	0
C	25'	15'	3	2	3	2	5	25	0
1. Privacy fence shall be opaque and six feet tall.

Table 10-1-3.6.F.1 District Bufferyard Types
Type	Bufferyard Width		Required Plantings per 100 Linear Feet
	No Fence	Fence¹	Large Deciduous		Coniferous (Evergreen)		Ornamental	Shrubs (Evergreen and Deciduous)
	No Fence	Fence¹	No Fence	Fence	No Fence	Fence	Ornamental	No Fence	Fence
A	10'	7.5'	2	1	3	1	2	10	0
B	15'	10'	2	1	3	2	4	15	0
C	25'	15'	3	2	3	2	5	25	0
1. Privacy fence shall be opaque and six feet tall.

Figure 10-1-3.6.F.1 District Bufferyard Illustrations
Bufferyard Type	No Fence	Fence
A
B
C

Figure 10-1-3.6.F.1 District Bufferyard Illustrations
Bufferyard Type	No Fence	Fence
A
B
C

Figure 10-1-3.6.F.1 District Bufferyard Illustrations
Bufferyard Type	No Fence	Fence
A
B
C

Figure 10-1-3.6.F.1 District Bufferyard Illustrations
Bufferyard Type	No Fence	Fence
A
B
C

1. 2.
  Locations. Bufferyards shall be established on individual lots or parcels, unless a property owners', condominium, or homeowners' association is established, in which case bufferyards may be within common open space. Lots separated by public street right-of-way are not considered adjoining.
  1. a.
    Between Zoning Districts. As shown in Table 10-1-3.6.F.2, District Bufferyard Requirements, the bufferyard type is determined by the intensities of adjoining districts.
  2. b.
    Double Frontage Lots. Double frontage lots shall provide a Type B bufferyard and corner lots which are adjacent to a double frontage lot shall provide a Type B bufferyard along the rear or corner side lot line.
  3. c.
    Mixed-Use Development. The required bufferyards for a mixed-use development shall be included in the adopted Master Development Plan.
  4. d.
    Along a Watercourse, Park, or Greenway. No bufferyard is required for that portion of a parcel proposed for development that adjoins a permanent resource feature, such as a water body, river or stream, natural drainage channel, wetland or riparian area, wooded area, or a public park, except as necessary to meet Article 10-7-1, Floodplain Regulations, and Article 10-7-2, Floodway Regulations.

Table 10-1-3.6.F.2 District Bufferyard Requirements
Zoning of Proposed Development	Zoning of Adjoining Lots
Zoning of Proposed Development	DNR, DTA, DMS, DMU	ACR, LLR	MLR, SLR	MFR	NC	CM	BC	IP
DNR, DTA, DMS, DMU	See Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards
ACR, LLR	See Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards		--	B	A	B	B	C
MLR, SLR		--		B	A	B	B	C
MFR		B	B		B	A	A	B
NC		A	A	B		A	B	B
CM		B	B	A	A		B	B
BC		B	B	A	B	B		B
IP		C	C	B	B	B	B

Table 10-1-3.6.F.2 District Bufferyard Requirements
Zoning of Proposed Development	Zoning of Adjoining Lots
Zoning of Proposed Development	DNR, DTA, DMS, DMU	ACR, LLR	MLR, SLR	MFR	NC	CM	BC	IP
DNR, DTA, DMS, DMU	See Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards
ACR, LLR	See Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards		--	B	A	B	B	C
MLR, SLR		--		B	A	B	B	C
MFR		B	B		B	A	A	B
NC		A	A	B		A	B	B
CM		B	B	A	A		B	B
BC		B	B	A	B	B		B
IP		C	C	B	B	B	B

Table 10-1-3.6.F.2 District Bufferyard Requirements
Zoning of Proposed Development	Zoning of Adjoining Lots
Zoning of Proposed Development	DNR, DTA, DMS, DMU	ACR, LLR	MLR, SLR	MFR	NC	CM	BC	IP
DNR, DTA, DMS, DMU	See Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards
ACR, LLR	See Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards		--	B	A	B	B	C
MLR, SLR		--		B	A	B	B	C
MFR		B	B		B	A	A	B
NC		A	A	B		A	B	B
CM		B	B	A	A		B	B
BC		B	B	A	B	B		B
IP		C	C	B	B	B	B

Table 10-1-3.6.F.2 District Bufferyard Requirements
Zoning of Proposed Development	Zoning of Adjoining Lots
Zoning of Proposed Development	DNR, DTA, DMS, DMU	ACR, LLR	MLR, SLR	MFR	NC	CM	BC	IP
DNR, DTA, DMS, DMU	See Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards
ACR, LLR	See Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards		--	B	A	B	B	C
MLR, SLR		--		B	A	B	B	C
MFR		B	B		B	A	A	B
NC		A	A	B		A	B	B
CM		B	B	A	A		B	B
BC		B	B	A	B	B		B
IP		C	C	B	B	B	B

1. 3.
  Constrained Sites.
  1. a.
    Generally. A constrained site as it relates to bufferyards is a site in which the bufferyard standards outlined in Table 10-1-3.6.F-1, District Bufferyard Types, would:
    1.
    Cause the common open space ratio of the lot proposed for development to exceed 150 percent of the applicable requirement of this Code (for example, if a lot has a 20 percent common open space ratio and the required bufferyards effectively mandate a 30 percent common open space ratio);
    2.
    Result in more than 20 percent of the lot being used for bufferyards; or
    3.
    Prevent practical development of the lot proposed for development by creating a building envelope that will not accommodate parking modules or practical building designs.
  2. b.
    Reductions Permitted. Bufferyard widths may be reduced on a constrained site in the following order of priority:
    1.
    Type A bufferyards may be reduced from 10' to 8' (no fence) or from 7.5' to 5' (fence) in width, provided that one additional tree of each type is planted for each 100 linear feet. Trees shall be planted so they have a four-foot radius of permeable soil at their base.
    2.
    Type B bufferyards may be reduced from 15' to 12' (no fence) or from 10' to 8' (fence) in width, provided that two additional trees of each type are planted for each 100 linear feet.
    3.
    Type C bufferyards may be reduced from 25' to 20' (no fence) or from 15' to 12' (fence) in width, provided they include all the plantings required as set out in Table 10-1-3.6.F-1, District Bufferyard Types.
2. 4.
  Exemptions. Bufferyards are not required when the district for which a parcel proposed for development, redevelopment, or substantial improvement is separated from the adjacent district by a natural area that meets or exceeds the level of screening required by the applicable bufferyard.
3. 5.
  Adjoining Development.
  1. a.
    Existing Residential Development without a Bufferyard. When adjoining existing residential development, new residential development shall provide the bufferyard and plantings if:
    1.
    The average lot area of the parcel proposed for development is 85 percent or less than the average lot area of the adjoining developed lot;
    2.
    The building heights of the new development are greater than eight feet taller than the building heights of the adjoining developed lot; or
    3.
    The housing type that is located on the lot(s) that adjoins existing development is of density that is 20 percent greater than the housing type of the adjoining developed lot.
  2. b.
    Existing Non-Residential, Mixed-Use, and Public/Institutional Development without a Bufferyard. Where an adjoining developed lot does not have the required bufferyard, the parcel proposed for development shall provide the required bufferyard and its plantings.
  3. c.
    Zone Change. If a change of zoning is requested from a less intensive to a more intensive district, the required bufferyard shall be provided for the new district, as applicable.
  4. d.
    Shared Responsibility. The owners of adjoining lots may agree in writing, on a form approved by the City Attorney, to transfer or share the responsibility for installation of a required bufferyard.
4. 6.
  Credit for Existing Buffering.
  1. a.
    Existing large or ornamental deciduous trees, coniferous (evergreen) trees, and deciduous or evergreen shrubs that meet the required bufferyard plantings, in whole or in part, may be counted, provided the trees and shrubs are in good health, as determined by the Director.
  2. b.
    Credit will be given for existing trees that are located within bufferyards according to Sec. 10-1-3.6.D, Landscape Requirements.
5. 7.
  Encroachments. No structure, parking lot, or loading area is permitted within a required bufferyard.
6. 8.
  Warranted Exceptions to Bufferyard Requirements. Infill development of an existing lot may substitute a privacy fence or wall for the required bufferyard if the Director deems the bufferyard would create an unnecessary hardship.

(Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Subsec. 10-1-3.6.G Landscape Plan

Plan Required. A landscape plan is required as part of a Site Plan or Master Development Plan review application for multi-family, non-residential, and mixed-use development. The landscape plan shall be approved prior to the issuance of a building permit.

Alternative Landscape Plan.

1.
Application. The requirements of this Subsection set minimum standards for quality development and environmental protection. Site conditions or other reasons may justify the need to request an alternate method of compliance. Alternative landscape plans may be considered because:
1. a.
  Strict application of the landscaping requirements would be unreasonable given existing site conditions, which could include water features, topography, lot configurations, or unusual site conditions;
2. b.
  The applicant envisions a more creative means to meet the spirit and intent of this Section; or
3. c.
  A comprehensive landscaping plan involving several properties is proposed.
2.
Plan Submission. The applicant shall submit an alternative landscape plan indicating proposed landscaping, which includes a list of landscaping requirements not met, a description of the alternatives proposed, and a written explanation of how the proposed plan fulfills the spirit and intent of the landscape requirements. The alternative landscape plan shall be submitted to and reviewed by the Director. In order to approve an alternative landscape plan, the Director shall find that:
1. a.
  The proposed alternative will, upon maturity, provide landscaping that is equal to or better than the standard requirements; and
2. b.
  The proposed alternative is reasonably compatible with the natural and topographic features of the site.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.7.A Parking and Loading

Applicability.

1.
Minimum Parking Spaces. The construction of any structure and the use or occupancy of a structure or land requires the minimum parking requirements for automobiles as required by this Subsection.
2.
Maximum Parking Spaces in Downtown. The maximum number of off-street surface parking spaces that may be provided in the DTA, DMU, and DMS districts shall be no more than 125 percent of the minimum parking requirements.
3.
Change of Use. Any area once designated as required off-street parking shall not be changed to any other use until equal parking facilities are provided and the approved Site Plan or Master Development Plan is amended to illustrate the change.
4.
Adaptive Reuse. Refer to Section 10-9-5.8, Adaptive Reuse Plan.
5.
Transit Shed. The number of required parking spaces is reduced within defined transit sheds.

Computations. This Subsection sets out the number of parking spaces required for each land use, which is based on one or more variables.

1.
Variables. The variables for calculating required parking include:
1. a.
  Net Floor Area. The number of parking spaces is calculated based on the net floor area devoted to the use.
2. b.
  Per Dwelling Unit (DU) or Bedroom (BR). The number of parking spaces is calculated based on the number of dwelling units in principal and accessory structures, as applicable, or on the number of bedrooms in a dwelling unit, as designated in Table 10-1-3.7.A.1, Required Off-Street Parking.
3. c.
  Per Bed. The number of parking spaces is based on the number of beds in a facility, which applies to uses that offer residential care or overnight accommodations.
4. d.
  Per Employee. The number of parking spaces is based on the number of full-time and part-time-equivalent employees on the largest work shift plus a number of parking spaces equal to 50% of the number of employees on said shift.
5. e.
  Per Seat / Per Seat Design Capacity. The number of parking spaces is based on the number of seats provided to guests (patrons, members, etc.) or is based on the maximum seating capacity of the use as determined by applicable building and fire codes.
6. f.
  Per Person Design Capacity. The number of parking spaces is based on the maximum number of occupants pursuant to the applicable fire code.
7. g.
  Others. Other variables are measured according to their common meanings.
2.
Rounding. When the calculation of required parking spaces results in a fractional parking space, the result is rounded up to the nearest whole number.

Required Parking.

1.
Generally. All development shall provide sufficient parking as set out in this Subsection.
2.
Location.
1. a.
  On- or Off-Site. Required off-street parking shall be located on the same lot as the principal use, or on a lot contiguous or within a distance otherwise specified in this Subsection.
2. b.
  Relative to Frontage and Building Types. The location of parking on a lot or within a multi-tenant or mixed-use center shall be in accordance with the frontage type, as specified in Section 10-3-3.2, CMU Standards of Design.
3.
Off-Street Parking Spaces Required.
1. a.
  Requirements by Use. The number of off-street parking spaces shall be provided as listed by use in Table 10-1-3.7.A.1, Required Off-Street Parking. However, no off-street parking shall be required for new residential development, including adaptive reuse for residential use, or for mixed use development in which at least fifty percent (50%) of the gross floor area of the development is in residential use, within those areas designated and identified in the map maintained by the Colorado Department of Local Affairs as an “Applicable Transit Service Area."
2. b.
  Unlisted Uses. The parking requirements for unlisted uses shall be determined as set out in Section 10-1-2.1, Unlisted and Functionally Similar Uses.
3. c.
  Transit Sheds. The parking requirements for development adjacent or in near proximity to fixed public transit improvements are as follows:
  1. 1.
    Bus Routes. Any portion of a lot that is within 1,320 feet of an operating transit stop may reduce the required number of parking spaces by 15 percent, provided no other parking reductions are granted through other provisions of this Code.
4.
Accessible Parking Spaces.
1. a.
  Required. Parking spaces that are accessible to disabled persons ("accessible parking spaces") shall be provided as required by federal regulations and will be counted toward the total number of spaces required by this Subsection, after any applicable reductions pursuant to the shared parking outlined in paragraph D, below.
2. b.
  Residential Uses. For all covered residential uses, accessible parking requirements shall follow the standards set forth in the Fair Housing Amendments Act.
3. c.
  Non-Residential and Mixed-Uses. For all non-residential and mixed-uses, accessible parking requirements shall follow the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).

Table 10-1-3.7.A.1 Required Off-Street Parking
Category	Specific Use	Minimum³	Maximum
Agriculture and Animal-Oriented Uses
Agriculture-Oriented Uses	Community Garden	1 / 5 garden lots	1 / 3.5 garden plots
	Plant Nursery, Greenhouse, and Landscaping Business	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Agriculture-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--
Animal-Oriented Uses	Kennel, Indoor	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (with overnight stays)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (without overnight stays)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Animal-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--
Residential Uses
Household Living	Cottage Court Community	0.75 / DU	1 / DU
	Dwelling, Multi-Family (Apartment)	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 2 / three BR	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR
	Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex / Twin Home	2 / DU	3 / DU
	Dwelling, Single-Family Duplex / Twin Home Conversion	2 / DU	3 / DU
	Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	2 / DU	N/A
	Live-Work	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Manufactured Home Park	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Mixed-Use Building	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 2 / three BR	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR
	Multiplex	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Slot Home	N/A	N/A
	Tiny Home Community	0.75 / DU	1.25 / DU
	Townhome	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR	2 / studio BR 2.5 / single and two BR 3 / three BR
Group Living	Foster Family Care Home	Same as principal use
	Group Home	1 / 2 beds + 1 / employee	1 / 2 beds + 1 / employee
	Independent Living Facility	0.75 / studio BR 1 / single and two BR 1.5 / three BR	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 1.75 / three BR
	Nursing Home/Congregate Housing	1 / 8 beds	1 / 5 beds
Residential Accessory Uses	Accessory Dwelling Unit¹	None Required²	1 / unit
	- Attached
	- Detached
	Beekeeping	Same as principal use
	Chickens	Same as principal use
	Cottage Food Operation	Same as principal use
	Family Child Care Home	+1 / unit	+2 / unit
	Home Occupation	Same as principal use
	Pigeon Keeping	Same as principal use
	Primary Short-Term Rental	1 / rental unit	2 / rental unit
Commercial and Office Uses
Entertainment, Indoor	Adult Entertainment	1 / 300 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Bar, Brew Pub, or Tavern	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Brewery, Distillery, and Winery	1 / 300 SF tasting room + 1 / employee	1 / 50 SF tasting room + 1 / employee
	Convention Center	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Gymnastic, Dance Studio, or Martial Arts Facility	1 / 300 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Health and Fitness Club	1 / 400 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 100 SF + 1 / employee
	Movie or Other Theater	1 / 250 SF	1 / 100 SF
	Indoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
Entertainment, Outdoor	Amphitheater	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2.5 seats
	Ballfield or Stadium	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2.5 seats
	Campground	1 / camping site	2 / camping site
	Farmers Market	1 / 500 SF of public area	1 / 250 SF of public area
	Outdoor Entertainment (other than listed)	Greater of 1 / 6 seats or 1 / 50 SF	Greater of 1 / 4 seats or 1 / 30 SF
Office	Bank or Credit Union (with or without drive-through)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Office Uses (greater than 8,000 SF of GFA)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 175 SF
	Office Uses (less than 7,999 SF of GFA)	1 / 350 SF	1 / 300 SF
	Office Uses (Other than listed)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Studio, Commercial	1 / 400 SF	1 / 350 SF
Overnight Accommodations	Hotel or Motel	0.8 per room + 1 / 800 SF of public meeting and restaurant area	1.5 per room + 1 / 650 SF of public meeting and restaurant area
Overnight Accommodations	Overnight Accommodations (other than listed)	0.75 / room + 1 per 150 SF of meeting and restaurant area	1 / room + 1 per 100 SF of meeting and restaurant area
Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Services	Drug Store (with or without drive-through)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Dry Cleaning, Commercial Operations (without or without drive-through)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Dry Cleaning Store or Laundromat	1 / 250 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Food Market	1 / 200 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Grocery Store	1 / 400 SF	1 / 100 SF
	Home Furnishings (Appliances and Electronics)	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Home Improvement Center (with garden center)	1 / 350 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Liquor Store	1 / 350 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Lumber Yard	1 / 1,750 SF	1 / 1,250 SF
	Repair-Oriented Uses (excluding vehicles)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Shopping Center	1 / 250 SF	1 / 125 SF
	Retail Repair, Sales, and Service (other than listed)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
Restaurant	Restaurant, Drive-in, or Drive-Through	1 / 250 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Coffee/Tea Shop	1 / 200 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Restaurant Uses, Sit Down	1 / 100 SF	1 / 50 SF
Vehicle Sales and Service	Car Wash	1 / employee	2 / employee
	Equipment and Machinery Sales and Rental	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Fuel Sales, Retail	1 / 300 SF Retail	1 / 200 SF retail
	Vehicle Accessories and Parts	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Vehicle Sales, Rental and Leasing	1 / 300 SF of showroom + 1 / employee	1 / 250 SF of showroom + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Service, Major	1 / 250 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Services, Minor	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Sales and Service Uses (other than listed)	1 / 400 SF	1 / 200 SF
Special Uses	Recycling Collection Facility	1.25 / employee	2.5 / employee
Commercial Accessory Uses	Cafeteria, Providing Service to On-Site Employees	Same as principal use
	Drive-Through ATM Dispenser and Vending Kiosk	2 / dispenser/kiosk	3 / dispenser/kiosk
	Eating and Drinking Places (Outdoor Seating, Sidewalk Cafe and Sidewalk Display)	50 percent of the principal use
	Electric Vehicle Charging Station	2 / station
Public and Institutional Uses
Civic and Institutional	Adult Day Care	1 / 500 SF + 3 for drop-off / pick-up	1 / 350 SF + 5 for drop-off / pick-up
	Cemetery and Crematory	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Child Care Center or Pre-School	1 / 500 SF + 3 for drop-off / pick-up	1 / 125 SF + 5 for drop-off / pick-up
	Funeral Home and Services	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2 seats
	Private Elementary/ Secondary School	1.25 / employee	1.85 / employee
	Private College / University	0.20 / enrollment	0.60 / enrollment
	Public Assembly	1 / 100 SF	1 / 60 SF
	Trade or Vocational School	1 / 2 students + 1 / employee	1 / 1.5 students + 1 / employee
	Transit System Facility	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Civic and Institutional (other than listed)	Greater of 1 / 4 seats or 1 / 75 SF	greater of 1 / 2 seats or 1 / 50 SF
Medical Facilities	Ambulatory Surgical Care Facility	1 / 150 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Ambulatory or Outpatient Services	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Drug, Alcohol or Psychiatric Treatment Center (outpatient)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Hospital	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Medical Facilities (Other than listed)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 150 SF
Parking, Free Standing, Principal Use	Fleet Storage	--	--
	Parking Structure	--	--
	Parking Lot, Off-Site	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Major	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Minor	--	--
Industrial and Manufacturing Uses
Flex Industrial	Assembly of Prefabricated Parts	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Assembly or Fabrication for Sale On Premises	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,000 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,000 SF
	Data Center	1 / employee	2 / employee
	Distribution / Logistics	1 / 1,000 SF	1 / 750 SF
	Flex Industrial (other than listed)	1 / 800 SF	1 / 500 SF
	Micro-Manufacturing	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Parcel Service	1 / 500 SF	1 / 350 SF
	Printing and Publishing	1 / 1,000 SF	1 / 750 SF
	Research and Testing Laboratory	1 / 350 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Self-Service Storage	Lesser of 1 / 500 SF of office area or 1 / 25 storage units	Greater of 1 / 500 SF of office area or 1 / 25 storage units
	Wholesale Sales and Distribution	1 / 500 SF	1 / 400 SF
General Industrial	Assembly of Finished Goods	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Fabrication	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Indoor Storage	1 / 1,500 SF	1 / 1,000 SF
	Outdoor Storage	1 / 25,000 SF of land devoted to outside storage	1 / 15,000 SF of land devoted to outside storage
	Special Trade Contractor	1 / 1,500 SF	1 / 1,000 SF
	Warehousing	1 / 2,000 SF	1 / 500 SF
Table Notes: 1. Refer to Section 10-1-1.7, Accessory Dwelling Unit, for additional restrictions. 2. New off-street parking shall not be required for construction or conversion of an ADU, except that the city shall require off-street parking if: a. An existing driveway, garage, tandem parking space, or other off-street parking for ADU parking is not available, b. ADU is in a zone district that requires one or more parking spaces for the primary dwelling unit, and c. ADU is located on a block that prohibits on-street parking. 3. New residential development may be exempt from parking minimum requirements. See Section 10-1-3.7.A.C

Table 10-1-3.7.A.1 Required Off-Street Parking
Category	Specific Use	Minimum³	Maximum
Agriculture and Animal-Oriented Uses
Agriculture-Oriented Uses	Community Garden	1 / 5 garden lots	1 / 3.5 garden plots
	Plant Nursery, Greenhouse, and Landscaping Business	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Agriculture-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--
Animal-Oriented Uses	Kennel, Indoor	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (with overnight stays)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (without overnight stays)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Animal-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--
Residential Uses
Household Living	Cottage Court Community	0.75 / DU	1 / DU
	Dwelling, Multi-Family (Apartment)	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 2 / three BR	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR
	Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex / Twin Home	2 / DU	3 / DU
	Dwelling, Single-Family Duplex / Twin Home Conversion	2 / DU	3 / DU
	Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	2 / DU	N/A
	Live-Work	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Manufactured Home Park	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Mixed-Use Building	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 2 / three BR	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR
	Multiplex	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Slot Home	N/A	N/A
	Tiny Home Community	0.75 / DU	1.25 / DU
	Townhome	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR	2 / studio BR 2.5 / single and two BR 3 / three BR
Group Living	Foster Family Care Home	Same as principal use
	Group Home	1 / 2 beds + 1 / employee	1 / 2 beds + 1 / employee
	Independent Living Facility	0.75 / studio BR 1 / single and two BR 1.5 / three BR	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 1.75 / three BR
	Nursing Home/Congregate Housing	1 / 8 beds	1 / 5 beds
Residential Accessory Uses	Accessory Dwelling Unit¹	None Required²	1 / unit
	- Attached
	- Detached
	Beekeeping	Same as principal use
	Chickens	Same as principal use
	Cottage Food Operation	Same as principal use
	Family Child Care Home	+1 / unit	+2 / unit
	Home Occupation	Same as principal use
	Pigeon Keeping	Same as principal use
	Primary Short-Term Rental	1 / rental unit	2 / rental unit
Commercial and Office Uses
Entertainment, Indoor	Adult Entertainment	1 / 300 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Bar, Brew Pub, or Tavern	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Brewery, Distillery, and Winery	1 / 300 SF tasting room + 1 / employee	1 / 50 SF tasting room + 1 / employee
	Convention Center	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Gymnastic, Dance Studio, or Martial Arts Facility	1 / 300 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Health and Fitness Club	1 / 400 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 100 SF + 1 / employee
	Movie or Other Theater	1 / 250 SF	1 / 100 SF
	Indoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
Entertainment, Outdoor	Amphitheater	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2.5 seats
	Ballfield or Stadium	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2.5 seats
	Campground	1 / camping site	2 / camping site
	Farmers Market	1 / 500 SF of public area	1 / 250 SF of public area
	Outdoor Entertainment (other than listed)	Greater of 1 / 6 seats or 1 / 50 SF	Greater of 1 / 4 seats or 1 / 30 SF
Office	Bank or Credit Union (with or without drive-through)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Office Uses (greater than 8,000 SF of GFA)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 175 SF
	Office Uses (less than 7,999 SF of GFA)	1 / 350 SF	1 / 300 SF
	Office Uses (Other than listed)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Studio, Commercial	1 / 400 SF	1 / 350 SF
Overnight Accommodations	Hotel or Motel	0.8 per room + 1 / 800 SF of public meeting and restaurant area	1.5 per room + 1 / 650 SF of public meeting and restaurant area
Overnight Accommodations	Overnight Accommodations (other than listed)	0.75 / room + 1 per 150 SF of meeting and restaurant area	1 / room + 1 per 100 SF of meeting and restaurant area
Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Services	Drug Store (with or without drive-through)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Dry Cleaning, Commercial Operations (without or without drive-through)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Dry Cleaning Store or Laundromat	1 / 250 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Food Market	1 / 200 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Grocery Store	1 / 400 SF	1 / 100 SF
	Home Furnishings (Appliances and Electronics)	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Home Improvement Center (with garden center)	1 / 350 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Liquor Store	1 / 350 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Lumber Yard	1 / 1,750 SF	1 / 1,250 SF
	Repair-Oriented Uses (excluding vehicles)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Shopping Center	1 / 250 SF	1 / 125 SF
	Retail Repair, Sales, and Service (other than listed)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
Restaurant	Restaurant, Drive-in, or Drive-Through	1 / 250 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Coffee/Tea Shop	1 / 200 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Restaurant Uses, Sit Down	1 / 100 SF	1 / 50 SF
Vehicle Sales and Service	Car Wash	1 / employee	2 / employee
	Equipment and Machinery Sales and Rental	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Fuel Sales, Retail	1 / 300 SF Retail	1 / 200 SF retail
	Vehicle Accessories and Parts	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Vehicle Sales, Rental and Leasing	1 / 300 SF of showroom + 1 / employee	1 / 250 SF of showroom + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Service, Major	1 / 250 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Services, Minor	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Sales and Service Uses (other than listed)	1 / 400 SF	1 / 200 SF
Special Uses	Recycling Collection Facility	1.25 / employee	2.5 / employee
Commercial Accessory Uses	Cafeteria, Providing Service to On-Site Employees	Same as principal use
	Drive-Through ATM Dispenser and Vending Kiosk	2 / dispenser/kiosk	3 / dispenser/kiosk
	Eating and Drinking Places (Outdoor Seating, Sidewalk Cafe and Sidewalk Display)	50 percent of the principal use
	Electric Vehicle Charging Station	2 / station
Public and Institutional Uses
Civic and Institutional	Adult Day Care	1 / 500 SF + 3 for drop-off / pick-up	1 / 350 SF + 5 for drop-off / pick-up
	Cemetery and Crematory	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Child Care Center or Pre-School	1 / 500 SF + 3 for drop-off / pick-up	1 / 125 SF + 5 for drop-off / pick-up
	Funeral Home and Services	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2 seats
	Private Elementary/ Secondary School	1.25 / employee	1.85 / employee
	Private College / University	0.20 / enrollment	0.60 / enrollment
	Public Assembly	1 / 100 SF	1 / 60 SF
	Trade or Vocational School	1 / 2 students + 1 / employee	1 / 1.5 students + 1 / employee
	Transit System Facility	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Civic and Institutional (other than listed)	Greater of 1 / 4 seats or 1 / 75 SF	greater of 1 / 2 seats or 1 / 50 SF
Medical Facilities	Ambulatory Surgical Care Facility	1 / 150 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Ambulatory or Outpatient Services	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Drug, Alcohol or Psychiatric Treatment Center (outpatient)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Hospital	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Medical Facilities (Other than listed)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 150 SF
Parking, Free Standing, Principal Use	Fleet Storage	--	--
	Parking Structure	--	--
	Parking Lot, Off-Site	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Major	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Minor	--	--
Industrial and Manufacturing Uses
Flex Industrial	Assembly of Prefabricated Parts	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Assembly or Fabrication for Sale On Premises	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,000 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,000 SF
	Data Center	1 / employee	2 / employee
	Distribution / Logistics	1 / 1,000 SF	1 / 750 SF
	Flex Industrial (other than listed)	1 / 800 SF	1 / 500 SF
	Micro-Manufacturing	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Parcel Service	1 / 500 SF	1 / 350 SF
	Printing and Publishing	1 / 1,000 SF	1 / 750 SF
	Research and Testing Laboratory	1 / 350 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Self-Service Storage	Lesser of 1 / 500 SF of office area or 1 / 25 storage units	Greater of 1 / 500 SF of office area or 1 / 25 storage units
	Wholesale Sales and Distribution	1 / 500 SF	1 / 400 SF
General Industrial	Assembly of Finished Goods	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Fabrication	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Indoor Storage	1 / 1,500 SF	1 / 1,000 SF
	Outdoor Storage	1 / 25,000 SF of land devoted to outside storage	1 / 15,000 SF of land devoted to outside storage
	Special Trade Contractor	1 / 1,500 SF	1 / 1,000 SF
	Warehousing	1 / 2,000 SF	1 / 500 SF
Table Notes: 1. Refer to Section 10-1-1.7, Accessory Dwelling Unit, for additional restrictions. 2. New off-street parking shall not be required for construction or conversion of an ADU, except that the city shall require off-street parking if: a. An existing driveway, garage, tandem parking space, or other off-street parking for ADU parking is not available, b. ADU is in a zone district that requires one or more parking spaces for the primary dwelling unit, and c. ADU is located on a block that prohibits on-street parking. 3. New residential development may be exempt from parking minimum requirements. See Section 10-1-3.7.A.C

Table 10-1-3.7.A.1 Required Off-Street Parking
Category	Specific Use	Minimum³	Maximum
Agriculture and Animal-Oriented Uses
Agriculture-Oriented Uses	Community Garden	1 / 5 garden lots	1 / 3.5 garden plots
	Plant Nursery, Greenhouse, and Landscaping Business	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Agriculture-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--
Animal-Oriented Uses	Kennel, Indoor	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (with overnight stays)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (without overnight stays)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Animal-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--
Residential Uses
Household Living	Cottage Court Community	0.75 / DU	1 / DU
	Dwelling, Multi-Family (Apartment)	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 2 / three BR	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR
	Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex / Twin Home	2 / DU	3 / DU
	Dwelling, Single-Family Duplex / Twin Home Conversion	2 / DU	3 / DU
	Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	2 / DU	N/A
	Live-Work	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Manufactured Home Park	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Mixed-Use Building	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 2 / three BR	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR
	Multiplex	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Slot Home	N/A	N/A
	Tiny Home Community	0.75 / DU	1.25 / DU
	Townhome	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR	2 / studio BR 2.5 / single and two BR 3 / three BR
Group Living	Foster Family Care Home	Same as principal use
	Group Home	1 / 2 beds + 1 / employee	1 / 2 beds + 1 / employee
	Independent Living Facility	0.75 / studio BR 1 / single and two BR 1.5 / three BR	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 1.75 / three BR
	Nursing Home/Congregate Housing	1 / 8 beds	1 / 5 beds
Residential Accessory Uses	Accessory Dwelling Unit¹	None Required²	1 / unit
	- Attached
	- Detached
	Beekeeping	Same as principal use
	Chickens	Same as principal use
	Cottage Food Operation	Same as principal use
	Family Child Care Home	+1 / unit	+2 / unit
	Home Occupation	Same as principal use
	Pigeon Keeping	Same as principal use
	Primary Short-Term Rental	1 / rental unit	2 / rental unit
Commercial and Office Uses
Entertainment, Indoor	Adult Entertainment	1 / 300 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Bar, Brew Pub, or Tavern	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Brewery, Distillery, and Winery	1 / 300 SF tasting room + 1 / employee	1 / 50 SF tasting room + 1 / employee
	Convention Center	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Gymnastic, Dance Studio, or Martial Arts Facility	1 / 300 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Health and Fitness Club	1 / 400 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 100 SF + 1 / employee
	Movie or Other Theater	1 / 250 SF	1 / 100 SF
	Indoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
Entertainment, Outdoor	Amphitheater	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2.5 seats
	Ballfield or Stadium	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2.5 seats
	Campground	1 / camping site	2 / camping site
	Farmers Market	1 / 500 SF of public area	1 / 250 SF of public area
	Outdoor Entertainment (other than listed)	Greater of 1 / 6 seats or 1 / 50 SF	Greater of 1 / 4 seats or 1 / 30 SF
Office	Bank or Credit Union (with or without drive-through)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Office Uses (greater than 8,000 SF of GFA)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 175 SF
	Office Uses (less than 7,999 SF of GFA)	1 / 350 SF	1 / 300 SF
	Office Uses (Other than listed)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Studio, Commercial	1 / 400 SF	1 / 350 SF
Overnight Accommodations	Hotel or Motel	0.8 per room + 1 / 800 SF of public meeting and restaurant area	1.5 per room + 1 / 650 SF of public meeting and restaurant area
Overnight Accommodations	Overnight Accommodations (other than listed)	0.75 / room + 1 per 150 SF of meeting and restaurant area	1 / room + 1 per 100 SF of meeting and restaurant area
Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Services	Drug Store (with or without drive-through)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Dry Cleaning, Commercial Operations (without or without drive-through)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Dry Cleaning Store or Laundromat	1 / 250 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Food Market	1 / 200 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Grocery Store	1 / 400 SF	1 / 100 SF
	Home Furnishings (Appliances and Electronics)	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Home Improvement Center (with garden center)	1 / 350 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Liquor Store	1 / 350 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Lumber Yard	1 / 1,750 SF	1 / 1,250 SF
	Repair-Oriented Uses (excluding vehicles)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Shopping Center	1 / 250 SF	1 / 125 SF
	Retail Repair, Sales, and Service (other than listed)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
Restaurant	Restaurant, Drive-in, or Drive-Through	1 / 250 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Coffee/Tea Shop	1 / 200 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Restaurant Uses, Sit Down	1 / 100 SF	1 / 50 SF
Vehicle Sales and Service	Car Wash	1 / employee	2 / employee
	Equipment and Machinery Sales and Rental	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Fuel Sales, Retail	1 / 300 SF Retail	1 / 200 SF retail
	Vehicle Accessories and Parts	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Vehicle Sales, Rental and Leasing	1 / 300 SF of showroom + 1 / employee	1 / 250 SF of showroom + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Service, Major	1 / 250 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Services, Minor	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Sales and Service Uses (other than listed)	1 / 400 SF	1 / 200 SF
Special Uses	Recycling Collection Facility	1.25 / employee	2.5 / employee
Commercial Accessory Uses	Cafeteria, Providing Service to On-Site Employees	Same as principal use
	Drive-Through ATM Dispenser and Vending Kiosk	2 / dispenser/kiosk	3 / dispenser/kiosk
	Eating and Drinking Places (Outdoor Seating, Sidewalk Cafe and Sidewalk Display)	50 percent of the principal use
	Electric Vehicle Charging Station	2 / station
Public and Institutional Uses
Civic and Institutional	Adult Day Care	1 / 500 SF + 3 for drop-off / pick-up	1 / 350 SF + 5 for drop-off / pick-up
	Cemetery and Crematory	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Child Care Center or Pre-School	1 / 500 SF + 3 for drop-off / pick-up	1 / 125 SF + 5 for drop-off / pick-up
	Funeral Home and Services	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2 seats
	Private Elementary/ Secondary School	1.25 / employee	1.85 / employee
	Private College / University	0.20 / enrollment	0.60 / enrollment
	Public Assembly	1 / 100 SF	1 / 60 SF
	Trade or Vocational School	1 / 2 students + 1 / employee	1 / 1.5 students + 1 / employee
	Transit System Facility	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Civic and Institutional (other than listed)	Greater of 1 / 4 seats or 1 / 75 SF	greater of 1 / 2 seats or 1 / 50 SF
Medical Facilities	Ambulatory Surgical Care Facility	1 / 150 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Ambulatory or Outpatient Services	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Drug, Alcohol or Psychiatric Treatment Center (outpatient)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Hospital	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Medical Facilities (Other than listed)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 150 SF
Parking, Free Standing, Principal Use	Fleet Storage	--	--
	Parking Structure	--	--
	Parking Lot, Off-Site	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Major	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Minor	--	--
Industrial and Manufacturing Uses
Flex Industrial	Assembly of Prefabricated Parts	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Assembly or Fabrication for Sale On Premises	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,000 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,000 SF
	Data Center	1 / employee	2 / employee
	Distribution / Logistics	1 / 1,000 SF	1 / 750 SF
	Flex Industrial (other than listed)	1 / 800 SF	1 / 500 SF
	Micro-Manufacturing	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Parcel Service	1 / 500 SF	1 / 350 SF
	Printing and Publishing	1 / 1,000 SF	1 / 750 SF
	Research and Testing Laboratory	1 / 350 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Self-Service Storage	Lesser of 1 / 500 SF of office area or 1 / 25 storage units	Greater of 1 / 500 SF of office area or 1 / 25 storage units
	Wholesale Sales and Distribution	1 / 500 SF	1 / 400 SF
General Industrial	Assembly of Finished Goods	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Fabrication	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Indoor Storage	1 / 1,500 SF	1 / 1,000 SF
	Outdoor Storage	1 / 25,000 SF of land devoted to outside storage	1 / 15,000 SF of land devoted to outside storage
	Special Trade Contractor	1 / 1,500 SF	1 / 1,000 SF
	Warehousing	1 / 2,000 SF	1 / 500 SF
Table Notes: 1. Refer to Section 10-1-1.7, Accessory Dwelling Unit, for additional restrictions. 2. New off-street parking shall not be required for construction or conversion of an ADU, except that the city shall require off-street parking if: a. An existing driveway, garage, tandem parking space, or other off-street parking for ADU parking is not available, b. ADU is in a zone district that requires one or more parking spaces for the primary dwelling unit, and c. ADU is located on a block that prohibits on-street parking. 3. New residential development may be exempt from parking minimum requirements. See Section 10-1-3.7.A.C

Table 10-1-3.7.A.1 Required Off-Street Parking
Category	Specific Use	Minimum³	Maximum
Agriculture and Animal-Oriented Uses
Agriculture-Oriented Uses	Community Garden	1 / 5 garden lots	1 / 3.5 garden plots
	Plant Nursery, Greenhouse, and Landscaping Business	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Agriculture-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--
Animal-Oriented Uses	Kennel, Indoor	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (with overnight stays)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (without overnight stays)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Animal-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--
Residential Uses
Household Living	Cottage Court Community	0.75 / DU	1 / DU
	Dwelling, Multi-Family (Apartment)	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 2 / three BR	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR
	Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex / Twin Home	2 / DU	3 / DU
	Dwelling, Single-Family Duplex / Twin Home Conversion	2 / DU	3 / DU
	Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	2 / DU	N/A
	Live-Work	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Manufactured Home Park	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Mixed-Use Building	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 2 / three BR	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR
	Multiplex	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Slot Home	N/A	N/A
	Tiny Home Community	0.75 / DU	1.25 / DU
	Townhome	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR	2 / studio BR 2.5 / single and two BR 3 / three BR
Group Living	Foster Family Care Home	Same as principal use
	Group Home	1 / 2 beds + 1 / employee	1 / 2 beds + 1 / employee
	Independent Living Facility	0.75 / studio BR 1 / single and two BR 1.5 / three BR	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 1.75 / three BR
	Nursing Home/Congregate Housing	1 / 8 beds	1 / 5 beds
Residential Accessory Uses	Accessory Dwelling Unit¹	None Required²	1 / unit
	- Attached
	- Detached
	Beekeeping	Same as principal use
	Chickens	Same as principal use
	Cottage Food Operation	Same as principal use
	Family Child Care Home	+1 / unit	+2 / unit
	Home Occupation	Same as principal use
	Pigeon Keeping	Same as principal use
	Primary Short-Term Rental	1 / rental unit	2 / rental unit
Commercial and Office Uses
Entertainment, Indoor	Adult Entertainment	1 / 300 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Bar, Brew Pub, or Tavern	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Brewery, Distillery, and Winery	1 / 300 SF tasting room + 1 / employee	1 / 50 SF tasting room + 1 / employee
	Convention Center	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Gymnastic, Dance Studio, or Martial Arts Facility	1 / 300 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Health and Fitness Club	1 / 400 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 100 SF + 1 / employee
	Movie or Other Theater	1 / 250 SF	1 / 100 SF
	Indoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
Entertainment, Outdoor	Amphitheater	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2.5 seats
	Ballfield or Stadium	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2.5 seats
	Campground	1 / camping site	2 / camping site
	Farmers Market	1 / 500 SF of public area	1 / 250 SF of public area
	Outdoor Entertainment (other than listed)	Greater of 1 / 6 seats or 1 / 50 SF	Greater of 1 / 4 seats or 1 / 30 SF
Office	Bank or Credit Union (with or without drive-through)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Office Uses (greater than 8,000 SF of GFA)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 175 SF
	Office Uses (less than 7,999 SF of GFA)	1 / 350 SF	1 / 300 SF
	Office Uses (Other than listed)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Studio, Commercial	1 / 400 SF	1 / 350 SF
Overnight Accommodations	Hotel or Motel	0.8 per room + 1 / 800 SF of public meeting and restaurant area	1.5 per room + 1 / 650 SF of public meeting and restaurant area
Overnight Accommodations	Overnight Accommodations (other than listed)	0.75 / room + 1 per 150 SF of meeting and restaurant area	1 / room + 1 per 100 SF of meeting and restaurant area
Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Services	Drug Store (with or without drive-through)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Dry Cleaning, Commercial Operations (without or without drive-through)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Dry Cleaning Store or Laundromat	1 / 250 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Food Market	1 / 200 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Grocery Store	1 / 400 SF	1 / 100 SF
	Home Furnishings (Appliances and Electronics)	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Home Improvement Center (with garden center)	1 / 350 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Liquor Store	1 / 350 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Lumber Yard	1 / 1,750 SF	1 / 1,250 SF
	Repair-Oriented Uses (excluding vehicles)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Shopping Center	1 / 250 SF	1 / 125 SF
	Retail Repair, Sales, and Service (other than listed)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
Restaurant	Restaurant, Drive-in, or Drive-Through	1 / 250 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Coffee/Tea Shop	1 / 200 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Restaurant Uses, Sit Down	1 / 100 SF	1 / 50 SF
Vehicle Sales and Service	Car Wash	1 / employee	2 / employee
	Equipment and Machinery Sales and Rental	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Fuel Sales, Retail	1 / 300 SF Retail	1 / 200 SF retail
	Vehicle Accessories and Parts	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Vehicle Sales, Rental and Leasing	1 / 300 SF of showroom + 1 / employee	1 / 250 SF of showroom + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Service, Major	1 / 250 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Services, Minor	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Sales and Service Uses (other than listed)	1 / 400 SF	1 / 200 SF
Special Uses	Recycling Collection Facility	1.25 / employee	2.5 / employee
Commercial Accessory Uses	Cafeteria, Providing Service to On-Site Employees	Same as principal use
	Drive-Through ATM Dispenser and Vending Kiosk	2 / dispenser/kiosk	3 / dispenser/kiosk
	Eating and Drinking Places (Outdoor Seating, Sidewalk Cafe and Sidewalk Display)	50 percent of the principal use
	Electric Vehicle Charging Station	2 / station
Public and Institutional Uses
Civic and Institutional	Adult Day Care	1 / 500 SF + 3 for drop-off / pick-up	1 / 350 SF + 5 for drop-off / pick-up
	Cemetery and Crematory	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Child Care Center or Pre-School	1 / 500 SF + 3 for drop-off / pick-up	1 / 125 SF + 5 for drop-off / pick-up
	Funeral Home and Services	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2 seats
	Private Elementary/ Secondary School	1.25 / employee	1.85 / employee
	Private College / University	0.20 / enrollment	0.60 / enrollment
	Public Assembly	1 / 100 SF	1 / 60 SF
	Trade or Vocational School	1 / 2 students + 1 / employee	1 / 1.5 students + 1 / employee
	Transit System Facility	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Civic and Institutional (other than listed)	Greater of 1 / 4 seats or 1 / 75 SF	greater of 1 / 2 seats or 1 / 50 SF
Medical Facilities	Ambulatory Surgical Care Facility	1 / 150 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Ambulatory or Outpatient Services	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Drug, Alcohol or Psychiatric Treatment Center (outpatient)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Hospital	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Medical Facilities (Other than listed)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 150 SF
Parking, Free Standing, Principal Use	Fleet Storage	--	--
	Parking Structure	--	--
	Parking Lot, Off-Site	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Major	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Minor	--	--
Industrial and Manufacturing Uses
Flex Industrial	Assembly of Prefabricated Parts	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Assembly or Fabrication for Sale On Premises	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,000 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,000 SF
	Data Center	1 / employee	2 / employee
	Distribution / Logistics	1 / 1,000 SF	1 / 750 SF
	Flex Industrial (other than listed)	1 / 800 SF	1 / 500 SF
	Micro-Manufacturing	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Parcel Service	1 / 500 SF	1 / 350 SF
	Printing and Publishing	1 / 1,000 SF	1 / 750 SF
	Research and Testing Laboratory	1 / 350 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Self-Service Storage	Lesser of 1 / 500 SF of office area or 1 / 25 storage units	Greater of 1 / 500 SF of office area or 1 / 25 storage units
	Wholesale Sales and Distribution	1 / 500 SF	1 / 400 SF
General Industrial	Assembly of Finished Goods	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Fabrication	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Indoor Storage	1 / 1,500 SF	1 / 1,000 SF
	Outdoor Storage	1 / 25,000 SF of land devoted to outside storage	1 / 15,000 SF of land devoted to outside storage
	Special Trade Contractor	1 / 1,500 SF	1 / 1,000 SF
	Warehousing	1 / 2,000 SF	1 / 500 SF
Table Notes: 1. Refer to Section 10-1-1.7, Accessory Dwelling Unit, for additional restrictions. 2. New off-street parking shall not be required for construction or conversion of an ADU, except that the city shall require off-street parking if: a. An existing driveway, garage, tandem parking space, or other off-street parking for ADU parking is not available, b. ADU is in a zone district that requires one or more parking spaces for the primary dwelling unit, and c. ADU is located on a block that prohibits on-street parking. 3. New residential development may be exempt from parking minimum requirements. See Section 10-1-3.7.A.C

1. 5.
  Reserved.
1. 6.
  Guest Parking.
  1. a.
    Within a single-family attached, multi-family, or mixed-use development, up to 15 percent of the minimum required on-site parking may be met by guest parking.
  2. b.
    Parking Plan. The applicant shall provide an on- and off-site parking plan at the time of application.
2. 7.
  Valet Parking. Valet parking may be permitted as a means of satisfying the parking requirements if all of the following standards are met:
  1. a.
    Attendant. At least one attendant is provided to park vehicles during business hours of the use utilizing the valet parking;
  2. b.
    Equivalent Spaces Provided. An equivalent number of valet spaces are available to replace the number of required on-site parking spaces unless the space used for valet parking is shared with another land use; and
  3. c.
    Striping Not Required. Valet spaces do not require individual striping and may provide for mass parking of vehicles.
3. 8.
  Tandem Parking. Tandem parking may be permitted as a means of satisfying the parking requirements if all of the following standards are met:
  1. a.
    Single-Family Dwellings. Tandem parking is permitted for single-family detached and attached dwellings;
  2. b.
    Minimum Dimensions. Two parking spaces in tandem must have a combined minimum dimension of nine feet wide by 36 feet in length (9' X 36');
  3. c.
    Assignment of Spaces. Both spaces in tandem shall be assigned to the same dwelling unit; and
  4. d.
    Guest Parking. Tandem parking is prohibited for the use of guest parking.
4. 9.
  Commercial Parking in Residential Districts. A commercial vehicle of not over one ton rated capacity may be parked on a lot whose principal use is residential and where the commercial vehicle is used by the resident of the premises.

D.
Shared Parking.
1. 1.
  Generally. Off-street parking for separate uses may be provided collectively if the total number of shared parking spaces is adequate to serve all uses.
2. 2.
  Location. All parking spaces that serve uses must be located in the same district and within 330 feet of the lots that use the parking spaces. Shared and valet parking spaces in a DMS, DTA or DMU district may be within 1,320 feet, measured along a sidewalk or walkway from the nearest pedestrian entrance of the development or building to the nearest parking space within the shared parking lot.
3. 3.
  Reduction. Parking that is required for a use may be used to fulfill the required parking of another use if their peak use periods do not overlap, as provided in Table 10-1-3.7.A.2, Shared Parking, below. The required number of parking spaces may be reduced as follows:
  1. a.
    Determine the minimum required parking for each individual land use according to Table 10-1-3.7.A.1, Required Off-Street Parking.
  2. b.
    Multiply the sum of required parking spaces for each individual use by the corresponding percentages for each time period set out in columns (B) through (F) of Table 10-1-3.7.A-2, Shared Parking, below.
  3. c.
    Calculate the total number of spaces for each time period.
  4. d.
    Select the column with the greatest number of required spaces, which is the required number of shared spaces.

Table 10-1-3.7.A.2 Shared Parking
(A) Use Category	Weekday		Weekend
(A) Use Category	(B) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(C) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(D) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(E) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(F) Night (12:00 p.m. to 6 a.m.)
Office, Civic and Institutional	100%	10%	10%	5%	5%
General Retail	60%	90%	100%	70%	5%
Overnight Accommodations	75%	100%	75%	100%	75%
Restaurant	50%	100%	100%	100%	10%
Entertainment	40%	100%	50%	100%	10%
All Other Uses	100%	100%	100%	100%	10%
Table Notes: Refer to Table 10-1-1.3.1, Land Use Matrix, for the use categories.

Table 10-1-3.7.A.2 Shared Parking
(A) Use Category	Weekday		Weekend
(A) Use Category	(B) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(C) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(D) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(E) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(F) Night (12:00 p.m. to 6 a.m.)
Office, Civic and Institutional	100%	10%	10%	5%	5%
General Retail	60%	90%	100%	70%	5%
Overnight Accommodations	75%	100%	75%	100%	75%
Restaurant	50%	100%	100%	100%	10%
Entertainment	40%	100%	50%	100%	10%
All Other Uses	100%	100%	100%	100%	10%
Table Notes: Refer to Table 10-1-1.3.1, Land Use Matrix, for the use categories.

Table 10-1-3.7.A.2 Shared Parking
(A) Use Category	Weekday		Weekend
(A) Use Category	(B) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(C) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(D) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(E) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(F) Night (12:00 p.m. to 6 a.m.)
Office, Civic and Institutional	100%	10%	10%	5%	5%
General Retail	60%	90%	100%	70%	5%
Overnight Accommodations	75%	100%	75%	100%	75%
Restaurant	50%	100%	100%	100%	10%
Entertainment	40%	100%	50%	100%	10%
All Other Uses	100%	100%	100%	100%	10%
Table Notes: Refer to Table 10-1-1.3.1, Land Use Matrix, for the use categories.

Table 10-1-3.7.A.2 Shared Parking
(A) Use Category	Weekday		Weekend
(A) Use Category	(B) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(C) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(D) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(E) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(F) Night (12:00 p.m. to 6 a.m.)
Office, Civic and Institutional	100%	10%	10%	5%	5%
General Retail	60%	90%	100%	70%	5%
Overnight Accommodations	75%	100%	75%	100%	75%
Restaurant	50%	100%	100%	100%	10%
Entertainment	40%	100%	50%	100%	10%
All Other Uses	100%	100%	100%	100%	10%
Table Notes: Refer to Table 10-1-1.3.1, Land Use Matrix, for the use categories.

1. 4.
  Calculation. Displayed in Table 10-1-3.7.A.3, Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation, is an example of how to calculate shared parking reductions.

Table 10-1-3.7.A.3 Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation
EXAMPLE: A mixed-use building or site has 40,000 sf of general office space, 15,000 sf of home furnishings, a 5,500 sf sit-down restaurant, a 25,000 sf movie theater, and 300 hotel rooms with no public meeting space. Separately, these uses would require 566 parking spaces. In this example, the minimum number of parking spaces required is 442, a 22% reduction.
(A) Use Category	Weekday		Weekend
(A) Use Category	(B) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(C) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(D) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(E) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(F) Night (12:00 p.m. to 6 a.m.)
Office	133	13	13	7	7
General Retail	23	34	38	27	2
Hotel	180	240	180	240	180
Restaurant, Sit-Down	27	55	55	55	6
Movie Theater	40	100	50	100	10
Column Totals	403	442	336	429	205

Table 10-1-3.7.A.3 Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation
EXAMPLE: A mixed-use building or site has 40,000 sf of general office space, 15,000 sf of home furnishings, a 5,500 sf sit-down restaurant, a 25,000 sf movie theater, and 300 hotel rooms with no public meeting space. Separately, these uses would require 566 parking spaces. In this example, the minimum number of parking spaces required is 442, a 22% reduction.
(A) Use Category	Weekday		Weekend
(A) Use Category	(B) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(C) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(D) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(E) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(F) Night (12:00 p.m. to 6 a.m.)
Office	133	13	13	7	7
General Retail	23	34	38	27	2
Hotel	180	240	180	240	180
Restaurant, Sit-Down	27	55	55	55	6
Movie Theater	40	100	50	100	10
Column Totals	403	442	336	429	205

Table 10-1-3.7.A.3 Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation
EXAMPLE: A mixed-use building or site has 40,000 sf of general office space, 15,000 sf of home furnishings, a 5,500 sf sit-down restaurant, a 25,000 sf movie theater, and 300 hotel rooms with no public meeting space. Separately, these uses would require 566 parking spaces. In this example, the minimum number of parking spaces required is 442, a 22% reduction.
(A) Use Category	Weekday		Weekend
(A) Use Category	(B) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(C) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(D) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(E) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(F) Night (12:00 p.m. to 6 a.m.)
Office	133	13	13	7	7
General Retail	23	34	38	27	2
Hotel	180	240	180	240	180
Restaurant, Sit-Down	27	55	55	55	6
Movie Theater	40	100	50	100	10
Column Totals	403	442	336	429	205

Table 10-1-3.7.A.3 Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation
EXAMPLE: A mixed-use building or site has 40,000 sf of general office space, 15,000 sf of home furnishings, a 5,500 sf sit-down restaurant, a 25,000 sf movie theater, and 300 hotel rooms with no public meeting space. Separately, these uses would require 566 parking spaces. In this example, the minimum number of parking spaces required is 442, a 22% reduction.
(A) Use Category	Weekday		Weekend
(A) Use Category	(B) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(C) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(D) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(E) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(F) Night (12:00 p.m. to 6 a.m.)
Office	133	13	13	7	7
General Retail	23	34	38	27	2
Hotel	180	240	180	240	180
Restaurant, Sit-Down	27	55	55	55	6
Movie Theater	40	100	50	100	10
Column Totals	403	442	336	429	205

1. 5.
  Shared Parking Plan.
  1. a.
    Generally.
    1.
    The plan must bind the owner(s) and all parties having a legal interest in the applicable land and structures, as well as such owners' and other parties' heirs, successors, and assigns.
    2.
    The shared parking plan shall control the issuance of permits and will restrict the use and operation of all land and buildings included within the shared parking plan.
    3.
    The shared parking plan may be amended or withdrawn, either partially or completely, pursuant to the same procedure and subject to the same limitations and requirements by which the shared parking plan was approved. All land and buildings remaining under the plan shall comply with all the controls and restrictions of the plan and all land and buildings withdrawn from the plan shall comply with all applicable regulations of this Section.
  2. b.
    Single ownership. A shared parking plan shall be filed as part of an application submission.
  3. c.
    Separate ownership. A shared parking plan shall include:
    1.
    A notarized statement identifying and signed by all property owners involved; indicating the use of each lot; the extent of the activities on each parcel and the demand for parking; and the times these parking demands will occur;
    2.
    A shared parking agreement identifying the designated spaces that are subject to the agreement, including a statement indicating that the parties understand that these designated spaces cannot be counted to support any use other than that identified in the agreement. This agreement must also identify the current property uses, property owners, and the entity responsible for maintenance of the parking space area;
    3.
    A contingency plan to provide sufficient parking if the shared parking agreement is violated by either party; and
    4.
    An agreement providing for the shared use of parking, executed by the parties involved and filed with the Director or the Director's designee. Such an agreement shall be filed of record with the County Clerk and Recorder, at the applicant's expense. Shared parking privileges will continue in effect only as long as the agreement, binding on all parties remains in force. If the agreement is no longer in force, then parking shall be provided as otherwise required by this Code.
2. 6.
  Special Parking Study.
  1. a.
    As an alternative to the shared parking provisions, an applicant may submit a special study to demonstrate that the parking required to serve multiple uses is less than the cumulative parking requirements for each individual use. The special study shall be conducted by a professional engineer and shall:
    1.
    Review peak parking demand duration as approved by the city;
    2.
    Propose a required number of parking spaces based on the combined peak hour demand for parking; and
    3.
    Provide data on the following:
    i.
    The sensitivity of the proposed uses to change;
    ii.
    Similar mixtures of uses in other areas of the community; and
    iii.
    Degree of variability of parking for individual uses (average, range, and standard deviation).
  2. b.
    The city may require a set-aside area if warranted due to the risk of parking needs changing over time.

E.
Loading.
1. 1.
  Loading Facility Required.
  1. a.
    Required Spaces. An applicant shall provide loading spaces according to the gross floor area requirements in Table 10-1-3.7.A.4, Required Off-Street Loading Facilities.

Table 10-1-3.7.A.4 Required Off-Street Loading Facilities
Gross Floor Area (sq. ft.)	Minimum Number of Spaces
0 - 10,000	0
10,001 - 75,000	1
75,001 - 150,000	2
150,001 - 300,000	3
Over 300,000	1 for each 100,000

Table 10-1-3.7.A.4 Required Off-Street Loading Facilities
Gross Floor Area (sq. ft.)	Minimum Number of Spaces
0 - 10,000	0
10,001 - 75,000	1
75,001 - 150,000	2
150,001 - 300,000	3
Over 300,000	1 for each 100,000

Table 10-1-3.7.A.4 Required Off-Street Loading Facilities
Gross Floor Area (sq. ft.)	Minimum Number of Spaces
0 - 10,000	0
10,001 - 75,000	1
75,001 - 150,000	2
150,001 - 300,000	3
Over 300,000	1 for each 100,000

Table 10-1-3.7.A.4 Required Off-Street Loading Facilities
Gross Floor Area (sq. ft.)	Minimum Number of Spaces
0 - 10,000	0
10,001 - 75,000	1
75,001 - 150,000	2
150,001 - 300,000	3
Over 300,000	1 for each 100,000

1. 1. b.
    Common Spaces.
    1.
    Multiple uses or occupancies located in a single building or on one site may be served by common loading space if the Director determines that the loading space can adequately serve each use.
    2.
    For a common loading space, the Director, in making a determination, shall combine the gross floor areas of the buildings and uses served by the loading space.
  2. c.
    Gross Floor Area.
    1.
    An off-street loading space requirement is based on the gross floor area, which does not include enclosed or covered areas used for off-street parking or loading.
    2.
    Each two square feet of exterior site area used for a commercial or industrial use, such as outdoor display and storage, shall equal one square foot of gross floor area for the purpose of calculating the number of spaces.
2. 2.
  Dimensional Requirements.
  1. a.
    The minimum dimensional requirements for loading facilities are 10 feet wide by 25 feet deep.
  2. b.
    A required loading facility shall maintain a 14 feet minimum vertical clearance.
3. 3.
  Screening. Loading facilities that adjoin or are adjacent to an ACR, LLR, MLR or SLR district shall be enclosed as depicted in Figure 10-1-3.7.A.1, Enclosed Loading, or shall be fully screened from the view of these districts by a building or solid screen wall.

Figure 10-1-3.7.A.1 Enclosed Loading

Figure 10-1-3.7.A.1 Enclosed Loading

Figure 10-1-3.7.A.1 Enclosed Loading

Figure 10-1-3.7.A.1 Enclosed Loading

(Ord. 09, Series of 2025; Ord. 10, Series of 2025)

Effective on: 6/12/2025

Subsec. 10-1-3.7.B Parking and Access in the DT Districts

Purpose. The purpose of this Subsection is to ensure the following are achieved.

1.
Adequate Parking. Adequate off-street vehicular and bicycle parking is provided for permitted uses in the Downtown (DT) districts to support various modes of transportation;
2.
Character. The character and quality of life in residential neighborhoods experience limited on-street parking congestion;
3.
Impacts. Indirect impacts on neighborhoods adjacent to the DMU, Downtown Mixed-Use, and DTA, Downtown Transition Area, districts are minimized;
4.
Loading. Adequate loading areas are provided that do not interfere with the function of pedestrian activity and other vehicular use areas;
5.
Flexibility and Creativity. Flexibility is promoted and creative redevelopment of small sites is encouraged;
6.
Efficiency and Environmental Benefits. The number of parking spaces allowed or required for development is capped or allowed to be reduced in order to promote the efficient use of land and mitigate the heat island effect of expansive paved areas;
7.
Sustainability. Parking areas are designed to facilitate pedestrian circulation, provide added vegetation, incorporate low-impact development design techniques, and use stormwater management systems as site amenities; and
8.
Comprehensive Plan. The functionality of parking implements the goals and policies of the Comprehensive Plan, as amended from time to time.

Applicability.

1.
Thresholds. The standards of this Subsection apply to all development, redevelopment, significant improvement, or adaptive reuse of properties that meet or exceed the thresholds established in Section 10-9-5.4, Site Plan, or Section 10-9-5.7, Master Development Plan.
2.
Parking Ratios. Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection, parking requirements for all uses shall be provided in accordance with Subsection 10-1-3.7.A, Parking and Loading.

Parking Areas.

1.
Generally. Landscaping in parking areas shall be designed to reduce the scale, visibility, and urban heat island effect of surface parking lots as set out in this Subsection.
2.
Small Parking Lots. Parking lots with fewer than 15 spaces are exempt from these regulations. Parking lots with 16 to 49 parking spaces shall be designed with the following requirements:
1. a.
  Coverage. At least five percent of the interior area of a parking lot shall be landscaped for which no less than 75 percent shall include living plant material.
2. b.
  Islands. Landscaped parking lot islands measuring 9' x 18' shall be delineated by a physical barrier, such as but not limited to, a concrete curb. All islands shall be planted with one shade tree per 162 square feet and with native, drought-tolerant shrubbery and groundcover. As determined by the Director, where practicable, landscaped islands shall be constructed as a vegetated bio-swale or rain garden.
3.
Large Parking Lots. Parking lots shall be shaped and/or landscaped to reduce their scale and overall impact by one of the following approaches, as depicted in Figure 10-1-3.7.B.1, Large Parking Lot Landscaping Examples:
1. a.
  Landscaping Increase. Increase the interior parking lot landscaping requirement for parking lots containing 50 to 99 spaces to a minimum of 10 percent of the parking lot area (#2 in Figure 10-1-3.7.B.1), excluding areas used for parking lot screening (#3 in Figure 10-1-3.7.B.1).
2. b.
  Visual Segmenting. For parking areas containing 100 or more parking spaces, provide landscaping across 10 percent of the interior area of a parking lot by:
  1. 1.
    Breaking the lot into visually separate lots with at least a 20-foot-wide landscaped zone between them (these lots can be interconnected) so long as they appear separate when viewed from the street (#1 and #4 in Figure 10-1-3.7.B.1); or
  2. 2.
    Creating divisions internal to the parking lot that visually divide it into segments through the provision of at least a 10-foot-wide landscape zone running the length of, at most, every third double-sided parking row (#1 in Figure 10-1-3.7.B.1).
3. c.
  Shade Trees. All landscaped areas that divide large parking lots shall include shade trees consisting of 75 percent evergreen and non-deciduous trees and 25 percent deciduous trees at a maximum spacing of 30 feet on center. Additional shade trees shall also be provided in any increased landscaping percentage requirement.

Figure 10-1-3.7.B.1

Large Parking Lot Landscaping Examples

Large Parking Lot Landscaping Illustration and Standards

1. 4.
  Parking Area Screening.
  1. a.
    Surface Parking. Where an allowed parking lot adjoins a street, screening shall occur by providing:
    1.
    A minimum five-foot wide buffer with a solid row of hedges across 100 percent of the linear dimension parallel, or roughly parallel, to street rights-of-way;
    2.
    A masonry wall that is a minimum of 30 inches and a maximum of four feet in height; or
    3.
    A decorative fence and shrubbery across 50 percent of the linear dimension parallel, or roughly parallel, to street rights-of-way.
  2. b.
    Tuck-Under Parking. Tuck-under parking shall be screened from view from adjacent properties and non-alley rights-of-way by buildings or a buffer that screens 100 percent of the parking from public view.
2. 5.
  Parking Structure Foundation Plantings.
  1. a.
    Generally. Parking structures shall have planting areas adjacent to the base of the building with a minimum width and radius as set out in Table 10-1-3.7.B.1, Minimum Foundation Planting Width and Radius. Where planting areas are required, they may be crossed with walkways of the minimum width required to provide access to the structure.
  2. b.
    Street-Facing and Interior Side. One evergreen or non-deciduous shade tree or three non-deciduous ornamental trees shall be planted within the street facing and interior side foundation planting areas for every 20 linear feet, measured parallel to the building. Remaining portions of the planting area shall be planted with groundcover. A maximum of 50 percent of the remaining portions of the planting area may consist of decorative pavers or stamped, dyed concrete. Vegetated rain gardens and/or naturalized, low-maintenance gardens may be used in lieu of or together with the required groundcover.
3. 6.
  Tree Canopy Credit. Required trees in parking area landscaping count toward the tree canopy coverage requirements set out in Section 10-2-4.1, DT Landscaping.

Table 10-1-3.7.B.B.1

Minimum Foundation Planting Width and Radius

Structure Side

Planting Width and Radius

Street-Facing

Interior Side

Table 10-1-3.7.B.B.1

Minimum Foundation Planting Width and Radius

Structure Side

Planting Width and Radius

Street-Facing

Interior Side

Table 10-1-3.7.B.B.1

Minimum Foundation Planting Width and Radius

Structure Side

Planting Width and Radius

Street-Facing

Interior Side

Table 10-1-3.7.B.B.1

Minimum Foundation Planting Width and Radius

Structure Side

Planting Width and Radius

Street-Facing

Interior Side

D.
Parking Minimums and Maximums.
1. 1.
  Parking Ratio Adjustment. Unless exempted in Section 10-1-3.7.A., the minimum parking ratios in Table 10-1-3.7.A.1, Required Off-Street Parking, shall apply to the DT districts with the following modifications:
  1. a.
    Multi-Family Dwellings (not including single-family attached). For multi-family and mixed-use developments (for example, a stand-alone apartment building type or buildings), one space shall be required per unit.
  2. b.
    Office. For single-use developments (for example, a stand-alone office building type or building), one space shall be required per 300 square feet of gross leasable area.
  3. c.
    Retail Sales, Service, and Repair. One space shall be required per 500 square feet of gross floor area.
  4. d.
    Restaurants. One space shall be required per 150 square feet of gross floor area.
2. 2.
  Off-Street Surface Parking Maximums. The maximum number of off-street surface parking spaces that may be provided in the DT districts shall be no more than 125 percent of the minimum parking requirements established in this Subsection and Table 10-1-3.7.A.1, Required Off-Street Parking. This maximum shall not apply to structured parking.
E.
Downtown Parking Credits and Reductions. Upon approval of the City Manager or the City Manager's designee and with consideration based on current parking usage, an applicant may utilize one of the following parking credits and reductions of required parking in order to reduce the minimum required off-street surface parking spaces by up to 50 percent of required spaces. The credits and reductions shall not be cumulative.
1. 1.
  Electric Vehicle Charging Station. Each off-street electric vehicle charging station with a rating of 240 volts or higher shall count as 1.5 off-street parking spaces toward satisfaction of the minimum required off-street parking requirements, for a maximum credit of 10 percent of required spaces.
2. 2.
  Reserved.
3. 3.
  RTD Pass. With authorization of the City Manager, on a legal affidavit approved by the City Attorney, reauthorized on a bi-annual basis, required off-street surface parking spaces may be reduced by 30 percent when, according to Table 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix, a commercial or office business, apartment, or a mixed-use building (upper floor residential units) with 50 or more employees or dwelling units provides RTD passes for all part- and full-time employees and/or residences.
4. 4.
  Ride Sharing.
  1. a.
    Designated Space. Each drop-off/pick-up space, measuring 10 feet wide by 22' deep, up to a maximum of three, allocated and marked for ride sharing services shall count as 1.5 off-street parking spaces toward satisfaction of the minimum required off-street parking requirements. Ride sharing spaces shall be posted as “Reserved for Ride Sharing.” Such spaces shall be located in a pick-up and drop-off area abutting the building and shall not be counted toward any required stacking spaces related to drive-in or drive-through operations.
  2. b.
    Rideshare Program. Required off-street surface parking spaces may be reduced by 30 percent when a development initiates and maintains the Denver Regional Council of Government’s “Way To Go” ridesharing program for its residents and/or employees.
  3. c.
    Study. The Director may require an applicant to provide a traffic impact study to determine peak period demands and stacking requirements if the type of use or its operation appears to warrant more or less stacking area.
  4. d.
    Use. No vehicle shall park or stand in a drop-off/pick-up zone other than while actually engaged in the loading or unloading of passengers or materials. In no event shall any vehicle be parked or stand in a drop-off/pick-up zone for more than 15 minutes.
5. 5.
  On-Street Parking.
  1. a.
    Applicability. In the DMS and DTA districts, on-street parking may count toward satisfaction of the minimum required off-street parking on any property that is directly adjacent to and abutting a street where on-street parking is permitted, with written approval of the Director.
  2. b.
    Location and Availability. On-street spaces shall be located on a public street and directly adjacent to and abutting the subject property. Only those spaces adjacent to and on the same side of the street as the subject property may be counted, as authorized.
  3. c.
    Prohibited Parking. Bus stops, clear zones adjacent to curb cuts, and other areas where parking is prohibited shall not be included in the calculation of available on-street parking spaces.
  4. d.
    Dimensions. An on-street parking space shall be a minimum of eight feet in width and 22 feet in length and shall be fully adjacent to the subject property. For example, a lot with 60 linear feet of street frontage could receive credit for a maximum of two on-street parking spaces.
6. 6.
  Shuttle to RTD Station. With authorization of the Director, on a legal affidavit approved by the City Attorney, reauthorized on a bi-annual basis, public and institutional uses and those in the Office use category that provide regularly scheduled shuttle transit to an RTD station may receive up to a five percent reduction in the number of required off-street parking spaces, as follows:
  1. a.
    Peak-Hour Service. A five percent reduction is allowed for shuttle service taking place at the use’s peak hour(s) of traffic to an RTD station.
  2. b.
    Documentation. As warrant for authorization, documentation approved by the City Attorney shall be provided that demonstrates the commitment of the business or institutional establishment to provide regularly scheduled shuttle transit to an RTD station.
7. 7.
  Tuck-Under Parking. Each two on-site tuck-under parking spaces shall count as three off-street parking spaces toward satisfying the minimum required off-street parking. Refer to Section 10-2-4.1, DT Landscaping, for screening standards related to tuck-under parking.
8. 8.
  Bicycle Parking. An approved bicycle parking facility may be substituted for off-street vehicle parking on a ratio of one bicycle parking space per 20 vehicle parking spaces; provided, that such substitution shall not replace more than 10 percent of the total vehicle parking required by Subsection 10-1-3.7.A, Parking and Loading.
F.
Vehicle Access and Parking Design Standards.
1. 1.
  Surface Parking Location.
  1. a.
    Generally. Off-street surface parking shall be located on the subject property in relation to the principal building in accordance with Figure 10-1-3.7.B.1, Vehicle Surface Parking Location.
  2. b.
    Tuck-Under Parking. Tuck-under parking with required screening set out in Section 10-2-4.1, DT Landscaping, is exempt from these surface parking location requirements.

Figure 10-1-3.7.B.1 Vehicle Surface Parking Location¹

Parking Locations	Districts
Parking Locations	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Rear Parking	P	P	P	P
Front Parking	--	--	--	--
Corner Side Parking	P	P	--	P
Interior Side Parking³	P²	P²	P²	P²
Table Notes: P = Parking Location Permitted "--" = Parking Location Prohibited 1. Illustrations are conceptual only and are intended to show parking area locations in relation to buildings. They are not intended to show amount of parking required for any particular land use or any other required features or characteristics. 2. A buffer in accordance with this Subsection shall be required between the interior side parking area and a single- or two-family residential use. Otherwise, the buffer type required in Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards, applies. 3. Interior side parking that does not have access from a public right-of-way may require the owner to obtain a cross access easement together with the adjacent property in accordance with this Subsection.

Figure 10-1-3.7.B.1 Vehicle Surface Parking Location¹

Parking Locations	Districts
Parking Locations	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Rear Parking	P	P	P	P
Front Parking	--	--	--	--
Corner Side Parking	P	P	--	P
Interior Side Parking³	P²	P²	P²	P²
Table Notes: P = Parking Location Permitted "--" = Parking Location Prohibited 1. Illustrations are conceptual only and are intended to show parking area locations in relation to buildings. They are not intended to show amount of parking required for any particular land use or any other required features or characteristics. 2. A buffer in accordance with this Subsection shall be required between the interior side parking area and a single- or two-family residential use. Otherwise, the buffer type required in Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards, applies. 3. Interior side parking that does not have access from a public right-of-way may require the owner to obtain a cross access easement together with the adjacent property in accordance with this Subsection.

Figure 10-1-3.7.B.1 Vehicle Surface Parking Location¹

Parking Locations	Districts
Parking Locations	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Rear Parking	P	P	P	P
Front Parking	--	--	--	--
Corner Side Parking	P	P	--	P
Interior Side Parking³	P²	P²	P²	P²
Table Notes: P = Parking Location Permitted "--" = Parking Location Prohibited 1. Illustrations are conceptual only and are intended to show parking area locations in relation to buildings. They are not intended to show amount of parking required for any particular land use or any other required features or characteristics. 2. A buffer in accordance with this Subsection shall be required between the interior side parking area and a single- or two-family residential use. Otherwise, the buffer type required in Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards, applies. 3. Interior side parking that does not have access from a public right-of-way may require the owner to obtain a cross access easement together with the adjacent property in accordance with this Subsection.

Figure 10-1-3.7.B.1 Vehicle Surface Parking Location¹

Parking Locations	Districts
Parking Locations	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Rear Parking	P	P	P	P
Front Parking	--	--	--	--
Corner Side Parking	P	P	--	P
Interior Side Parking³	P²	P²	P²	P²
Table Notes: P = Parking Location Permitted "--" = Parking Location Prohibited 1. Illustrations are conceptual only and are intended to show parking area locations in relation to buildings. They are not intended to show amount of parking required for any particular land use or any other required features or characteristics. 2. A buffer in accordance with this Subsection shall be required between the interior side parking area and a single- or two-family residential use. Otherwise, the buffer type required in Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards, applies. 3. Interior side parking that does not have access from a public right-of-way may require the owner to obtain a cross access easement together with the adjacent property in accordance with this Subsection.

1. 2.
  Vehicular Access to Off-Street Parking.
  1. a.
    Generally.
    1.
    Except as modified by this paragraph, vehicular access shall be reviewed for:
    i.
    Sight distance;
    ii.
    Proximity to intersection;
    iii.
    Traffic control condition (signs, signals, etc.); and
    iv.
    Proximity to existing accessways.
    2.
    In all DT districts, if a dedicated 12-foot wide alley is adjacent to the property, then new vehicular access points shall take access from the alley. If the alley is unimproved, then the applicant shall improve the alley to the satisfaction of the City Engineer.
    3.
    If an adequate alley for vehicular passage is not available, then new vehicular access points shall access a secondary street. If neither an alley nor a secondary street is available, then new vehicular access points may access a primary street.
  2. b.
    Access. Direct vehicular access to a Mixed-Use/Downtown Main Street corridor by a private access is prohibited unless no viable alternative is available. Access to abutting property will be confined to local streets. Corner lots abutting an intersection of a Mixed-Use/Downtown Main Street corridor and local street shall take access from the local street, provided the access meets the requirements of this Code.
  3. c.
    Number. There may be only one connection permitted per lot on a Mixed-Use/Downtown Main Street corridor, which may not be greater than 24 feet in width for every 100 feet of street frontage.
  4. d.
    Maximum Width. Residential accessways shall be a maximum of 12 feet wide. Residential accessways that access an alley and accessways for non-residential and mixed-use shall be a maximum of 24 feet wide.
  5. e.
    Double-Track Accessways. Double-track/wheel strip accessways are permitted in the DNR district in association with a single-family detached or single-family attached/duplex dwelling, provided each wheel strip is a minimum of 18 inches, and a maximum of 36 inches in width and the area between the wheel strips is planted with living groundcover. However, within the public right-of-way, the accessway shall be fully paved along its total width, from the property line to the curb line.

Figure 10-1-3.7.B.2

Wheel Strip Driveway Example

Figure 10-1-3.7.B.2

Wheel Strip Driveway Example

Figure 10-1-3.7.B.2

Wheel Strip Driveway Example

Figure 10-1-3.7.B.2

Wheel Strip Driveway Example

1. 3.
  Parking Structures. Refer to Section 10-2-3.2, DT Standards of Design, for parking structure design standards.
2. 4.
  Parking Lot Lighting.
  1. a.
    City Code. All lighting shall comply with Title 10, Chapter 15, Lighting Requirements, of the City Code.
  2. b.
    Pedestrian and Temporary Lighting. On-site pedestrian bollard lights and lights mounted on buildings or poles not taller than 15 feet above grade shall be provided. The required minimum illumination for walkways and other pedestrian areas is 0.25-foot candles, or as determined by Illumination Engineering Society (IES) Standards. The required minimum illumination for walkways and other pedestrian areas shall be designed in accordance with IES Standards. Holiday and other styles of temporary rope lighting shall not be used to highlight features of a principal building. All temporary lighting is required to meet Title 10, Chapter 15, Lighting Requirements, of the City Code.
  3. c.
    Pole Lights. Free-standing, on-site pedestrian pole lights and parking lot lights that are within 20 feet of a residential use or district shall be a maximum of 15 feet tall. Other free-standing light poles shall be a maximum of 18 feet tall.
3. 5.
  Paving Materials for Surface Parking and Accessways.
  1. a.
    Generally. All off-street surface parking areas and accessways shall be paved with one or a combination of concrete, asphalt, porous asphalt, concrete pavers, paving blocks, permeable or porous pavers, brick, or similar materials approved by the City Engineer. Permeable pavement shall be limited to pedestrian areas, areas with low vehicular traffic volumes, smaller axle loads, and low speeds such as parking stalls, smaller parking lots, overflow parking areas of larger parking lots, and other areas with little or no traffic.
  2. b.
    Differentiation. Special paving patterns and materials shall be utilized to delineate building entries and provide interest and variation.
  3. c.
    District-Specific Standard. In the DNR and DTA districts, an extension of the sidewalk paving shall be provided on private property to allow enough space to plant street trees adjacent to the curb, as determined by the Director.
4. 6.
  Shared and Cross Access. Shared and cross access, as depicted in Figure 10-1-3.7.B.3, Shared and Cross Access, shall be provided for multiple-family, non-residential, and mixed-use developments according to the following:
  1. a.
    Shared Access.
    1.
    Access that is shared by abutting properties, whether under single or separate ownership, shall be preserved using a shared access easement that is acceptable to the City Attorney and recorded in the office of the appropriate Clerk and Recorder's Office, at the applicant's expense. The obligation to provide and maintain shared access shall run with the land.
    2.
    If there is an existing shared access for which there is no recorded legal documentation, the shared access shall continue, and legal documentation shall be executed and recorded.
  2. b.
    Cross Access.
    1.
    Cross access between off-street surface parking areas shall be provided, where feasible, based on lot shape, size, and configuration. The Director may deem improved alleys (either already improved or improved by the applicant) as an acceptable way to provide cross access or, if an improved or improvable alley is not available, may require a cross access easement at the rear of the property, or may require the subject property to connect to an existing adjoining cross access easement.
    2.
    Where connections to abutting parcels are possible with a cross access easement but do not exist at the time of development, the parcel proposed for development shall stub-out drive aisles and sidewalks to allow for two-way vehicular and pedestrian connections on the abutting parcel.
    3.
    The applicant shall record a cross access easement in a form acceptable to the City Attorney to allow for future connection of the stub-out(s) to the adjoining property.

Figure 10-1-3.7.B.3

Shared and Cross Access

Figure Note: This graphic depicts both on-site cross access and alley cross access. A minimum of one type of access is required according to Subsection (f), Shared and Cross Access, above.

I.
Pedestrian Circulation.
1. 1.
  Connectivity.
  1. a.
    Connection to the Street. The on-site pedestrian circulation system must connect all adjacent public rights-of-way to the main building entrance. The connection must follow a direct route and not involve significant out-of-direction travel for system users.
  2. b.
    Connection to Abutting Properties. The on-site pedestrian circulation system must provide at least one connection to existing paths and sidewalks on abutting properties or to the likely location of future paths or sidewalks on those properties. When the Director determines that no paths or sidewalks exist on a neighboring property or it is not possible to determine the likely location of future path or sidewalk connections or extending a connection would create a safety hazard on either property, no such connection is required.
  3. c.
    Internal Connections. The on-site pedestrian circulation system must connect all buildings on the site and provide connections to other areas of the site likely to be used by pedestrians and non-motorized travel, such as parking areas, bicycle parking, recreational areas, common outdoor areas, plazas, and similar amenity features.
2. 2.
  Design. Required on-site pedestrian circulation facilities must be designed and constructed in accordance with the following requirements:
  1. a.
    The on-site pedestrian circulation system must be paved and be at least five feet in width.
  2. b.
    When the on-site pedestrian circulation system crosses accessways, parking areas, or loading areas, it must be clearly differentiated through the use of elevation changes, a different paving material, or other equally effective methods. Striping does not meet this requirement.
  3. c.
    When the on-site pedestrian circulation system is parallel and adjacent to a vehicle travel lane, it must be a raised path at least six inches above the vehicle travel lane surface or be separated from the vehicle travel lane by a raised curb, bollards, landscaping, or another physical barrier. If a raised path is used, the ends of the raised portions must be equipped with accessible curb ramps.
  4. d.
    The on-site pedestrian circulation system must be illuminated to ensure that it can be used safely at night by employees, residents, and customers. Lighting shall be placed at a height to have an average illumination level of one foot-candle.
3. 3.
  Plan. A pedestrian circulation plan that includes walkways, crosswalks, and traffic control devices that create safe and convenient pedestrian paths from all parking areas and other internal pedestrian walkways shall be provided on a Site Plan or Master Development Plan. The pedestrian circulation plan shall accomplish the following:
  1. a.
    Minimize points of conflict between pedestrians and moving vehicles;
  2. b.
    Channelize pedestrian flows to crossing areas, and provide well-defined paths across major drive aisles with measures such as alternative paving materials, pavement colorized (not painted) in contrasting or complementary hues and signage; and
  3. c.
    Connect internal pedestrian walkways to existing and future external walkways.

(Ord. 10, Series of 2025)

Effective on: 6/12/2025

Subsec. 10-1-3.7.C Parking and Loading Design

Parking Access.

1.
Access to Parking Spaces. Parking shall be designed:
1. a.
  To allow vehicles to enter and exit in a forward motion, except for single-family detached dwellings with access from an alley or local street.
2. b.
  So a vehicle may enter or exit without having to move another vehicle.
2.
Driveway. Parking in the front yard of single-family detached and attached dwellings is restricted to the driveway.

Compact Car Parking. Up to 25 percent of the off-street parking spaces required by Subsection 10-1-3.7.A, Parking and Loading, may be designed as compact car parking spaces. Compact spaces shall be marked with a vertical post designating the spaces for "Compact Cars Only." All other parking spaces shall meet the standards of this Section.

Electric and Alternative Fuel Vehicles.

1.
Where Required. Preferential parking for electric and alternative fuel vehicles shall be provided for all new or redeveloped non-residential and mixed-use parking areas containing 50 or more spaces.
2.
Location of Parking Spaces. Electric and alternative fuel parking spaces shall be located in near proximity to the primary entrance.
3.
Signage. Each parking space shall be marked with a post designating the spaces for "Alternative Fuel Vehicles".
4.
Existing Vehicle Recharging Stations. Existing parking spaces with vehicle recharging stations may be used to meet the requirements of this Subsection.

Snow Storage.

1.
Provision. Snow storage areas shall be provided on-site.
2.
Obstructions. Snow shall be stored in a manner that does not restrict access, circulation, or sightlines for pedestrians or vehicles at driveways, sidewalks, or other access points. Required off-street parking and loading spaces, driveways, access aisles, and walkways shall not be used for snow storage.
3.
Storage in Landscape Areas. Landscape areas shall not be used for snow storage unless designed for that purpose, with non-compacted soils, adequate area for snow piles, and plantings selected for salt tolerance and durability.
4.
Off-Site Snow Storage. If snow storage cannot be accommodated on-site, snow may be stored off-site, as proposed by the owner to the Director with sufficient detail to ensure adequate parking during snow events.

Traffic Control. All traffic control devices (e.g., signs, markings, and signals) shall conform to the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD), latest edition, published by the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) under 23 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR), Part 655, Subpart F. Non-MUTCD sign types may be approved by the Public Works Director.

Parking Space Dimensions. Parking spaces shall have the following dimensions:

1.
Standard. The standard size of a parking space is 9' X 18', as shown in Figure 10-1-3.7.C.1, Parking Space Dimensions.
2.
Alternate. The standard depth of a parking space may be reduced to 17 feet provided there is allowance for a minimum two-foot bumper overhang and minimum passable sidewalk width of five feet along the curb, as shown in Figure 10-1-3.7.C.2, Bumper Overhang.
3.
Parallel. A parking space that is parallel to a street, building, or other improvements shall be a minimum of eight feet wide by 20 feet deep (8' X 20').
4.
Compact Cars. The dimensions of a parking space for compact cars are eight feet wide by 16 feet deep (8' X 16').

Figure 10-1-3.7.C.1
Parking Space Dimensions

Parking Space Dimensions and Specifications

Figure 10-1-3.7.C.2
Bumper Overhang

Bumper Overhang Dimensions and Specifications

G.
Parking Modules. Parking modules shall be dimensioned as set out in Table 10-1-3.7.C.1 Parking Module Dimensions, which are illustrated in Figure 10-1-3.7.C.3, Parking Module Standards.

Table 10-1-3.7.C.1 Parking Module Dimensions
Measurements	Parking Space Angle
Measurements	0° Parallel Parking	45° Diagonal	60° Diagonal	90° Head-In
One-Stall Row, One-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	8'	20'-7"	21'-11"	18'
Drive Aisle Width	13'-2"	13'-10"	15'-6"	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	21'-2"	34'-5"	37'-5"	42'
Two Stall Rows, One-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	16'	41'-1"	43'-8"	36'
Drive Aisle Width	13'-2"	13'-10"	15'-6"	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	29'-2"	54'-11"	59'-2"	60'
One Stall Row, Two-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	8'	20'-7"	21'-11"	18'
Drive Aisle Width	23'-3"	20'	22'	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	31'-3"	40'-7"	43'-11"	42'
Two Stall Rows, Two-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	16'	41'-1"	43'-8"	36'
Drive Aisle Width	23'-3"	20'	22'	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	39'-3"	61'-1"	65'-8"	60'

Table 10-1-3.7.C.1 Parking Module Dimensions
Measurements	Parking Space Angle
Measurements	0° Parallel Parking	45° Diagonal	60° Diagonal	90° Head-In
One-Stall Row, One-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	8'	20'-7"	21'-11"	18'
Drive Aisle Width	13'-2"	13'-10"	15'-6"	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	21'-2"	34'-5"	37'-5"	42'
Two Stall Rows, One-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	16'	41'-1"	43'-8"	36'
Drive Aisle Width	13'-2"	13'-10"	15'-6"	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	29'-2"	54'-11"	59'-2"	60'
One Stall Row, Two-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	8'	20'-7"	21'-11"	18'
Drive Aisle Width	23'-3"	20'	22'	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	31'-3"	40'-7"	43'-11"	42'
Two Stall Rows, Two-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	16'	41'-1"	43'-8"	36'
Drive Aisle Width	23'-3"	20'	22'	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	39'-3"	61'-1"	65'-8"	60'

Table 10-1-3.7.C.1 Parking Module Dimensions
Measurements	Parking Space Angle
Measurements	0° Parallel Parking	45° Diagonal	60° Diagonal	90° Head-In
One-Stall Row, One-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	8'	20'-7"	21'-11"	18'
Drive Aisle Width	13'-2"	13'-10"	15'-6"	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	21'-2"	34'-5"	37'-5"	42'
Two Stall Rows, One-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	16'	41'-1"	43'-8"	36'
Drive Aisle Width	13'-2"	13'-10"	15'-6"	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	29'-2"	54'-11"	59'-2"	60'
One Stall Row, Two-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	8'	20'-7"	21'-11"	18'
Drive Aisle Width	23'-3"	20'	22'	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	31'-3"	40'-7"	43'-11"	42'
Two Stall Rows, Two-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	16'	41'-1"	43'-8"	36'
Drive Aisle Width	23'-3"	20'	22'	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	39'-3"	61'-1"	65'-8"	60'

Table 10-1-3.7.C.1 Parking Module Dimensions
Measurements	Parking Space Angle
Measurements	0° Parallel Parking	45° Diagonal	60° Diagonal	90° Head-In
One-Stall Row, One-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	8'	20'-7"	21'-11"	18'
Drive Aisle Width	13'-2"	13'-10"	15'-6"	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	21'-2"	34'-5"	37'-5"	42'
Two Stall Rows, One-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	16'	41'-1"	43'-8"	36'
Drive Aisle Width	13'-2"	13'-10"	15'-6"	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	29'-2"	54'-11"	59'-2"	60'
One Stall Row, Two-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	8'	20'-7"	21'-11"	18'
Drive Aisle Width	23'-3"	20'	22'	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	31'-3"	40'-7"	43'-11"	42'
Two Stall Rows, Two-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	16'	41'-1"	43'-8"	36'
Drive Aisle Width	23'-3"	20'	22'	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	39'-3"	61'-1"	65'-8"	60'

Figure 10-1-3.7.C.3
Parking Module Standards

Parking Module Standards

H.
Large Parking Lots. Parking lots containing more than 300 spaces shall be designed in modules of 150 spaces, or a portion thereof. Each module shall be divided into individual areas and separated by landscaping or other elements of site design, e.g., pedestrian walkways, linear bioswales, greenways, etc. The Director may adjust certain standards whereby strict application of this requirement would be impractical due to existing or natural conditions, property size or arrangement, safety constraints, engineering design or construction practices, or other similar conditions.
I.
Loading Space Design.
1. 1.
  Generally.
  1. a.
    Off-Street Parking. A loading space or berth may not be used to satisfy the requirements for off-street parking.
  2. b.
    Vehicle Repair. Motor vehicle repair or service of any kind is prohibited in conjunction with off-street loading facilities.
  3. c.
    Location.
    1.
    Same Lot. All loading spaces or berths shall be located on the same lot as the use being served.
    2.
    Alleys. Adjoining alley space may be utilized for loading with approval from the Public Works Director.
    3.
    Proximity to Intersection. No loading space or berth shall be located within 40 feet of an intersection, measured from the nearest lot line to the intersection of right-of-way lines.
    4.
    Restrictions. No loading space or berth may be located in a required front yard, sight triangle, or in a manner that partially or wholly obstructs an alley or public rights-of-way.
  4. d.
    Access. Each off-street loading space or berth shall be designed with means of truck access to a street or alley in a manner that will least interfere with traffic movement.
2. 2.
  Spaces Required. The required number of off-street loading facilities is set out in Table 10-1-3.7.C.2, Loading Spaces Required.

Table 10-1-3.7.C.2 Loading Spaces Required
Use Categories	Gross Floor Area in Square Feet	Number of Required Loading Spaces
Industrial and Manufacturing	Less than 10,000	0
	10,000–50,000	1
	50,001–100,000	2
	Each additional 100,000	1
Commercial and Office	Less than 10,000	0
	10,000–100,000	1
	100,001–200,000	2
	Each additional 100,000	1

Table 10-1-3.7.C.2 Loading Spaces Required
Use Categories	Gross Floor Area in Square Feet	Number of Required Loading Spaces
Industrial and Manufacturing	Less than 10,000	0
	10,000–50,000	1
	50,001–100,000	2
	Each additional 100,000	1
Commercial and Office	Less than 10,000	0
	10,000–100,000	1
	100,001–200,000	2
	Each additional 100,000	1

Table 10-1-3.7.C.2 Loading Spaces Required
Use Categories	Gross Floor Area in Square Feet	Number of Required Loading Spaces
Industrial and Manufacturing	Less than 10,000	0
	10,000–50,000	1
	50,001–100,000	2
	Each additional 100,000	1
Commercial and Office	Less than 10,000	0
	10,000–100,000	1
	100,001–200,000	2
	Each additional 100,000	1

Table 10-1-3.7.C.2 Loading Spaces Required
Use Categories	Gross Floor Area in Square Feet	Number of Required Loading Spaces
Industrial and Manufacturing	Less than 10,000	0
	10,000–50,000	1
	50,001–100,000	2
	Each additional 100,000	1
Commercial and Office	Less than 10,000	0
	10,000–100,000	1
	100,001–200,000	2
	Each additional 100,000	1

1. 3.
  Types of Spaces.
  1. a.
    BC and IP Districts. Each loading space shall be a minimum of 12' X 45' with a minimum clearance of 15'.
  2. b.
    NC and CM Districts. Each loading space shall be a minimum of 12' X 18' with a minimum clearance of 15'.
  3. c.
    Mixed-Use Development in the CM District. The loading space dimensions within a mixed-use development shall be determined through the Site Plan or Master Development Plan process.
2. 4.
  Buffering. Docks and loading spaces shall be located to the rear of the principal building and screened with a Type B bufferyard along all adjoining streets. Docks and loading areas that are between the principal building and a residential use or district shall comply with the following additional standards:
  1. a.
    Use of Enclosed Loading. The loading area shall be enclosed by a roof and wall between the principal building and the residential lot or boundary line; or
  2. b.
    Absence of Enclosed Loading. The loading area shall be screened along its length by a Type C bufferyard as set out in Subsection 10-1-3.6.F, Bufferyard Requirements.

K.
Stacking. Stacking spaces are used to measure the capacity of a drive-through lane to hold vehicles while transactions are taking place at drive-through service or order stations. A stacking space measures 10' X 20' and provides direct access to a service or order station. The position in front of a drive-through order station is counted as one stacking space.
1. 1.
  Minimum Requirements. Uses that include drive-through service shall not have fewer than the following number of stacking spaces:
  1. a.
    A bank or credit union, office, retail sales, dry cleaning store, drug store, and similar retail sales uses shall provide a minimum of three stacking spaces per each drive-through station.
  2. b.
    A drive-through restaurant shall provide a minimum of six stacking spaces leading to each order board.
  3. c.
    Drive-through only uses such as vending kiosks or ATMs in buildings with less than 300 square feet of gross floor area shall provide a minimum of three stacking spaces per service window.
2. 2.
  Design. Drive-through lanes shall be designed in accordance with the standards set out in Subsection 10-3-3.2.B, CMU Building and Site Design.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.7.D Use and Maintenance

Surface.

1.
All driveways, parking spaces, access ways, and loading zones shall be surfaced with concrete, asphalt or pavers in accordance with all applicable standards and specifications of the city. Parking areas on single-family lots may also be surfaced with rock per the requirements of this Subsection.
2.
Pervious Parking. Pervious parking surfaces are permitted when the following conditions are met:
1. a.
  Standards and specifications for the application of pervious parking are submitted by a registered professional engineer to the Public Works Director for review and approval.
2. b.
  Pervious paving materials and other soil stabilization techniques are used in a manner to assure that parking will remain functional in heavy rains or drought.
3. c.
  Pervious paving materials are installed according to manufacturer's specifications, including sub-surface preparation, composition, and density of compaction.
4. d.
  Sub-surface soil testing shall demonstrate that the manufacturer's specifications will be met to allow for percolation and other stormwater functions. A registered professional engineer shall also make inspections and tests as necessary to certify that construction of the pavement is consistent with the approved plans as well as industry and manufacturer's standards.
5. e.
  Pervious parking areas shall allow stormwater to percolate into the ground as designed as part of an overall stormwater management system and in accordance with the approved Site Plan or Master Development Plan.
6. f.
  Pervious parking areas shall be provided with drainage facilities adequate to properly dispose of all surface water run-off.
7. g.
  Regular maintenance of pervious parking areas is necessary to ensure long-term integrity. Sweeping or other recommended maintenance procedures as per manufacturer's specifications must be implemented. If such areas cease to function in providing adequate parking, drainage or cause sedimentation within the drainage system, then paving to normal design standards and implementation of alternate stormwater facilities may be required.
3.
Alternative Materials. Under some circumstances, the Public Works Director may allow the following alternative materials for parking areas:
1. a.
  Stabilized grassed areas for uses requiring only occasional parking or transitory vehicle storage.
2. b.
  Other alternative surface materials may include, but are not limited to, road base or crushed hard rock, provided:
  1. 1.
    The depth of the surface material is at least four inches;
  2. 2.
    Lines delineating parking spaces are clearly visible;
  3. 3.
    The subgrade, or soil beneath the parking surface, is properly prepared to minimize the future maintenance expense and to ensure that traffic loads do not displace or deteriorate the parking surface;
  4. 4.
    A weed barrier is placed on top of the subgrade to prevent the intrusion of weeds, which must allow for the efficient drainage of water to assure maximum stability of the parking surface; and
  5. 5.
    The surface is properly and regularly maintained to reduce the amount of loose debris transported onto public rights-of-way.

Construction and Maintenance of Single-Family Residential Parking.

1.
Materials To Be Used. Pavement materials shall be concrete or asphalt of sufficient thickness to support the weight of parked vehicles, brick, concrete, or stone pavers with a minimum depth of two and one-half inches and placed over an appropriate road base, or crushed hard rock with a minimum depth of four inches. Crushed hard rock shall have a nominal gradation of one and one-half inches in size. River cobble, lava rock, crushed shale, recycled concrete or asphalt or other similar materials shall not be used.
2.
Border Requirements. Borders are required for the use of crushed hard rock, brick, concrete, or stone pavers, and shall be not less than four inches in height made from four inch by four inch pressure treated timbers, brick, concrete, or stone pavers of not less than four inches in height or length and two and one-half inches in thickness. When installed, borders shall be capable of sustaining vehicle loads without fracturing or otherwise deteriorating and shall be backfilled against the outer perimeter of the border. The border shall completely surround the driveway or parking space except along any side adjacent to an approved driveway, street, or alley.
3.
Improved Driveway Requirements. Access to any improved driveway or parking space shall be from an adjoining existing paved driveway, parking space, or a public or private street or alley. If a new driveway accesses a street differently than the current driveway, approval shall be obtained from the Public Works Traffic Engineering Division.
4.
Required Dimensions. Minimum dimensions of an improved driveway or parking space shall be seven feet wide by 10 feet long; however, the improved surface shall be of sufficient length to be accessed and used by any vehicles without driving or parking on adjacent areas that are not improved for vehicles.
5.
Subgrade Preparation. The subgrade, or soil beneath the driveway or parking space, shall be properly prepared to minimize future maintenance and assure the traffic loads do not displace or deteriorate the parking surface.

Storage Prohibited.

1.
Required off-street parking spaces shall be available for operable passenger vehicles of the residents, customers, patrons, and employees of the use to which they relate.
2.
Except where retail sales of motor vehicles and trailers by a licensed dealer is a permitted use, no vehicle or trailer may be sold or displayed for sale anywhere on any property.
3.
Storing or displaying materials, boats, campers, recreational vehicles, or derelict vehicles, or parking trucks or trailers is prohibited in parking areas, unless:
1. a.
  The outdoor storage or display use is permitted in the applicable district and approved for the subject property; and
2. b.
  The area(s) set aside for such parking is not counted towards the parking requirements for the use and comply with all applicable requirements for outdoor storage and display.
4.
The storage of trailers or other vehicles in loading spaces or parking areas for a period greater than 48 hours is prohibited.
5.
Trash enclosures, dumpsters, recycling or donation bins, and transformers shall not be located in required parking areas or in locations that interfere with the circulation or use of parking spaces.

Vehicle Work Prohibited. No vehicle work of any kind is permitted within off-street parking lots, parking garages, or driveways. In residential districts, vehicle work is only allowed on occupant-owned vehicles in a fully enclosed garage.

Blocking Access Prohibited.

1.
Blocking loading or parking spaces is prohibited.
2.
Loading or parking spaces shall not be designed or located in a manner that blocks access to other loading spaces, parking spaces, drive aisles, fire lanes, ingress or egress points, or building entrances.
3.
Parking within a driveway approach or across public sidewalks is prohibited.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.8.A Circulation

Applicability. This Subsection is applicable to all new development, redevelopment, and substantial improvement except:

1.
Single-family detached subdivisions; and
2.
Planned developments approved prior to the effective date of this Code.

Required Access.

1.
Generally. All development subject to this Subsection shall be served by an internal pedestrian and bicycle circulation system of walkways and bikeways (including sidewalks, pedestrian and bicycle paths, and/or trails) that permit safe, convenient, efficient, and orderly movement of pedestrians and bicycles within the development. Walkways and bikeways shall also be provided between the internal pedestrian and bicycle circulation system, the adjoining existing or planned city-wide trail and greenway system, as applicable, and any adjoining parks, schools, and civic uses. Sidewalks shall connect to:
1. a.
  The primary entrance(s) of principal buildings;
2. b.
  Off-street vehicle and bicycle parking areas;
3. c.
  Existing or planned public transit stations or stops located on-site or on an adjacent street; and
4. d.
  Recreation facilities, common use areas, and amenities.
2.
Sidewalks Required. All development subject to this Subsection shall install internal sidewalks or approved pedestrian paths in accordance with the provisions of this Code. All sidewalks within public rights-of-way or associated with private streets shall be installed in accordance with a subdivision improvement agreement or the LEDS for each street classification in the Transportation Master Plan.
3.
Pedestrian Connectivity. All new multi-family, non-residential, and mixed-use development shall comply with the following standards:
1. a.
  The internal pedestrian circulation system shall be designed to allow for pedestrian cross-access between buildings and parking areas and those on adjoining lots, or to the boundary of adjoining vacant land zoned to allow multi-family, non-residential, or mixed-use development.
2. b.
  The Director may waive or modify the requirement for pedestrian cross-access on determining that such cross-access is impractical or undesirable due to the presence of natural features, safety factors, or unusual lot configuration.
3. c.
  Prior to the issuance of a building permit, easements allowing cross-access shall be platted or recorded by separate instrument in the office of the County Clerk and Recorder.
4.
Bicycle Connections. All development subject to this Subsection shall provide bicycle access routes between public bikeways and on-site bicycle parking areas. Sites shall be designed to avoid or minimize all conflicting bicycle/motor vehicle and bicycle/pedestrian movements.
5.
Layout and Design. The minimum widths of improvements are as follows:
1. a.
  Private Property.
  1. 1.
    Bikeways or shared use paths: 10 feet; and
  2. 2.
    Sidewalks:
    i.
    Eight feet in an MFR, NC, CM, BC or IP district; or
    ii.
    Five feet in all other districts;
2. b.
  Public Rights-of-Way: Per LEDS.
3. c.
  Be clearly distinguishable from vehicular traffic lanes by painted markings, raised paving height, decorative bollards, change in pavement material or color, and/or flashing caution signals;
4. d.
  Have adequate lighting for security and safety; and
5. e.
  Meet the current Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.8.B Bicycle Parking

Applicability.

1.
Outside of the DTA, DMU, and DNR Districts. Bicycle parking is required for new development, redevelopment, or substantial improvement of land for which there are at least 50 vehicle parking spaces required.
2.
DTA, DMU, and DNR Districts. Short-term bicycle parking shall be required for properties that have surface or structured parking with 15 or more parking spaces. Long-term bicycle parking shall be provided for all mixed-use buildings that have 50 or more dwelling units, at a rate of one long-term bicycle parking space per each 10 dwelling units.
3.
DMS District. Bicycle parking shall be provided if there are fewer than six spaces present on the same block.

Exemptions. Uses that are exempt from the provisions of this Subsection include:

1.
Low Density Uses. Agricultural and single-family detached and attached dwellings as set out in Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix; and
2.
Small Land Uses. Buildings with less than 5,000 square feet of gross floor area.
3.
DMS, Downtown Main Street District. Properties in the DMS district are exempt from the standards of this Subsection where a minimum of six short-term bicycle parking spaces are present on the same block.

Number of Spaces.

1.
Mixed-Use or Non-Residential Development Outside of DMS, DTA, DMU and DNR Districts. Development shall provide one short-term bicycle parking space per each 20 vehicle parking spaces.
2.
DTA, DMU and DNR Districts. Development shall provide one short-term bicycle parking space per each 15 vehicle parking spaces, plus one long-term bicycle parking space per each 10 dwelling units.
3.
DMS District. If there are fewer than six short-term bicycle parking spaces present on the same block, the applicant shall provide a sufficient number of short-term bicycle parking spaces so that a minimum of six spaces are available.
4.
Multi-Family Development. One long-term bicycle parking space shall be provided per each 25 dwelling units in association with an apartment complex or the residential element of a mixed-use development.
5.
Rounding. If the final calculated number of bicycle parking spaces includes a fractional space, then the number of required bicycle spaces is rounded up to the nearest whole number.

Design Standards.

1.
Anchored. Bicycle parking shall be designed so that racks are securely anchored to a hard surface to prevent easy removal.
2.
Location. Short-term bicycle parking is ideally covered from weather and at least 50 percent of the required spaces shall be located within 40 feet of the main entrance to a building. Secured indoor spaces shall provide room and accessibility for bicycles to satisfy long-term parking requirements.
3.
Multi-Tenant Sites and Centers. Sites that have more than one principal building shall provide racks within 50 feet of the main entrance of each building.
4.
Area. A bicycle parking space shall be a minimum of six feet long and two feet wide.
5.
Clearance. An aisle of at least five feet is required for bicycle maneuvering.
6.
Dimensions. Bicycle racks shall be designed in accordance with the dimensions reflected in Figure 10-1-3.8.B.1, Bicycle Rack Dimensions.
7.
Accessibility. Bicycle parking facilities shall not interfere with accessible paths of travel or parking as required by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
8.
Signage. When not clearly visible, signage of one square foot in size is required to safely direct cyclists to bicycle parking areas.
9.
Guidelines. All bicycle parking spaces shall be constructed in accordance with the latest version of the Association of Pedestrian and Bicycle Professionals Bicycle Parking Guidelines. (see https://www.apbp.org/Publications)

Figure 10-1-3.8.B.1

Bicycle Rack Dimensions

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.9.A Purpose and Applicability

Purpose. The purpose of this Section is to ensure that development is served by a coordinated multi-modal transportation system that permits the safe and efficient movement of motor vehicles, public transit, bicyclists, and pedestrians within and between developments, and local destinations such as places of assembly, employment, schools, parks, and shopping areas.

Applicability.

1.
Generally. The standards and requirements of this Section apply to all single-family attached dwellings with three or more units, multi-family, non-residential, and mixed-use development.
2.
Exemptions. Single-family detached dwellings and duplexes or twin homes are exempt from the requirements of this Section.
3.
Review for Compliance. Review for compliance with the standards of this Subsection shall occur during earliest review of an application for approval of a Site Plan or Master Development Plan, Conditional Use Permit, Preliminary Plat, or Building Permit.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.9.B Vehicular Access and Circulation

Circulation Plan Required.

1.
Applications. Applications for the earlier review of a Site Plan or Master Development Plan, Conditional Use Permit, Preliminary or Final Plat, or Building Permit, as applicable, shall include a circulation plan that addresses street connectivity, emergency and service vehicle access, parking movements, accommodation of loading operations, turning radii, and similar issues.
2.
Waiver. The Director may waive the requirement for a circulation plan on determining that a proposed development is expected to have no impact on circulation or proposes no change in existing circulation patterns. This provision shall not be construed to exempt development that includes additional parking, additional access, or substantial modifications to the existing pedestrian network.

Approval Required. No curb, tree-lawn, or sidewalk shall be cut or altered, and no point of access or opening for vehicles onto a public street right-of-way shall be established without first gaining approval of an Access Permit set out in Section 10-9-6.3, Access Permit. Permits or other approvals may also be required for access to state roads.

Access.

1.
Spacing Standards. The minimum spacing between accessways is set out in LEDS.
2.
Access Warrants. The Public Works Director may allow additional accessways if it is demonstrated by the applicant that it is warranted due to:
1. a.
  Conformance with all other requirements of this Subsection;
2. b.
  Requested access to a commercial corridor or suburban connector;
3. c.
  The location and spacing of accessways providing for improved circulation and traffic safety;
4. d.
  The request being for a right-in/right-out only accessway;
5. e.
  The existence of a median preventing left turn movements; and
6. f.
  Safe operating conditions and unimpeded traffic flow.

Layout and Design.

1.
Coordinated Access. The centerline of accessways on opposite sides of undivided streets shall either align with one another or have a minimum offset of 150 feet.
2.
Multi-Modal Connections. When adjoining an existing or planned transit route, the on-site vehicle and pedestrian circulation systems shall be designed to safely coordinate all modes of transportation.
3.
Traffic Control and Calming Measures. Traffic calming improvements shall be integrated into the vehicle circulation system where deemed necessary by the City Engineer to provide for pedestrian safety.
4.
Abandoned or Unpermitted Accessways. Concurrent with new development or redevelopment, any abandoned or unpermitted accessways shall be removed or approved for a driveway permit as set out in Section 10-9-6.3, Access Permit.

Access Location and Dimensions.

1.
Location.
1. a.
  Except in the DTA, DMS, and DMU districts, accessways for multi-family, non-residential, and mixed-use development shall be located at least five feet away from any interior side property line.
2. b.
  Access on corner lots shall be as follows:
  1. 1.
    Residential Accessways shall be positioned relative to street intersections as set out in LEDS.
  2. 2.
    Greater corner clearance may be required by the City Engineer due to the projected traffic volume of the development, adjacent street design and speed, proximity to signalized intersections, or other use characteristics.
  3. 3.
    Queuing space shall be provided as follows:
    i.
    Inbound reservoir space between the adjacent street and the first point of entry to parking aisles at access drives shall be sufficient to prevent inbound traffic from queuing into the adjacent street.
    ii.
    Exit queuing space between the first point of exit from the parking aisles and the adjacent street at signalized accessways shall be a distance in feet equal to the peak hour volume of left turning exit traffic.

Cross Access. To encourage shared parking and minimize access points along roads, new multi-family, non-residential, and mixed-use development shall comply with the following standards:

1.
As displayed in Figure 10-1-3.9.B.1, Cross Access, the internal vehicular circulation system shall be designed to allow for vehicular cross access between the development's parking and vehicular use areas and those on adjoining lots containing, or adjoining vacant land zoned to allow, multi-family, non-residential, or mixed-use development.
2.
Cross-accessways shall provide for two-way vehicular traffic between the vehicular use areas on the adjoining lots through the use of a single access or drive aisle that is at least 24 feet wide or through two one-way accessways or aisles that are each at least 12 feet wide.
3.
The Director may waive or modify the requirement for vehicular cross access on determining that such cross access is impractical or undesirable due to the presence of natural features or vehicular safety factors, or other relevant considerations.
4.
Where such are required, easements allowing cross access to and from properties, along with agreements defining maintenance responsibilities of property owners, shall be recorded with the County Clerk and Recorder's Office before issuance of a building permit or certificate of occupancy.

Figure 10-1-3.9.B.1

Cross Access

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.9.C Vision Obstruction

Purpose. The sight triangle is intended to give drivers, bicyclists, and pedestrians a clear line of sight of approaching motor vehicles, bicycles, and pedestrians to help avoid collisions.

Requirements. All corner lots and all lots with street intersections shall provide sight triangles in accordance with Section 8-1-6, Obstructions at Street Intersections, of the City Code and AASHTO. No new buildings or additions to existing buildings shall be located within any sight triangle. The property owner shall maintain sight triangles to be as free of visual obstructions as is practical, between a height of two and one-half feet and 10 feet.

Exceptions

1.
Utilities and Traffic Control Devices. The placement of utility poles or traffic control devices will be regulated by the City Engineer.
2.
Support Column. A man-made support column (i.e., flagpole, sign pole, utility pole, etc.) may be allowed if it is not over 12 inches in diameter.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.10.A General Provisions

Generally.

1.
Jurisdiction and Authority. This Section regulates signs located within the corporate limits of Littleton for which the city has regulatory authority.
2.
Compliance Required. It shall be a violation of this Section for any person to erect, install, convert, relocate, enlarge, or structurally modify a sign on private property, in any manner, except as specifically allowed within this Section.

Purpose. The purpose of the sign regulations established in this and other sections of this Code is to create and implement a comprehensive system for the regulation of signs that:

1.
Accommodates the expression rights of the First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution and the corollary provisions of the Colorado Constitution;
2.
Comports with all applicable principles of federal and state constitutional, statutory and administrative law;
3.
Serves the governmental and public interests in controlling visual clutter, protecting community character and aesthetics, and protecting the safety of drivers, passengers, and pedestrians;
4.
Establishes standards that permit a reasonable and equitable opportunity for all forms of speech that occur through signs, such as the expression of opinions, elections, and business identification;
5.
Aides in the identification of properties, land uses, and establishments;
6.
Preserves and promotes civic beauty and does not allow signs which would detract from this objective because of unusual size, shape, height, location, condition, cluttering, or illumination;
7.
Is sensitive to and in harmony with the natural beauty of the city;
8.
Ensures that every sign has good scale and proportion in relationship to its location and function, as well as to the signage and use of neighboring properties;
9.
Provides a fair, equitable, and predictable regulatory framework for the application of signs; and
10.
Preserves, protects, and promotes the public health, safety, and general welfare.

Messaging.

1.
Content Neutral. This Section and all sign-related provisions of this Code regulate only the sign structure and physical parameters, and not the sign’s message.
2.
Substitution Policy. A constitutionally protected noncommercial message may be substituted, in whole or in part, for any allowed commercial message or any other protected noncommercial message, provided that the sign structure or mounting device is legal. Any substitution shall require the private property owner's consent. The purpose of this provision is to prevent any favoring of commercial speech over noncommercial speech, or favoring of any particular protected noncommercial message over any other protected noncommercial message. This message substitution policy does not:
1. a.
  Create a right to increase the total amount of sign display area on a lot;
2. b.
  Affect the requirement that a sign structure or mounting device must be properly permitted;
3. c.
  Authorize changing the physical method of image presentation (such as digital or neon display) without a permit;
4. d.
  Limit a sign based on the content of its message; or
5. e.
  Authorize a physical change to the sign structure without compliance with applicable building codes, safety codes, and neutrally applicable rules for sign size, height, orientation, setback, separation, or illumination.

Compliance.

1.
Responsibility. The responsibility for compliance with this Section rests upon anyone holding or sharing interest in the property upon which the sign is located.
2.
Included Parties. Those responsible for compliance include:
1. a.
  Sign owner;
2. b.
  Sign Permit holder;
3. c.
  All parties holding the present right of possession and control of the property upon which a sign is located, mounted, or installed; and
4. d.
  The legal owner of the lot or parcel, even if the sign was mounted, installed, erected or displayed without the consent or knowledge of the owner and/or other parties holding the legal right to immediate possession and control.

Design. A building element constructed to only contain a sign, such as a roofline designed to circumvent the prohibition on roof signs in Subsection 10-1-3.10.B, Sign Allowances and Prohibitions, shall be approved, approved with conditions, or denied by the Director or, in the Director's discretion, forwarded to the Commission for a final decision.

Compliance.

1.
Failure To Comply. A failure to comply with the provisions of this Section shall be unlawful, and subject to the penalties in Subsection 10-11-2.3, Penalties and Fines. Such penalty shall not relieve any person from fully complying with the requirements of this Section or from any other penalties prescribed in this Code.
2.
Remedies. If any sign or sign structure is erected, constructed, displayed, maintained, or used in violation of this Section, the Director may institute any action or proceedings to correct such violation as may be provided by this Code or other applicable law. The imposition of any penalty under this Section shall not preclude the Director from instituting any action or proceeding to require compliance with the provisions of this Code and with administrative orders and determinations made under this Code.
3.
Removal. Any sign in violation of this Section may be removed in accordance with this Section. When removal of a sign is required, the entire sign and all supporting structures shall be removed. Signs painted directly on an exposed brick, stone, or concrete wall shall be removed by a process that strips the entire sign from the wall or by painting over the sign. Placement of signs in medians, parks, or common open space areas, on any traffic control device, in any public rights-of-way or property without authorization, or in a manner impairing traffic or pedestrian visibility, is prohibited, such signs being subject to immediate removal without notice to the owner.
4.
Ownership. For all purposes hereof, the owner of the premises shall be presumed to be the owner of all signs, unless the contrary shall appear from facts brought to the attention of the Director.
1. a.
  Identification and Marking. Each sign requiring a permit under the terms of this Code that is erected or remodeled shall bear, in a permanent position, a clearly legible identification plate stating the name and address of the owner of the sign, and the person responsible for its construction and erection, and the date of erection. Electrical signs shall be marked with input amperes at full loss input.
2. b.
  Allowable Stresses, Materials and Engineering Standard. The design of all members shall conform to the requirements of the Building Code. Loads, both vertical and horizontal, shall not produce stresses exceeding those specified in the Building Code; and materials, construction and structures shall be of the quality and grade required by the Building Code and this Section. All signs and structures shall be designed and constructed to meet Building Code requirements.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.10.B Sign Allowances and Prohibitions

Signs Allowed Without a Permit. The following signs may be erected and maintained without a Sign Permit and without being deducted from the allowable face areas of other permitted signs:

1.
Etched Sign. A sign that is cut or etched into masonry, bronze, or similar material on a building and that is a maximum of six square feet in area;
2.
Interior Signs. Signs that are not visible from residential property, abutting property, or street;
3.
Accessway Signs. Non-illuminated signs not exceeding three square feet in sign area or three feet in height per sign nor allowing more than one such sign per non-residential access; however, if such signs are internally or externally illuminated then such signs shall be subject to regulation under this Code as a monument sign;
4.
Headstones and Memorials. Headstones and other memorials;
5.
Flags. Flags attached to a pole of up to 40 feet in height that have a maximum area of 32 square feet. The installation of the flag pole requires a building permit;
6.
Governmental Signs. Signs posted by local, state, and federal agencies such as regulatory signs and traffic control signs;
7.
Occupant/Address Signs. Visible street numbers and occupant identification are essential for emergency service providers to rapidly locate and identify specific buildings when emergency incidents are underway, including non-illuminated signs affixed to buildings, structures, mailboxes, decorative light posts, access entrances, or similar structures, that identify the address of the structure or occupant. Occupant/Address Signs include business directory signs not intended to be viewed from the street. The size and type of numbers shall be in accordance with the City Code;
8.
Parking of Advertising Vehicles on Private Property. Advertising vehicles parked on private property, visible from the street, used on a regular basis within each business week as a means of transportation for the business that is advertised; and
9.
Display Window Signs. Signs inside display windows visible from the street that are a maximum of four square feet in area.
10.
Face changes. Sign face changes with no impact to the sign cabinet;
11.
Small Temporary Signs. Post and stake signs as allowed by Table 10-1-3.10.F.
12.
Building Wayfinding Signs. Non-residential buildings may include signage indicating the location(s) of any entrance. The maximum entry signage attached to a building size for non-residential buildings is ten square feet. For non-residential buildings over 60,000 square feet, one wayfinding sign indicating a service entrance shall be allowed. The maximum size of a service wayfinding sign shall be thirty-two square feet. Service entrance signs are prohibited for non-residential buildings under 60,000 square feet.
13.
Drive-Thru Menu Boards. For the purposes of this Section, “drive-thru menu board” shall mean a freestanding or mounted signage structure, specifically designed to display commercial messaging for users within a drive-thru access lane at a business.
1. a.
  Quantity. One primary and one secondary drive-thru sign is allowed per drive-thru lane.
2. b.
  Electronic displays. Drive-thru signs may include a speaker and an electronic screen to display information to the users within a drive-thru access lane.

Prohibited Signs. The following signs shall not be permitted in any district:

1.
Animated or Moving Signs. Animated or moving signs, including signs consisting of any moving, swinging, rotating, flashing, blinking, scintillating, fluctuating, or otherwise animated light, unless specifically permitted as part of the allowable signage enumerated in this Code;
2.
Portable Signs. Portable signs except as permitted in individual zoning districts;
3.
Certain Temporary Signs. Banners, pennants, searchlights, twirling signs, balloons or other gas-filled objects, tube signs, or feather signs, except as permitted in individual zoning districts;
4.
Roof Signs. Signs mounted on a roof or roof illumination designed to illuminate signs located elsewhere on the building;
5.
Obstructive Signs. Any sign that obstructs any window, door, fire escape, stairway, ladder, or opening intended to provide light, air, ingress, or egress for any building, as required by law, or which hides from view any traffic or street sign or signal or device;
6.
Signs in Rights-of-Way and Public Places. Any signs and supports, other than signs and supports required by a governmental authority, which are located on the public right-of-way, including, but not limited to, public streets, alleys, medians, and tree-lawns;
7.
Parking of Advertising Vehicles on Street or Public Property. An advertising vehicle parked on a street or on public property for the sole or primary purpose of advertising;
8.
Billboards. As defined in Section 10-12-2.1, Definitions; and
9.
Nuisances.
1. a.
  Glare. Any sign that causes any direct glare into or upon any residential building or premises, other than the building or premises to which the sign is attached.
2. b.
  Other. Any sign which emits sound, odor, or visible matter, which serves as a distraction to persons within the street.

Illegal Signs. It shall be unlawful for any person to erect, construct, enlarge, alter, repair, move, improve, convert, maintain, own, or display any sign prohibited by the terms of this Code. The terms and provisions of this Code shall prevail in the event of any conflict with any other ordinance or regulation of the city.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 20, Series of 2023; Ord. 13, Series of 2025)

Effective on: 8/28/2025

Subsec. 10-1-3.10.C Installation and Maintenance

Installation. Signs and sign structures shall meet the standards of the city's Building Code. Signs shall be maintained in a safe, readable, and proper operating condition. Dilapidated or otherwise unsafe signs are not allowed to remain on any premises.

Illumination.

1.
Compliance with Electrical Code. Illuminated signs shall comply with all applicable provisions of the city's electrical code. All electrical connections to freestanding signs shall be placed underground. Electrical transformer boxes and raceways shall be concealed from public view. If a raceway cannot be mounted internally behind the finished exterior wall, the exposed metal surfaces of the raceway shall be finished to match the background wall or integrated into the overall sign design. If raceways are necessary, they shall never extend in width or height beyond the area of the sign’s lettering or graphics.
2.
Hazards. Artificial light used in conjunction with the lighting of any sign shall not be directed or reflected onto any structure or constitute a hazard to the safe and efficient operation of vehicles upon a street.
3.
Shielding of Light Source. The light source, whether internal or external, shall be shielded from view or directed so that the light intensity or brightness is directed away from the street or boundary of any residential use or district. Ground-mounted external floodlighting shall be shielded, properly placed, and oriented to avoid direct visibility of the light to passing motorists.
4.
Light Trespass. No sign or associated luminaire shall create light spillover of more than 0.1-foot-candles at any property line within or bounding a residential use or district.
5.
Use of a Projected Light Source. Illumination by a projected light shall be an indirect spotlight or gooseneck downlight. External lighting fixtures shall not cast light or glare in any direction other than on the elements of the sign. Such lighting shall be placed so as to provide even illumination to the signage and to avoid hot spots or dark areas on the signage.
6.
Brightness. Illuminated signs shall not operate at brightness levels of more than 0.3-foot-candles above ambient light conditions at the property line, as measured using a foot-candle meter. Illumination levels shall be measured in foot-candles with a meter sensor in a horizontal position at an approximate height of three feet above grade. Maximum illumination readings are to be taken directly beneath the luminaire. The point at which readings shall be taken is dependent upon the area classification and fixture arrangements.

Maintenance.

1.
Structurally Sound. Each sign located in the city shall be of sound structural quality, have a clean and neat appearance, and shall be maintained in a safe manner, including but not limited to, the replacement of defective parts, painting, repainting, cleaning, and other similar maintenance activities.
2.
Repair or Refurbishment. Any sign required to be removed for the purpose of repair, re-lettering, or repainting may be done without a permit provided the following conditions are met:
1. a.
  There is no alteration to or remodeling of the structure or the mounting of the sign itself;
2. b.
  There is no increase in any of the dimensions of the sign or its structure;
3. c.
  There is no alteration to the type of illumination or operational characteristics of the sign; and
4. d.
  The sign is accessory to a legally permitted or conditional use and the sign was permitted when installed.

Abandoned or Damaged Signs.

1.
Owner Duties. The property owner shall:
1. a.
  Remove all abandoned signs and their supports within 60 days from the date of abandonment; and
2. b.
  Repair or remove all damaged signs within 30 days after notification by the Director.
2.
City Demolition and Removal. After due notice and failure to correct a violation of this Paragraph, the Director may proceed with the demolition and removal of signs. The Finance Director shall send the noticed property owner a statement showing the amount owed to the city for demolition and/or removal. If not paid within 30 days of notice, the city may file a lien against the property in the amount of the cost for demolition and/or removal. The city may cause immediate demolition or removal of a sign that poses an imminent danger or threat to public safety.

Nonconforming Signs. Refer to Section 10-10-1.6, Nonconforming Signs.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022)

Effective on: 8/25/2022

Subsec. 10-1-3.10.D Measurements

Sign Area.

1.
Sign area shall be measured in square feet.
2.
Sign area is measured as the total area of the smallest geometric shapes that will enclose each word and graphic in the display.
3.
The structure of freestanding signs including the base, side, and top frame shall not be included in the sign area calculation.

Sign Width.

1.
The width of a sign shall be measured in linear feet and calculated from the two outer horizontal edges of the sign area.
2.
The width of a freestanding sign shall include the sign structure, including the base, side, and top frame.

Sign Height.

1.
Sign height shall be measured in linear feet and shall be measured from the topmost point of the sign to the lowest grade level adjacent to the sign.
2.
The base and sign supports of freestanding signs shall be included as part of the sign height.

Clearance. Clearance for awning, canopy, marquee, and projecting signs shall be measured as the smallest vertical distance between finished grade and the lowest point of the sign, including any framework.

Setbacks. Setbacks shall be measured from property lines to the outermost edge of the sign.

Spacing. The required spacing between signs shall not apply to signs located on lots across public or private streets from one another.

Sign Projection. The projection of a sign is measured in feet perpendicular to the property line, from the property line to the outermost edge of the sign.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.10.E Sign References and Bonuses

Standards by District. The standards applicable to the sign types permitted in each zoning district are set out in:

1.
Article 10-2-5, DT Signs;
2.
Article 10-3-5, CMU Signs;
3.
Article 10-4-5, NB Signs; and
4.
Article 10-5-5, BI Signs.

Bonuses for Freestanding Signs. Any permitted freestanding sign that incorporates three or more of the following design enhancements may increase the sign area by a maximum of 15 percent over that permitted in the applicable zoning district. Signs that incorporate all five of the design enhancements may increase the maximum sign area by 20 percent.

1.
Cosmetic Pole Covers. In lieu of exposed poles, decorative cosmetic pole covers enhance the quality appearance of a sign and give a more substantial profile to a sign. Pole covers may be multi-tiered or segmented and finished with a textured finish or painted in complementary tones. For single pole signs, the pole cover shall be equal to or larger than 25 percent of the width of the sign. The pole covers for each leg of double pole signs shall be proportionate to the size and height of the sign, provided the width of both pole covers shall not exceed 25 percent of the width of the sign.
2.
Landscaping. A landscaped planting area at the base of a sign shall consist of a raised border of at least eight inches in height from the natural grade and constructed of landscape timbers, brick, stone, or rock. The planting area shall be filled with mulch or a ground cover and planted with low-growing perennials. The planting area shall be a minimum of 32 square feet.
3.
Organic and Natural Materials. A blend of natural materials (e.g. stone, brick, or wood) shall be used together with metal components of the sign to soften the image and improve the interest and attractiveness of the sign.
4.
Accent Lighting. Concealed up lighting, down lighting, lamp or sconce lighting, or cove lighting accents shall be used on selected segments of a sign to create improved nighttime effects.
5.
Decorative Elements. Decorative elements shall be added to the design of a sign, such as, but not limited to, wrought iron gates, scrolled embellishments, or three-dimensional elements.

Figure 10-1-3.10.E Sign Design Enhancements
Pole Covers

Landscaping

Organic and Natural Materials

Accent Lighting

Decorative Elements

Figure 10-1-3.10.E Sign Design Enhancements
Pole Covers

Landscaping

Organic and Natural Materials

Accent Lighting

Decorative Elements

Figure 10-1-3.10.E Sign Design Enhancements
Pole Covers

Landscaping

Organic and Natural Materials

Accent Lighting

Decorative Elements

Figure 10-1-3.10.E Sign Design Enhancements
Pole Covers

Landscaping

Organic and Natural Materials

Accent Lighting

Decorative Elements

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.10.F Temporary Signs

Generally. This Subsection identifies temporary signs that are permitted on a one-time, limited duration, and/or intermittent basis upon application to and issuance by the Director of a Sign Permit established in Section 10-9-6.6, Sign Permit. The temporary signs identified in this Subsection may be erected and maintained and each permit shall be valid for the period set forth in Table 10-1-3.10.F, Temporary Signs.

Standards for all Temporary Signs.

1.
Animation. No temporary sign shall use any form of animation to attract attention.
2.
Illumination. Temporary signs shall not be illuminated except by concealed or ambient light sources that do not flash, blink, fluctuate, or use intermittent light or digital display.
3.
Placement. Any placed or affixed temporary sign shall be arranged so as to minimize visual impacts on traffic safety and impact on adjacent residential areas.
4.
Location. Temporary signs shall not be placed within street right-of-way, easements, roadway surfaces, sidewalks, medians, and decorative surfaces, or within 300 feet of commercial corridor intersections. Any sign so placed is a nuisance, a traffic hazard, and a violation of this Code.
5.
Secured Sign. All temporary signs shall be affixed in a manner to minimize the possibility that the forces of nature will destroy or remove said sign.
6.
Material Durability. Temporary signs shall be made of materials that will not deteriorate over the life of the sign and can withstand external weather conditions.
7.
Maintenance. Temporary signs that are frayed, torn, broken, or that are no longer legible shall be deemed unmaintained and required to be removed.
8.
Expiration Date. The expiration date of the Sign Permit shall be affixed to the temporary sign.
9.
Removal. Where temporary signs are not removed within the time limit allowed or after notice to be removed by the city, the city may cause the signs to be removed and the costs of removal will be charged to the person named on the sign.

Unlisted Signs. Signs that are not listed in Table 10-1-3.10.F, Temporary Signs, nor listed as an exempt sign type in Section 10-1-3.10.B, Sign Allowances and Prohibitions, are prohibited as temporary signs. Temporary signs in multi-tenant shopping centers are prohibited in the common areas; they may only be located in areas at each unit that is a use by right.

Table 10-1-3.10.F Temporary Signs
Sign Types and Limitations	ACR, LLR, MLR, SLR, DNR	MFR, NC	CM, DTA, DMS, DTU	BC, IP
Sidewalk
Number Allowed	--	1 per 59 ft. of linear street frontage	1 per 20 ft. of linear street frontage	--
Maximum Area	--	8 sq. ft.		--
Maximum Height	--	4 ft.		--
Placement	--	Clearance as required by building codes		--
Minimum Setback	--	10 ft.	5 ft.	--
Illumination	--	--		--
Maximum Duration	--	30 days		--
Banner
Maximum Number Permitted	--	1 per business or entity
Maximum Area	--	15 sq. ft.	20 sq. ft.	15 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	--	Wall mounted: no higher than the wall height. Freestanding: 6 ft. above grade, unless the banner spans a walkway.
Placement/Setback	--	Attached: Fastened to the principal building façade or railings. Freestanding: 10 ft. from property line
Maximum Duration	--	30 days (limited to 4 permits per calendar year)
Post¹^{, 2}
Number Allowed	1 per street frontage	1 per street frontage; maximum 2
Maximum Area	6 sq. ft.	32 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	4 ft.	12 ft.
Maximum Duration	6 months (limited to 4 successive periods at the same location)
Stake^{2, 3}
Number Allowed	5, except during the period beginning on September 1 and ending on November 15 each calendar year where the number of stake signs allowed on residential lots is unlimited	3
Maximum Area	6 sq. ft.	16 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	3 ft.	6 ft.
Minimum Setback	5 ft.	5 ft.
Maximum Duration	None	60 days (limited to 3 cycles per calendar year)
Maximum Total Sign Area for Temporary Signs	N/A	50 sq. ft.
Table Notes: 1. Joint identification signs are permitted; the area may be multiplied by the number of users provided no sign may exceed 100 sq. ft. per sign face and 200 sq. ft. total. 2. Post and stake signs that do not exceed a maximum area of 6 sq.ft. and maximum height of 4 ft. are allowed for up to 90 days without a permit. 3. Setback taken from back of sidewalk or, when no sidewalk present, from back of curb.

Table 10-1-3.10.F Temporary Signs
Sign Types and Limitations	ACR, LLR, MLR, SLR, DNR	MFR, NC	CM, DTA, DMS, DTU	BC, IP
Sidewalk
Number Allowed	--	1 per 59 ft. of linear street frontage	1 per 20 ft. of linear street frontage	--
Maximum Area	--	8 sq. ft.		--
Maximum Height	--	4 ft.		--
Placement	--	Clearance as required by building codes		--
Minimum Setback	--	10 ft.	5 ft.	--
Illumination	--	--		--
Maximum Duration	--	30 days		--
Banner
Maximum Number Permitted	--	1 per business or entity
Maximum Area	--	15 sq. ft.	20 sq. ft.	15 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	--	Wall mounted: no higher than the wall height. Freestanding: 6 ft. above grade, unless the banner spans a walkway.
Placement/Setback	--	Attached: Fastened to the principal building façade or railings. Freestanding: 10 ft. from property line
Maximum Duration	--	30 days (limited to 4 permits per calendar year)
Post¹^{, 2}
Number Allowed	1 per street frontage	1 per street frontage; maximum 2
Maximum Area	6 sq. ft.	32 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	4 ft.	12 ft.
Maximum Duration	6 months (limited to 4 successive periods at the same location)
Stake^{2, 3}
Number Allowed	5, except during the period beginning on September 1 and ending on November 15 each calendar year where the number of stake signs allowed on residential lots is unlimited	3
Maximum Area	6 sq. ft.	16 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	3 ft.	6 ft.
Minimum Setback	5 ft.	5 ft.
Maximum Duration	None	60 days (limited to 3 cycles per calendar year)
Maximum Total Sign Area for Temporary Signs	N/A	50 sq. ft.
Table Notes: 1. Joint identification signs are permitted; the area may be multiplied by the number of users provided no sign may exceed 100 sq. ft. per sign face and 200 sq. ft. total. 2. Post and stake signs that do not exceed a maximum area of 6 sq.ft. and maximum height of 4 ft. are allowed for up to 90 days without a permit. 3. Setback taken from back of sidewalk or, when no sidewalk present, from back of curb.

Table 10-1-3.10.F Temporary Signs
Sign Types and Limitations	ACR, LLR, MLR, SLR, DNR	MFR, NC	CM, DTA, DMS, DTU	BC, IP
Sidewalk
Number Allowed	--	1 per 59 ft. of linear street frontage	1 per 20 ft. of linear street frontage	--
Maximum Area	--	8 sq. ft.		--
Maximum Height	--	4 ft.		--
Placement	--	Clearance as required by building codes		--
Minimum Setback	--	10 ft.	5 ft.	--
Illumination	--	--		--
Maximum Duration	--	30 days		--
Banner
Maximum Number Permitted	--	1 per business or entity
Maximum Area	--	15 sq. ft.	20 sq. ft.	15 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	--	Wall mounted: no higher than the wall height. Freestanding: 6 ft. above grade, unless the banner spans a walkway.
Placement/Setback	--	Attached: Fastened to the principal building façade or railings. Freestanding: 10 ft. from property line
Maximum Duration	--	30 days (limited to 4 permits per calendar year)
Post¹^{, 2}
Number Allowed	1 per street frontage	1 per street frontage; maximum 2
Maximum Area	6 sq. ft.	32 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	4 ft.	12 ft.
Maximum Duration	6 months (limited to 4 successive periods at the same location)
Stake^{2, 3}
Number Allowed	5, except during the period beginning on September 1 and ending on November 15 each calendar year where the number of stake signs allowed on residential lots is unlimited	3
Maximum Area	6 sq. ft.	16 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	3 ft.	6 ft.
Minimum Setback	5 ft.	5 ft.
Maximum Duration	None	60 days (limited to 3 cycles per calendar year)
Maximum Total Sign Area for Temporary Signs	N/A	50 sq. ft.
Table Notes: 1. Joint identification signs are permitted; the area may be multiplied by the number of users provided no sign may exceed 100 sq. ft. per sign face and 200 sq. ft. total. 2. Post and stake signs that do not exceed a maximum area of 6 sq.ft. and maximum height of 4 ft. are allowed for up to 90 days without a permit. 3. Setback taken from back of sidewalk or, when no sidewalk present, from back of curb.

Table 10-1-3.10.F Temporary Signs
Sign Types and Limitations	ACR, LLR, MLR, SLR, DNR	MFR, NC	CM, DTA, DMS, DTU	BC, IP
Sidewalk
Number Allowed	--	1 per 59 ft. of linear street frontage	1 per 20 ft. of linear street frontage	--
Maximum Area	--	8 sq. ft.		--
Maximum Height	--	4 ft.		--
Placement	--	Clearance as required by building codes		--
Minimum Setback	--	10 ft.	5 ft.	--
Illumination	--	--		--
Maximum Duration	--	30 days		--
Banner
Maximum Number Permitted	--	1 per business or entity
Maximum Area	--	15 sq. ft.	20 sq. ft.	15 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	--	Wall mounted: no higher than the wall height. Freestanding: 6 ft. above grade, unless the banner spans a walkway.
Placement/Setback	--	Attached: Fastened to the principal building façade or railings. Freestanding: 10 ft. from property line
Maximum Duration	--	30 days (limited to 4 permits per calendar year)
Post¹^{, 2}
Number Allowed	1 per street frontage	1 per street frontage; maximum 2
Maximum Area	6 sq. ft.	32 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	4 ft.	12 ft.
Maximum Duration	6 months (limited to 4 successive periods at the same location)
Stake^{2, 3}
Number Allowed	5, except during the period beginning on September 1 and ending on November 15 each calendar year where the number of stake signs allowed on residential lots is unlimited	3
Maximum Area	6 sq. ft.	16 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	3 ft.	6 ft.
Minimum Setback	5 ft.	5 ft.
Maximum Duration	None	60 days (limited to 3 cycles per calendar year)
Maximum Total Sign Area for Temporary Signs	N/A	50 sq. ft.
Table Notes: 1. Joint identification signs are permitted; the area may be multiplied by the number of users provided no sign may exceed 100 sq. ft. per sign face and 200 sq. ft. total. 2. Post and stake signs that do not exceed a maximum area of 6 sq.ft. and maximum height of 4 ft. are allowed for up to 90 days without a permit. 3. Setback taken from back of sidewalk or, when no sidewalk present, from back of curb.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Subsec. 10-1-3.10.G Master Sign Plan

Generally. This Subsection identifies standards of applicability and maximum signage for large scale commercial sites, multi-parcel commercial sites, shopping centers, and campus environments. The process for applying for a Master Sign Plan (MSP) is established in Subsection 10-9-5.9, Master Sign Plan.

Purpose. The purpose of the sign regulations established in this section of the code is to create and implement a coordinated plan that establishes a more comprehensive, efficient, and unified approach to the design, placement, and appearance of signage within a subject property. Signage, which is proposed as part of an MSP, may deviate from general signage standards addressed in Subsection 10-1-3.10, Sign Standards and specific signage standards of individual zone districts in terms of the types and numbers of signs allowed, the maximum sign area, materials, and illumination standards. The MSP process helps ensure that signs align with the purpose of the sign code standards and are:

1.
Consistent with the city’s design standards;
2.
Adhere to development’s design guidelines if applicable;
3.
Promote economic development;
4.
Contribute positively to the built environment;
5.
Align with zoning and land use regulations;
6.
Balance aesthetic consistency; and
7.
Ensure regulatory compliance and functionality.

Applicability.

1.
MSPs are permissible for multi-parcel sites and campus (i.e. Hospitals and Colleges) environments that are a minimum of ten acres and located in one of the following zoning districts:
1. a.
  Corridor Mixed (CM);
2. b.
  Business Center (BC); or
3. c.
  Industrial Park (IP).

Standards for all Master Sign Plans

1.
Content. An MSP is required to illustrate the proposed signage and its compliance with this section. The following signage requirements are for Permanent Attached Signage, Permanent Freestanding Signage, and Exempt Signage.
1. a.
  Attached Signage. This signage type refers to signage physically attached to building walls. These signs include, but are not limited to, Awning, Marquee, Mural, Projecting, Wall, or Window signs. Each individual building or tenant space shall abide by the CM standards in Table 10-3-5.1.2, CMU Attached Sign Standards regardless of the zoning district within which the site is located. The following exceptions to Table 10-3-5.1.2, CMU Attached Sign Standards is allowed through this Master Sign Plan process for better wayfinding.
  1. 1.
    The maximum allowed wall sign area for a building façade that fronts a Commercial Corridor or Suburban Connector (as defined in the Littleton Transportation Master Plan) is either 40 square feet or 1 square foot for every 1.5 linear feet of the building’s façade, whichever is larger. This applies to buildings abutting the following designated streets:
    i.
    West Bowles Avenue
    ii.
    West Bellview Avenue
    iii.
    South Broadway Street
    iv.
    West County Line Road
    v.
    South Federal Boulevard
    vi.
    South Lincoln Street
    vii.
    West and East Mineral Avenue
    viii.
    Southpark Drive
    ix.
    Southpark Terrace
    x.
    Southpark Lane
    xi.
    South Santa Fe Drive
  2. 2.
    The maximum allowed wall sign area per each wall sign shall be 300 square feet for a building façade that is located more than 200 feet from a Commercial Corridor or Suburban Connector, and for buildings over 100,000 square feet.
2. b.
  Freestanding Signage. This type refers to signage located on the subject property but has standalone structural support. These signs are limited to Pylon, or Monument. The below standards pertain to permanent, freestanding signs.
  1. 1.
    Freestanding multi-parcel signs:
    i.
    Quantity and Location: Allowed at entrances into an MSP eligible site directly adjacent to an entrance into the subdivision or campus, or at the intersection of two streets with classifications of Commercial Corridor or Suburban Connector. No two freestanding multi-parcel signs shall be located within 600 feet of each other, as measured along the perimeter of the area, unless separated by a public right-of-way.
    ii.
    Maximum Height and Size: A freestanding multi-parcel sign shall be in the form of a monument or pylon sign, may have a maximum height of 25 feet, and may have a maximum signage area per Table Note 2 in the CM standards in Table 10-3-5.1.3, CMU Freestanding Sign Standards. Only two parallel faces are allowed.
    iii.
    Electronic messenger signs are prohibited except for digital signs that are composed of four numeric digits.
2.
If the applicant does not utilize the freestanding multi-parcel sign standards as outlined herein, all freestanding signs shall abide by the CM standards in Table 10-3-5.1.3, CMU Freestanding Sign Standards.
3.
If an applicant utilizes the freestanding multi-parcel sign standards as outlined herein, then the following signage standards apply to the other parcels within the subject property.
1. a.
  All individual parcels within the subject property shall be restricted to the Monument Sign standards for the CM District located within Table 10-3-5.1.3, CMU Freestanding Sign Standards. Pylon signs are allowed for multi-parcel signs, but Pole signs and Pylon signs are therefore prohibited for the individual parcels within the subject area.
2. b.
  All other freestanding sign types are prohibited apart from the exempt signs found within this code.
3. c.
  Electronic changeable copy is prohibited except where otherwise allowed within this section.
4. d.
  Post signs are allowed per Table 10-3-5.1.3, CMU Freestanding Sign Standards.

(Ord. 13, Series of 2025)

Effective on: 8/28/2025

Littleton City Zoning Code

CHAPTER 1

STANDARDS FOR ALL DISTRICTS

Section 10-1-1.1 Base Districts

Applicability. This Section applies to all base zoning districts within the city.

1.
Zoning Districts. The zoning districts (districts) are outlined in Table 10-1-1.1.1, Base Zoning Districts. The table shows the relationship of each district, the Future Land Use and Character Map designation, and the former zoning designations. The purpose of each district describes the unique characteristics that distinguish it from each of the other base districts.
2.
Types of Approval. Depicted in Table 10-1-1.1.2, Types of Approval, is how each type of approval applies to the related sections requiring compliance.

1.
ARTICLE 10-2-2, DT Downtown Districts and Uses;
2.
ARTICLE 10-3-2, CMU Corridor Mixed-Use Districts and Uses;
3.
ARTICLE 10-4-2, NB Neighborhood Districts and Uses; and
4.
ARTICLE 10-5-2, BI Business and Industry Districts and Uses.

Table 10-1-1.1.1 Base Zoning Districts
District		Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)^1,2
Name	Designation	Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)^1,2
Downtown
Downtown Neighborhood Residential		Urban Downtown Transition	This district is defined by its pedestrian-oriented street edge alongside modest front yards and reflects its existing low-density, single-family heritage while accommodating multi-family building forms.	DT-DNR
Downtown Transition Area		Urban Downtown Transition	This district is pedestrian-oriented and reflects historic residential form and usage while accommodating a moderately higher-density mix of commercial, restaurant, office, hotel, mixed-use, and residential uses in a variety of different building types.	DT-DTA
Downtown Main Street		Urban Downtown Main Street	This district establishes a small town feel through a consistent urban form of active, pedestrian-oriented street edge and the small scale and significant historical architecture of Main and Prince Streets. Buildings accommodate a mix of uses within multiple stories and support the walkable town-center character of the downtown. This district includes the locally designated Downtown Historic District and the Main Street National Register Historic District.	DT-DMS
Downtown Mixed-Use		Urban Downtown Mixed-Use	This district consists of mixed use buildings with an active, pedestrian-oriented street edge. The predominant building form retains a traditional urban scale, design, and mix of uses which complements the Downtown Main Street (DMS) district.	DT-DMU
Corridor Mixed-Use
Neighborhood Commercial		Corridor Mixed-Use	The NC district provides for continued use of single-family dwellings that may transition into business uses without substantially altering the exterior function or appearance of the structure. The district also provides for commercial land use in areas that are adjacent to or in near proximity to low-density neighborhoods where compatibility is assured through use limitations and good lot and building standards. Buildings are limited in height and scale and sites are designed to mitigate the impacts common to these uses.	T, B-1
Corridor Mixed		Corridor Mixed-Use; Auto-Oriented Commercial	The CM district provides for the broadest range of residential, commercial office, retail and service uses that may include single use sites and multi-tenant centers of varying scales, or horizontal or vertical mixed-use development. The locations of this district along major corridors are either distant to or buffered from low-density neighborhoods with transitions occurring at the rear of lots or with a street/alley separation. The impacts on the surrounding environs are managed by lot and building design.	B-2, B-3
Neighborhood
Acreage Residential		Estate Residential	The ACR district provides for large, estate-sized lots for which the principal land use is single-family detached residential, although limited agricultural uses are also allowed.	A-1, R-S, R-L
Large Lot Residential		Suburban Residential	The LLR district provides for large lots for which the principal land use is single-family detached residential.	R-E, R-1
Multi-Family Residential		Suburban Residential Attached and Multi-Family; Auto-Oriented Residential Attached and Multi-Family; Residential Mix	The MFR district provides for single-family attached, including multiplex, rowhouse, and townhouse, along with cottage clusters and apartment buildings and complexes. This district is intended to be of the highest residential density in the city, except for the Corridor Mixed (CM) district. The district may also accommodate manufactured home parks, recreational vehicle parks, and tiny home communities by conditional use.	R-3X, R-4, R-5, MH
Medium Lot Residential		Suburban Residential; Auto-Oriented Residential	The MLR district covers a majority of the community, which provides for single-family detached residential housing in conventional neighborhoods.	R-2
Small Lot Residential		Auto-Oriented Residential; Mixed Character Core Neighborhood	The SLR district covers the residential areas nearest Downtown. Some neighborhoods in this district include alleys while other neighborhoods do not have alleys. The principal land use of this district is single-family detached residential.	R-3
Business and Industry
Business Center		Suburban Commercial	The BC district provides for office, research and technology use types with limited light industrial uses conducted within the confines of the buildings. This district provides for an upscale corporate office park setting with increased building and lot design standards.	PD-I, IP, B-P, STP
Industrial Park		Suburban Business Park	The IP district provides for the most intensive heavy commercial and industrial land uses, including product assembly, fabrication, manufacturing, and warehousing, with outdoor storage, display and operations conducted outside the building.	I-1, I-2
Table Notes: 1. The former zoning district designations are from Title 10, Zoning Regulations, repealed and replaced on the effective date of this Code. 2. Council adopted the DT zoning districts by Ordinance 2020-34 on October 6, 2020. Council rezoned the downtown area by Ordinance 2020-43 on December 15, 2020. This table is not intended to amend, revise, or otherwise affect the DT zoning districts as created and applied by those ordinances.

Table 10-1-1.1.1 Base Zoning Districts
District		Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)^1,2
Name	Designation	Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)^1,2
Downtown
Downtown Neighborhood Residential		Urban Downtown Transition	This district is defined by its pedestrian-oriented street edge alongside modest front yards and reflects its existing low-density, single-family heritage while accommodating multi-family building forms.	DT-DNR
Downtown Transition Area		Urban Downtown Transition	This district is pedestrian-oriented and reflects historic residential form and usage while accommodating a moderately higher-density mix of commercial, restaurant, office, hotel, mixed-use, and residential uses in a variety of different building types.	DT-DTA
Downtown Main Street		Urban Downtown Main Street	This district establishes a small town feel through a consistent urban form of active, pedestrian-oriented street edge and the small scale and significant historical architecture of Main and Prince Streets. Buildings accommodate a mix of uses within multiple stories and support the walkable town-center character of the downtown. This district includes the locally designated Downtown Historic District and the Main Street National Register Historic District.	DT-DMS
Downtown Mixed-Use		Urban Downtown Mixed-Use	This district consists of mixed use buildings with an active, pedestrian-oriented street edge. The predominant building form retains a traditional urban scale, design, and mix of uses which complements the Downtown Main Street (DMS) district.	DT-DMU
Corridor Mixed-Use
Neighborhood Commercial		Corridor Mixed-Use	The NC district provides for continued use of single-family dwellings that may transition into business uses without substantially altering the exterior function or appearance of the structure. The district also provides for commercial land use in areas that are adjacent to or in near proximity to low-density neighborhoods where compatibility is assured through use limitations and good lot and building standards. Buildings are limited in height and scale and sites are designed to mitigate the impacts common to these uses.	T, B-1
Corridor Mixed		Corridor Mixed-Use; Auto-Oriented Commercial	The CM district provides for the broadest range of residential, commercial office, retail and service uses that may include single use sites and multi-tenant centers of varying scales, or horizontal or vertical mixed-use development. The locations of this district along major corridors are either distant to or buffered from low-density neighborhoods with transitions occurring at the rear of lots or with a street/alley separation. The impacts on the surrounding environs are managed by lot and building design.	B-2, B-3
Neighborhood
Acreage Residential		Estate Residential	The ACR district provides for large, estate-sized lots for which the principal land use is single-family detached residential, although limited agricultural uses are also allowed.	A-1, R-S, R-L
Large Lot Residential		Suburban Residential	The LLR district provides for large lots for which the principal land use is single-family detached residential.	R-E, R-1
Multi-Family Residential		Suburban Residential Attached and Multi-Family; Auto-Oriented Residential Attached and Multi-Family; Residential Mix	The MFR district provides for single-family attached, including multiplex, rowhouse, and townhouse, along with cottage clusters and apartment buildings and complexes. This district is intended to be of the highest residential density in the city, except for the Corridor Mixed (CM) district. The district may also accommodate manufactured home parks, recreational vehicle parks, and tiny home communities by conditional use.	R-3X, R-4, R-5, MH
Medium Lot Residential		Suburban Residential; Auto-Oriented Residential	The MLR district covers a majority of the community, which provides for single-family detached residential housing in conventional neighborhoods.	R-2
Small Lot Residential		Auto-Oriented Residential; Mixed Character Core Neighborhood	The SLR district covers the residential areas nearest Downtown. Some neighborhoods in this district include alleys while other neighborhoods do not have alleys. The principal land use of this district is single-family detached residential.	R-3
Business and Industry
Business Center		Suburban Commercial	The BC district provides for office, research and technology use types with limited light industrial uses conducted within the confines of the buildings. This district provides for an upscale corporate office park setting with increased building and lot design standards.	PD-I, IP, B-P, STP
Industrial Park		Suburban Business Park	The IP district provides for the most intensive heavy commercial and industrial land uses, including product assembly, fabrication, manufacturing, and warehousing, with outdoor storage, display and operations conducted outside the building.	I-1, I-2
Table Notes: 1. The former zoning district designations are from Title 10, Zoning Regulations, repealed and replaced on the effective date of this Code. 2. Council adopted the DT zoning districts by Ordinance 2020-34 on October 6, 2020. Council rezoned the downtown area by Ordinance 2020-43 on December 15, 2020. This table is not intended to amend, revise, or otherwise affect the DT zoning districts as created and applied by those ordinances.

Table 10-1-1.1.1 Base Zoning Districts
District		Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)^1,2
Name	Designation	Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)^1,2
Downtown
Downtown Neighborhood Residential		Urban Downtown Transition	This district is defined by its pedestrian-oriented street edge alongside modest front yards and reflects its existing low-density, single-family heritage while accommodating multi-family building forms.	DT-DNR
Downtown Transition Area		Urban Downtown Transition	This district is pedestrian-oriented and reflects historic residential form and usage while accommodating a moderately higher-density mix of commercial, restaurant, office, hotel, mixed-use, and residential uses in a variety of different building types.	DT-DTA
Downtown Main Street		Urban Downtown Main Street	This district establishes a small town feel through a consistent urban form of active, pedestrian-oriented street edge and the small scale and significant historical architecture of Main and Prince Streets. Buildings accommodate a mix of uses within multiple stories and support the walkable town-center character of the downtown. This district includes the locally designated Downtown Historic District and the Main Street National Register Historic District.	DT-DMS
Downtown Mixed-Use		Urban Downtown Mixed-Use	This district consists of mixed use buildings with an active, pedestrian-oriented street edge. The predominant building form retains a traditional urban scale, design, and mix of uses which complements the Downtown Main Street (DMS) district.	DT-DMU
Corridor Mixed-Use
Neighborhood Commercial		Corridor Mixed-Use	The NC district provides for continued use of single-family dwellings that may transition into business uses without substantially altering the exterior function or appearance of the structure. The district also provides for commercial land use in areas that are adjacent to or in near proximity to low-density neighborhoods where compatibility is assured through use limitations and good lot and building standards. Buildings are limited in height and scale and sites are designed to mitigate the impacts common to these uses.	T, B-1
Corridor Mixed		Corridor Mixed-Use; Auto-Oriented Commercial	The CM district provides for the broadest range of residential, commercial office, retail and service uses that may include single use sites and multi-tenant centers of varying scales, or horizontal or vertical mixed-use development. The locations of this district along major corridors are either distant to or buffered from low-density neighborhoods with transitions occurring at the rear of lots or with a street/alley separation. The impacts on the surrounding environs are managed by lot and building design.	B-2, B-3
Neighborhood
Acreage Residential		Estate Residential	The ACR district provides for large, estate-sized lots for which the principal land use is single-family detached residential, although limited agricultural uses are also allowed.	A-1, R-S, R-L
Large Lot Residential		Suburban Residential	The LLR district provides for large lots for which the principal land use is single-family detached residential.	R-E, R-1
Multi-Family Residential		Suburban Residential Attached and Multi-Family; Auto-Oriented Residential Attached and Multi-Family; Residential Mix	The MFR district provides for single-family attached, including multiplex, rowhouse, and townhouse, along with cottage clusters and apartment buildings and complexes. This district is intended to be of the highest residential density in the city, except for the Corridor Mixed (CM) district. The district may also accommodate manufactured home parks, recreational vehicle parks, and tiny home communities by conditional use.	R-3X, R-4, R-5, MH
Medium Lot Residential		Suburban Residential; Auto-Oriented Residential	The MLR district covers a majority of the community, which provides for single-family detached residential housing in conventional neighborhoods.	R-2
Small Lot Residential		Auto-Oriented Residential; Mixed Character Core Neighborhood	The SLR district covers the residential areas nearest Downtown. Some neighborhoods in this district include alleys while other neighborhoods do not have alleys. The principal land use of this district is single-family detached residential.	R-3
Business and Industry
Business Center		Suburban Commercial	The BC district provides for office, research and technology use types with limited light industrial uses conducted within the confines of the buildings. This district provides for an upscale corporate office park setting with increased building and lot design standards.	PD-I, IP, B-P, STP
Industrial Park		Suburban Business Park	The IP district provides for the most intensive heavy commercial and industrial land uses, including product assembly, fabrication, manufacturing, and warehousing, with outdoor storage, display and operations conducted outside the building.	I-1, I-2
Table Notes: 1. The former zoning district designations are from Title 10, Zoning Regulations, repealed and replaced on the effective date of this Code. 2. Council adopted the DT zoning districts by Ordinance 2020-34 on October 6, 2020. Council rezoned the downtown area by Ordinance 2020-43 on December 15, 2020. This table is not intended to amend, revise, or otherwise affect the DT zoning districts as created and applied by those ordinances.

Table 10-1-1.1.1 Base Zoning Districts
District		Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)^1,2
Name	Designation	Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)^1,2
Downtown
Downtown Neighborhood Residential		Urban Downtown Transition	This district is defined by its pedestrian-oriented street edge alongside modest front yards and reflects its existing low-density, single-family heritage while accommodating multi-family building forms.	DT-DNR
Downtown Transition Area		Urban Downtown Transition	This district is pedestrian-oriented and reflects historic residential form and usage while accommodating a moderately higher-density mix of commercial, restaurant, office, hotel, mixed-use, and residential uses in a variety of different building types.	DT-DTA
Downtown Main Street		Urban Downtown Main Street	This district establishes a small town feel through a consistent urban form of active, pedestrian-oriented street edge and the small scale and significant historical architecture of Main and Prince Streets. Buildings accommodate a mix of uses within multiple stories and support the walkable town-center character of the downtown. This district includes the locally designated Downtown Historic District and the Main Street National Register Historic District.	DT-DMS
Downtown Mixed-Use		Urban Downtown Mixed-Use	This district consists of mixed use buildings with an active, pedestrian-oriented street edge. The predominant building form retains a traditional urban scale, design, and mix of uses which complements the Downtown Main Street (DMS) district.	DT-DMU
Corridor Mixed-Use
Neighborhood Commercial		Corridor Mixed-Use	The NC district provides for continued use of single-family dwellings that may transition into business uses without substantially altering the exterior function or appearance of the structure. The district also provides for commercial land use in areas that are adjacent to or in near proximity to low-density neighborhoods where compatibility is assured through use limitations and good lot and building standards. Buildings are limited in height and scale and sites are designed to mitigate the impacts common to these uses.	T, B-1
Corridor Mixed		Corridor Mixed-Use; Auto-Oriented Commercial	The CM district provides for the broadest range of residential, commercial office, retail and service uses that may include single use sites and multi-tenant centers of varying scales, or horizontal or vertical mixed-use development. The locations of this district along major corridors are either distant to or buffered from low-density neighborhoods with transitions occurring at the rear of lots or with a street/alley separation. The impacts on the surrounding environs are managed by lot and building design.	B-2, B-3
Neighborhood
Acreage Residential		Estate Residential	The ACR district provides for large, estate-sized lots for which the principal land use is single-family detached residential, although limited agricultural uses are also allowed.	A-1, R-S, R-L
Large Lot Residential		Suburban Residential	The LLR district provides for large lots for which the principal land use is single-family detached residential.	R-E, R-1
Multi-Family Residential		Suburban Residential Attached and Multi-Family; Auto-Oriented Residential Attached and Multi-Family; Residential Mix	The MFR district provides for single-family attached, including multiplex, rowhouse, and townhouse, along with cottage clusters and apartment buildings and complexes. This district is intended to be of the highest residential density in the city, except for the Corridor Mixed (CM) district. The district may also accommodate manufactured home parks, recreational vehicle parks, and tiny home communities by conditional use.	R-3X, R-4, R-5, MH
Medium Lot Residential		Suburban Residential; Auto-Oriented Residential	The MLR district covers a majority of the community, which provides for single-family detached residential housing in conventional neighborhoods.	R-2
Small Lot Residential		Auto-Oriented Residential; Mixed Character Core Neighborhood	The SLR district covers the residential areas nearest Downtown. Some neighborhoods in this district include alleys while other neighborhoods do not have alleys. The principal land use of this district is single-family detached residential.	R-3
Business and Industry
Business Center		Suburban Commercial	The BC district provides for office, research and technology use types with limited light industrial uses conducted within the confines of the buildings. This district provides for an upscale corporate office park setting with increased building and lot design standards.	PD-I, IP, B-P, STP
Industrial Park		Suburban Business Park	The IP district provides for the most intensive heavy commercial and industrial land uses, including product assembly, fabrication, manufacturing, and warehousing, with outdoor storage, display and operations conducted outside the building.	I-1, I-2
Table Notes: 1. The former zoning district designations are from Title 10, Zoning Regulations, repealed and replaced on the effective date of this Code. 2. Council adopted the DT zoning districts by Ordinance 2020-34 on October 6, 2020. Council rezoned the downtown area by Ordinance 2020-43 on December 15, 2020. This table is not intended to amend, revise, or otherwise affect the DT zoning districts as created and applied by those ordinances.

Table 10-1-1.1.2 Types of Approval
Symbol	Types of Approval	Required Compliance
Symbol	Types of Approval	Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix	Section 10-1-1.4, Land Use Standards	Section 10-9-5.1, Conditional Use Standards	Section 10-1-1.6, Accessory Uses, Buildings and Structures	Section 10-1-1.8, Temporary Uses and Structures
♦ Applicable o Not Applicable
P	Permitted	♦	o	o	o	o
S	Specially Permitted	♦	♦	o	o	o
C	Conditional	♦	♦	♦	o	o
A	Accessory	♦	o	o	♦	o
T	Temporary	o	o	o	o	♦
--	Prohibited	o	o	o	o	o

Table 10-1-1.1.2 Types of Approval
Symbol	Types of Approval	Required Compliance
Symbol	Types of Approval	Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix	Section 10-1-1.4, Land Use Standards	Section 10-9-5.1, Conditional Use Standards	Section 10-1-1.6, Accessory Uses, Buildings and Structures	Section 10-1-1.8, Temporary Uses and Structures
♦ Applicable o Not Applicable
P	Permitted	♦	o	o	o	o
S	Specially Permitted	♦	♦	o	o	o
C	Conditional	♦	♦	♦	o	o
A	Accessory	♦	o	o	♦	o
T	Temporary	o	o	o	o	♦
--	Prohibited	o	o	o	o	o

Table 10-1-1.1.2 Types of Approval
Symbol	Types of Approval	Required Compliance
Symbol	Types of Approval	Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix	Section 10-1-1.4, Land Use Standards	Section 10-9-5.1, Conditional Use Standards	Section 10-1-1.6, Accessory Uses, Buildings and Structures	Section 10-1-1.8, Temporary Uses and Structures
♦ Applicable o Not Applicable
P	Permitted	♦	o	o	o	o
S	Specially Permitted	♦	♦	o	o	o
C	Conditional	♦	♦	♦	o	o
A	Accessory	♦	o	o	♦	o
T	Temporary	o	o	o	o	♦
--	Prohibited	o	o	o	o	o

Table 10-1-1.1.2 Types of Approval
Symbol	Types of Approval	Required Compliance
Symbol	Types of Approval	Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix	Section 10-1-1.4, Land Use Standards	Section 10-9-5.1, Conditional Use Standards	Section 10-1-1.6, Accessory Uses, Buildings and Structures	Section 10-1-1.8, Temporary Uses and Structures
♦ Applicable o Not Applicable
P	Permitted	♦	o	o	o	o
S	Specially Permitted	♦	♦	o	o	o
C	Conditional	♦	♦	♦	o	o
A	Accessory	♦	o	o	♦	o
T	Temporary	o	o	o	o	♦
--	Prohibited	o	o	o	o	o

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Section 10-1-1.2 Overlay and Special Districts

This Section applies to all overlay and special zoning districts within the city, as set out in Table 10-1-1.2.1, Overlay and Special Districts.

Table 10-1-1.2.1 Overlay and Special Districts
District		Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)¹
Name	Designation	Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)¹
Overlay Districts
Planned Overlay District	PL-O	--	This overlay district consolidates the PD and PDO districts of the former zoning regulations into a single Planned Overlay (PL-O) district. The PL-O overlay district allows the existing PD and PDO districts to continue until they are amended or terminated.	PD-R, PD-C, PD-I, PDO
Mid-Modern Design (RESERVED)	MM-O	Special Corridor Planning Area	RESERVED	Not Applicable
Floodplain	FP-O	--	The Floodplain Overlay (FP-O) district is intended to comprise those certain areas of the city subject to periodic inundation and flooding which may result in loss of life and property, health and safety hazards, disruption of business and governmental services, extraordinary public expense for flood protection and relief, and impairment of the tax base, all of which adversely affect the health, safety and general welfare of the public.	FP-O
Special Districts
Open Space	OS	Open Space, Park	The Open Space (OS) district is established to promote the public health, safety and general welfare through provisions of active recreation areas and facilities, to conserve land for passive open space and greenways, and to preserve environmental resources and sensitive lands.	OS

Table 10-1-1.2.1 Overlay and Special Districts
District		Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)¹
Name	Designation	Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)¹
Overlay Districts
Planned Overlay District	PL-O	--	This overlay district consolidates the PD and PDO districts of the former zoning regulations into a single Planned Overlay (PL-O) district. The PL-O overlay district allows the existing PD and PDO districts to continue until they are amended or terminated.	PD-R, PD-C, PD-I, PDO
Mid-Modern Design (RESERVED)	MM-O	Special Corridor Planning Area	RESERVED	Not Applicable
Floodplain	FP-O	--	The Floodplain Overlay (FP-O) district is intended to comprise those certain areas of the city subject to periodic inundation and flooding which may result in loss of life and property, health and safety hazards, disruption of business and governmental services, extraordinary public expense for flood protection and relief, and impairment of the tax base, all of which adversely affect the health, safety and general welfare of the public.	FP-O
Special Districts
Open Space	OS	Open Space, Park	The Open Space (OS) district is established to promote the public health, safety and general welfare through provisions of active recreation areas and facilities, to conserve land for passive open space and greenways, and to preserve environmental resources and sensitive lands.	OS

Table 10-1-1.2.1 Overlay and Special Districts
District		Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)¹
Name	Designation	Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)¹
Overlay Districts
Planned Overlay District	PL-O	--	This overlay district consolidates the PD and PDO districts of the former zoning regulations into a single Planned Overlay (PL-O) district. The PL-O overlay district allows the existing PD and PDO districts to continue until they are amended or terminated.	PD-R, PD-C, PD-I, PDO
Mid-Modern Design (RESERVED)	MM-O	Special Corridor Planning Area	RESERVED	Not Applicable
Floodplain	FP-O	--	The Floodplain Overlay (FP-O) district is intended to comprise those certain areas of the city subject to periodic inundation and flooding which may result in loss of life and property, health and safety hazards, disruption of business and governmental services, extraordinary public expense for flood protection and relief, and impairment of the tax base, all of which adversely affect the health, safety and general welfare of the public.	FP-O
Special Districts
Open Space	OS	Open Space, Park	The Open Space (OS) district is established to promote the public health, safety and general welfare through provisions of active recreation areas and facilities, to conserve land for passive open space and greenways, and to preserve environmental resources and sensitive lands.	OS

Table 10-1-1.2.1 Overlay and Special Districts
District		Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)¹
Name	Designation	Future Land Use and Character Map Designation	Purpose	Former Zoning Designation(s)¹
Overlay Districts
Planned Overlay District	PL-O	--	This overlay district consolidates the PD and PDO districts of the former zoning regulations into a single Planned Overlay (PL-O) district. The PL-O overlay district allows the existing PD and PDO districts to continue until they are amended or terminated.	PD-R, PD-C, PD-I, PDO
Mid-Modern Design (RESERVED)	MM-O	Special Corridor Planning Area	RESERVED	Not Applicable
Floodplain	FP-O	--	The Floodplain Overlay (FP-O) district is intended to comprise those certain areas of the city subject to periodic inundation and flooding which may result in loss of life and property, health and safety hazards, disruption of business and governmental services, extraordinary public expense for flood protection and relief, and impairment of the tax base, all of which adversely affect the health, safety and general welfare of the public.	FP-O
Special Districts
Open Space	OS	Open Space, Park	The Open Space (OS) district is established to promote the public health, safety and general welfare through provisions of active recreation areas and facilities, to conserve land for passive open space and greenways, and to preserve environmental resources and sensitive lands.	OS

Section 10-1-1.3 Land Use Matrix

Key. Table 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix, uses the following symbols:

1.
“P” means the use is permitted by right and is not subject to further review.
2.
“C” means the use requires a public hearing and conditional use approval subject to Section 10-9-5.1, Conditional Use Permit.
3.
“A” means the use is permitted as an accessory use subject to standards in Section 10-1-1.6, Accessory Uses, Buildings and Structures, and in some instances additional standards.
4.
If there is an "S”, that means the use is subject to the special standards cited in the "Standards" column of Table 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix.
5.
“--” means the use is prohibited.

B.
New and Unlisted Uses. Refer to Section 10-1-2.1, Unlisted and Functionally Similar Uses.
C.
Land Use Standards. The conditional and special standards for the land uses denoted with a "C" or "S" in Table 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix, below, include cross-references which may generally be found among the standards for all districts in Section 10-1-1.4, Land Use Standards. More specific standards are provided in Chapters 2-5.

Table 10-1-1.3.1 Land Use Matrix
Category	Specific Use	Downtown (DT)				Corridor Mixed-Use (CM)		Neighborhood (NB)					Business and Industry (BI)		Open Space (OS)	Standards
Category	Specific Use														Open Space (OS)	Standards
Agriculture and Animal-Oriented Uses
Agriculture-Oriented Uses	Community Garden	A	--	--	A	A	A	P	P	P	P	A	--	--	A	10-1-1.6.A
	Plant Nursery, Greenhouse, and Landscaping Business	--	--	--	--	C	C	C	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Agriculture-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	C	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	--
Animal-Oriented Uses	Kennel, Indoor	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	CS	PS		10-1-1.4.B
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (with animal boarding) or Rescue Shelter	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.B
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (without animal boarding)	--	CS	PS	PS	--	PS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.B 10-2-3.2 10-4-2.2
	Pet Store for Sale of Dogs and Cats Only	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.B
	Animal-Oriented Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
Residential Uses
Household Living	Cottage Court Community	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	10-4-3.2.A
	Dwelling, Multi-Family (Apartment)	--	PS	--	PS	--	PS	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.A 10-2-3.2.M 10-3-3.2 10-4-3.2.E
	Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex / Twin Home³	PS	PS	--	PS	PS	P	--	--	--	CS	PS	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.J 10-3-3.2 10-4-3.2.B
	Dwelling, Single-Family Duplex / Twin Home Conversion³	PS	PS	--	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	CS	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.A 10-4-3.2.B
	Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	PS	PS	--	PS	P	--	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.I 10-3-3.2
	Live-Work	--	PS	--	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	10-2-3.2.N 10-3-3.2
	Manufactured Home Park	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	4-4-11 10-4-3.2.D
	Mixed-Use Building (upper floor residential units)	--	PS	PS	PS	CS	P	--	--	--	--	PS	CS	--	--	10-2-3.2.O 10-3-3.2 10-3-3.2.B
	Multiplex	PS	PS	--	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.K
	Slot Home	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Tiny Home Community	--	--	--	--	--	CS²	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	10-4-3.2.A
	Townhome	--	PS	--	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.M
Group Living	Foster Family Care Home	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--
	Group Home	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	10-1-1.4.A
	Independent Living Facility	P	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--
	Nursing Home/Congregate Housing	P	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	P	C	C	--	--
Residential Accessory Uses	Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU)	see below				see below		see below					see below		--	10-1-1.7
	- Attached ADU	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--
	- Detached ADU	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--
	Beekeeping	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	AS	10-1-1.6.A
	Chickens	AS	--	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Cottage Food Operation	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Family Child Care Home	A	A	--	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Home Occupation	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Pigeon Keeping	--	--	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Primary Short-Term Rental	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
Commercial and Office Uses
Entertainment, Indoor	Adult Entertainment	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	City Code Title 3, Chapter 14
	Bar, Brew Pub, or Tavern	--	PS	P	PS	C	PS	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	10-2-3.2
	Brewery, Distillery, and Winery	--	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Convention Center	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Gymnastic, Dance Studio, or Martial Arts Facility	--	PS	PS	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Health and Fitness Club	--	P	P	C	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Movie or Other Theater	--	PS	PS	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-2-3.2
	Indoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	--	--
Entertainment, Outdoor	Amphitheater	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--
	Ballfield or Stadium	--	--	--	--	--	P	C	C	C	C	C	C	--	C	--
	Campground	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--
	Outdoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	--	A	A	A	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	C	--
Office	Bank or Credit Union (with drive-through)	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	10-3-3.2.B
	Bank or Credit Union (without drive-through)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Office Uses ( 8,000 sq. ft. gross floor area or greater)	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.D 10-2-3.2.O
	Office Uses (Less than 8,000 sq. ft. gross floor area)	PS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-2-3.2.O
	Studio, Commercial	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
	Office Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
Overnight Accommodations	Hotel or Motel	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	C	P	P	--	--
Overnight Accommodations	Overnight Accommodations (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	C	P	P	--	--
Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Services	Drug Store (without drive-through)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
	Drug Store or Other Use (with drive-through)	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-3-3.2.B
	Dry Cleaning Store or Laundromat	--	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Food Market	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P
	Grocery Store	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-3.2.B-3
	Home Furnishing Store (Appliances and Electronics)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-3.2.B-3
	Home Improvement Center (with garden center)	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Lumber Yard	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Nursery or Garden Center	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Repair-Oriented Uses (excluding vehicles)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--
	Shopping Center	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Service (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
Restaurant	Cafeteria, Providing Service to On-Site Employees	--	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--
	Coffee/Tea Shop	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	C
	Restaurant, Drive-in, or Drive-Through	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	10-1-1.4.D 10-3-3.2.B
	Restaurant Uses (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
Vehicle Sales and Service	Car Wash	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Equipment and Machinery Sales and Rental	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Fuel Sales (Retail)	--	--	--	--	CS	CS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Vehicle Accessories and Parts Sales	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Sales, Rental, and Leasing	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Service, Major	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Service, Minor	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Sales and Service Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
Special Uses	Recycling Collection Facility	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--
Commercial Accessory Uses	Drive-Through ATM Dispenser and Vending Kiosk	--	A	--	A	--	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Eating and Drinking Places (Outdoor Seating, Sidewalk Café and Sidewalk Display)	--	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	--	CS	10-1-1.6.A
	Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging Station	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	10-1-1.6.A
Civic and Institutional Uses
Civic and Institutional	Adult Day Care	--	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Cemetery and Crematory	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	P	10-1-1.4.C
	Child Care Center or Pre-School	PS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	P	--	A	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Funeral Home and Services	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Public Assembly Facility	P	P	--	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Public Park	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	P
	Private Elementary/Secondary School	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Private College / University	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Private Trade or Vocational School	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Recreation Center/Clubhouse	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--
	Transit System Facility	--	P	P	P	--	P	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	--
	Civic and Institutional (Other than listed)	CS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	CS	CS	CS	P	P	C	10-2-3.2.Q
Medical Facilities	Ambulatory Surgical Care Facilities	--	--	A	A	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Ambulatory or Outpatient Services	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Drug, Alcohol or Psychiatric Treatment Center (outpatient)	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Hospital	--	C	--	C	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Medical Facilities (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
Parking as a Principal Use	Fleet Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	--	--
	Parking Structure	--	PS	PS	PS	--	AS	--	--	--	--	CS	PS	PS	--	10-2-3.2.R 10-1-3.8.B
	Parking Lot, Off-Site	--	AS	AS	AS	CS	AS	--	--	--	--	CS	AS	AS	C	10-1-1.4.C
Utilities	Utilities, Major	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Minor	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--
Industrial and Manufacturing Uses
Flex Industrial	Assembly of Prefabricated Parts	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Assembly or Fabrication for Sale On Premises	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Data Center	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Dry Cleaning, Commercial Operations (without drive-through)	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Distribution / Logistics Center	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Micro-Manufacturing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Parcel Service	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Printing and Publishing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Research and Testing Laboratory	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Self-Service Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.E
	Wholesale Sales and Distribution	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Flex Industrial (Other than listed)	--	--	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
General Industrial	Assembly of Finished Goods	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Fabrication	--	--	--	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	P	--	--
	Indoor Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Outdoor Storage	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.E
	Special Trade Contractor	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Warehousing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	A	P	--	--
Table Notes: 1. Reserved. 2. A tiny home community may occupy up to 10 percent of a development subject to Master Development Plan approval. 3. Duplex or twin home dwellings are not permitted in the SLR district south of W. Caley Avenue.

Table 10-1-1.3.1 Land Use Matrix
Category	Specific Use	Downtown (DT)				Corridor Mixed-Use (CM)		Neighborhood (NB)					Business and Industry (BI)		Open Space (OS)	Standards
Category	Specific Use														Open Space (OS)	Standards
Agriculture and Animal-Oriented Uses
Agriculture-Oriented Uses	Community Garden	A	--	--	A	A	A	P	P	P	P	A	--	--	A	10-1-1.6.A
	Plant Nursery, Greenhouse, and Landscaping Business	--	--	--	--	C	C	C	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Agriculture-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	C	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	--
Animal-Oriented Uses	Kennel, Indoor	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	CS	PS		10-1-1.4.B
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (with animal boarding) or Rescue Shelter	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.B
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (without animal boarding)	--	CS	PS	PS	--	PS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.B 10-2-3.2 10-4-2.2
	Pet Store for Sale of Dogs and Cats Only	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.B
	Animal-Oriented Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
Residential Uses
Household Living	Cottage Court Community	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	10-4-3.2.A
	Dwelling, Multi-Family (Apartment)	--	PS	--	PS	--	PS	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.A 10-2-3.2.M 10-3-3.2 10-4-3.2.E
	Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex / Twin Home³	PS	PS	--	PS	PS	P	--	--	--	CS	PS	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.J 10-3-3.2 10-4-3.2.B
	Dwelling, Single-Family Duplex / Twin Home Conversion³	PS	PS	--	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	CS	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.A 10-4-3.2.B
	Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	PS	PS	--	PS	P	--	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.I 10-3-3.2
	Live-Work	--	PS	--	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	10-2-3.2.N 10-3-3.2
	Manufactured Home Park	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	4-4-11 10-4-3.2.D
	Mixed-Use Building (upper floor residential units)	--	PS	PS	PS	CS	P	--	--	--	--	PS	CS	--	--	10-2-3.2.O 10-3-3.2 10-3-3.2.B
	Multiplex	PS	PS	--	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.K
	Slot Home	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Tiny Home Community	--	--	--	--	--	CS²	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	10-4-3.2.A
	Townhome	--	PS	--	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.M
Group Living	Foster Family Care Home	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--
	Group Home	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	10-1-1.4.A
	Independent Living Facility	P	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--
	Nursing Home/Congregate Housing	P	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	P	C	C	--	--
Residential Accessory Uses	Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU)	see below				see below		see below					see below		--	10-1-1.7
	- Attached ADU	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--
	- Detached ADU	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--
	Beekeeping	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	AS	10-1-1.6.A
	Chickens	AS	--	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Cottage Food Operation	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Family Child Care Home	A	A	--	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Home Occupation	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Pigeon Keeping	--	--	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Primary Short-Term Rental	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
Commercial and Office Uses
Entertainment, Indoor	Adult Entertainment	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	City Code Title 3, Chapter 14
	Bar, Brew Pub, or Tavern	--	PS	P	PS	C	PS	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	10-2-3.2
	Brewery, Distillery, and Winery	--	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Convention Center	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Gymnastic, Dance Studio, or Martial Arts Facility	--	PS	PS	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Health and Fitness Club	--	P	P	C	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Movie or Other Theater	--	PS	PS	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-2-3.2
	Indoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	--	--
Entertainment, Outdoor	Amphitheater	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--
	Ballfield or Stadium	--	--	--	--	--	P	C	C	C	C	C	C	--	C	--
	Campground	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--
	Outdoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	--	A	A	A	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	C	--
Office	Bank or Credit Union (with drive-through)	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	10-3-3.2.B
	Bank or Credit Union (without drive-through)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Office Uses ( 8,000 sq. ft. gross floor area or greater)	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.D 10-2-3.2.O
	Office Uses (Less than 8,000 sq. ft. gross floor area)	PS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-2-3.2.O
	Studio, Commercial	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
	Office Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
Overnight Accommodations	Hotel or Motel	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	C	P	P	--	--
Overnight Accommodations	Overnight Accommodations (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	C	P	P	--	--
Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Services	Drug Store (without drive-through)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
	Drug Store or Other Use (with drive-through)	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-3-3.2.B
	Dry Cleaning Store or Laundromat	--	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Food Market	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P
	Grocery Store	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-3.2.B-3
	Home Furnishing Store (Appliances and Electronics)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-3.2.B-3
	Home Improvement Center (with garden center)	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Lumber Yard	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Nursery or Garden Center	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Repair-Oriented Uses (excluding vehicles)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--
	Shopping Center	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Service (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
Restaurant	Cafeteria, Providing Service to On-Site Employees	--	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--
	Coffee/Tea Shop	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	C
	Restaurant, Drive-in, or Drive-Through	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	10-1-1.4.D 10-3-3.2.B
	Restaurant Uses (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
Vehicle Sales and Service	Car Wash	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Equipment and Machinery Sales and Rental	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Fuel Sales (Retail)	--	--	--	--	CS	CS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Vehicle Accessories and Parts Sales	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Sales, Rental, and Leasing	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Service, Major	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Service, Minor	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Sales and Service Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
Special Uses	Recycling Collection Facility	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--
Commercial Accessory Uses	Drive-Through ATM Dispenser and Vending Kiosk	--	A	--	A	--	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Eating and Drinking Places (Outdoor Seating, Sidewalk Café and Sidewalk Display)	--	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	--	CS	10-1-1.6.A
	Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging Station	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	10-1-1.6.A
Civic and Institutional Uses
Civic and Institutional	Adult Day Care	--	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Cemetery and Crematory	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	P	10-1-1.4.C
	Child Care Center or Pre-School	PS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	P	--	A	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Funeral Home and Services	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Public Assembly Facility	P	P	--	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Public Park	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	P
	Private Elementary/Secondary School	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Private College / University	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Private Trade or Vocational School	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Recreation Center/Clubhouse	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--
	Transit System Facility	--	P	P	P	--	P	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	--
	Civic and Institutional (Other than listed)	CS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	CS	CS	CS	P	P	C	10-2-3.2.Q
Medical Facilities	Ambulatory Surgical Care Facilities	--	--	A	A	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Ambulatory or Outpatient Services	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Drug, Alcohol or Psychiatric Treatment Center (outpatient)	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Hospital	--	C	--	C	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Medical Facilities (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
Parking as a Principal Use	Fleet Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	--	--
	Parking Structure	--	PS	PS	PS	--	AS	--	--	--	--	CS	PS	PS	--	10-2-3.2.R 10-1-3.8.B
	Parking Lot, Off-Site	--	AS	AS	AS	CS	AS	--	--	--	--	CS	AS	AS	C	10-1-1.4.C
Utilities	Utilities, Major	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Minor	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--
Industrial and Manufacturing Uses
Flex Industrial	Assembly of Prefabricated Parts	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Assembly or Fabrication for Sale On Premises	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Data Center	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Dry Cleaning, Commercial Operations (without drive-through)	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Distribution / Logistics Center	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Micro-Manufacturing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Parcel Service	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Printing and Publishing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Research and Testing Laboratory	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Self-Service Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.E
	Wholesale Sales and Distribution	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Flex Industrial (Other than listed)	--	--	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
General Industrial	Assembly of Finished Goods	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Fabrication	--	--	--	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	P	--	--
	Indoor Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Outdoor Storage	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.E
	Special Trade Contractor	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Warehousing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	A	P	--	--
Table Notes: 1. Reserved. 2. A tiny home community may occupy up to 10 percent of a development subject to Master Development Plan approval. 3. Duplex or twin home dwellings are not permitted in the SLR district south of W. Caley Avenue.

Table 10-1-1.3.1 Land Use Matrix
Category	Specific Use	Downtown (DT)				Corridor Mixed-Use (CM)		Neighborhood (NB)					Business and Industry (BI)		Open Space (OS)	Standards
Category	Specific Use														Open Space (OS)	Standards
Agriculture and Animal-Oriented Uses
Agriculture-Oriented Uses	Community Garden	A	--	--	A	A	A	P	P	P	P	A	--	--	A	10-1-1.6.A
	Plant Nursery, Greenhouse, and Landscaping Business	--	--	--	--	C	C	C	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Agriculture-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	C	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	--
Animal-Oriented Uses	Kennel, Indoor	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	CS	PS		10-1-1.4.B
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (with animal boarding) or Rescue Shelter	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.B
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (without animal boarding)	--	CS	PS	PS	--	PS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.B 10-2-3.2 10-4-2.2
	Pet Store for Sale of Dogs and Cats Only	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.B
	Animal-Oriented Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
Residential Uses
Household Living	Cottage Court Community	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	10-4-3.2.A
	Dwelling, Multi-Family (Apartment)	--	PS	--	PS	--	PS	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.A 10-2-3.2.M 10-3-3.2 10-4-3.2.E
	Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex / Twin Home³	PS	PS	--	PS	PS	P	--	--	--	CS	PS	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.J 10-3-3.2 10-4-3.2.B
	Dwelling, Single-Family Duplex / Twin Home Conversion³	PS	PS	--	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	CS	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.A 10-4-3.2.B
	Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	PS	PS	--	PS	P	--	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.I 10-3-3.2
	Live-Work	--	PS	--	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	10-2-3.2.N 10-3-3.2
	Manufactured Home Park	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	4-4-11 10-4-3.2.D
	Mixed-Use Building (upper floor residential units)	--	PS	PS	PS	CS	P	--	--	--	--	PS	CS	--	--	10-2-3.2.O 10-3-3.2 10-3-3.2.B
	Multiplex	PS	PS	--	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.K
	Slot Home	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Tiny Home Community	--	--	--	--	--	CS²	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	10-4-3.2.A
	Townhome	--	PS	--	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.M
Group Living	Foster Family Care Home	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--
	Group Home	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	10-1-1.4.A
	Independent Living Facility	P	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--
	Nursing Home/Congregate Housing	P	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	P	C	C	--	--
Residential Accessory Uses	Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU)	see below				see below		see below					see below		--	10-1-1.7
	- Attached ADU	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--
	- Detached ADU	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--
	Beekeeping	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	AS	10-1-1.6.A
	Chickens	AS	--	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Cottage Food Operation	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Family Child Care Home	A	A	--	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Home Occupation	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Pigeon Keeping	--	--	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Primary Short-Term Rental	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
Commercial and Office Uses
Entertainment, Indoor	Adult Entertainment	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	City Code Title 3, Chapter 14
	Bar, Brew Pub, or Tavern	--	PS	P	PS	C	PS	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	10-2-3.2
	Brewery, Distillery, and Winery	--	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Convention Center	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Gymnastic, Dance Studio, or Martial Arts Facility	--	PS	PS	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Health and Fitness Club	--	P	P	C	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Movie or Other Theater	--	PS	PS	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-2-3.2
	Indoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	--	--
Entertainment, Outdoor	Amphitheater	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--
	Ballfield or Stadium	--	--	--	--	--	P	C	C	C	C	C	C	--	C	--
	Campground	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--
	Outdoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	--	A	A	A	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	C	--
Office	Bank or Credit Union (with drive-through)	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	10-3-3.2.B
	Bank or Credit Union (without drive-through)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Office Uses ( 8,000 sq. ft. gross floor area or greater)	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.D 10-2-3.2.O
	Office Uses (Less than 8,000 sq. ft. gross floor area)	PS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-2-3.2.O
	Studio, Commercial	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
	Office Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
Overnight Accommodations	Hotel or Motel	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	C	P	P	--	--
Overnight Accommodations	Overnight Accommodations (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	C	P	P	--	--
Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Services	Drug Store (without drive-through)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
	Drug Store or Other Use (with drive-through)	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-3-3.2.B
	Dry Cleaning Store or Laundromat	--	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Food Market	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P
	Grocery Store	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-3.2.B-3
	Home Furnishing Store (Appliances and Electronics)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-3.2.B-3
	Home Improvement Center (with garden center)	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Lumber Yard	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Nursery or Garden Center	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Repair-Oriented Uses (excluding vehicles)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--
	Shopping Center	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Service (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
Restaurant	Cafeteria, Providing Service to On-Site Employees	--	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--
	Coffee/Tea Shop	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	C
	Restaurant, Drive-in, or Drive-Through	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	10-1-1.4.D 10-3-3.2.B
	Restaurant Uses (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
Vehicle Sales and Service	Car Wash	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Equipment and Machinery Sales and Rental	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Fuel Sales (Retail)	--	--	--	--	CS	CS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Vehicle Accessories and Parts Sales	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Sales, Rental, and Leasing	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Service, Major	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Service, Minor	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Sales and Service Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
Special Uses	Recycling Collection Facility	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--
Commercial Accessory Uses	Drive-Through ATM Dispenser and Vending Kiosk	--	A	--	A	--	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Eating and Drinking Places (Outdoor Seating, Sidewalk Café and Sidewalk Display)	--	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	--	CS	10-1-1.6.A
	Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging Station	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	10-1-1.6.A
Civic and Institutional Uses
Civic and Institutional	Adult Day Care	--	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Cemetery and Crematory	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	P	10-1-1.4.C
	Child Care Center or Pre-School	PS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	P	--	A	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Funeral Home and Services	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Public Assembly Facility	P	P	--	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Public Park	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	P
	Private Elementary/Secondary School	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Private College / University	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Private Trade or Vocational School	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Recreation Center/Clubhouse	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--
	Transit System Facility	--	P	P	P	--	P	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	--
	Civic and Institutional (Other than listed)	CS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	CS	CS	CS	P	P	C	10-2-3.2.Q
Medical Facilities	Ambulatory Surgical Care Facilities	--	--	A	A	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Ambulatory or Outpatient Services	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Drug, Alcohol or Psychiatric Treatment Center (outpatient)	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Hospital	--	C	--	C	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Medical Facilities (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
Parking as a Principal Use	Fleet Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	--	--
	Parking Structure	--	PS	PS	PS	--	AS	--	--	--	--	CS	PS	PS	--	10-2-3.2.R 10-1-3.8.B
	Parking Lot, Off-Site	--	AS	AS	AS	CS	AS	--	--	--	--	CS	AS	AS	C	10-1-1.4.C
Utilities	Utilities, Major	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Minor	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--
Industrial and Manufacturing Uses
Flex Industrial	Assembly of Prefabricated Parts	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Assembly or Fabrication for Sale On Premises	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Data Center	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Dry Cleaning, Commercial Operations (without drive-through)	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Distribution / Logistics Center	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Micro-Manufacturing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Parcel Service	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Printing and Publishing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Research and Testing Laboratory	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Self-Service Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.E
	Wholesale Sales and Distribution	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Flex Industrial (Other than listed)	--	--	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
General Industrial	Assembly of Finished Goods	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Fabrication	--	--	--	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	P	--	--
	Indoor Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Outdoor Storage	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.E
	Special Trade Contractor	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Warehousing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	A	P	--	--
Table Notes: 1. Reserved. 2. A tiny home community may occupy up to 10 percent of a development subject to Master Development Plan approval. 3. Duplex or twin home dwellings are not permitted in the SLR district south of W. Caley Avenue.

Table 10-1-1.3.1 Land Use Matrix
Category	Specific Use	Downtown (DT)				Corridor Mixed-Use (CM)		Neighborhood (NB)					Business and Industry (BI)		Open Space (OS)	Standards
Category	Specific Use														Open Space (OS)	Standards
Agriculture and Animal-Oriented Uses
Agriculture-Oriented Uses	Community Garden	A	--	--	A	A	A	P	P	P	P	A	--	--	A	10-1-1.6.A
	Plant Nursery, Greenhouse, and Landscaping Business	--	--	--	--	C	C	C	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Agriculture-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	C	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	--
Animal-Oriented Uses	Kennel, Indoor	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	CS	PS		10-1-1.4.B
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (with animal boarding) or Rescue Shelter	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.B
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (without animal boarding)	--	CS	PS	PS	--	PS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.B 10-2-3.2 10-4-2.2
	Pet Store for Sale of Dogs and Cats Only	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.B
	Animal-Oriented Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
Residential Uses
Household Living	Cottage Court Community	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	10-4-3.2.A
	Dwelling, Multi-Family (Apartment)	--	PS	--	PS	--	PS	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.A 10-2-3.2.M 10-3-3.2 10-4-3.2.E
	Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex / Twin Home³	PS	PS	--	PS	PS	P	--	--	--	CS	PS	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.J 10-3-3.2 10-4-3.2.B
	Dwelling, Single-Family Duplex / Twin Home Conversion³	PS	PS	--	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	CS	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.A 10-4-3.2.B
	Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	PS	PS	--	PS	P	--	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.I 10-3-3.2
	Live-Work	--	PS	--	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	10-2-3.2.N 10-3-3.2
	Manufactured Home Park	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	4-4-11 10-4-3.2.D
	Mixed-Use Building (upper floor residential units)	--	PS	PS	PS	CS	P	--	--	--	--	PS	CS	--	--	10-2-3.2.O 10-3-3.2 10-3-3.2.B
	Multiplex	PS	PS	--	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.K
	Slot Home	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Tiny Home Community	--	--	--	--	--	CS²	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	10-4-3.2.A
	Townhome	--	PS	--	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	PS	--	--	--	10-2-3.2.M
Group Living	Foster Family Care Home	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--
	Group Home	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	10-1-1.4.A
	Independent Living Facility	P	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--
	Nursing Home/Congregate Housing	P	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	P	C	C	--	--
Residential Accessory Uses	Accessory Dwelling Unit (ADU)	see below				see below		see below					see below		--	10-1-1.7
	- Attached ADU	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--
	- Detached ADU	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--
	Beekeeping	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	AS	10-1-1.6.A
	Chickens	AS	--	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Cottage Food Operation	AS	AS	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Family Child Care Home	A	A	--	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Home Occupation	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Pigeon Keeping	--	--	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Primary Short-Term Rental	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
Commercial and Office Uses
Entertainment, Indoor	Adult Entertainment	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	City Code Title 3, Chapter 14
	Bar, Brew Pub, or Tavern	--	PS	P	PS	C	PS	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	10-2-3.2
	Brewery, Distillery, and Winery	--	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Convention Center	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Gymnastic, Dance Studio, or Martial Arts Facility	--	PS	PS	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Health and Fitness Club	--	P	P	C	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Movie or Other Theater	--	PS	PS	PS	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-2-3.2
	Indoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	--	--
Entertainment, Outdoor	Amphitheater	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--
	Ballfield or Stadium	--	--	--	--	--	P	C	C	C	C	C	C	--	C	--
	Campground	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--
	Outdoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	--	A	A	A	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	C	--
Office	Bank or Credit Union (with drive-through)	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	10-3-3.2.B
	Bank or Credit Union (without drive-through)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Office Uses ( 8,000 sq. ft. gross floor area or greater)	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.D 10-2-3.2.O
	Office Uses (Less than 8,000 sq. ft. gross floor area)	PS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-2-3.2.O
	Studio, Commercial	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
	Office Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
Overnight Accommodations	Hotel or Motel	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	C	P	P	--	--
Overnight Accommodations	Overnight Accommodations (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	C	P	--	--	--	--	C	P	P	--	--
Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Services	Drug Store (without drive-through)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
	Drug Store or Other Use (with drive-through)	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-3-3.2.B
	Dry Cleaning Store or Laundromat	--	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Food Market	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P
	Grocery Store	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-3.2.B-3
	Home Furnishing Store (Appliances and Electronics)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-3.2.B-3
	Home Improvement Center (with garden center)	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Lumber Yard	--	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Nursery or Garden Center	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Repair-Oriented Uses (excluding vehicles)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--
	Shopping Center	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Service (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
Restaurant	Cafeteria, Providing Service to On-Site Employees	--	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--
	Coffee/Tea Shop	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	C
	Restaurant, Drive-in, or Drive-Through	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	10-1-1.4.D 10-3-3.2.B
	Restaurant Uses (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--
Vehicle Sales and Service	Car Wash	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Equipment and Machinery Sales and Rental	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Fuel Sales (Retail)	--	--	--	--	CS	CS	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.D
	Vehicle Accessories and Parts Sales	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Sales, Rental, and Leasing	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Service, Major	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Service, Minor	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Vehicle Sales and Service Uses (Other than listed)	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
Special Uses	Recycling Collection Facility	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--
Commercial Accessory Uses	Drive-Through ATM Dispenser and Vending Kiosk	--	A	--	A	--	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	--	--	10-1-1.6.A
	Eating and Drinking Places (Outdoor Seating, Sidewalk Café and Sidewalk Display)	--	A	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	--	CS	10-1-1.6.A
	Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging Station	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	AS	--	--	--	--	AS	AS	AS	AS	10-1-1.6.A
Civic and Institutional Uses
Civic and Institutional	Adult Day Care	--	P	--	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Cemetery and Crematory	--	--	--	--	PS	PS	--	--	--	--	CS	--	--	P	10-1-1.4.C
	Child Care Center or Pre-School	PS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	--	--	P	--	A	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Funeral Home and Services	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Public Assembly Facility	P	P	--	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	P	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Public Park	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	P
	Private Elementary/Secondary School	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	PS	--	--	--	10-1-1.4.C
	Private College / University	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Private Trade or Vocational School	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Recreation Center/Clubhouse	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--
	Transit System Facility	--	P	P	P	--	P	--	--	--	--	P	P	P	--
	Civic and Institutional (Other than listed)	CS	PS	PS	PS	P	P	--	--	CS	CS	CS	P	P	C	10-2-3.2.Q
Medical Facilities	Ambulatory Surgical Care Facilities	--	--	A	A	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Ambulatory or Outpatient Services	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Drug, Alcohol or Psychiatric Treatment Center (outpatient)	--	C	--	C	C	P	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--
	Hospital	--	C	--	C	--	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--	--
	Medical Facilities (Other than listed)	--	P	P	P	P	P	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
Parking as a Principal Use	Fleet Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	C	C	--	--
	Parking Structure	--	PS	PS	PS	--	AS	--	--	--	--	CS	PS	PS	--	10-2-3.2.R 10-1-3.8.B
	Parking Lot, Off-Site	--	AS	AS	AS	CS	AS	--	--	--	--	CS	AS	AS	C	10-1-1.4.C
Utilities	Utilities, Major	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Minor	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	A	--
Industrial and Manufacturing Uses
Flex Industrial	Assembly of Prefabricated Parts	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Assembly or Fabrication for Sale On Premises	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Data Center	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Dry Cleaning, Commercial Operations (without drive-through)	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Distribution / Logistics Center	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	C	P	--	--
	Micro-Manufacturing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Parcel Service	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Printing and Publishing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Research and Testing Laboratory	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Self-Service Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.E
	Wholesale Sales and Distribution	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Flex Industrial (Other than listed)	--	--	A	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
General Industrial	Assembly of Finished Goods	--	--	--	--	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	P	P	--	--
	Fabrication	--	--	--	A	A	A	--	--	--	--	--	A	P	--	--
	Indoor Storage	--	--	--	--	--	C	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Outdoor Storage	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	PS	--	10-1-1.4.E
	Special Trade Contractor	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	P	--	--
	Warehousing	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	--	A	P	--	--
Table Notes: 1. Reserved. 2. A tiny home community may occupy up to 10 percent of a development subject to Master Development Plan approval. 3. Duplex or twin home dwellings are not permitted in the SLR district south of W. Caley Avenue.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 20, Series of 2023; Ord. 01, Series of 2024; Ord. 09, Series of 2025)

Effective on: 6/12/2025

Section 10-1-1.4 Land Use Standards

Section 10-1-1.5 Reserved

(Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Section 10-1-1.6 Accessory Uses, Buildings and Structures

Applicability.

1.
Where Permitted. Accessory uses, buildings, and structures are permitted in all zoning districts in connection with a principal use where specified in Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix, and designated as either a permitted, permitted with standards, or conditional use in the zoning district that it is located. Accessory uses shall not be established prior to the establishment of the principal use.
2.
Interpretation of Unlisted Accessory Use. The Director shall evaluate applications for accessory uses that are not identified in this Section on a case-by-case basis, based on the following standards:
1. a.
  The definition of "accessory use" and the general accessory use standards and limitations established in this Section;
2. b.
  The purpose and intent of the district in which the accessory use is located;
3. c.
  Potential adverse impacts that the accessory use or structure may have on other lots, compared with other accessory uses permitted in the district; and
4. d.
  The compatibility of the accessory use with other principal and accessory uses permitted in the district.

Section 10-1-1.7 Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs)

B.
Approval of ADUs.
1. 1.
  Where Permitted. ADUs are permitted in certain districts and locations as set out under Residential Accessory Uses in Table 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix.
2. 2.
  Administrative Approval.
  1. a.
    ADUs that are denoted as "AS", Approved with Standards, in the Land Use Matrix may be approved by the Director, subject to the limitations, standards, and requirements of this Section and issuance of a building permit.
  2. b.
    ADUs constructed or converted within a historic district, or where the primary dwelling has been designated as a historic landmark, shall be subject to all standards and procedures, including any required approvals by the Historic Preservation Commission, as outlined within Title 10, Chapter 8 of the Littleton Code.
3. 3.
  Restrictions.
  1. a.
    Deed Restrictions. Prior to the issuance of a building permit for an ADU, the property owner shall file in the office of the County Clerk and Recorder a declaration of restrictions to the deed for the property where the ADU will be located. It shall be unlawful for the property owner to fail to comply with the deed restrictions. At a minimum, the restrictions shall state:
    1.
    The ADU shall not be sold separately from the principal dwelling;
    2.
    All restrictions run with the land and are binding upon any successor in ownership of the property.
  2. b.
    A maximum of one (1) ADU of any type is allowed per lot.
  3. c.
    All ADUs must be a permanent, habitable structure. Temporary structures, such as manufactured homes, recreational vehicles, or multipurpose trailer, shall not be used as an ADU.
  4. d.
    Lots containing both a principal dwelling and an ADU may not be subdivided so that the ADU occupies a different platted lot than the primary dwelling.
4. 4
  Accessory buildings existing on the effective date of this Code are exempt from the requirements herein.

C.
Standards Applicable to all ADUs.
1. 1.
  General Standards. The standards that apply to all ADU types are as provided in Table 10-1-1.7.1, General ADU Standards.

Table 10-1-1.7.1 General ADU Standards
Standard	Attached	Detached
Setbacks⁵
Minimum required side yard setbacks same as the principal dwelling unit	Y
Minimum required front and side setbacks are the same for corner lots	Y
Minimum required setback for a corner lot when adjoining a residential lot to the rear	equal to the front yard setback of the rear adjoining lot
Minimum distance from the principal dwelling unit⁶	0'	5'
Minimum rear setback⁴	5' if ADU located in a new addition; minimum required of principal dwelling unit if located within original footprint of primary dwelling unit	5'
Primary Entrance
Separate entrance from principal dwelling unit	Y	Y
Shared entrance with principal dwelling unit	Y	--
Height and Area (maximum)
One-story floor-to-ceiling height	18'
Height	maximum allowed for a single-family detached dwelling unit
Gross floor area⁴	up to gross floor area of principal dwelling unit	up to gross floor area of principal dwelling unit or 1,000 sf, whichever is less
Parking - Refer to Subsection 10-1-3.7.A, Parking and Loading
Table Notes: 1. Reserved. 2. Reserved. 3. Not to exceed maximum building coverage for applicable zone district. . 4. If a setback of an existing structure to be converted or to be used as an ADU is less than shown in this table, a record of survey shall be provided at time of building permit for proof of location, setbacks, footprint, and lot lines, and nonconforming setbacks shall be considered. 5. Distance is measured from the edge of the eaves of the principal and accessory dwelling.

Table 10-1-1.7.1 General ADU Standards
Standard	Attached	Detached
Setbacks⁵
Minimum required side yard setbacks same as the principal dwelling unit	Y
Minimum required front and side setbacks are the same for corner lots	Y
Minimum required setback for a corner lot when adjoining a residential lot to the rear	equal to the front yard setback of the rear adjoining lot
Minimum distance from the principal dwelling unit⁶	0'	5'
Minimum rear setback⁴	5' if ADU located in a new addition; minimum required of principal dwelling unit if located within original footprint of primary dwelling unit	5'
Primary Entrance
Separate entrance from principal dwelling unit	Y	Y
Shared entrance with principal dwelling unit	Y	--
Height and Area (maximum)
One-story floor-to-ceiling height	18'
Height	maximum allowed for a single-family detached dwelling unit
Gross floor area⁴	up to gross floor area of principal dwelling unit	up to gross floor area of principal dwelling unit or 1,000 sf, whichever is less
Parking - Refer to Subsection 10-1-3.7.A, Parking and Loading
Table Notes: 1. Reserved. 2. Reserved. 3. Not to exceed maximum building coverage for applicable zone district. . 4. If a setback of an existing structure to be converted or to be used as an ADU is less than shown in this table, a record of survey shall be provided at time of building permit for proof of location, setbacks, footprint, and lot lines, and nonconforming setbacks shall be considered. 5. Distance is measured from the edge of the eaves of the principal and accessory dwelling.

Table 10-1-1.7.1 General ADU Standards
Standard	Attached	Detached
Setbacks⁵
Minimum required side yard setbacks same as the principal dwelling unit	Y
Minimum required front and side setbacks are the same for corner lots	Y
Minimum required setback for a corner lot when adjoining a residential lot to the rear	equal to the front yard setback of the rear adjoining lot
Minimum distance from the principal dwelling unit⁶	0'	5'
Minimum rear setback⁴	5' if ADU located in a new addition; minimum required of principal dwelling unit if located within original footprint of primary dwelling unit	5'
Primary Entrance
Separate entrance from principal dwelling unit	Y	Y
Shared entrance with principal dwelling unit	Y	--
Height and Area (maximum)
One-story floor-to-ceiling height	18'
Height	maximum allowed for a single-family detached dwelling unit
Gross floor area⁴	up to gross floor area of principal dwelling unit	up to gross floor area of principal dwelling unit or 1,000 sf, whichever is less
Parking - Refer to Subsection 10-1-3.7.A, Parking and Loading
Table Notes: 1. Reserved. 2. Reserved. 3. Not to exceed maximum building coverage for applicable zone district. . 4. If a setback of an existing structure to be converted or to be used as an ADU is less than shown in this table, a record of survey shall be provided at time of building permit for proof of location, setbacks, footprint, and lot lines, and nonconforming setbacks shall be considered. 5. Distance is measured from the edge of the eaves of the principal and accessory dwelling.

Table 10-1-1.7.1 General ADU Standards
Standard	Attached	Detached
Setbacks⁵
Minimum required side yard setbacks same as the principal dwelling unit	Y
Minimum required front and side setbacks are the same for corner lots	Y
Minimum required setback for a corner lot when adjoining a residential lot to the rear	equal to the front yard setback of the rear adjoining lot
Minimum distance from the principal dwelling unit⁶	0'	5'
Minimum rear setback⁴	5' if ADU located in a new addition; minimum required of principal dwelling unit if located within original footprint of primary dwelling unit	5'
Primary Entrance
Separate entrance from principal dwelling unit	Y	Y
Shared entrance with principal dwelling unit	Y	--
Height and Area (maximum)
One-story floor-to-ceiling height	18'
Height	maximum allowed for a single-family detached dwelling unit
Gross floor area⁴	up to gross floor area of principal dwelling unit	up to gross floor area of principal dwelling unit or 1,000 sf, whichever is less
Parking - Refer to Subsection 10-1-3.7.A, Parking and Loading
Table Notes: 1. Reserved. 2. Reserved. 3. Not to exceed maximum building coverage for applicable zone district. . 4. If a setback of an existing structure to be converted or to be used as an ADU is less than shown in this table, a record of survey shall be provided at time of building permit for proof of location, setbacks, footprint, and lot lines, and nonconforming setbacks shall be considered. 5. Distance is measured from the edge of the eaves of the principal and accessory dwelling.

1. 2.
  Code Compliance. All ADUs shall comply with all applicable building, health, fire, and life safety codes.
2. 3.
  Land Development Impact and Sewer Tap Fees. Each dwelling unit requires payment of the city's land development impact and sewer tap fees.
3. 4.
  Land Uses. An ADU may be used in the same manner as a single-family dwelling. See Title 3, BUSINESS REGULATIONS; Chapter 23, Short-Term Rentals for applicable short-term rental regulations.
4. 5.
  Architectural Standards. All ADUs shall comply with the following architectural standards:
  1. a.
    The ADU shall be architecturally consistent with the principal dwelling such that it complements the principal dwelling in the use of complementary color palettes and exterior finishes.
  2. b.
    The ADU shall provide for privacy mitigation measures to the extent practicable, as long as privacy mitigation does not include an architectural style, building material, or landscaping that is more restrictive than a single-family home in the same zone district.
5. 6.
  Parking.
  1. a.
    New off-street parking shall not be required for construction or conversion of an ADU, except that the city shall require one off-street parking space if:
    
    1.
    An existing driveway, garage, tandem parking space, or other off-street parking for ADU parking is not available,
    2.
    ADU is in a zone district that requires one or more parking spaces for the primary dwelling unit, and
    3.
    ADU is located on a block that prohibits on-street parking.
  2. b.
    Covered or uncovered parking for an ADU may be in tandem with other required on-site parking.
  3. c.
    No parking space is required for an ADU that is located within:
    1.
    One-quarter mile of a public transit station;
    2.
    A historic district; or
    3.
    A mixed-use development.
  4. d.
    If required parking for the existing single-family dwelling is removed in conjunction with the construction of an ADU, the removed parking spaces shall be replaced with an equal number of on-lot parking spaces.
6. 7.
  Onsite Wastewater Treatment Systems (OWTS). The owner of a property for which the wastewater is handled by an OWTS shall provide a written letter from a qualified professional indicating proof of the capacity and performance of the OWTS to accommodate an ADU.
7. 8.
  Planned Overlay Districts. Any planned development resolution or ordinance that was adopted or approved before the effective date of this section that allows the construction of single-family detached dwellings and that restricts the construction of an accessory dwelling unit as an accessory use to any single-family detached dwelling shall not be interpreted or enforced to restrict the creation of an accessory dwelling unit as an accessory use to any single-family detached dwelling unit in any way that is prohibited.

D. Standards Applicable to Certain ADUs. (See Figure 10-1-1.7.1, ADU Types)

Figure 10-1-1.7.1

ADU Types

Attached and detached ADU types

Figure 10-1-1.7.1

ADU Types

Attached and detached ADU types

Figure 10-1-1.7.1

ADU Types

Attached and detached ADU types

Figure 10-1-1.7.1

ADU Types

Attached and detached ADU types

1. 1. a.
    Attached ADUs.
    1.
    Reserved.
    2.
    Reserved.
    3.
    Water, sanitary sewer, and electrical utilities may be separately provided to an attached ADU.
  2. b.
    Detached ADUs.
    1.
    The ADU and principal dwelling shall have separate addresses.
    2.
    The ADU shall meet the building requirements established within Title 4 of the City Code, including adopted building codes, and may combine a dwelling with a garage, workshop, studio, or similar use.
    3.
    Reserved.
    4.
    Detached ADUs shall adhere to the standards set out in Table 10-1-1.7.1, General ADU Standards.
    5.
    Detached ADUs must be located in line with or behind the front façade of the primary dwelling unit.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 20, Series of 2023; Ord. 09, Series of 2025)

Effective on: 6/12/2025

Section 10-1-1.8 Temporary Uses and Structures

Purpose. This Code allows for the establishment of certain temporary uses and structures for a limited duration, provided that such uses comply with the standards of this Section.

Applicability. A Temporary Use Permit is required for any temporary use or structure that may be allowed in each zoning district as listed in this Section.

Standards Applicable to All Temporary Uses and Structures. All temporary uses and structures require a permit approved and issued by the Director.

1.
Location and Lot Requirements.
1. a.
  Have legal access to the lot on which the use is to be conducted;
2. b.
  Where applicable, be set back at least five feet from public rights-of-way; and
3. c.
  Be set back at least five feet from a lot line.
2.
Buildings and Structures. Temporary buildings and structures shall comply with:
1. a.
  The height limits of the respective zoning district;
2. b.
  Title 4, Building Regulations of the City Code;
3. c.
  The standards established by South Metro Fire Rescue District; and
3.
Access, Circulation, and Parking. All temporary uses and structures shall:
1. a.
  Have adequate sight distances for safe vehicular ingress and egress;
2. b.
  Take access to a street with adequate capacity for the anticipated volume of traffic;
3. c.
  Not obstruct vehicular circulation nor access by emergency service providers;
4. d.
  Provide safe circulation by:
  1. 1.
    Maintaining access to permanent uses operating simultaneously to the temporary use;
  2. 2.
    Providing directional signage; and
  3. 3.
    Minimizing points of conflict between vehicles and pedestrians; and
5. e.
  Have sufficient on-site parking for the principal and temporary use.
4.
Utilities. Reasonable access shall be provided to drinking water and restroom services, as appropriate for the temporary structure's intended use and duration of use.
5.
Outdoor Lighting. All temporary uses and structures shall comply with the standards set out in Section 10-1-3.11, Outdoor Lighting Standards.
6.
Public Convenience and Litter Control. All temporary uses and structures shall provide:
1. a.
  Adequate public restroom facilities on-site as required by the Director;
2. b.
  Adequate waste containers and a written guarantee stating that all litter will be removed during the event and after the event is over at no expense to the city; and
3. c.
  Public restrooms and waste containers that are screened from view of adjacent residential properties and public rights-of-way.
7.
Performance Standards. All temporary uses and structures shall conform with the standards found in Section 10-7-3.2, Environmental Performance Standards.
8.
In floodplains, other restrictions may apply, as set out in Article 10-7-1, Floodplain Regulations, and Article 10-7-2, Floodway Regulations.

Temporary Use Table.

1.
Generally. Table 10-1-1.8.1, Permitted Temporary Uses, Frequencies, and Duration, shows which temporary uses are permitted in which zoning districts and provides maximum frequency and duration of an allowed temporary use.
2.
Symbols. The symbols in Table 10-1-1.8.1, below, shall have the following meanings:
1. a.
  "TP" means "Temporary Permitted Use" subject to the applicable requirements of this Section and approval of a Temporary Use Permit by the Director.
2. b.
  "TC" means "Temporary Conditional Use" subject to the applicable requirements of this Section and approval of a Conditional Use Permit in accordance with Section 10-9-5.1, Conditional Use Permit.
3. c.
  "--" means that the use is prohibited in the specified zoning district.
4. d.
  "Number / Number" in the Duration column means the maximum number of days permitted per event and the maximum number of events permitted on a single lot in a calendar year.

Table 10-1-1.8.1 Permitted Temporary Uses, Frequencies, and Duration
Temporary Use	Specific Standards¹	Duration	Zoning District Groups
			NB²	CM	DNR	DMU	DTA	DMS	BC	IP
											Garage/Yard/Estate Sale	H.5	3 / 3	TP	TP	TP	TP	--	--	--	--
											Temporary Retail Sales or Services	H.2	3 / 3	TP	TP³	--	TP	TP	TP	--	--
Temporary Construction Yard or Office	H.3	Refer to H.3	--	TC	--	--	--	--	TC	TC
Model Home or Temporary Structure Used as a Sales Office	H.4	Refer to H.4	--	TP	--	--	--	--	--	--
Circus, Carnival, or Other Outdoor Exhibition	H.6	16 / 1	--	TC	--	--	TC	TC	TC	--
Portable Storage Unit	H.7	21 / 2	TP	TP	TP	TC	TC	--	TP	TP
Table Notes: 1. The Specific Standards column refers to the standards within this Section. 2. NB applies to the ACR, LLR, MLR, SLR and MFR districts. 3. In a multi-tenant site, the maximum number of temporary retail sales or services per year is on a per-tenant basis.

Table 10-1-1.8.1 Permitted Temporary Uses, Frequencies, and Duration
Temporary Use	Specific Standards¹	Duration	Zoning District Groups
			NB²	CM	DNR	DMU	DTA	DMS	BC	IP
											Garage/Yard/Estate Sale	H.5	3 / 3	TP	TP	TP	TP	--	--	--	--
											Temporary Retail Sales or Services	H.2	3 / 3	TP	TP³	--	TP	TP	TP	--	--
Temporary Construction Yard or Office	H.3	Refer to H.3	--	TC	--	--	--	--	TC	TC
Model Home or Temporary Structure Used as a Sales Office	H.4	Refer to H.4	--	TP	--	--	--	--	--	--
Circus, Carnival, or Other Outdoor Exhibition	H.6	16 / 1	--	TC	--	--	TC	TC	TC	--
Portable Storage Unit	H.7	21 / 2	TP	TP	TP	TC	TC	--	TP	TP
Table Notes: 1. The Specific Standards column refers to the standards within this Section. 2. NB applies to the ACR, LLR, MLR, SLR and MFR districts. 3. In a multi-tenant site, the maximum number of temporary retail sales or services per year is on a per-tenant basis.

Table 10-1-1.8.1 Permitted Temporary Uses, Frequencies, and Duration
Temporary Use	Specific Standards¹	Duration	Zoning District Groups
			NB²	CM	DNR	DMU	DTA	DMS	BC	IP
											Garage/Yard/Estate Sale	H.5	3 / 3	TP	TP	TP	TP	--	--	--	--
											Temporary Retail Sales or Services	H.2	3 / 3	TP	TP³	--	TP	TP	TP	--	--
Temporary Construction Yard or Office	H.3	Refer to H.3	--	TC	--	--	--	--	TC	TC
Model Home or Temporary Structure Used as a Sales Office	H.4	Refer to H.4	--	TP	--	--	--	--	--	--
Circus, Carnival, or Other Outdoor Exhibition	H.6	16 / 1	--	TC	--	--	TC	TC	TC	--
Portable Storage Unit	H.7	21 / 2	TP	TP	TP	TC	TC	--	TP	TP
Table Notes: 1. The Specific Standards column refers to the standards within this Section. 2. NB applies to the ACR, LLR, MLR, SLR and MFR districts. 3. In a multi-tenant site, the maximum number of temporary retail sales or services per year is on a per-tenant basis.

Table 10-1-1.8.1 Permitted Temporary Uses, Frequencies, and Duration
Temporary Use	Specific Standards¹	Duration	Zoning District Groups
			NB²	CM	DNR	DMU	DTA	DMS	BC	IP
											Garage/Yard/Estate Sale	H.5	3 / 3	TP	TP	TP	TP	--	--	--	--
											Temporary Retail Sales or Services	H.2	3 / 3	TP	TP³	--	TP	TP	TP	--	--
Temporary Construction Yard or Office	H.3	Refer to H.3	--	TC	--	--	--	--	TC	TC
Model Home or Temporary Structure Used as a Sales Office	H.4	Refer to H.4	--	TP	--	--	--	--	--	--
Circus, Carnival, or Other Outdoor Exhibition	H.6	16 / 1	--	TC	--	--	TC	TC	TC	--
Portable Storage Unit	H.7	21 / 2	TP	TP	TP	TC	TC	--	TP	TP
Table Notes: 1. The Specific Standards column refers to the standards within this Section. 2. NB applies to the ACR, LLR, MLR, SLR and MFR districts. 3. In a multi-tenant site, the maximum number of temporary retail sales or services per year is on a per-tenant basis.

G.
Specific Temporary Use Standards.

1. 1.
  Noncommercial Concrete Batch Plant. The facility shall be located within 1,000 feet of the construction site for which the concrete is to be used.
2. 2.
  Temporary Retail Sales or Services.

1. 1. a.
    Any temporary or portable structure used for such sales or services shall meet the applicable provisions of Title 4 of the City Code.
  2. b.
    Customer parking shall be on an all-weather surface.
  3. c.
    Temporary uses and associated activities shall not be conducted within the required minimum setback areas or within required landscape areas adjacent to public rights of way.
  4. d.
    Storage areas and trash containers shall be screened from view from adjacent residential property and public rights-of-way.
1. 3.
  Temporary Construction Yard or Office.
  1. a.
    The facility shall be located within the development where the construction is to take place.
  2. b.
    Placement of the facility is limited to a period of time determined by an estimated project completion date with the option of an extension of up to one year if approved by the Director.
  3. c.
    All temporary buildings and trailers shall be completely removed from the lot within 30 days of issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy or completion of the construction project, whichever occurs first.
2. 4.
  Model Home or Temporary Structure Used as Sales Office.
  1. a.
    The structure shall be a manufactured building designed for office use and inspected and approved by the Chief Building Official.
  2. b.
    The office shall be located within the development where the sales are to take place.
  3. c.
    If multiple builders are involved in the development, one model home or temporary sales office may be permitted per builder. Each sales office shall be located on an individual lot.
  4. d.
    The Temporary Use Permit shall be valid until the project is completed or for a period of two years from the time of the recording of the most recent Final Plat.
  5. e.
    A building permit for the model home may be issued once the streets to the subdivision have been constructed to sub-grade and water and fire hydrant service are located within 500 feet of the lot on which the model home is located. A certificate of occupancy shall not be issued until the subdivision phase and all public improvements have been accepted by the city, a Final Plat has been filed with the county, and all utilities are connected to the model home.
  6. f.
    In the NB District, the model home shall be constructed in such a manner that it can be converted, without structural changes, to a permitted residence. Such conversion shall occur no later than after the issuance of certificates of occupancy to 95 percent of the residential units in the subdivision or when use as a sales office or model home has ceased.
3. 5.
  Garage/Yard/Estate Sale.
  1. a.
    No garage/yard/estate sale shall occur earlier than the sixth day following the conclusion of a prior garage/yard/estate sale on the same property.
  2. b.
    Garage/yard/estate sales are not intended and shall not allow businesses to be operated out of homes.
  3. c.
    Sale activity shall be limited to the hours of 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.
  4. d.
    Sale activity may not be conducted on the public sidewalks or in parkways, streets or alleys.
4. 6.
  Circus, Carnival, or Other Outdoor Exhibition.
  1. a.
    Temporary structures (e.g., carnival rides and mega-inflatables) that are taller than the height allowed by the district in which it is proposed to be located are allowed, provided they are set back from all property lines a distance of two feet for every one foot in structure or inflatable height.
  2. b.
    The operator of the event shall obtain licensing as required under Title 3, Building Regulations; Chapter 3, Special Events and Demonstrations, of the City Code.
5. 7.
  Portable Storage Unit. The unit shall:
  1. a.
    Be on the same property as the use requiring the service of the unit.
  2. b.
    Not encroach into setbacks or sidewalks.
  3. c.
    Be located on an all-weather surface.
  4. d.
    Be removed upon project completion.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Section 10-1-1.9 Official Zoning Map

Official Zoning Map Adopted. Zoning districts are shown on the map entitled "Official Zoning Map" of the City of Littleton, which is made part of this Code.

Force and Effect. The official zoning map and all notations, references, and other information shown on it are a part of and have the same legal force and effect as this Code.

Status. The official zoning map that is on file with the Director shall control in the event of a conflict between the official zoning map and any other reproduction of the map.

1.
Rights-of-Way or Easements. Where boundary lines appear to follow existing streets, alleys, railroad tracks, utility lines, or similar features, the zoning boundary shall be construed to follow the centerline of the rights-of-way or easement. Where the location of these features on the ground differs from that shown on the official zoning map, the features on the ground control.
2.
City Limits. Where district boundaries are indicated as approximately following the city limits, such city limits shall be considered the district boundaries.
3.
Property Lines. Where the boundaries are indicated as approximately following property or other lot lines, such lines shall be construed to be the boundaries.
4.
Watercourses. Boundaries shown as following, or approximately following, the centerline of drainage ways, rivers, streams, water bodies, or other watercourses shall be construed as following the channel centerline. In the event of a natural change in the location of such watercourses, the district boundary shall be construed as moving with the channel centerline.
5.
Unsubdivided Land or No Identifiable Feature. On unsubdivided land, or where a district boundary does not follow an identifiable feature, the location of the boundary, unless the same is indicated by dimensions, shall be determined by applying, in order, the following rules:
1. a.
  Legal Description. The boundary shall be according to the legal description in the ordinance establishing the district boundaries.
2. b.
  Text Dimensions. The boundary shall be located by reference to dimensions shown in the text on the official zoning map, if any.
3. c.
  Map Scale. The boundary shall be located using the map scale appearing on the official zoning map.
6.
Vacation or Abandonment. Where a public street, alley, or parcel of land is officially vacated or abandoned, the regulations applicable to the abutting property apply equally to the vacated or abandoned street or alley.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Section 10-1-2.1 Unlisted and Functionally Similar Uses

Decision Criteria. In making such interpretations, the Director may consider, but not be limited to, the following criteria:

1.
The actual or projected characteristics of the activity in relation to those of the listed land use;
2.
Nature and impacts of operation;
3.
Character and scale of associated buildings and structures;
4.
The amount of lot area or floor space and equipment devoted to the activity;
5.
Vehicle parking demand;
6.
Average daily and peak hour trip generation (people, personal vehicles, and delivery vehicles);
7.
Types of vehicles used and their parking requirements;
8.
Building coverage;
9.
Regulated air or water emissions;
10.
Noise, lighting, dust, vibration, electronic interference, and odors;
11.
Solid waste generation;
12.
Use and storage of hazardous materials;
13.
How the use is advertised;
14.
Hours of operation;
15.
Visibility of equipment;
16.
Any other pertinent considerations necessary to assess the nature and impacts of a proposed use; and
17.
Compliance with all federal, state and local laws.

Appeal of the Director's Decision. Appeals of the Director's decision may be made following procedures under Section 10-9-9.2, Appeal of Administrative Decision.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

S

Section 10-1-2.2 Wireless Communications Facilities

A.
Purpose. In order to accommodate the communication needs of residents and businesses while protecting the public health, safety, and general welfare of the community, the City Council finds that these regulations are necessary to:
1. 1.
  Installation, Maintenance, and Removal. Provide for the managed development and installation, maintenance, modification, and removal of wireless communications infrastructure in the city with the fewest number of wireless communications facilities (WCFs) to complete a network without unreasonably discriminating against wireless communications providers of functionally equivalent services, including all of those who install, maintain, operate, and remove WCFs;
2. 2.
  Health, Safety, and Welfare. Promote and protect the public health, safety, and welfare by reducing the visibility of WCFs to the fullest extent possible through techniques including but not limited to concealment and camouflage design techniques and undergrounding of WCFs and the equipment associated therewith, where appropriate;
3. 3.
  Smaller WCFs. Encourage the deployment of smaller, less intrusive WCFs, where appropriate, to minimize visual clutter;
4. 4.
  Wall-Mounted. Encourage the use of wall-mounted panel antennas;
5. 5.
  Roof-Mounted. Encourage roof-mounted antennas only when wall-mounted antennas will not provide adequate service or are not otherwise feasible;
6. 6.
  Location. Encourage the location of towers in non-residential areas, in a manner that minimizes the total number of towers needed throughout the community in areas where the adverse impact on the community is minimized;
7. 7.
  Collocation. Encourage strongly the collocation of WCFs on new and existing sites;
8. 8.
  Service Provision. Enhance the ability of wireless communications service providers to provide such services to the community quickly, effectively, and efficiently;
9. 9.
  Rights-of-Way. Effectively manage WCFs in the public right-of-way; and
10. 10.
  Amateur Facilities. Manage amateur radio facilities and over-the-air receiving devices in the city.
B.
Use Table Reference. The use tables in each zoning district show the zoning districts where wireless communication facilities, which are in the Major Utility use category, are permitted.
C.
Applicability. The requirements set forth in this Section shall apply to all WCF applications for base stations, alternative tower structures, alternative tower structures located within rights-of-way, and towers as defined in Section 10-12-2.1, Definitions.
D.
Exceptions. The requirements set forth in this Section shall not apply to:
1. 1.
  Amateur Radio Antennas. Amateur radio antennas that are owned and operated by a federally licensed amateur radio station operator or are used exclusively for receive-only antennas, provided that the requirement that the height is no more than the distance from the base of the antenna to the property line is met.
2. 2.
  Pre-Existing WCFs. Any WCF for which a permit has been properly issued prior to June 6, 2017, shall not be required to meet the requirements of this Section, except that changes and additions to pre-existing WCFs (including trading out of antennas for an equal number of antennas) shall meet applicable requirements of Subsection K, Design Standards. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any modifications qualifying as an Eligible Facilities Request shall be evaluated under Subsection M.5, Review Procedures For Eligible Facilities Requests (EFRs), below.
3. 3.
  Miscellaneous Antennas. Antennas used for reception of television, multichannel video programming, and radio such as OTARD antennas, television broadcast band antennas, and broadcast radio antennas, provided that any requirements related to accessory uses contained in this Section and the requirement that the height is no more than the distance from the base to the property line are met. The Director has the authority to approve modifications to the height restriction related to OTARD antennas and OTARD antenna structures if, in the discretion of the city, modifications are necessary to comply with federal law.
E.
Federal Requirements. All WCFs shall meet the current standards and regulations of the FAA, the FCC and any other agency of the federal government with the authority to regulate WCFs. If such standards and regulations are changed, then the owners of the WCF governed by this Section shall bring such facility into compliance with such revised standards and regulations within the time period mandated by the controlling federal agency. Failure to meet such revised standards and regulations shall constitute grounds for the removal of the WCF at the owner's expense.
F.
Radio Frequency Standards. All WCFs shall comply with Federal standards for radio frequency emissions. The applicant shall provide written documentation from a qualified radio frequency engineer, which may be included in the Signal Interference Letter described below, certifying that the proposed WCF, when operational, will be in compliance will Federal radio frequency emissions standards. If concerns regarding compliance with radio frequency emissions standards for a WCF have been made to the city, the city may request that the owner or operator of the WCF provide information demonstrating compliance. If such information suggests, in the discretion of the city, that the WCF may not be in compliance, the city may request the owner or operator of the WCF to submit a project implementation report which provides cumulative field measurements of radio frequency emissions of all antennas installed at the subject site, and which compares the results with established Federal standards. If, upon review, the city finds that the facility does not meet Federal standards, the city may require corrective action within 30 days or a period of time agreed to between the city and the WCF operator. If noncompliance is not corrected, the WCF may be removed pursuant to Subsection I, Operation and Maintenance, below. Any costs incurred by the city, including consulting costs to verify compliance with these requirements, shall be paid by the applicant.
G.
Signal Interference. All WCFs shall be designed and sited, consistent with applicable Federal regulations, so as not to cause interference with the normal operation of radio, television, telephone and other communication services utilized by adjacent residential and non-residential properties; nor shall any such facilities interfere with any public safety communications. The applicant shall provide a written statement (“Signal Interference Letter”) from a qualified radio frequency engineer, certifying that a technical evaluation of existing and proposed facilities indicates no potential interference problems and shall allow the city to monitor interference levels with public safety communications during this process. Additionally, the applicant shall notify the city at least 10 calendar days prior to the introduction of new service or changes in existing service, and shall allow the city to monitor interference levels with public safety communications during the applicant's testing process.
H.
Legal Access. In all applications for WCFs, an applicant must warrant and represent that it has the written agreement of the owner of the property which is the subject of the application for legal access to and from the WCF and the applicant must also warrant and represent that it will have legal access to the utilities to operate and maintain the WCF.
I.
Operation And Maintenance. To ensure the structural integrity of WCFs, the owner of a WCF shall ensure that it is maintained in compliance with standards contained in applicable local building and safety codes. If upon inspection the city concludes that a WCF fails to comply with such codes and constitutes a danger to persons or property, then, upon written notice being provided to the owner of the WCF, the owner shall have 30 days from the date of notice to bring such WCF into compliance. Upon good cause shown by the owner, the city's Chief Building Official may extend such compliance period not to exceed 90 days from the date of said notice. If the owner fails to bring such WCF into compliance within said time period, the city may remove such WCF at the owner's expense.
J.
Abandonment And Removal. If a WCF has not been in use for a period of three months, the owner of the WCF shall notify the city of the non-use and shall indicate whether re-use is expected within the ensuing three months. Any WCF that is not operated for a continuous period of six months shall be considered abandoned. The city, in its sole discretion, may require an abandoned WCF to be removed. The owner of such WCF shall remove the same within 30 days of receipt of written notice from the city. If such WCF is not removed within said 30 days, the city may remove it at the owner's expense and any approved permits for the WCF shall be deemed to have expired.

K.
Design Standards. The requirements set forth in this Subsection shall apply to the location and design of all WCFs governed by this Section; provided, however, that the applicable review body in Chapter 9, Administration, may waive these requirements if it determines that the goals of this Section are better served by the waiver. To that end, WCFs shall be designed and located to minimize the impact on the surrounding neighborhood and to maintain the character and appearance of the city, consistent with other provisions of this Code.
1. 1.
  Camouflage/Concealment. All WCFs and any Related Accessory Equipment shall, to the extent possible, use Concealment Design Techniques and where not possible utilize Camouflage Design Techniques. Camouflage Design Techniques include, but are not limited to the use of materials, colors, textures, screening, undergrounding, landscaping, or other design options that will blend the WCF into the surrounding natural setting and built environment. Design, materials and colors of WCFs shall be compatible with the surrounding environment. Designs shall be compatible with structures and vegetation on the same parcel and adjacent parcels.
  1. a.
    Where WCFs are located in areas of high public visibility, they shall, where physically possible, be designed to be concealed, and where not possible to be concealed, camouflaged to minimize their WCF profile through placement of equipment fully or partially underground, or by way of example and not limitation, located behind landscape berms.
  2. b.
    Concealment may be of heightened importance where findings of particular sensitivity are made (e.g., proximity to historic or aesthetically significant structures, views, and/or community features).
  3. c.
    A concealment design may include the use of Alternative Tower Structures should the Director determine that such design meets the intent of this Code and the community is better served thereby.
  4. d.
    All WCFs, such as antennas, vaults, equipment rooms, equipment enclosures, and tower structures shall be constructed out of non-reflective materials (visible exterior surfaces only).
2. 2.
  Hazardous Materials. No hazardous materials shall be permitted in association with WCFs, except those necessary for the operations of the WCF and only in accordance with all applicable laws governing such materials.
3. 3.
  Siting.
  1. a.
    Property Lines. No portion of any WCF may extend beyond the property line.
  2. b.
    Collocation. WCFs shall be required to be designed and constructed to permit the facility to accommodate WCFs from at least two wireless service providers on the same WCF unless the city approves an alternative design. No WCF owner or operator shall unfairly exclude a competitor from using the same facility or location.
  3. c.
    Parking. WCFs shall be sited in a location that does not reduce the parking for the other principal uses on the parcel below Code standards.
4. 4.
  Lighting. WCFs shall not be artificially lighted unless required by the FAA or other applicable governmental authority, or the WCF is mounted on a light pole or other similar structure primarily used for lighting purposes. If lighting is required, the city may review the available lighting alternatives and approve the design that would cause the least disturbance to the surrounding views. Lighting shall be shielded or directed to the greatest extent possible so as to minimize the amount of glare and light falling onto nearby properties, particularly residences.
5. 5.
  Landscaping And Fencing Requirements.
  1. a.
    WCFs shall be sited in a manner that does not reduce the landscaped areas for the other principal uses on the parcel.
  2. b.
    WCFs shall be landscaped with a Type B bufferyard as established in Subsection 10-1-3.6.F Bufferyard Requirements, where the property is adjacent to residential properties.
  3. c.
    In locations where the visual impact of the WCF would be minimal, the landscaping requirement may be reduced or waived altogether by the Director.
  4. d.
    Existing mature tree growth and natural landforms on the site shall be preserved to the maximum extent possible. In some cases, such as WCFs sited on large, wooded lots, natural growth around the site perimeter may be sufficient to buffer.
  5. e.
    No trees larger than four inches in diameter measured at four and one-half feet high on the tree may be removed, unless authorized by the Director. To obtain such authorization the applicant shall show that tree removal is necessary, the applicant's plan minimizes the number of trees to be removed and any trees removed are replaced at a ratio of two to one.
6. 6.
  Noise. Noise generated in the development shall not exceed the levels permitted in this Code, except that a WCF owner or operator shall be permitted to exceed City Code noise standards for a period of time during repairs, not to exceed two hours without prior authorization from the city.
7. 7.
  Specific Design Requirements. Additional design requirements shall be applicable to the various types of WCFs as specified below:
  1. a.
    Base Stations. Base stations shall be architecturally compatible with respect to attachments, and colored to match the building or structure to which they are attached;
  2. b.
    The maximum protrusion of such facilities from the building or structure face to which they are attached shall be six feet;
  3. c.
    Wall-mounted WCFs shall not extend above the roofline;
  4. d.
    Roof-mounted WCFs shall be approved only where an applicant demonstrates a wall-mounted WCF is inadequate to provide service and shall be evaluated for approval based upon the following criteria:
    1.
    Roof-mounted antennas shall extend no more than 10 feet above the parapet of any flat roof or ridge of a sloped roof or penthouse to which they are attached;
    2.
    Other roof-mounted related accessory equipment shall extend no more than 10 feet above any parapet of a flat roof upon which they may be placed, and shall not be permitted on a sloped roof;
  5. e.
    If antennas are installed on base stations (including, but not limited to the antennas and related accessory equipment), such antennas shall be of a neutral, non-reflective color that is identical to, or closely compatible with, the color of the supporting structure, or use other camouflage/concealment design techniques so as to make the antenna and related facilities as visually unobtrusive as possible, including for example, without limitation, painting the antennas and equipment to match the structure.
  6. f.
    Alternative Tower Structures (ATS) and Small Cell Facilities on Private Property.
    1.
    Alternative tower structures shall be designed and constructed to look like a building, facility, or structure typically found in the area in order that the WCF is concealed;
    2.
    Height or size of the proposed ATS or Small Cell Facility should be minimized as much as possible and shall be subject to the maximum height restrictions of the zoning district in which they are located, subject to a maximum height limit of 35’;
    3.
    ATS shall be sited in a manner that is least obtrusive to residential structures and residential district boundaries;
    4.
    ATS and Small Cell Facilities shall be compatible with the surrounding topography, tree coverage, and foliage;
    5.
    ATS and Small Cell Facilities shall be designed utilizing design characteristics that have the effect of concealing where technically feasible and generally reducing or eliminating visual obtrusiveness; and
    6.
    Visual impacts of the proposed ingress and egress shall be minimized.
  7. g.
    Alternative Tower Structures and Small Cell Facilities located in the Right-of-Way.
    1.
    No ATS pole shall be higher than 35 feet;
    2.
    No ATS shall be more than 10 feet higher (as measured from the ground to the top of the structure) than any existing utility or light pole or traffic signal within 500 feet of the ATS, and shall not exceed a maximum height of 40 feet;
    3.
    Any new pole for ATS or Small Cell Facilities shall be separated from any other existing stand-alone Small Cell Facility by a distance of at least 600 feet, unless the new pole replaces an existing traffic signal, street light pole, or similar structure determined by the Director;
    4.
    With respect to its pole-mounted components, Small Cell Facilities shall be located on an existing utility pole serving another utility, or be located on a new utility pole where other utility distribution lines are aerial, if there are no viable alternatives;
    5.
    ATS must be concealed consistent with other existing natural or manmade features in the right-of-way near the location where the ATS will be located; and
    6.
    When placed near a residential property, the facility must be placed in front of the common side yard property line between adjoining residential properties. In the case of a corner lot, the facility must be placed in front of the common side yard property line adjoining residential properties, or on the corner formed by two intersecting streets.
  8. h.
    Small Cell Facilities. Small Cell Facilities shall:
    1.
    Be designed such that antenna installations on traffic signals are placed in a manner so that the size, appearance, and function of the signal will not be considerably altered;
    2.
    Be designed such that all antennas, mast arms, equipment, and other facilities are sized to minimize visual clutter, and where possible, concealed within the structure;
    3.
    Require that any ground-mounted equipment be located in a manner necessary to address both public safety and aesthetic concerns, and may require a flush-to-ground equipment vault;
    4.
    Not alter vehicular circulation or parking within the right-of-way or impede vehicular, bicycle, or pedestrian access or visibility along the right-of-way;
    5.
    Comply with the Americans With Disabilities Act (ADA) and all applicable local, state, and federal laws and regulations; and
    6.
    Not be located or maintained in a manner that causes unreasonable interference, which means any use of the right-of-way that disrupts or interferes with its use by the city, the general public, or other person authorized to use or be present upon the right-of-way, when there exists an alternative that would result in less disruption or interference. Unreasonable interference includes any use of the right-of-way that disrupts vehicular or pedestrian traffic, any interference with public utilities, and any other activity that will present a hazard to public health, safety, or welfare.
  9. i.
    Towers.
    1.
    Towers shall be a conditional use subject to the requirements of Sec. 10-9-5.1, Conditional Use Standards;
    2.
    Towers shall either maintain a galvanized steel finish, or, subject to any applicable FAA standards, be painted a neutral color so as to reduce visual obtrusiveness as determined by the city;
    3.
    Tower structures shall use existing land forms, vegetation, and structures to aid in concealing the facility from view or blending in with the surrounding built and natural environment;
    4.
    Monopole support structures shall taper from the base to the tip;
    5.
    All towers shall be enclosed by security fencing or wall at least six feet in height and shall also be equipped with an anti-climbing device;
    6.
    Towers shall be subject to the maximum height restrictions of the zoning district in which they are located, subject to a maximum height limit of 125 feet;
    7.
    Towers shall be sited in a manner that is least obtrusive to residential uses and districts where applicable;
    8.
    Towers shall take into consideration the uses on adjacent and nearby properties and the compatibility of the tower to these uses;
    9.
    Towers shall be designed utilizing design characteristics that have the effect of reducing or eliminating visual obtrusiveness;
    10.
    Visual impacts of the proposed ingress and egress shall be minimized; and
    11.
    No tower shall be permitted in the right-of-way.
  10. j.
    Related Accessory Equipment. Accessory equipment for all WCFs shall meet the following requirements:
    1.
    All buildings, shelter, cabinets, and other accessory components shall be grouped as closely as technically possible;
    2.
    The total footprint coverage area of the WCF's accessory equipment shall not exceed 350 square feet;
    3.
    No related accessory equipment or accessory structure shall exceed 12 feet in height;
    4.
    Related accessory equipment, including but not limited to remote radio units, shall be concealed whenever possible by locating behind parapet walls or within equipment enclosures. Where such concealment is not available, the accessory equipment shall be camouflaged to the maximum extent possible.
L.
Standards for Approval.
1. 1.
  It is the intent of the city to provide for approval of WCFs administratively in cases where visual impacts are minimized, view corridors are protected, WCFs utilize camouflage/concealment design techniques to avoid adverse impacts on the surrounding area, and WCFs are designed, maintained, and operated at all times to comply with the provisions of this Section and all applicable law. Notwithstanding the approval of an application for collocation as described herein, all work done pursuant to WCF applications must be completed in accordance with all applicable building and safety requirements as set forth in this Code and any other applicable regulations.
2. 2.
  No WCF, including Related Accessory Equipment, shall be approved unless it meets the following criteria:
  1. a.
    Visual impacts are minimized and view corridors are protected to the greatest extent feasible;
  2. b.
    Unless a Tower site, or otherwise waived pursuant to this Section, the WCF utilizes concealment design techniques to avoid adverse impacts on the surrounding area, by ensuring that the facility looks like something other than a Tower or Base Station;
  3. c.
    The WCF meets the applicable design standards for the type of WCF in accordance with this Section; and
  4. d.
    The WCF is and will be operated at all times in accordance with the Operational Standards of this Section.
    1.
    Conditional Use Approval for Towers. The city shall consider the following factors in determining whether to issue a Conditional Use Permit, although the city may waive or reduce the burden on the applicant of one or more of these criteria if the city concludes that the goals of this Code are better served thereby:
    i.
    Height or size of the proposed tower;
    ii.
    Proximity of the tower to residential structures and residential district boundaries;
    iii.
    Nature of uses on adjacent and nearby properties;
    iv.
    Compatibility with the surrounding topography;
    v.
    Compatibility with the surrounding tree coverage and foliage;
    vi.
    Design of the tower, with particular reference to design characteristics that have the effect of reducing or eliminating visual obtrusiveness; and
    vii.
    Proposed ingress and egress.
    viii.
    No new towers shall be permitted unless the applicant demonstrates to the satisfaction of the city that no existing WCFs can accommodate the needs that the applicant proposes to address with its tower application. Evidence submitted to demonstrate that no existing WCF can accommodate these needs may consist of the following:
    A.
    No existing WCFs with a suitable height are located within the geographic area required to meet the applicant's engineering requirements;
    B.
    Existing WCFs do not have sufficient structural strength to support the applicant's proposed WCF;
    C.
    The applicant's proposed WCFs would cause electromagnetic interference with the existing WCFs or the existing WCF would cause interference with the applicant's proposed WCF; and
    D.
    The applicant demonstrates that there are other limiting factors that render existing WCFs unsuitable for collocation.
    ix.
    Setbacks and Separation. The following minimum setbacks and separation requirements shall apply to all WCFs for which a Conditional Use Permit is required; provided, however, that the city may reduce standard setbacks and separation requirements if the applicant demonstrates that the goals of this Section can be better met by other measures that protect the public health and safety, view corridors, or minimize adverse impacts. A tower shall meet the greater of the following minimum setbacks from all property lines:
    A.
    The setback for a principal building within the applicable zoning district;
    B.
    25 percent of the facility height, including WCFs and related accessory equipment;
    C.
    The tower height, including antennas, if the tower is in or adjacent to a residential district; and
    D.
    Towers over 90 feet in height shall not be located within one-quarter mile from any existing tower that is over 90 feet in height unless the applicant has shown to the satisfaction of the city that there are no reasonably suitable alternative sites in the required geographic area which can meet the applicant's needs.
M.
Review Procedures and Requirements. No new WCF shall be constructed and no collocation or modification to any WCF may occur except after a written request from an applicant, reviewed and approved by the city in accordance with this Code. All WCFs except Eligible Facilities Requests which are reviewed under Subsection 5, below, shall be reviewed pursuant to the following procedures.
1. 1.
  Submittal Requirements. Each applicant for a WCF shall submit:
  1. a.
    An application form;
  2. b.
    A Signal Interference Letter;
  3. c.
    Certification of compliance with radio frequency emissions standards required per this Section;
  4. d.
    Submittal fee;
  5. e.
    A scaled Site Plan, photo simulation, scaled elevation view, and/or other supporting documents that show the location and dimension of all improvements, including information concerning topography, radio frequency coverage, tower height, setbacks, drives, parking, fencing, landscaping, adjacent uses, and drainage, signed and sealed by qualified professionals; and
  6. f.
    Any other information deemed necessary by the Director to assess compliance with this Section.
2. 2.
  Inventory of Existing Sites.
  1. a.
    Each applicant for a WCF shall provide to the Director a narrative and map description of the applicant's existing or then currently proposed WCFs within the city, and outside of the city within one mile of its boundaries. In addition, the applicant shall inform the city generally of the areas of the city in which it believes WCFs may need to be located within the next three years. The inventory list should identify the site name, site address, and a general description of the facility (i.e., rooftop antennas and ground-mounted equipment). This provision is not intended to be a requirement that the applicant submits its business plan, proprietary information, or make commitments regarding locations of WCFs within the city. Rather, it is an attempt to provide a mechanism for the city and all applicants for WCFs to share general information, assist in the city's comprehensive planning process, and promote collocation by identifying areas in which WCFs might be constructed for multiple users.
  2. b.
    The Director may share such information with other applicants applying for administrative approvals or Conditional Use Permits or other organizations seeking to locate WCFs within the jurisdiction of the city, provided however, that the city is not, by sharing such information, in any way representing or warranting that such sites are available or suitable.
3. 3.
  Application Review. In all zoning districts, applications for base stations, alternative tower structures, and alternative tower structures within rights-of-way, shall be reviewed by the Director for conformance to this Section and Code using the Site Plan review procedures set out in Section 10-9-5.4, Site Plan. Except for WCFs in the rights-of-way that otherwise meet all requirements of this Code or Eligible Facilities Requests, the Director may refer the application to the Council for approval, after a recommendation by the Planning Commission, if the Director finds the proposed WCF to have a significant visual impact (e.g., proximity to historic or designated view corridors, or on significant community features) or otherwise is substantially incompatible with the structure on which the WCF will be installed, or it does not meet the clear intent of this Section.
4. 4.
  Applications for Towers. In all zoning districts, towers may be permitted only as a conditional use. Such towers shall be reviewed for conformance to this Section and Code using the conditional use review procedures set out in Section 10-9-5.1, Conditional Use Permit. All applications for towers shall demonstrate that other alternative design options, such as base stations or alternative tower structures, are not viable options.
5. 5.
  Review Procedures for Eligible Facilities Requests (EFR).
  1. a.
    Application: In all zoning districts, EFRs shall be considered a use by right subject to administrative review. The city shall prepare and, from time to time, revise and make publicly available, an application form which shall be limited to the information necessary for the city to consider whether an application is an EFR. The application may not require the applicant to demonstrate a need or business case for the proposed modification or collocation. Such information may include, without limitation, whether the project:
    1.
    Would result in a substantial change;
    2.
    Violates a generally applicable law, regulation, or other rule codifying objective standards reasonably related to public health and safety.
  2. b.
    Type of Review: Upon receipt of an application for an EFR pursuant to this Section, the Director shall review such application to determine whether the application so qualifies.
  3. c.
    Timeframe for Review: Subject to the tolling provisions of Subsection (M)5(d) of this Section, within sixty (60) days of the date on which an applicant submits an application seeking approval under this Section, the city shall approve the application unless it determines that the application is not covered by this Subsection.
  4. d.
    Tolling of the Timeframe for Review: The 60-day review period begins to run when the application is filed and may be tolled only by mutual agreement of the city and the applicant, or in cases where the Director determines that the application is incomplete:
    1.
    To toll the timeframe for incompleteness, the city must provide written notice to the applicant within thirty (30) days of receipt of the application, specifically delineating all missing documents or information required in the application;
    2.
    The timeframe for review begins running again when the applicant makes a supplemental written submission in response to the city's notice of incompleteness; and
    3.
    Following a supplemental submission, the city will notify the applicant within ten days that the supplemental submission did not provide the information identified in the original notice delineating missing information. The timeframe is tolled in the case of second or subsequent notices pursuant to the procedures identified in Subsection (A)5(d)(1) of this Section. In the case of a second or subsequent notice of incompleteness, the city may not specify missing information or documents that were not delineated in the original notice of incompleteness.
  5. e.
    EFRs Subject to Laws of General Applicability. Notwithstanding an application’s qualification as an EFR, all EFRs shall comply with generally applicable building, structural, electrical, and safety codes and with other laws codifying objective standards related to health and safety.
  6. f.
    Failure to Act: In the event that the city fails to act on a request seeking approval for an EFR under this Subsection within the timeframe for review (accounting for any tolling), the request shall be deemed granted. The deemed grant becomes effective when the applicant notifies the city in writing after the review period has expired (accounting for any tolling) that the application has been deemed granted.
  7. g.
    Interaction with Telecommunications Act Section 332(C)(7): If the city determines that the applicant's request is not an EFR as delineated in this Subsection, the presumptively reasonable timeframe under Section 332(C)(7), as prescribed by the FCC's shot clock order, will begin to run from the issuance of the city's decision that the application is not a covered request. To the extent such information is necessary, the city may request additional information from the applicant to evaluate the application under Section 332(C)(7) review. The city shall identify the need for any such additional information together with the notice that the request is not an EFR, and if such additional information is requested, the time frame under Section 332(C)(7) will begin to run beginning on the date that such additional information is received by the city.
6. 6.
  Abandonment and Removal. Prior to approval, affidavits shall be required from the owner of the property and from the applicant acknowledging that each is responsible for the removal of a WCF that is abandoned or is unused for a period of six months.
7. 7.
  Decision. Any decision to approve, approve with conditions, or deny an application for a WCF, shall be in writing and supported by substantial evidence in a written record. The applicant shall receive a copy of the decision.
8. 8.
  Compliance with Applicable Law. Notwithstanding the approval of an application for new WCFs or collocation as described herein, all work done pursuant to WCF applications must be completed in accordance with all applicable building structural, electrical, and safety requirements as set forth in this Code and any other applicable laws or regulations. In addition, all WCF applications shall comply with the following:
  1. a.
    Comply with any permit or license issued by a federal, state, or local agency with jurisdiction of the WCF;
  2. b.
    Comply with easements, covenants, conditions, and/or restrictions on or applicable to the underlying real property;
  3. c.
    Be maintained in good working condition and to the standards established at the time of application approval; and
  4. d.
    Remain free from trash, debris, litter, graffiti, and other forms of vandalism. Any damage shall be repaired as soon as practicable and in no instance more than 10 calendar days from the time of notification by the city or after discovery by the owner or operator of the site. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any graffiti on WCFs located in the rights-of-way or on other city-owned property may be removed by the city at its discretion, and the owner and/or operator of the WCF shall pay all costs of such removal within 30 days after receipt of an invoice from the city.
9. 9.
  Compliance Report. Upon request by the city, the applicant shall provide a compliance report within 45 days after installation of a WCF, demonstrating that as installed and in operation, the WCF complies with all conditions of approval, applicable Code requirements, and standard regulations.

(Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Section 10-1-2.3 Height and Yard Exceptions

Exceptions.

1.
Height. The following appurtenances may exceed the prescribed district height limits provided the additional height is normally required for the proposed use;
1. a.
  Steeple, bell tower, cupola, minaret, chimney, skylight, fire escape, elevator shaft, roof access, or other similar architectural elements;
2. b.
  Flagpole or antenna, the setback shall be equal to the height;
3. c.
  Solar array, collector, condenser, cooling tower, flue, stack, heat storage unit, or necessary mechanical equipment required for building functionality; and
4. d.
  Ventilation.
2.
Public Utilities. The following public utility or public service uses shall be exempt from the height requirements of the district in which they are located:
1. a.
  Electric and telephone substations (including fence, wall or other required enclosure) and distribution systems;
2. b.
  Gas regulator stations;
3. c.
  Poles, wires, cables, conduits, vaults, laterals, pipes, mains, valves, or other similar equipment for the transmission of electricity, gas, or water;
4. d.
  Pumping stations;
5. e.
  Radio and television towers;
6. f.
  Wireless telecommunication structures, subject to the provisions of Section 10-1-2.2, Wireless Communications Facilities;
7. g.
  Transformer stations; and
8. h.
  Water towers.

Yard Exceptions. The space in a required front, side, or rear yard shall be open and unobstructed with the following exceptions:

1.
Ordinary projections of window sills, cornices, and other ornamental features extending up to one foot into a yard;
2.
Eaves and gutters, projecting no more than 30 inches from the exterior face of the structure's walls;
3.
Placement of landscape features such as trees, fences, shrubs, and terraces up to 12 inches in height in any yard area if in compliance with all sections of this Code, including Subsection 10-1-3.9.C, Vision Obstruction;
4.
Projections of fire escapes, solid-floored balconies, and enclosed outside stairways of not more than five feet into a required rear yard provided the minimum required side and rear yard setbacks are met;
5.
Air conditioner condenser units and egress window wells, extending no more than four feet into any setback;
6.
Awnings and canopies, projecting no more than four feet from the structure, extending up to a distance that is no less than three feet from an interior side lot line;
7.
Bay windows and chimneys having no foundation and projecting no more than 30 inches from the building;
8.
Decks, open to the sky and less than two feet above the ground, extending up to a distance that is no less than three feet from an interior side lot line and otherwise complies with all other setbacks;
9.
Patios, open to the sky, extending up to a distance that is no less than five feet from the lot line;
10.
Single-story unenclosed porches not exceeding 80 square feet that projects no more than two feet into a required front or rear setback.;
11.
Attached or detached solar energy devices;
12.
Utility meters, distribution boxes, pedestals, and other above ground appurtenances;
13.
Flag poles, statues and art structures setback from rights-of-way and property lines a distance equal to their height; and
14.
Wheelchair ramps.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022)

Effective on: 8/25/2022

Section 10-1-2.4 Measurements and Allowances

Table 10-1-2.4.1 Measurements
Measurement	Methodology	Illustration
Building Coverage	The area of a lot occupied by the footprint of the principal and all accessory buildings.
Floor Area Ratio	The gross floor area of all buildings on a lot, divided by the lot area.
Gross Density	The number of dwelling units divided by gross acres.
Gross Floor Area	The area within the inside perimeter of the exterior walls of the building under consideration, exclusive of vent shafts and courts, without deduction for corridors, stairways, closets, the thickness of interior walls, columns, or other features. The floor area of a building, or portion thereof, not provided with surrounding exterior walls shall be the usable area under the horizontal projection of the roof or floor above. The gross floor area shall not include shafts with no openings or interior courts.
Height	Buildings: The vertical distance from the grade level of that portion of a parcel covered by the building to the highest point of the coping of a flat roof, the deck line of a mansard roof, or to the ridge of a gable, hip or gambrel roof .

	Buildings on Sloped Lots: The height shall be measured as the vertical distance from the average ground level to the topmost point of the roof. The average ground level shall be determined by adding the lowest and highest points at the building wall and dividing by two.

	Walls or Fences: The vertical distance between the ground immediately adjacent to the fence and the highest point of the fence.
Lot Area	The total horizontal area included within lot lines.
Lot Width	For an interior parcel, the horizontal distance between the side lot lines, measured at the required front setback line. For a cul-de-sac parcel, the horizontal distance between the side lot lines measured at the front setback line.
Net Density	The number of dwelling units divided by the net developable area. The net developable area excludes common open space and rights-of-way of publicly dedicated streets.
Setback	The horizontal distance between the outer wall of a building and the lot lines. Other than allowable yard exceptions set out in Section 10-1-2.3, Height and Yard Exceptions, this space must be unoccupied and unobstructed by any portion of a building from the ground upward. As shown to the right, front and side setback lines extend the width of the lot whereas side setback lines extend only between the front and rear setback lines.
Sight Triangle	A triangular area that includes that portion of public right-of-way and any private property within a triangle formed by a diagonal line extending through points on the two lot lines 25 feet from the street corner intersection of the lot lines. The vertical dimensions of this triangle are two feet to six and one-half feet above finished grade.
Frontage Buildout	The minimum percentage of the lot width which shall be occupied by the building façade within the Build-To-Zone. For example, a lot that is 100 feet wide with a Frontage Buildout of 60% would require that at least 60 feet of façade length be constructed in the Build-To-Zone. Any additional length of front façade would be allowed to step back further from the Build-To-Zone if desired. The intent of this requirement is to encourage development to maximize their front façade exposure along the street.
Block Perimeter	The sum of the lengths of the lot lines bordering the public right of way, not including the alley.
Bulk Plane	The bulk plane begins at a specified height ("A") and slopes upward from the setback line ("B") at a defined angle ("C") until it intersects the bulk plane from the opposite side of the lot ("D") or the permitted maximum building height. ("E") The bulk plane defines the volume within which a building may be constructed.

Table 10-1-2.4.1 Measurements
Measurement	Methodology	Illustration
Building Coverage	The area of a lot occupied by the footprint of the principal and all accessory buildings.
Floor Area Ratio	The gross floor area of all buildings on a lot, divided by the lot area.
Gross Density	The number of dwelling units divided by gross acres.
Gross Floor Area	The area within the inside perimeter of the exterior walls of the building under consideration, exclusive of vent shafts and courts, without deduction for corridors, stairways, closets, the thickness of interior walls, columns, or other features. The floor area of a building, or portion thereof, not provided with surrounding exterior walls shall be the usable area under the horizontal projection of the roof or floor above. The gross floor area shall not include shafts with no openings or interior courts.
Height	Buildings: The vertical distance from the grade level of that portion of a parcel covered by the building to the highest point of the coping of a flat roof, the deck line of a mansard roof, or to the ridge of a gable, hip or gambrel roof .

	Buildings on Sloped Lots: The height shall be measured as the vertical distance from the average ground level to the topmost point of the roof. The average ground level shall be determined by adding the lowest and highest points at the building wall and dividing by two.

	Walls or Fences: The vertical distance between the ground immediately adjacent to the fence and the highest point of the fence.
Lot Area	The total horizontal area included within lot lines.
Lot Width	For an interior parcel, the horizontal distance between the side lot lines, measured at the required front setback line. For a cul-de-sac parcel, the horizontal distance between the side lot lines measured at the front setback line.
Net Density	The number of dwelling units divided by the net developable area. The net developable area excludes common open space and rights-of-way of publicly dedicated streets.
Setback	The horizontal distance between the outer wall of a building and the lot lines. Other than allowable yard exceptions set out in Section 10-1-2.3, Height and Yard Exceptions, this space must be unoccupied and unobstructed by any portion of a building from the ground upward. As shown to the right, front and side setback lines extend the width of the lot whereas side setback lines extend only between the front and rear setback lines.
Sight Triangle	A triangular area that includes that portion of public right-of-way and any private property within a triangle formed by a diagonal line extending through points on the two lot lines 25 feet from the street corner intersection of the lot lines. The vertical dimensions of this triangle are two feet to six and one-half feet above finished grade.
Frontage Buildout	The minimum percentage of the lot width which shall be occupied by the building façade within the Build-To-Zone. For example, a lot that is 100 feet wide with a Frontage Buildout of 60% would require that at least 60 feet of façade length be constructed in the Build-To-Zone. Any additional length of front façade would be allowed to step back further from the Build-To-Zone if desired. The intent of this requirement is to encourage development to maximize their front façade exposure along the street.
Block Perimeter	The sum of the lengths of the lot lines bordering the public right of way, not including the alley.
Bulk Plane	The bulk plane begins at a specified height ("A") and slopes upward from the setback line ("B") at a defined angle ("C") until it intersects the bulk plane from the opposite side of the lot ("D") or the permitted maximum building height. ("E") The bulk plane defines the volume within which a building may be constructed.

Table 10-1-2.4.1 Measurements
Measurement	Methodology	Illustration
Building Coverage	The area of a lot occupied by the footprint of the principal and all accessory buildings.
Floor Area Ratio	The gross floor area of all buildings on a lot, divided by the lot area.
Gross Density	The number of dwelling units divided by gross acres.
Gross Floor Area	The area within the inside perimeter of the exterior walls of the building under consideration, exclusive of vent shafts and courts, without deduction for corridors, stairways, closets, the thickness of interior walls, columns, or other features. The floor area of a building, or portion thereof, not provided with surrounding exterior walls shall be the usable area under the horizontal projection of the roof or floor above. The gross floor area shall not include shafts with no openings or interior courts.
Height	Buildings: The vertical distance from the grade level of that portion of a parcel covered by the building to the highest point of the coping of a flat roof, the deck line of a mansard roof, or to the ridge of a gable, hip or gambrel roof .

	Buildings on Sloped Lots: The height shall be measured as the vertical distance from the average ground level to the topmost point of the roof. The average ground level shall be determined by adding the lowest and highest points at the building wall and dividing by two.

	Walls or Fences: The vertical distance between the ground immediately adjacent to the fence and the highest point of the fence.
Lot Area	The total horizontal area included within lot lines.
Lot Width	For an interior parcel, the horizontal distance between the side lot lines, measured at the required front setback line. For a cul-de-sac parcel, the horizontal distance between the side lot lines measured at the front setback line.
Net Density	The number of dwelling units divided by the net developable area. The net developable area excludes common open space and rights-of-way of publicly dedicated streets.
Setback	The horizontal distance between the outer wall of a building and the lot lines. Other than allowable yard exceptions set out in Section 10-1-2.3, Height and Yard Exceptions, this space must be unoccupied and unobstructed by any portion of a building from the ground upward. As shown to the right, front and side setback lines extend the width of the lot whereas side setback lines extend only between the front and rear setback lines.
Sight Triangle	A triangular area that includes that portion of public right-of-way and any private property within a triangle formed by a diagonal line extending through points on the two lot lines 25 feet from the street corner intersection of the lot lines. The vertical dimensions of this triangle are two feet to six and one-half feet above finished grade.
Frontage Buildout	The minimum percentage of the lot width which shall be occupied by the building façade within the Build-To-Zone. For example, a lot that is 100 feet wide with a Frontage Buildout of 60% would require that at least 60 feet of façade length be constructed in the Build-To-Zone. Any additional length of front façade would be allowed to step back further from the Build-To-Zone if desired. The intent of this requirement is to encourage development to maximize their front façade exposure along the street.
Block Perimeter	The sum of the lengths of the lot lines bordering the public right of way, not including the alley.
Bulk Plane	The bulk plane begins at a specified height ("A") and slopes upward from the setback line ("B") at a defined angle ("C") until it intersects the bulk plane from the opposite side of the lot ("D") or the permitted maximum building height. ("E") The bulk plane defines the volume within which a building may be constructed.

Table 10-1-2.4.1 Measurements
Measurement	Methodology	Illustration
Building Coverage	The area of a lot occupied by the footprint of the principal and all accessory buildings.
Floor Area Ratio	The gross floor area of all buildings on a lot, divided by the lot area.
Gross Density	The number of dwelling units divided by gross acres.
Gross Floor Area	The area within the inside perimeter of the exterior walls of the building under consideration, exclusive of vent shafts and courts, without deduction for corridors, stairways, closets, the thickness of interior walls, columns, or other features. The floor area of a building, or portion thereof, not provided with surrounding exterior walls shall be the usable area under the horizontal projection of the roof or floor above. The gross floor area shall not include shafts with no openings or interior courts.
Height	Buildings: The vertical distance from the grade level of that portion of a parcel covered by the building to the highest point of the coping of a flat roof, the deck line of a mansard roof, or to the ridge of a gable, hip or gambrel roof .

	Buildings on Sloped Lots: The height shall be measured as the vertical distance from the average ground level to the topmost point of the roof. The average ground level shall be determined by adding the lowest and highest points at the building wall and dividing by two.

	Walls or Fences: The vertical distance between the ground immediately adjacent to the fence and the highest point of the fence.
Lot Area	The total horizontal area included within lot lines.
Lot Width	For an interior parcel, the horizontal distance between the side lot lines, measured at the required front setback line. For a cul-de-sac parcel, the horizontal distance between the side lot lines measured at the front setback line.
Net Density	The number of dwelling units divided by the net developable area. The net developable area excludes common open space and rights-of-way of publicly dedicated streets.
Setback	The horizontal distance between the outer wall of a building and the lot lines. Other than allowable yard exceptions set out in Section 10-1-2.3, Height and Yard Exceptions, this space must be unoccupied and unobstructed by any portion of a building from the ground upward. As shown to the right, front and side setback lines extend the width of the lot whereas side setback lines extend only between the front and rear setback lines.
Sight Triangle	A triangular area that includes that portion of public right-of-way and any private property within a triangle formed by a diagonal line extending through points on the two lot lines 25 feet from the street corner intersection of the lot lines. The vertical dimensions of this triangle are two feet to six and one-half feet above finished grade.
Frontage Buildout	The minimum percentage of the lot width which shall be occupied by the building façade within the Build-To-Zone. For example, a lot that is 100 feet wide with a Frontage Buildout of 60% would require that at least 60 feet of façade length be constructed in the Build-To-Zone. Any additional length of front façade would be allowed to step back further from the Build-To-Zone if desired. The intent of this requirement is to encourage development to maximize their front façade exposure along the street.
Block Perimeter	The sum of the lengths of the lot lines bordering the public right of way, not including the alley.
Bulk Plane	The bulk plane begins at a specified height ("A") and slopes upward from the setback line ("B") at a defined angle ("C") until it intersects the bulk plane from the opposite side of the lot ("D") or the permitted maximum building height. ("E") The bulk plane defines the volume within which a building may be constructed.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022)

Effective on: 8/25/2022

Section 10-1-3.3 Reserved

(Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Section 10-1-3.4 Sustainable Building Design

Table 10-1-3.4.1 Sustainability Incentives
Incentive Type	Minimum Number of Practices Provided (refer to Table 10-1-3.4.2)
Incentive Type	Schedule A	Schedule B
A density bonus of up to 20 percent beyond the gross maximum density allowed in the applicable district provided adherence to the provisions of this Code for transitioning and buffering	2	4
An increase in the maximum allowable height by up to one story beyond the maximum allowed in the BC, Business Center, or CM, Corridor Mixed districts, subject to approval of the Fire Marshal and all other applicable compatibility provisions of this Code	2	3
An increase in the maximum allowable lot coverage by 20 percent beyond the maximum allowed in the NC, CM, BC or IP districts	2	3
A modification to the off-street parking requirements resulting in a reduction from the minimum requirements by 15 percent, provided no other parking reductions are granted through other provisions of this Code	2	2
An increase in the maximum allowable sign area or maximum height for wall or freestanding signs by 20 percent	1	3
A reduction in the amount of required open space set aside by 15 percent	3	3

Table 10-1-3.4.1 Sustainability Incentives
Incentive Type	Minimum Number of Practices Provided (refer to Table 10-1-3.4.2)
Incentive Type	Schedule A	Schedule B
A density bonus of up to 20 percent beyond the gross maximum density allowed in the applicable district provided adherence to the provisions of this Code for transitioning and buffering	2	4
An increase in the maximum allowable height by up to one story beyond the maximum allowed in the BC, Business Center, or CM, Corridor Mixed districts, subject to approval of the Fire Marshal and all other applicable compatibility provisions of this Code	2	3
An increase in the maximum allowable lot coverage by 20 percent beyond the maximum allowed in the NC, CM, BC or IP districts	2	3
A modification to the off-street parking requirements resulting in a reduction from the minimum requirements by 15 percent, provided no other parking reductions are granted through other provisions of this Code	2	2
An increase in the maximum allowable sign area or maximum height for wall or freestanding signs by 20 percent	1	3
A reduction in the amount of required open space set aside by 15 percent	3	3

Table 10-1-3.4.1 Sustainability Incentives
Incentive Type	Minimum Number of Practices Provided (refer to Table 10-1-3.4.2)
Incentive Type	Schedule A	Schedule B
A density bonus of up to 20 percent beyond the gross maximum density allowed in the applicable district provided adherence to the provisions of this Code for transitioning and buffering	2	4
An increase in the maximum allowable height by up to one story beyond the maximum allowed in the BC, Business Center, or CM, Corridor Mixed districts, subject to approval of the Fire Marshal and all other applicable compatibility provisions of this Code	2	3
An increase in the maximum allowable lot coverage by 20 percent beyond the maximum allowed in the NC, CM, BC or IP districts	2	3
A modification to the off-street parking requirements resulting in a reduction from the minimum requirements by 15 percent, provided no other parking reductions are granted through other provisions of this Code	2	2
An increase in the maximum allowable sign area or maximum height for wall or freestanding signs by 20 percent	1	3
A reduction in the amount of required open space set aside by 15 percent	3	3

Table 10-1-3.4.1 Sustainability Incentives
Incentive Type	Minimum Number of Practices Provided (refer to Table 10-1-3.4.2)
Incentive Type	Schedule A	Schedule B
A density bonus of up to 20 percent beyond the gross maximum density allowed in the applicable district provided adherence to the provisions of this Code for transitioning and buffering	2	4
An increase in the maximum allowable height by up to one story beyond the maximum allowed in the BC, Business Center, or CM, Corridor Mixed districts, subject to approval of the Fire Marshal and all other applicable compatibility provisions of this Code	2	3
An increase in the maximum allowable lot coverage by 20 percent beyond the maximum allowed in the NC, CM, BC or IP districts	2	3
A modification to the off-street parking requirements resulting in a reduction from the minimum requirements by 15 percent, provided no other parking reductions are granted through other provisions of this Code	2	2
An increase in the maximum allowable sign area or maximum height for wall or freestanding signs by 20 percent	1	3
A reduction in the amount of required open space set aside by 15 percent	3	3

E.
Menu of Sustainable Development Practices. One or more of the sustainable development practices in Table 10-1-3.4.2, Sustainable Development Practices, may be offered by an applicant for proposed development in accordance with the types of incentives listed above.

Table 10-1-3.4.2 Sustainable Development Practices
Schedule	Type of Practice	Documentation of Compliance
Energy Conservation
A	50 percent or more of energy generated on-site by solar photovoltaic panels, geothermal, or small wind energy facilities	Indication on Site Plan, Master Development Plan, or building plans
A	Use of central air conditioners that are Energy Star qualified	Provision of manufacturer's certification statement
A	Use of only solar or tankless water heating systems throughout the structure	Inclusion on construction drawings
A	Use of a white roof or roofing materials with minimum reflectivity rating of 60 percent or more	Provision of materials sample and manufacturer's certification statement
B	Provision of skylights in an amount necessary to ensure natural lighting is provided to at least 15 percent of the habitable rooms in the structure	Indication on building plans
B	Roof eaves or overhangs of three feet or more on southern or western elevations	Indication on building plans
B	Structure design that can accommodate the installation and operation of solar photovoltaic panels or solar thermal heating devices (including appropriate wiring and water transport systems)	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Inclusion of shade features (e.g., awnings, louvers, shutters, etc.) to shade all windows and doors on the southern building façade	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan building elevations and on building plans
B	Configuration of new buildings with one axis at least 1.5 times longer than the other, and the long axis oriented in an east-west configuration for solar access	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan
B	Planting a minimum of 30% of required trees on the south and west elevations	Indication of landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan
B	Purchasing at least 50 percent of all building materials locally	Indication on building plans
B	Exceeding the minimum tree canopy coverage required in Table 10-1-3.6.E, Canopy Coverage Requirements, by at least 15 percent	Indication of landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan.
B	Electric vehicle charging stations are provided for at least five percent of all required parking	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan
LEED Certification (LEED buildings qualify as multiple practices)
AAA	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Platinum certification standards	Provision of Green Building Certification Institute's verification of project compliance (may be provided within one year following occupancy)
AA	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Gold certification standards
BBB	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Silver certification standards
BB	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Bronze certification standards
Water Conservation and Air and Water Quality Protection
AA	Configuration of the principal structure's roof so that at least 50 percent of the roof is a "green" roof intended to capture and hold rainwater (Qualifies as multiple practices)	Indication on Site Plan and in compliance with city's Storm Drainage Design and Technical Criteria Manual (latest edition)
A	Inclusion of rainwater capture and re-use devices such as cisterns, rain filters, and underground storage basins is permitted for single-family residential units to capture and reuse rainwater, with up to two containers per residential unit with a maximum storage of 110 gallons, in accordance with Colorado water law, as amended	Inclusion on construction drawings
A	Inclusion of underground parking or parking structures sufficient to accommodate 51 percent or more of the off-street parking requirements	Indication on Site Plan
B	Provision of on-site transit facilities (e.g., designated park-and-ride parking spaces, secure bicycle storage, bus shelters, or similar features)	Indication on Site Plan
B	Inclusion of showering and dressing facilities in non-residential developments for employees using alternative forms of transportation	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Provision of at least one enclosed recycling station per building suitable for storage and collection of recyclables generated on-site	Indication on Site Plan
B	Installation of low water use plumbing fixtures throughout the building	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Use of earthwork and contouring such as berms, swales, terracing, and depressions to direct and control rainwater runoff where it can infiltrate into soil to be used by vegetation	Indication on landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan

Table 10-1-3.4.2 Sustainable Development Practices
Schedule	Type of Practice	Documentation of Compliance
Energy Conservation
A	50 percent or more of energy generated on-site by solar photovoltaic panels, geothermal, or small wind energy facilities	Indication on Site Plan, Master Development Plan, or building plans
A	Use of central air conditioners that are Energy Star qualified	Provision of manufacturer's certification statement
A	Use of only solar or tankless water heating systems throughout the structure	Inclusion on construction drawings
A	Use of a white roof or roofing materials with minimum reflectivity rating of 60 percent or more	Provision of materials sample and manufacturer's certification statement
B	Provision of skylights in an amount necessary to ensure natural lighting is provided to at least 15 percent of the habitable rooms in the structure	Indication on building plans
B	Roof eaves or overhangs of three feet or more on southern or western elevations	Indication on building plans
B	Structure design that can accommodate the installation and operation of solar photovoltaic panels or solar thermal heating devices (including appropriate wiring and water transport systems)	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Inclusion of shade features (e.g., awnings, louvers, shutters, etc.) to shade all windows and doors on the southern building façade	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan building elevations and on building plans
B	Configuration of new buildings with one axis at least 1.5 times longer than the other, and the long axis oriented in an east-west configuration for solar access	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan
B	Planting a minimum of 30% of required trees on the south and west elevations	Indication of landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan
B	Purchasing at least 50 percent of all building materials locally	Indication on building plans
B	Exceeding the minimum tree canopy coverage required in Table 10-1-3.6.E, Canopy Coverage Requirements, by at least 15 percent	Indication of landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan.
B	Electric vehicle charging stations are provided for at least five percent of all required parking	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan
LEED Certification (LEED buildings qualify as multiple practices)
AAA	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Platinum certification standards	Provision of Green Building Certification Institute's verification of project compliance (may be provided within one year following occupancy)
AA	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Gold certification standards
BBB	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Silver certification standards
BB	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Bronze certification standards
Water Conservation and Air and Water Quality Protection
AA	Configuration of the principal structure's roof so that at least 50 percent of the roof is a "green" roof intended to capture and hold rainwater (Qualifies as multiple practices)	Indication on Site Plan and in compliance with city's Storm Drainage Design and Technical Criteria Manual (latest edition)
A	Inclusion of rainwater capture and re-use devices such as cisterns, rain filters, and underground storage basins is permitted for single-family residential units to capture and reuse rainwater, with up to two containers per residential unit with a maximum storage of 110 gallons, in accordance with Colorado water law, as amended	Inclusion on construction drawings
A	Inclusion of underground parking or parking structures sufficient to accommodate 51 percent or more of the off-street parking requirements	Indication on Site Plan
B	Provision of on-site transit facilities (e.g., designated park-and-ride parking spaces, secure bicycle storage, bus shelters, or similar features)	Indication on Site Plan
B	Inclusion of showering and dressing facilities in non-residential developments for employees using alternative forms of transportation	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Provision of at least one enclosed recycling station per building suitable for storage and collection of recyclables generated on-site	Indication on Site Plan
B	Installation of low water use plumbing fixtures throughout the building	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Use of earthwork and contouring such as berms, swales, terracing, and depressions to direct and control rainwater runoff where it can infiltrate into soil to be used by vegetation	Indication on landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan

Table 10-1-3.4.2 Sustainable Development Practices
Schedule	Type of Practice	Documentation of Compliance
Energy Conservation
A	50 percent or more of energy generated on-site by solar photovoltaic panels, geothermal, or small wind energy facilities	Indication on Site Plan, Master Development Plan, or building plans
A	Use of central air conditioners that are Energy Star qualified	Provision of manufacturer's certification statement
A	Use of only solar or tankless water heating systems throughout the structure	Inclusion on construction drawings
A	Use of a white roof or roofing materials with minimum reflectivity rating of 60 percent or more	Provision of materials sample and manufacturer's certification statement
B	Provision of skylights in an amount necessary to ensure natural lighting is provided to at least 15 percent of the habitable rooms in the structure	Indication on building plans
B	Roof eaves or overhangs of three feet or more on southern or western elevations	Indication on building plans
B	Structure design that can accommodate the installation and operation of solar photovoltaic panels or solar thermal heating devices (including appropriate wiring and water transport systems)	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Inclusion of shade features (e.g., awnings, louvers, shutters, etc.) to shade all windows and doors on the southern building façade	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan building elevations and on building plans
B	Configuration of new buildings with one axis at least 1.5 times longer than the other, and the long axis oriented in an east-west configuration for solar access	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan
B	Planting a minimum of 30% of required trees on the south and west elevations	Indication of landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan
B	Purchasing at least 50 percent of all building materials locally	Indication on building plans
B	Exceeding the minimum tree canopy coverage required in Table 10-1-3.6.E, Canopy Coverage Requirements, by at least 15 percent	Indication of landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan.
B	Electric vehicle charging stations are provided for at least five percent of all required parking	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan
LEED Certification (LEED buildings qualify as multiple practices)
AAA	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Platinum certification standards	Provision of Green Building Certification Institute's verification of project compliance (may be provided within one year following occupancy)
AA	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Gold certification standards
BBB	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Silver certification standards
BB	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Bronze certification standards
Water Conservation and Air and Water Quality Protection
AA	Configuration of the principal structure's roof so that at least 50 percent of the roof is a "green" roof intended to capture and hold rainwater (Qualifies as multiple practices)	Indication on Site Plan and in compliance with city's Storm Drainage Design and Technical Criteria Manual (latest edition)
A	Inclusion of rainwater capture and re-use devices such as cisterns, rain filters, and underground storage basins is permitted for single-family residential units to capture and reuse rainwater, with up to two containers per residential unit with a maximum storage of 110 gallons, in accordance with Colorado water law, as amended	Inclusion on construction drawings
A	Inclusion of underground parking or parking structures sufficient to accommodate 51 percent or more of the off-street parking requirements	Indication on Site Plan
B	Provision of on-site transit facilities (e.g., designated park-and-ride parking spaces, secure bicycle storage, bus shelters, or similar features)	Indication on Site Plan
B	Inclusion of showering and dressing facilities in non-residential developments for employees using alternative forms of transportation	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Provision of at least one enclosed recycling station per building suitable for storage and collection of recyclables generated on-site	Indication on Site Plan
B	Installation of low water use plumbing fixtures throughout the building	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Use of earthwork and contouring such as berms, swales, terracing, and depressions to direct and control rainwater runoff where it can infiltrate into soil to be used by vegetation	Indication on landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan

Table 10-1-3.4.2 Sustainable Development Practices
Schedule	Type of Practice	Documentation of Compliance
Energy Conservation
A	50 percent or more of energy generated on-site by solar photovoltaic panels, geothermal, or small wind energy facilities	Indication on Site Plan, Master Development Plan, or building plans
A	Use of central air conditioners that are Energy Star qualified	Provision of manufacturer's certification statement
A	Use of only solar or tankless water heating systems throughout the structure	Inclusion on construction drawings
A	Use of a white roof or roofing materials with minimum reflectivity rating of 60 percent or more	Provision of materials sample and manufacturer's certification statement
B	Provision of skylights in an amount necessary to ensure natural lighting is provided to at least 15 percent of the habitable rooms in the structure	Indication on building plans
B	Roof eaves or overhangs of three feet or more on southern or western elevations	Indication on building plans
B	Structure design that can accommodate the installation and operation of solar photovoltaic panels or solar thermal heating devices (including appropriate wiring and water transport systems)	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Inclusion of shade features (e.g., awnings, louvers, shutters, etc.) to shade all windows and doors on the southern building façade	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan building elevations and on building plans
B	Configuration of new buildings with one axis at least 1.5 times longer than the other, and the long axis oriented in an east-west configuration for solar access	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan
B	Planting a minimum of 30% of required trees on the south and west elevations	Indication of landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan
B	Purchasing at least 50 percent of all building materials locally	Indication on building plans
B	Exceeding the minimum tree canopy coverage required in Table 10-1-3.6.E, Canopy Coverage Requirements, by at least 15 percent	Indication of landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan.
B	Electric vehicle charging stations are provided for at least five percent of all required parking	Indication on Site Plan or Master Development Plan
LEED Certification (LEED buildings qualify as multiple practices)
AAA	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Platinum certification standards	Provision of Green Building Certification Institute's verification of project compliance (may be provided within one year following occupancy)
AA	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Gold certification standards
BBB	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Silver certification standards
BB	Construction of the principal structure to meet or exceed LEED Bronze certification standards
Water Conservation and Air and Water Quality Protection
AA	Configuration of the principal structure's roof so that at least 50 percent of the roof is a "green" roof intended to capture and hold rainwater (Qualifies as multiple practices)	Indication on Site Plan and in compliance with city's Storm Drainage Design and Technical Criteria Manual (latest edition)
A	Inclusion of rainwater capture and re-use devices such as cisterns, rain filters, and underground storage basins is permitted for single-family residential units to capture and reuse rainwater, with up to two containers per residential unit with a maximum storage of 110 gallons, in accordance with Colorado water law, as amended	Inclusion on construction drawings
A	Inclusion of underground parking or parking structures sufficient to accommodate 51 percent or more of the off-street parking requirements	Indication on Site Plan
B	Provision of on-site transit facilities (e.g., designated park-and-ride parking spaces, secure bicycle storage, bus shelters, or similar features)	Indication on Site Plan
B	Inclusion of showering and dressing facilities in non-residential developments for employees using alternative forms of transportation	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Provision of at least one enclosed recycling station per building suitable for storage and collection of recyclables generated on-site	Indication on Site Plan
B	Installation of low water use plumbing fixtures throughout the building	Inclusion on construction drawings
B	Use of earthwork and contouring such as berms, swales, terracing, and depressions to direct and control rainwater runoff where it can infiltrate into soil to be used by vegetation	Indication on landscape plan submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan

F.
Standards and Specifications. If the proposed practice type, as outlined in Table 10-1-3.4.2, is included in any of the below categories, it must conform to the outlined standards and specifications to qualify towards an incentive, as listed in Table 10-1-3.4.1
1. 1.
  Energy Efficiency and Alternative Energy Sources.
  1. a.
    Alternative Energy Production.
    1.
    Building orientation and layout is designed to facilitate future alternative energy production on site.
    2.
    Projects provide a roof layout plan that illustrates how future installation of a photovoltaic system may be accommodated, including plans that identify installation of conduit from the roof to the electrical room, or to electrical panels if no electrical room is provided, to accommodate a future photovoltaic system or other collector/power generation installation.
  2. b.
    Solar Energy Systems.
    1.
    Protection of Solar Access. A structure, fence, or wall may not be constructed or modified, and vegetation may not be placed or allowed to grow, so as to obstruct more than 10 percent of the absorption area of a solar energy system on a neighboring parcel. Solar energy systems applicable to this Section are those that are located within a rear yard or are roof-mounted.
    2.
    Standards. If solar energy systems are installed, the following installation standards apply:
    i.
    Roof-mounted and wall-mounted collectors may be placed in the location least visible from public streets and, where feasible, integrated into the design of the structure as an architectural element.
    ii.
    Freestanding solar panels located on the ground or attached to a pole located on the ground should be classified as accessory structures.
    A.
    The solar panels and supporting framework do not extend more than six feet above the finished grade.
    B.
    The solar energy system, including any appurtenant equipment, is not located within any required setback.
    iii.
    Solar equipment, whether roof-mounted or freestanding, complies with the height requirements of this Code.
  3. c.
    Energy Efficiency. Projects must demonstrate compliance with all applicable provisions of the International Energy Conservation Code (IECC) as currently adopted by the city.
    1.
    Indoor Environmental Quality.
    i.
    Energy Efficient Appliances. Projects incorporate energy-efficient appliances, such as tankless or solar water heaters and energy-efficient heating and cooling systems.
    ii.
    Ventilation Systems. Projects include passive solar ventilation, whole house attic fans, and other spot ventilation.
    2.
    Energy-Efficient Outdoor Lighting. Projects provide overnight security and safety lighting or outdoor lighting on timers or motion detection sensors, or otherwise have the capacity to switch to a dimmer, less-energy intensive mode during hours of reduced activity.
    3.
    Building Orientation. Structures are oriented to take advantage of natural light and wind patterns for natural heating and cooling. For purposes of this standard, building orientation could include any single or combination of factors, such as structure axis/alignment, placement of building relative to shade features, roof design (to maximize solar access for solar equipment), etc. A project is deemed compliant with this standard when it can be demonstrated that modifications to enhance building orientation have incorporated a minimum of one exemplary building-orientation feature, as deemed applicable and acceptable by the Director.
    4.
    Shading. Exterior window shading devices are incorporated into project design. Window shading devices could include any single or combination of elements, such as extended roof overhangs (i.e., greater than 12 inches), window awnings, decorative sail shades, trellises, or similar elements. Non-glare window tinting may function as shading. Shading devices are in compliance with other applicable development standards in this Code.
    5.
    LEED Certification. New project construction and substantial remodels are encouraged to strive for the highest level of LEED certification practical. However, at a minimum, LEED Silver compliance is encouraged, with approval based upon a LEED specialist or city-approved consultant or review process.
  4. d.
    Heat Island Effect. Projects incorporate measures to offset the heat island effect from rooftops and non-roof features. At a minimum, projects must consider the use of colors and materials that reflect heat and/or assist with the ongoing dissipation of heat. Examples include the use of lighter-colored paving or open-grid paving materials for parking areas, or breaking up large expanses of paved areas with shade trees or shade structures, or use of light-colored roofing materials. A project would be considered compliant with this standard if any single or combination of strategies would be applied to at least 50 percent of the site hardscape and/or 100 percent of the building roof area.
2. 2.
  Urban Water Runoff and Drainage.
  1. a.
    General Requirements. Projects comply with all applicable provisions of the city's Storm Drainage Design and Technical Criteria Manual. In addition, the following requirements apply to all development and uses in the city.
  2. b.
    Collection, Storage, and Minimization of Runoff. Refer to Title 7, Chapter 7 of the City Code.
  3. c.
    Removal of Debris and Residue. Refer to Title 7, Chapter 7 of the City Code.
  4. d.
    Urban Water Runoff Requirements for Construction Sites. Refer to Title 7, Chapter 7 of the City Code and to the city's Storm Drainage Design and Technical Criteria Manual.
  5. e.
    Permeable Surfaces. The use of permeable materials in lieu of or to replace hardscapes increases the amount of runoff seepage into the ground and is the preferred method of paving and stormwater runoff control. Refer to Title 7, Chapter 7 of the City Code. At the discretion of the Public Works Director, required surface parking spaces for new development may be met with alternative forms of paving, such as porous concrete/asphalt, wheel strip driveways, block pavers, open-cell concrete, plastic grid systems, or reinforced turf to facilitate groundwater percolation.
  6. f.
    Community Gardens and Edible Landscaping.
    1.
    Gardens. Community garden areas may be credited toward the required landscaping and common open space. Gardens may include ground-level plots, raised planter boxes within open plazas, or rooftop gardens. Projects for which credit is granted toward sustainable development practices must address provisions for irrigation, access, green waste composting, and similar factors. When not actively gardened, the area is landscaped and maintained.
    2.
    Edible Landscapes. Edible landscape elements and crop trees may be included as part of the required site landscaping for residential, non-residential, and mixed-use projects. Consideration for the use of edible landscaping is balanced with water conservation programs and limited to locations that are compatible with such use.
  7. g.
    Transit and Pedestrian Access.
    1.
    Bicycle Facilities. New development, redevelopment, and substantial improvement of land complies with the provisions of Subsection 10-1-3.8.B, Bicycle Parking.
    2.
    Transit-Oriented Development (TOD). Development located within one-quarter mile of a fixed transit stop may, as a condition of approval, be required to facilitate pedestrian access from adjacent properties to the transit stop. Pedestrian access should be designed in a manner that does not hinder convenient pedestrian and bicycle usage, and that encourages non-vehicular access to transit stops.
    3.
    Walkability. Projects are designed to address pedestrian access from parking areas as well as secondary entrances accessible from public sidewalks. Dedicated pedestrian walkways are integrated into the Site Plan or Master Development Plan to separate pedestrian and vehicle access.
    4.
    Alternative Fuel Vehicles. Refer to Subsection 10-1-3.7.C, Parking and Loading Design.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Section 10-1-3.5 Transition Standards

1.
Reduction. Reduce the impacts of building height and mass on neighboring properties;
2.
Promotion. Promote privacy;
3.
Preservation. Preserve scenic views; and
4.
Protection. Protect access to sunlight.

1.
Abuts Residential. Shares a common lot line with an ACR, LLR, MLR, SLR, or MFR district; or
2.
Across a Street from Residential. Is separated by a suburban or neighborhood connector or local street right-of-way from an ACR, LLR, MLR, SLR, or MFR district.

Design Modulation.

1.
Setbacks. The minimum required setbacks for each district and building type are set out in:
1. a.
  Section 10-2-3.2, DT Standards of Design;
2. b.
  Section 10-3-2.2, CMU Lot and Building Standards;
3. c.
  Section 10-4-2.2, NB Lot and Building Standards; and
4. d.
  Section 10-5-2.2, BI Lot and Building Standards.
2.
Bulk Plane.
1. a.
  Applicability.
  1. 1.
    The bulk plane standards apply to principal and accessory buildings in the MFR, BC, CM, and IP districts, as applicable, that are developed, redeveloped, or substantially improved after the effective date of this Code.
2. b.
  Standards.
  1. 1.
    Multi-family residential buildings in the MFR district that share a common lot line with an ACR, LLR, MLR, or SLR district shall maintain a building height of 35 feet or less or shall be stepped back from the common lot line a distance of two feet for each additional one foot of building height over 35 feet.
  2. 2.
    Non-residential buildings on lots separated by a connector or local street right-of-way from an ACR, LLR, MLR, or SLR district shall be stepped back from the nearest property line a distance of one foot for each additional one foot of height over 35 feet.
  3. 3.
    Multi-family, commercial, institutional, and mixed-use buildings within the CM district that share a common lot line with an ACR, LLR, MLR, or SLR district shall maintain a building height of 35 feet or less or shall be stepped back a distance of one foot for each additional one foot of building height over 35 feet.
  4. 4.
    No building or portion of a building shall be constructed or maintained that encroaches on a defined bulk plane, except as set out in Section 10-1-2.3, Height and Area Exceptions.
3. c.
  Measurements. Refer to Section 10-1-2.4, Measurements and Allowances, for more information on how a bulk plane is measured.

E.
Buffering. Section 10-1-3.6.F, Bufferyard Requirements, sets out the bufferyard widths and planting requirements for each type of bufferyard and when each type is required. If there is a conflict between a minimum required setback and the minimum bufferyard width, the minimum bufferyard width shall prevail.
F.
Natural Features. Existing natural features such as vegetation, differences in topography, streams, wetlands, and other such features shall be used as transitions where possible. Where such natural features are used as transitions, pedestrian connections to adjoining land uses shall be provided.
G.
Location of Open Space. Development that is required to provide common open space or a percentage of landscape surface shall locate such spaces adjacent to existing single-family residential development where reasonably possible.
H.
Operational Standards. Upon consideration of Site Plan or Master Development Plan approval, conditions may be imposed to limit operational activities to ensure compatibility with adjacent residential uses. These operational activities include but are not limited to:
1. 1.
  Service and Loading Areas. See Subsection 10-1-3.1.D, Screening.
2. 2.
  Drive-Through Uses. Menu boards and speakers shall be located on the side or to the rear of buildings away from abutting single-family detached or attached development, or located no less than 50 feet from the nearest lot of the residential development.
3. 3.
  Outdoor Activity Areas. Outdoor dining and other outdoor gathering areas that generate noise shall be located away from abutting single-family detached and attached residential uses. If the nearest edge of the outdoor area is within 100 feet of a residential lot line, noise attenuation methods shall be provided as determined through the Site Plan or Master Development Plan approval.
I.
Noise Reduction Techniques. Where a development abuts or is within 50 feet of railroad right-of-way or a limited access state highway, adequate provisions for the reduction of noise shall be demonstrated, including, but not limited to:
1. 1.
  Landscaping, buffering, or screening;
2. 2.
  Noise attenuation easement;
3. 3.
  Adjustment to overall site setbacks, including increased lot depth or rear setbacks; or
4. 4.
  Building treatments.

(Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

S

Section 10-1-3.6 Greenscape Design Standards

S

Section 10-1-3.7 Vehicular Mobility

S

Section 10-1-3.9 Managed Access

Section 10-1-3.11 Outdoor Lighting Standards

1.
Regulate lighting to ensure that light trespass and glare are not directed at adjacent lands, neighboring areas, and motorists;
2.
Ensure that all site lighting is designed and installed to maintain consistent lighting levels on-site;
3.
Protect against direct glare and excessive lighting, thereby minimizing light pollution;
4.
Promote energy-efficient and cost-effective lighting; and
5.
Minimize light pollution while ensuring that sufficient lighting can be provided where needed to promote safety and security.

Applicability.

1.
New Development. The provisions of this Section shall apply to all development in the city that is subject to a required permit or approval unless exempted.
2.
Redevelopment. To the maximum extent practicable, these standards also apply to redevelopment or substantial improvement of an existing structure, building, or use when a facility is expanded, enlarged, or otherwise increased in intensity or floor area equivalent to 25 percent or more.
3.
Existing Development. Exterior lighting on existing multi-family, non-residential, mixed-use, and industrial development may be considered nonconforming and subject to the provisions of CHAPTER 10, Nonconformities. However, existing development is subject to Standards for On-Site Exterior Lighting set out below in this Section.
4.
New and Existing Single-Family Development. The provisions of this Section shall apply to exterior lighting on new and existing residential development.
5.
South Platte River Environs. The provisions set out below in this Section apply to all development, redevelopment, or substantial improvement of land within 100 feet of the river's nearest edge.

Exemptions. The following development is exempted from this Section:

1.
Lighting on public roads and streets;
2.
Temporary construction lighting by public entities, utilities, light rail transit or railroad companies;
3.
Illumination of flagpoles, public art, and monuments;
4.
Holiday lighting during the months of November, December, and January, provided the lighting does not create unsafe glare on street rights-of-way and is in compliance with the adopted electrical code;
5.
Low voltage and solar-powered landscape lighting;
6.
Underwater lighting at swimming pools and fountains;
7.
Lighting on designated historic buildings or structures or in historic districts;
8.
Temporary emergency lighting used by Law Enforcement Officials, Fire Fighters, or other emergency services;
9.
Architectural lighting of 900 lumens or less;
10.
Strings of lighting which produce low levels of illumination over outdoor eating areas, pedestrian areas, plazas, rooftop decks, or other outdoor seating areas, provided the lights conform with other City Code sections; and
11.
Government facilities, parks, and open areas, public safety facilities, and other development where sensitive or dangerous materials are stored, in which case a security plan may be submitted to propose exterior lighting that deviates from the standards of this Section upon finding that:
1. a.
  The proposed deviation from the standards is necessary for the adequate protection of the subject land, development, and the public;
2. b.
  The condition, location, or use of the land, or the history of activity in the area, indicates the land or any materials stored or used on it are in significantly greater danger of theft or damage, or members of the public are at greater risk for harm than on surrounding land without the additional lighting; and
3. c.
  The proposed deviation from the standards is the minimum required, and will not have a significant adverse effect on neighboring lands.

Lighting Plan and Review.

1.
Plan. A lighting plan demonstrating how exterior lighting will comply with the standards of this Section shall be included as part of any application listed below. Depending on the complexity of the proposal or projected impact of lighting, the Director may also require the following information:
1. a.
  A catalog page, cut sheet, or photograph of the outdoor lighting fixtures, including the mounting method and light cutoff angles.
2. b.
  A photometric plot plan, drawn to the same scale as the Site Plan, and indicating the location of all lighting fixtures proposed, mounting and/or installation height in feet, the average illumination level (in foot-candles) within the parking lot, and illumination levels at regular intervals around the site and at property lines.
2.
Timing of Review. Review for compliance shall take place during earlier application review for a:
1. a.
  Site Plan or Master Development Plan;
2. b.
  Major modification of a Site Plan or Master Development Plan;
3. c.
  Conditional Use Permit;
4. d.
  Certificate of Appropriateness; or
5. e.
  Building Permit.
3.
Exemptions. The Director may waive requirements for a lighting plan for minor light fixtures such as wall sconces, low pathway lights, etc.

Prohibited Lighting. The following exterior lighting is prohibited:

1.
Light fixtures that imitate an official highway or traffic control light or sign;
2.
Light fixtures obstructing any traffic control light or sign from drivers in the roadway;
3.
Laser source lights or similar high-intensity lights when projected above a line horizontal with the light source;
4.
Light fixtures that have a flashing or intermittent pattern of illumination;
5.
Unshielded wall packs;
6.
Privately-owned light fixtures located in the public right-of-way; and
7.
Searchlights, except when used by federal, state, or local authorities.

Standards for On-Site Exterior Lighting. Developments shall comply with the following standards:

1.
Design. All lighting fixtures in a development shall be from the same family of fixtures with respect to design, materials, finish, color, and color of light and shall complement the architectural theme and materials established by the principal building(s).
2.
Hours of Illumination. Non-residential, institutional, and industrial uses that are within the direct line of sight of a residential district or use shall, with the exception of lighting for security or emergency purposes (meaning lighting to illuminate points of entry and exit, exterior walkways, or outdoor storage areas), extinguish all exterior lighting and interior lights that contribute to light trespass, by 11:00 p.m. and not later than one hour after closing. In no case, shall the "line of sight" be more than 500 feet in distance measured property line to property line.
3.
Shielding. All exterior luminaries shall be full cutoff fixtures and directed downward, as displayed by Figure 10-1-3.11.1, Types of Fixtures. In no case shall lighting be directed above a horizontal plane through the lighting fixture or aimed more than 45 degrees from the surface upon which the fixture is mounted when the source is visible from any off-site residential property or public roadway.

Figure 10-1-3.11.1

Types of Fixtures

Figure 10-1-3.11.1

Types of Fixtures

Figure 10-1-3.11.1

Types of Fixtures

Figure 10-1-3.11.1

Types of Fixtures

1. 4.
  Crime Prevention. Accommodations may be made to provide lighting for building entrances and walkways that provides acceptable levels of security while not creating light trespass or excessive lighting of the site.
2. 5.
  Fixture Type. Fixture types shall direct light downward and inward to the subject site. Exterior fixtures (luminaries) mounted on buildings shall be no higher than the line of the first story eave, or 14 feet above finished grade, whichever is lower.
3. 6.
  Light Trespass. Lighting shall be from a concealed light source and with effective provisions made to prevent light trespass onto adjoining properties or roadways.
  1. a.
    Single-Family Detached Residential Uses. Any lamp installed on single-family residential property and visible from any other single-family residential property shall be shielded such that light trespass on the other residential property does not exceed 0.2 foot-candle at the lot line.
  2. b.
    Single-Family Attached and Multi-Family, Non-Residential, Institutional, Mixed-Use, and Industrial Uses. No more than 0.1 foot-candle of light may be allowed, measured at a point 10 feet beyond any property line, as a direct result of on-site lighting regardless of the type(s) of outdoor lighting fixture. The Director may waive this requirement if the light trespass will not reach any residential district or use.
4. 7.
  Height.
  1. a.
    Except for athletic fields or performance areas, the height of pole-mounted outdoor lighting shall be no more than 30 feet above grade, or 25 feet above grade for properties in or adjacent to a residential district or use.
  2. b.
    In the DT district, light fixtures shall be limited in height to 18 feet using full cutoff fixtures.
5. 8.
  Illumination Levels. All outdoor lighting and indoor lighting visible from outside shall be designed and located so that the maximum illumination measured in foot-candles at ground level at a lot line shall not exceed the standards set out in Table 10-1-3.11.1, Maximum Illumination Levels. In no instance shall illumination levels within a development exceed 40 foot-candles.

Table 10-1-3.11.1 Maximum Illumination Levels
Type of Use Abutting a Lot Line	Maximum Illumination Level at a Lot Line (foot-candles)
Property line adjoining a residential district or use (including household living, group living, and residential accessory uses)	0.1
Property adjoining a public or institutional use (including civic and institutional, medical facilities, and utilities)	1.0
Property line adjoining a commercial or office use (including mixed-use, overnight accommodations, general retail, restaurant, vehicle sales and service, indoor and outdoor entertainment, and special uses)	2.0
Property line adjoining industrial and manufacturing uses	3.0
Property adjoining a parking lot	2.5
Table Notes: 1. Refer to Table 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix.

Table 10-1-3.11.1 Maximum Illumination Levels
Type of Use Abutting a Lot Line	Maximum Illumination Level at a Lot Line (foot-candles)
Property line adjoining a residential district or use (including household living, group living, and residential accessory uses)	0.1
Property adjoining a public or institutional use (including civic and institutional, medical facilities, and utilities)	1.0
Property line adjoining a commercial or office use (including mixed-use, overnight accommodations, general retail, restaurant, vehicle sales and service, indoor and outdoor entertainment, and special uses)	2.0
Property line adjoining industrial and manufacturing uses	3.0
Property adjoining a parking lot	2.5
Table Notes: 1. Refer to Table 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix.

Table 10-1-3.11.1 Maximum Illumination Levels
Type of Use Abutting a Lot Line	Maximum Illumination Level at a Lot Line (foot-candles)
Property line adjoining a residential district or use (including household living, group living, and residential accessory uses)	0.1
Property adjoining a public or institutional use (including civic and institutional, medical facilities, and utilities)	1.0
Property line adjoining a commercial or office use (including mixed-use, overnight accommodations, general retail, restaurant, vehicle sales and service, indoor and outdoor entertainment, and special uses)	2.0
Property line adjoining industrial and manufacturing uses	3.0
Property adjoining a parking lot	2.5
Table Notes: 1. Refer to Table 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix.

Table 10-1-3.11.1 Maximum Illumination Levels
Type of Use Abutting a Lot Line	Maximum Illumination Level at a Lot Line (foot-candles)
Property line adjoining a residential district or use (including household living, group living, and residential accessory uses)	0.1
Property adjoining a public or institutional use (including civic and institutional, medical facilities, and utilities)	1.0
Property line adjoining a commercial or office use (including mixed-use, overnight accommodations, general retail, restaurant, vehicle sales and service, indoor and outdoor entertainment, and special uses)	2.0
Property line adjoining industrial and manufacturing uses	3.0
Property adjoining a parking lot	2.5
Table Notes: 1. Refer to Table 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix.

H.
Standards for Districts, Specific Uses, and Site Features.
1. 1.
  Awnings. Awnings or canopies used for building accents over doors and windows shall not be internally illuminated (i.e., from underneath or behind the awning) unless the awning material is entirely opaque. Areas beneath an awning or canopy shall be designed so as not to create glare off-site. Acceptable methods include one or both of the following:
  1. a.
    A recessed fixture incorporating a lens cover that is either recessed or flush with the bottom surface (ceiling) of the canopy that provides a full cutoff or fully-shielded light distribution; or
  2. b.
    A surface-mounted fixture incorporating a flat glass that provides a full cutoff or fully-shielded light distribution.
2. 2.
  Fuel Canopies. Canopy lighting for fuel stations and similar uses shall be designed with recessed fixtures that are shielded and directed downward to prevent glare on adjoining properties and roadways.
3. 3.
  Sports and Performance Venues. Lighting fixtures for outdoor sports areas, athletic fields, and performance areas shall be equipped with an existing glare control package (e.g., louvers, shields, or similar devices) and aimed so that their beams are directed and fall within the primary playing or performance area.
4. 4.
  Wall Pack Lights.
  1. a.
    Wall packs on the exterior of the building shall be fully shielded (e.g., true cutoff type bulb or light source not visible from off-site) to direct the light vertically downward and be of 1600 LUMENS (or lower).
  2. b.
    Wall pack lighting shall be used only on the rear or side of a building to illuminate exits and loading facilities; however, such lighting shall not exceed 0.2 foot-candle at any property line adjoining a residential district or street right-of-way.
  3. c.
    Wall pack light sources visible from any location of the site are prohibited.
  4. d.
    Wall pack light sources are prohibited in the LLR, MLR, and SLR districts.
5. 5.
  Downtown.
  1. a.
    Generally. All building lighting within a DTA, DMS, or DMU district shall minimize the glare aspects of excessive and/or poorly shielded outdoor lights while maximizing a property’s visual interest and safe nighttime use.
  2. b.
    Applicability.
    1.
    Scale and Context. All lighting shall be designed and installed in scale and context with the architecture of the building. Standard security lighting shall not be used in lieu of architectural lighting. In general, actual light bulbs should not be visible.
    2.
    Accent Lighting. Accent lighting shall be used to highlight architectural fenestration, entry and access points, landscaping elements, and artwork.
    3.
    Rope Lighting. Holiday and other styles of temporary rope lighting may not be used on a permanent basis. Light fixtures shall be in compliance with the adopted electrical code.
6. 6.
  South Platte River Environs.
  1. a.
    Illumination Level Standards. The recommended illumination levels contained in the Lighting Handbook of the Illuminating Engineering Society, as amended, shall be used as a guide to providing adequate and safe illumination levels for any given type of use.
  2. b.
    Prohibited Lighting. Flashing lights of any type are prohibited.
  3. c.
    Outdoor Signs. Lighting for outdoor signs shall be designed to function as full cutoff luminaires. Lighting for such signs that projects light into the sky shall be prohibited. Additionally, outdoor signs shall comply with all provisions set out in Section 10-1-3.10, Sign Standards. In the case of any discrepancy between these provisions, the more restrictive shall apply.
  4. d.
    Non-residential Uses. All luminaires located on any premises used for commercial, public or institutional, mixed-use, or industrial use shall:
    1.
    Be designed so that the light source (bulb or lamp) is completely shielded from the direct view of an adult observer standing at grade on the lot line of adjoining property sharing a common lot line;
    2.
    Have full-cutoff lighting reflectors installed;
    3.
    Be designed and positioned so that the maximum illumination at the property lines of the property on which such lighting is located shall not exceed one-half foot-candle; and
    4.
    As to exterior lighting for non-residential uses, observe the same hours of operation as the use itself, provided that any lighting for security purposes shall meet all other requirements of this Section.
  5. e.
    Residential Uses. All luminaires located on any premises used for residential purposes shall:
    1.
    Have full-cutoff lighting reflectors installed; and
    2.
    Be designed and positioned so that the maximum illumination at the property lines of the property on which such lighting is located shall not exceed one-half foot-candle.
I.
Modifications. Modifications to these standards may be made by the Director for the following certain sites and situations:
1. 1.
  Images projected onto a surface such as a wall or a sidewalk;
2. 2.
  Special event lighting;
3. 3.
  Illuminated areas located more than 20 vertical feet above the street level or adjacent property;
4. 4.
  Structured parking;
5. 5.
  Parking lot lighting in Downtown;
6. 6.
  New technologies that meet the intent of this Section but are not applicable to the standards and requirements;
7. 7.
  Considerations of Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design (CPTED); and
8. 8.
  Other uses at the discretion of the Director.
J.
Measurement.
1. 1.
  Light level measurements shall be made at the property line of the land upon which light to be measured is being generated. If measurement on private property is not possible or practical, light level measurements may be made at the boundary of the street right-of-way that adjoins the land.
2. 2.
  Measurements shall be made at finished grade (ground level), with the light-registering portion of the meter held parallel to the ground pointing up. The meter shall have cosine and color correction and have an accuracy tolerance of no greater than plus or minus five percent.
3. 3.
  Measurements shall be taken with a light meter.
K.
Installation.
1. 1.
  The developer or property owner shall be responsible for installing and maintaining all lighting in accordance with the approved lighting plan and shall comply with the standards and regulations of this Section.
2. 2.
  If applicable, developers are responsible for installing all street lighting as required in a subdivision improvement agreement.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-1.2.A Planned Overlay District

Overlay Established.

1.
A planned overlay district, abbreviated as PL-O on the Official Zoning Map, is established to allow for properties, previously entitled under a PD or PDO and rezoned to a new underlying zoning district designation in conjunction with the adoption of this Code, to develop under either the provisions of the entitled PD or PDO or, upon compliance with paragraph E, Development in Accordance with Underlying Zoning District, below, the standards of the applicable underlying zoning district.
2.
The PL-O district shall overlay the base districts within the boundaries of the former PD and PDO districts. Any development standards not specifically described in graphic or written form within an approved PD or PDO are established by the underlying zoning district.

Developing in Accordance with Approved PD or PDO.

1.
Minor changes to a PD or PDO may be granted through a Minor Plan Amendment, as described in Chapter 9 of this Code.
2.
The following constitute major changes to a PD or PDO and are prohibited:
1. a.
  The addition of new land uses;
2. b.
  An increase in the density or gross floor area by more than 10 percent;
3. c.
  A decrease in common open space by more than five percent;
4. d.
  An increase in building height of more than one story than the previously approved PD regulations if the lot shares a common property line with, or the building is within 50 feet of, an ACR, LLR, MLR, or SLR district;
5. e.
  A substantial increase or decrease in public rights-of-way; or
6. f.
  Proposed changes to the distribution of land use types

Development in Accordance with Underlying Zoning District.

1.
To utilize the standards and regulations of the underlying zoning district for non-residential or multi-family residential developments, written notice of such decision shall be provided to the Director, and any such development shall be subject to the requirements of Section 10-9-5.7, Master Development Plans, and paragraph F below.
2.
Single family residential properties may utilize the standards and regulations of the underlying zoning district by receiving approval of a Site Plan from the Planning Commission, in accordance with the Decision Criteria of 10-9-5.4, the additional Decision Criteria set forth below, and subject to the requirements of paragraph F below.
1. a.
  Decision Criteria. The Planning Commission may approve or deny a request to utilize the standards and regulations of the underlying zoning district based on the following criteria:
  1. 1.
    Compatibility. The plan will be compatible with the properties in the immediate vicinity of the subject property;
  2. 2.
    Adequate Public Facilities. Facilities and services are available to serve the subject property without compromising provisions for adequate levels of service to other properties; and
  3. 3.
    Zoning District Conformance. The plan demonstrates compliance with the applicable zoning district and design principles.
3.
Once the underlying zoning district is utilized for a specific property, the PL-O designation on the Official Zoning Map shall be removed.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

S

Subsec. 10-1-1.2.B Floodplain Overlay (FP-O) District.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-1.4.A Residential Land Uses

Duplex and Twin Home Conversion. See Subsection 10-4-3.2.B, Duplex and Twin Home Conversion.

Household Living.

1.
Multi-Family.
1. a.
  In the districts where permitted, multi-family shall be screened from adjoining non-residential land uses as set out in Subsection 10-1-3.6.F, Bufferyard Requirements.
2. b.
  Multi-family buildings and developments shall comply with the standards in Subsection 10-4-3.2.E, Multi-Family Dwellings, and other applicable standards and requirements of this Code and other codes.

Group Living.

1.
Generally. Unless otherwise expressly stated, all group homes shall meet the following standards:
1. a.
  The applicant is licensed by the State of Colorado to operate such facility, or is not required to be licensed. If said license is pending, approval may be conditionally granted, but shall not take effect until licensing becomes final.
2. b.
  The group home will not have an adverse effect on the residential character and quality of life in the particular neighborhood. The Director may not deny development approval for a proposed group home solely on the basis of neighborhood opposition, where no valid and substantive evidence has been offered to show that the proposed group home would have such adverse effect.
3. c.
  Any proposed new structure or structural changes to an existing structure shall be consistent in architectural design and style with the character of the surrounding neighborhood.
4. d.
  The Director shall have the authority to impose conditions upon the approval which are found necessary to operate the group home in a manner that does not negatively impact the neighborhood.
5. e.
  No administrative activities of any private or public organization or agency other than those incidental to operation of the specific group home shall be conducted on the premises.
2.
Group Home, FFHA.
1. a.
  All group homes for developmentally disabled, elderly, or mentally ill persons shall be spaced from each other by the lesser of:
  1. 1.
    750 feet (linear distance from lot line to lot line); or
  2. 2.
    A spacing that is such that no two group homes are located on the same block or take access from the same street.
2. b.
  As authorized by 42 USC § 3604(f)(9), no group home for developmentally disabled, elderly, or mentally ill persons shall provide housing to any individual whose tenancy would constitute a direct threat to the health or safety of other individuals or whose tenancy would result in substantial physical danger to the property of others.
3. c.
  If the group home is to be located in an existing building, the building shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Building and Fire Codes before the use is established.
4. d.
  The group home shall not include more than one resident who is required to register as a sex offender pursuant to C.R.S. § 18-3-412.5, as amended.
3.
Group Home for Juvenile Offenders.
1. a.
  All group homes for juvenile offenders require a conditional use approval and shall be:
  1. 1.
    Spaced from each other by at least 750 feet (linear distance from lot line to lot line);
  2. 2.
    Located on a lot with a lot area that is at least 1,000 sf. per resident; and
  3. 3.
    Provided with 24-hour on-site supervision and security, approved by the Director and the Chief of Police, with input from the placing agency.
2. b.
  As authorized by 42 U.S.C. § 3604(f)(9), no group home for juvenile offenders shall provide housing to any individual whose tenancy would constitute a direct threat to the health or safety of other individuals or whose tenancy would result in substantial physical danger to the property of others.
3. c.
  If the group home is to be located in an existing building, the building shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Building and Fire Codes before the use is established.
4. d.
  The group home shall not include more than one resident who is required to register as a sex offender pursuant to C.R.S. § 18-3-412.5, as amended.
4.
Group Home (Not Specified).
1. a.
  All group homes that do not serve a class or group of residents protected by the Fair Housing Act shall be allowed only as a conditional use in all zoning districts, provided the number of residents does not exceed 12 persons, including resident supervisory personnel.
2. b.
  Conditional use approval for any group home may be granted for the term of the facility's license, or for such shorter period as the Council determines under the circumstances of the individual case, but in no event for a period greater than two years.
3. c.
  If active and continuous operations are not carried on for a period of 12 consecutive months in a group home approved as a conditional use, the group home shall be considered to be abandoned. The use may be reinstated only after obtaining a new conditional use approval.
4. d.
  At the expiration of its term, a conditional use approval for any group home shall automatically renew under the same conditions, including duration, as the original approval, unless the Director or the group home licensing agency has received written complaints concerning the operation of the group home during the term of the Conditional Use Permit. If any such complaint has been received, the application for renewal shall be heard by the Council under the same requirements for a new conditional use application.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-1.4.B Agricultural and Animal-Oriented Land Uses

Kennel, Indoor.

1.
Outdoor dog runs are prohibited; and
2.
Soundproofing shall be provided such that no noise generated by the use is perceptible from the property line of the kennel.

Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (without animal boarding).

1.
Pens and Kennels. All pens and kennels shall be in an enclosed, air-conditioned building; there shall be no outdoor runs, pens, or holding areas; and boarding of animals is limited to that which is necessary for pre- and post-treatment observation and care.
2.
State Operation Guidelines. The facility and its operation shall meet or exceed the minimum guidelines for operation of this type of facility established under C.R.S. § 35-80-101 through 117. A license from the State of Colorado Department of Agriculture shall be obtained and a copy provided to the Director.
3.
Nuisances. The facility shall control odor, dust, noise, waste, drainage, and security so as not to constitute a nuisance, safety hazard, or health problem to adjoining properties or uses. The operator shall provide a plan of operation demonstrating it can satisfactorily meet these provisions.

Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (with animal boarding) or Rescue Shelter.

1.
Outdoor Hours. Animals shall not be allowed outdoors before 6:30 a.m. or after 8:00 p.m.
2.
Kennels. Dogs boarded overnight shall be housed in individual indoor secured kennels when staff is not present.
3.
Fence Required. A perimeter fence shall be provided for all outdoor animal recreation and socialization areas. The fence structure shall be sufficiently secured to the ground to provide full containment of the animals at all times.
4.
Minimum Distance from Residential. Outdoor areas where animals will be allowed shall be at least 50 feet from any property line abutting a residential use or district and buffered from a residential use or district with a Type A buffer, as established in Section 10-1-3.6.F, Bufferyard Requirements.

Pet Store for Sale of Dogs and Cats Only.

1.
The sale, offer for sale, auction, barter, donation, or other transfer of a dog or cat is prohibited.
2.
Subsection 1 shall not apply to the following:
1. a.
  A pet store if the dog or cat was obtained by the pet store from an animal rescue organization, kennel or fostering and each of the following conditions are met; or
  1. 1.
    The name of the animal rescue organization, kennel or foster individual must be posted in a conspicuous location the dog or cat’s enclosure; and
  2. 2.
    Documentation providing proof of the source of the dog or cat shall be kept for a period of three (3) years after any sale and made available to any local authority authorized to enforce this section.
2. b.
  A person or business, other than a pet store, that sells, offers for sale, auctions, barters, donates, or otherwise transfers a dog or cat that was bred and reared on the premises of the person or business.

(Ord. 01, Series of 2024)

Effective on: 3/15/2024

Subsec. 10-1-1.4.C Civic and Institutional Land Uses

Adult Day Care and Child Respite Care Facility.

1.
Accessory Use. Adult day care facilities are permitted as accessory uses to existing facilities that provide services to adult participants.
2.
Licensing and Inspection. Adult day care facilities shall meet state licensing standards and shall be inspected by South Metro Fire Rescue.
3.
Impact Mitigation. The applicant shall provide guarantees as may be deemed necessary by the Director that the proposed adult day care center will not constitute a nuisance because of the number of persons being cared for, increased traffic, noise, or any other activity associated with the use which may be disruptive to the neighborhood.
4.
Suitability. The property shall be suitable for the use and of sufficient size and shape so as to accommodate the proposed number of persons to be cared for, parking, and passenger pick-up and drop-off areas.
5.
Non-residential Use. An adult day care facility shall provide day care services only on a non-residential basis.
6.
Parking. Off-street parking shall be provided at the rate of two spaces, plus one for every six clients.
7.
Signage. One identification sign shall be permitted on the building façade, which shall not exceed six square feet and shall not be illuminated.
8.
Location and Access. An adult day care center shall be located on a commercial corridor or a suburban or neighborhood connector street.
9.
Lot Area. There shall be a minimum of 1,000 square feet of lot area per client.

Cemetery and Crematory.

1.
Height. The height of a principal structure shall not be greater than 20 feet. An allowed accessory structure shall not have a height greater than 18 feet, measured from the average grade to the highest point of the roof.
2.
Accessory Uses. Accessory uses may include offices necessary to administrate the land uses, grounds maintenance, or storage of equipment or vaults. Any outdoor storage shall be screened by a Type A bufferyard from adjacent public rights-of-way or adjoining residential uses or districts that share a common lot line.
3.
Allowed Land Uses. Allowed land uses include cemeteries, mausoleums, chapels, or other spaces for conducting memorial services, sales of headstones or memorials, and columbaria.
4.
Supplemental Filtration System Required. If cremation is performed, a supplemental filtration system shall be installed to reduce airborne mercury and particulate matter.

Child Care Center.

1.
Statutory Requirements. Facilities shall comply with applicable Colorado statutes and administrative rules, including but not limited to Code of Colorado Regulations §7.702.8.
2.
Play Area Fencing. Exterior yard space for child care use shall be enclosed by a fence at least 30" tall.
3.
Play Area Buffering. Outdoor play areas shall be screened from an ACR, LLR, MLR or SLR district with a Type A bufferyard, as established in Section 10-1-3.6.F, Bufferyard Requirements, and in Downtown, Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards.

Funeral Home and Services.

1.
Supplemental Filtration System Required. If cremation is performed, a supplemental filtration system shall be installed to reduce airborne mercury and particulate matter; and
2.
Access. The use shall take access from a connector or commercial corridor.

Private Elementary / Secondary School.

1.
Access. Access shall be taken from a suburban or neighborhood connector street.
2.
Internal Circulation. Internal traffic circulation patterns shall be such that:
1. a.
  Safe Access. Schools shall provide sidewalks and signed or signaled crosswalks to provide safe pedestrian and bicycle access to all building entrances;
2. b.
  Personal Vehicle Drop-Off and Pick-Up. Dedicated child drop-off and pick-up areas are safe for children leaving and re-entering personal vehicles and vehicle stacking does not impede traffic on- or off-site;
3. c.
  School Bus Drop-Off and Pick-Up. A school bus can drop off and pick up children in designated areas and is able to either turn around within the drop-off area or, alternatively, re-access the street via a circular drive; and
4. d.
  Pedestrian and Vehicular Conflicts. Safe on-site vehicular and pedestrian circulation are provided, including minimizing conflicts between vehicles and pedestrians and bicycles.
3.
Required Buffer. The school shall be buffered from residential districts and uses with a Type A buffer, as established in Section 10-1-3.6.F, Bufferyard Requirements.

Public Assembly Facility.

1.
Located Within Residential District. When located within a residential district, the facility shall:
1. a.
  Take access from a connector or commercial corridor;
2. b.
  Install a Type B bufferyard when adjoining a residential use;
3. c.
  Locate buildings and parking areas at least 50 feet from a residential use; and
4. d.
  Not provide for off-street parking on noncontiguous lots without a Conditional Use Permit.
2.
Location. The use shall be located in a permanent structure.
3.
Parking and Traffic Congestion. The use shall not create parking or traffic congestion or otherwise unreasonably interfere with the peace and enjoyment of surrounding residences.
4.
Minimum Lot Size. The use shall have a minimum site area that is the greater of two acres or four times the minimum lot area of the respective zoning district.

Transit System Facility. Development that is located along an existing or planned transit route shall provide transit-related improvements such as, but not limited to:

1.
Direct pedestrian routes within the one-half mile transit shed including provision for sidewalk locations and widths based on the anticipated levels of service needed within public rights-of-way;
2.
Plazas and other amenities that will enhance the pedestrian environment in and around the transit stations;
3.
Development of bike lanes on connectors and commercial corridors that provide connectivity to the station area;
4.
An interconnected network of compact blocks and pedestrian-friendly streets; and
5.
Logical linkages to connect with the pedestrian / bike trail systems.

Parking Lot, Off-Site.

1.
Compliance. The off-site parking lot shall comply with all requirements of Section 10-1-3.7, Vehicular Mobility.
2.
Temporary Parking Only. Off-site parking lots shall be used only for the temporary parking of operable, currently licensed private passenger vehicles of patrons of the property which the parking lot serves.
3.
Location. The lot or parcel containing an off-site parking lot shall be zoned for non-residential uses unless it is separated from a residential district or use by a dedicated alley or a Type B bufferyard. In such cases, the lot or parcel may be zoned for residential uses.
4.
Required Buffer.
1. a.
  The off-site parking lot shall be buffered from residential districts and uses with a Type A buffer, as established in Section 10-1-3.6.F, Bufferyard Requirements.
2. b.
  A landscape buffer at least 10 feet in depth (five feet in the DTA, DMU or DMS districts) shall be provided on all sides of an off-site parking lot.
5.
Minimum Lot Size. The minimum lot size for an off-site parking lot shall be 10,000 square feet of net area with street frontage on, and direct access to, public rights-of-way.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-1.4.D Commercial and Office Land Uses

Brewery, Distillery, and Winery.

1.
Maximum Gross Floor Area. Within the DTA, DMS, and DMU districts, as applicable, the maximum gross floor area of the manufacturing establishment cannot exceed 6,000 square feet, unless approved as a Conditional Use Permit as set out in Section 10-9-5.1, Conditional Use Permit.
2.
Orientation. The tasting / retail salesroom shall be oriented toward the public façade, which shall be determined by the building's address. Within a CM district, this area shall be oriented toward a common space where the public can access the building.
3.
Location. The tasting / retail salesroom shall be located in the same building or on the same site as the manufacturing of the beverage.

Office. In the DNR district, an office shall only be located in an existing single-family detached building type.

Lumber Yard.

1.
Access. The property shall be accessible only from a connector or commercial corridor. Access to a local street is prohibited.
2.
Building Materials. Any outdoor storage or display area facing public rights-of-way shall be constructed of materials and colors to match the principal building.
3.
Buffering Required. All open-air outdoor storage and display areas shall be fully screened from public view by a fence, wall or Type B bufferyard that is of a sufficient height to screen stacked materials.

Restaurant, Drive-In or Drive-Through.

1.
Design. Refer to Subsection 10-3-3.2.B, CMU Building and Site Design.
2.
Location. The principal building shall be pedestrian-oriented by locating in close proximity to a street and providing adequate, safe walkways for pedestrians and wheelchair users.
3.
Drive-Through Windows. Drive-through windows are permitted subject to the following standards:
1. a.
  No part of public street rights-of-way may be used for stacking of vehicles.
2. b.
  The stacking lane and its access shall be designed to manage traffic in a manner to protect pedestrians, buildings, and all greenscape areas on the site.
3. c.
  As set out in Subsection 10-1-3.7.C, Parking and Loading Design, adequate vehicle stacking shall be provided for the service window to minimize conflict with traffic flow and required parking.
4. d.
  The stacking lane, order board intercom, and service window shall be designed and located to minimize vehicle and communication noises, emissions, and headlight glare upon adjoining properties that share a common lot line with a residential district or use, and to maximize maneuverability of vehicles on the site.
4.
Separation Curb Required. A continuous and permanent concrete curb, not less than six inches above grade, shall separate internal sidewalks from motor vehicle areas.
5.
Sidewalk Required. Provisions shall be made to protect pedestrian areas from encroachments by parked or moving vehicles. In front and on both sides of a principal building where there is parking, a minimum five-foot wide sidewalk shall be provided.
6.
Site Design. The site design shall accommodate adequate turning radius and vertical clearance for all vehicle types. Designated loading areas shall be exclusive of off-street parking stalls and drive aisles and shall not cause conflicts with customer vehicles and pedestrian movements.
7.
Vehicle Circulation. Facilities shall be planned so that vehicular traffic patterns to and from the site will not interfere with through traffic and broader circulation patterns.
8.
Vehicle Stacking. Stacking space and its site access shall comply with Subsection 10-1-3.7.C, Parking and Loading Design, and shall be designed to manage traffic in a manner that does not encroach upon pedestrian areas, parking spaces, or traffic on the adjoining roadway.
9.
Building Materials. All structures, roofs, and canopies shall be of the same or a compatible material and color as the principal building.

Fuel Sales.

1.
Discontinued Use or Abandonment. In the event the use is discontinued or abandoned:
1. a.
  The use shall comply with the Fire Code and all other applicable regulations concerning the abandonment of underground gasoline tanks; and
2. b.
  Gasoline pumps and underground storage tanks shall be removed upon abandonment or discontinuance of the use.
2.
Car Wash Vehicle Circulation and Stacking. Circulation for a car wash shall be separate from the rest of the site and stacking shall comply with Subsection 10-1-3.7.C, Parking and Loading Design.
3.
Canopy Design. Canopies over service islands shall be integral to the building design in terms of color, cladding, and roofing material.
4.
Wrecked and Inoperable Vehicles. Wrecked and inoperable vehicles are prohibited on the property.
5.
Parking Lot. All vehicles on the premises, other than those at the pumps or waiting for ancillary facilities, e.g., car wash, vacuum station, air pump, etc., shall be stored in a parking lot with an improved hard surface and screened as set out in Subsection 10-1-3.6.D, Landscape Requirements.
6.
Overnight Storage. No overnight storage of material, merchandise, or equipment shall be permitted except within the principal building.
7.
Automobile Repair. Only minor automobile repairs shall be performed within the principal building. No repair may be conducted within an accessory building.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-1.4.E Industrial and Manufacturing Land Uses

Outdoor Storage.

1.
Fuel Storage. Storage of fuel directly connected to heating devices or appliances located on the same lot shall be governed by the Fire Code and the Building Code.
2.
Prohibited Materials. No toxic, corrosive, flammable, or explosive liquids, fuel, solids, or gases shall be stored in bulk above ground, except as provided in the Fire Code and the Building Code.
3.
Closed Containers Required. All materials or wastes which might cause fumes or dust, which constitute a fire hazard, or which may be edible or otherwise attractive to rodents or insects, shall be stored in closed containers only.
4.
Unmovable by Natural Causes. No materials or wastes shall be deposited upon a lot in a form or manner that they may be moved off the lot by natural causes or forces.
5.
Screening Required. All outdoor storage, including, but not limited to, facilities for building materials, raw materials, equipment, scrap, trash, and products shall be enclosed by fences, walls, or landscaping which fully conceal such facilities from adjacent streets and adjoining properties and rights-of-way that share a common lot line, as viewed from ground level.

Self-Service Storage.

1.
Permitted Uses. No other uses or activities other than rental of units or space for storage shall be permitted, except for office space and living quarters incidental to the management and operation of the business.
2.
Lot Requirements:
1. a.
  Maximum Lot Area: Self-service storage shall not exceed a maximum lot area of three acres, which may only increase with approval of a Site Plan or Master Development Plan.
2. b.
  Maximum Lot Coverage. Lot coverage of all structures shall not exceed 35 percent of the total lot area.
3. c.
  Maximum Building Height. Building height shall not exceed the maximum allowable height of the district where the use is located.
4. d.
  Number of Structures. Storage units may be located within a single structure or multiple structures on the same lot.
3.
Circulation, Parking, and Loading.
1. a.
  Circulation. All drives, which include loading lanes, shall not be less than 30 feet in width where one-way traffic is used and 40 feet in width for two-way movement of customer vehicles. Drives without loading lanes shall be not less than 20 feet in width and shall be posted to prohibit parking or loading.
2. b.
  Access. Vehicular access shall be restricted to a single location along a public street. The public access shall be inaccessible during closed business hours. The access point shall be fully visible from an on-site manager's office, as applicable.
3. c.
  Parking and Loading.
  1. 1.
    Parking shall be provided as set out in Subsection 10-1-3.7.A, Parking and Loading.
  2. 2.
    Marked loading lanes shall be provided to direct access to the structure(s) where the storage units are located. Such loading lanes shall be clearly marked for the exclusive use of the lessees of the storage units and shall not be used for temporary or permanent storage of any item.
  3. 3.
    Box trucks for use by lessees or rental by the public may be permitted, subject to the following:
    i.
    The self-service storage facility may store on the premises not more than two box trucks for moving / transportation of personal property to and from the self-storage facility by lessees of the self-storage facility units.
    ii.
    The self-storage facility may have up to six box trucks available for rent by the public, provided that trucks requiring a commercial driver's license to operate shall be prohibited.
    iii.
    Box trucks shall be parked behind the front building line of the self-storage facility. The box trucks shall not be parked or otherwise situated upon the property of the self-storage facility in a manner that the box trucks serve as signs or advertisements of any kind.
4. d.
  Buffering, Fencing, and Lighting.
  1. 1.
    Landscaping shall be provided along all property lines that are parallel, or approximately parallel, to public rights-of-way, excluding the interior parking lot landscaping requirements.
  2. 2.
    Perimeter bufferyards shall be as follows:
    i.
    Adjoining the DTA, DMS, and DMU districts and all residential districts, a Type B bufferyard is required along all common lot lines;
    ii.
    Adjoining non-residential and mixed-use development, a Type A bufferyard is required along all common lot lines.
  3. 3.
    Self-service storage sites shall be fully enclosed to provide maximum security against theft or vandalism. Such enclosure may include fencing, structural walls, or any combination approved with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan.
  4. 4.
    Lighting shall be provided in compliance with Section 10-1-3.11, Outdoor Lighting Standards.
5. e.
  Storage of Flammable Materials, Explosives, or Chemicals. Storage of flammable liquids, gases, or other flammable materials, including, but not limited to, paint, motor oil, and gasoline; all explosives, including, but not limited to, dynamite, ammunition, and fireworks; and noxious chemicals, including, but not limited to, common garden and insect sprays, is prohibited, unlawful, and shall be a criminal offense. This prohibition specifically includes motor oil and gasoline contained in any internal combustion engine or vehicle; any liquid or gas which is contained under pressure; and any of the potentially dangerous chemical compounds commonly associated with maintenance and repair activities.
6. f.
  Maintenance. The exterior of structures and grounds shall be maintained in a neat, clean, and orderly manner. At least one trash receptacle with an enclosure complying with Subsection 10-1-3.1.D, Screening, shall be provided for every 50 storage units. Such enclosures and containers shall be evenly distributed throughout the site in easily accessible and convenient locations.
7. g.
  Signage. Signage shall be in compliance with the provisions of Section 10-1-3.10, Sign Standards.
8. h.
  Management.
  1. 1.
    A full-time manager shall be employed on the premises who may live on-site provided a permanent residence meeting all the requirements for residential occupancy is located on the site.
  2. 2.
    A copy of these regulations shall be conveniently displayed throughout the premises.
  3. 3.
    It shall be the joint responsibility of the owner and manager to ensure that lessees comply with all applicable provisions of these regulations.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Subsec. 10-1-1.6.A Accessory Uses

Approval of Accessory Uses.

1.
Principal Uses Include Accessory Uses. All principal uses allowed in a zoning district shall be deemed to include those accessory uses typically associated with the use unless specifically prohibited in this Code.
2.
Approval Process. Unless otherwise specified in this Subsection, any accessory use shall be treated as a permitted use in the district in which it is located. An accessory use may be approved in conjunction with approval of the principal use.

Standards that Apply to All Accessory Uses. All accessory uses shall comply with the following general standards:

1.
Compliance with this Code.
1. a.
  All accessory uses shall be subject to the dimensional requirements of the district in which they are located. In the case of any conflict between the accessory use standards of this Subsection and any other requirement of this Code, the more restrictive standards shall control.
2. b.
  Accessory uses shall comply with all standards of this Code applicable to the principal use with which they are associated. If required by this Code, parking shall be provided for the accessory use, e.g., accessory dwelling unit.
2.
Location. The accessory use shall be conducted or located on the same lot(s) as the principal use and to the rear of the principal structure unless otherwise approved by the Director. Within a mixed-use or multi-tenant development, the accessory use shall be located as approved by the Site Plan or Master Development Plan. If the accessory use is in an accessory building, location requirements shall be met as set out in Subsection 10-1-1.6.B, Accessory Buildings.
3.
Non-Residential Uses in Residential Districts. An accessory use in a residential district shall not be used to conduct a retail business, commercial business or repair business unless authorized as a home occupation with an approved business and sales tax license.

Standards Applicable to Specific Accessory Uses.

1.
Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs). Refer to Section 10-1-1.7, Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs).
2.
Animal Husbandry. Animals, other than those being kept as pets, such as for animal husbandry, shall be kept in accordance with the following standards and other applicable standards of this Code:
1. a.
  Permitted. Activities that are permitted as an accessory use include the raising of horses, donkeys, mules, alpaca, llama, wool-bearing animals and associated enterprises, including commercial stables, riding academies, training and breeding, and any other animals and uses the Director interprets to be functionally similar.
2. b.
  Prohibited. Activities that are prohibited as an accessory use include:
  1. 1.
    Raising of cattle, swine, fur-bearing animals raised for pelts and feathered animals, except chickens and ducks;
  2. 2.
    Operation of hog ranches, commercial feedlots, agricultural processing industry or farms for the disposal of garbage or other waste; and
  3. 3.
    Growing and harvesting of any types of cannabis, including hemp.
3. c.
  Environmental Impact. Animal husbandry operations which create noise and odors, attract insects or rodents, or be otherwise incompatible with surrounding residential uses or the intent of the zoning district, may be conditioned or denied by the Director.
4. d.
  Minimum Lot Size. The minimum lot size for animal husbandry within the city is one-half acre.
5. e.
  Minimum Setback. No portion of any structure used to house a domesticated farm animal shall be within 100 feet of any residence, other than a dwelling on the same lot.
6. f.
  Fencing. Fencing adequate to contain the animals shall be provided and maintained.
7. g.
  Storage. All vehicles, machinery and materials associated with animal husbandry shall be parked or stored on the property in a neat and orderly manner.
3.
Beekeeping.
1. a.
  Secure. Bee colonies shall be kept within a fenced area.
2. b.
  Hives. All bee colonies shall be kept in hives with removable combs, which shall be kept in sound and usable condition.
3. c.
  Setback. All hives shall be located at least five feet from any adjoining property with the back of the hive facing the nearest adjoining property.
4. d.
  Fencing of Flyways. In each instance in which any colony is situated within 25 feet of a developed public or private property line of the tract upon which the apiary is situated, as measured from the nearest point on the hive to the property line, the beekeeper shall establish and maintain a flyway barrier at least six feet in height consisting of a solid wall or fence parallel to the property line and extending 10 feet beyond the colony in each direction so that all bees are forced to fly at an elevation of at least six feet above ground level over the property lines in the vicinity of the apiary.
5. e.
  Water. Each property owner or beekeeper shall ensure that a convenient source of water is available at all times to the bees so the bees will not congregate at swimming pools, bib cocks, pet water bowls, birdbaths, or other water sources where they may cause human, bird or domestic pet contact. The water shall be maintained so as not to become stagnant.
6. f.
  Maintenance. Each property owner or beekeeper shall ensure that no bee comb or other materials that might encourage robbing are left upon the grounds of the apiary site. Upon their removal from the hive, all such materials shall promptly be disposed of in a sealed container or placed within a building or other bee-proof enclosure.
7. g.
  Queens. In any instance in which a colony exhibits unusually aggressive characteristics by stinging or attempting to sting without due provocation or exhibits an unusual disposition toward swarming, it shall be the duty of the beekeeper to requeen the colony. Queens shall be selected from stock bred for gentleness and non-swarming characteristics.
8. h.
  Colony Density.
  1. 1.
    It shall be unlawful to keep any colony on a multiple-family lot or to keep more than the following number of colonies on any tract within the city, based upon the size or configuration of the tract on which the apiary is situated:
    i.
    Less than one-half acre lot size: Four colonies;
    ii.
    One-half acre or more but less than one acre lot size: Six colonies;
    iii.
    One acre or larger lot size: Eight colonies;
    iv.
    Regardless of lot size, where all hives are situated at least 200 feet in any direction from all property lines of the lot on which the apiary is situated, there shall be no limit to the number of colonies.
  2. 2.
    For each two colonies authorized, there may be maintained upon the same tract one nucleus colony in a hive structure not exceeding one standard nine and five-eighths inch depth by 10-inch frame hive body with no supers attached as required from time to time for management of swarms. Each such nucleus colony shall be disposed of or combined with an authorized colony within 30 days after the date it is acquired.
9. i.
  Prohibited. The keeping by any person of bee colonies in the city not in strict compliance with this Subsection is prohibited. Any bee colony not residing in a hive structure intended for beekeeping, or any swarm of bees, or any colony residing in a standard or homemade hive which, by virtue of its condition, has obviously been abandoned by the beekeeper, is unlawful and may be summarily destroyed or removed from the city by the City Manager, or a designee.
4.
Chickens and Ducks.
1. a.
  Maximum Number Allowed. A maximum of six chickens or six ducks or any combination thereof not to exceed six are permitted in the ACR, LLR, MLR, AND SLR districts.
2. b.
  Protection. The chicken hens shall be provided with a covered predator-resistant chicken house that is properly ventilated and designed to be easily accessed, cleaned and maintained. The chicken house shall have a minimum of two square feet of floor space per bird with an attached outdoor enclosure. The outdoor enclosure shall have a minimum of 10 square feet per bird.
3. c.
  Setback from Property Line. Neither the chicken house nor the outdoor enclosure may be located less than 15 feet from any abutting property line.
4. d.
  Roosters Prohibited. No person may own or keep a rooster in any district.
5. e.
  Restriction. The chicken hens may not be killed by or at the direction of the owner or keeper, except pursuant to lawful order of a state, county, or city official, or for the purpose of euthanasia when surrendered to a licensed veterinarian or the Humane Society for such purpose, or as otherwise expressly permitted by law.
6. f.
  Environmental Impacts. Odor, dust, waste, and drainage shall be controlled so as not to constitute a nuisance, safety hazard or health problem to adjoining property or uses.
5.
Community Garden. As a principal use, Community gardens are subject to the following regulations:
1. a.
  On-site sale of community garden food products is prohibited in the residential districts;
2. b.
  All equipment shall be stored in an enclosed building;
3. c.
  The garden site shall be designed and maintained to prevent any chemical pesticide, fertilizer or other garden waste from draining onto adjacent properties or public rights-of-way;
4. d.
  On-site trash, recyclable and compost containers shall be located and maintained as far as practicable from residential dwelling units located on adjoining lots;
5. e.
  One sign is allowed on lots on which a community garden use is located, which shall not exceed four square feet in area and shall include the name and phone number of the property owner or the garden manager;
6. f.
  The property shall be maintained free of tall weeds and debris;
7. g.
  Dead garden plants shall be regularly removed and, in any instance, no later than December 1 of each year; and
8. h.
  The perimeter of community gardens shall be fenced.
6.
Cottage Food Operation.
1. a.
  The operator of the cottage food operation shall be the individual who conducts the cottage food operation from the operator's private residential dwelling unit and is the owner of the cottage food operation. If the operator is not the owner of the property on or in which the cottage food operation will be conducted, the property/dwelling owner's written authorization shall be provided.
2. b.
  The cottage food operation shall be clearly incidental to the use of the structure as a dwelling unit, and shall not create dust, noise or odors in excess of that normally associated with residential use.
3. c.
  The cottage food operation shall not generate pedestrian or vehicular traffic in excess of that normally associated with residential use.
4. d.
  The cottage food operation shall be conducted solely within a primary residence.
5. e.
  No sign(s) identifying the cottage food operation shall be permitted to be posted or displayed on the premises, nor on or within anything located on the premises.
6. f.
  Neither the dwelling nor the property shall be altered to appear other than a residence, either by color, materials, construction, lighting, sounds, vibrations or other characteristics.
7. g.
  A maximum of one full-time employee, exclusive of family/household members, may be employed by the cottage food home occupation business at the residence.
8. h.
  Direct sales from the home shall not be conducted from an attached garage, accessory residential structure, or any place outside of the residential dwelling.
7.
Drive-Through ATM Dispensers and Vending Kiosks. Drive-Through ATM Dispensers and Vending Kiosks may be permitted subject to the following regulations:
1. a.
  Placement shall be outside required landscape islands and stormwater management systems;
2. b.
  Dispensers and service machines placed in parking lots shall have a finished exterior of brick, stucco, stone, stained wood, or similar materials to match or complement the principal use and shall not be shaped to resemble objects (animate and inanimate);
3. c.
  A sloped roof with a peak or parapet roof shall be affixed to dispensers or kiosks placed in parking lots with shingle, tile, or other roof material to match the materials of the principal use;
4. d.
  Advertising, other than signage with the logo and name of the item being dispensed or service provided, is prohibited;
5. e.
  Parking for at least one space per each unmanned paid dispenser unit shall be provided; and
6. f.
  Required parking for a commercial accessory use shall not occupy required parking for the principal use.
8.
Eating and Drinking Places.
1. a.
  Outdoor Seating. Eating and drinking establishments allowed by this Code may provide outdoor seating areas, including rooftop seating, for customers following plan review and issuance of a liquor license where applicable. Outdoor seating may be approved subject to the following criteria:
  1. 1.
    The area of occupancy shall be contiguous or in near proximity to the restaurant in which food preparation, sanitation, and related services for the sidewalk café will be performed;
  2. 2.
    An outdoor seating area shall not be enclosed by fixed walls, unless necessary to comply with requirements to serve alcohol, and shall be open to the air, except that it may have a canopy;
  3. 3.
    Outdoor seating areas may not occupy required parking spaces or parking area access aisles unless permitted on a temporary basis by the Director;
  4. 4.
    When outdoor seating is located on a lot abutting a residential use or district, noise emanating from any outdoor seating areas shall comply with Title 7, Health and Sanitation, Chapter 3, Noise Control, of the City Code;
  5. 5.
    There shall be a minimum eight-foot width of unimpeded sidewalk for pedestrian flow from the face of the curb and the area of temporary occupancy;
  6. 6.
    The sidewalk café shall be located a minimum of five feet from accessways and alleys, and 10 feet from intersections;
  7. 7.
    All curbs, alleys, sidewalks, and public rights-of-way adjacent to such occupation shall be kept in a clean and orderly condition; and
  8. 8.
    In approving outdoor seating, the Director or Commission may impose reasonable conditions relating to location, configuration, lighting, and other operational features of the use to ensure compatibility with surrounding uses, maintenance, sound, and compliance with other applicable city codes.
9.
Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging Station.
1. a.
  Permit Required. It shall be unlawful for any person to install, operate, or maintain an electric vehicle charging station in an NC, CM, DTA, DMS, DMU, BC or IP district without:
  1. 1.
    A permit for such work, which shall be secured from the Chief Building Official by the electric vehicle charging station's owner or the owner's agent; and
  2. 2.
    Submittal of a written statement from the electric utility provider that the installation will not negatively affect the electrical distribution system.
2. b.
  Compliance. All electric vehicle charging stations erected, constructed, installed, altered, replaced, or to which additions are made shall comply with all of the provisions of all applicable health and safety standards and requirements of federal, state, and local law and the electrical utility provider.
3. c.
  Prohibited Uses. If the owner of a plug-in electric motor vehicle charging station installs a sign that identifies the station, a person is prohibited from:
  1. 1.
    Parking in the space if the vehicle is not an electric vehicle; and
  2. 2.
    Using a dedicated charging station for parking if the electric vehicle is not charging.
10.
Home Occupation. Home Occupations may be permitted subject to the following regulations:
1. a.
  The home occupation shall not be more dangerous to life, personal safety, or property than any other activity ordinarily carried on with respect to a dwelling used solely for residential purposes;
2. b.
  Mail-order, telephone, and internet sales, as well as distribution of sold merchandise, is permitted;
3. c.
  The home occupation shall not create or cause any perceptible noise, odor, smoke, electrical interference, or vibrations that constitute a public or private nuisance to neighboring properties;
4. d.
  Not more than two vehicles shall be parked at the location at any one time as the result of a home occupation;
5. e.
  There shall be no parking or storage of vehicle(s) with a weight greater than 7,000 pounds empty weight and/or commercial trucks to conduct the home occupation;
6. f.
  There shall be no outdoor display or storage of goods, materials, merchandise, equipment , or signage related to the home occupation that is visible from the exterior of the principal dwelling;
7. g.
  No alteration shall be made to the principal dwelling that changes its residential character nor shall there be any outward appearance of a home occupation;
8. h.
  Employees shall be residents of the principal dwelling only;
9. i.
  The home occupation shall be operated only in a principal or accessory building;
10. j.
  All of the home occupations combined shall not exceed 20 percent of the gross floor area of the principal dwelling and accessory structure combined;
11. k.
  No more than two home occupations may operate indoors; and
12. l.
  A home occupation shall not operate outdoors.
11.
Family Child Care Home. Family Child Care Homes may be permitted subject to the following regulations:
1. a.
  The principal use shall be a single-family detached or attached dwelling;
2. b.
  Exterior yard space for child care use shall be enclosed by a fence at least 30" tall;
3. c.
  The operator shall possess a current appropriate state license as set forth by the Colorado State Department of Human Services; and
4. d.
  The family child care home shall not create parking or traffic congestion or otherwise unreasonably interfere with the peace and enjoyment of surrounding residences.
12.
Pigeon Keeping. The keeping, breeding, maintenance, and flying of pigeons shall be permitted only in the ACR, LLR, MLR, AND SLR districts provided:
1. a.
  The loft shall be of such sufficient size and design, and constructed of such material, that it can be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition;
2. b.
  There shall be at least one square foot of floor space in any loft for each mature pigeon;
3. c.
  The construction and location of the loft shall not conflict with the requirements of this Code or the Building Code;
4. d.
  All feed for such pigeons shall be stored in such containers as to protect against intrusion by rodents and other vermin;
5. e.
  The loft shall be maintained in a sanitary condition and in compliance with all applicable health regulations of the city and county;
6. f.
  All pigeons shall be confined to the loft, except for limited periods necessary for exercise, training, and competition. At no time shall pigeons be allowed to perch or linger on the buildings or property of others;
7. g.
  All pigeons shall be fed within the confines of the loft;
8. h.
  No one shall release pigeons to fly for exercise, training, or competition except in compliance with the following rules:
  1. 1.
    The owner of the pigeons shall be a member in good standing of an organized pigeon club, such as the American Racing Pigeon Union, Inc., the International Federation of Racing Pigeon Fanciers, the National Pigeon Association, the American Tippler Society, the International Roller Association, the Rare Breeds Pigeon Club, or a local club which has rules that will help preserve the peace and tranquility of the neighborhood; and
  2. 2.
    Pigeons shall not be released for flying which have been fed within the previous four hours; and
9. i.
  No owner may have more than 100 pigeons in a residentially zoned area.
13.
Primary Short-Term Rental.
1. a.
  Use. A primary short-term rental may be housed within either a conforming principal or an attached, detached, or contained accessory dwelling unit.
2. b.
  Inspection. Each primary short-term rental shall be subject to inspection by the Director prior to the issuance of an annual business license, and upon all renewals.
3. c.
  Building and Property Maintenance. All primary short-term rentals shall be in compliance with the city's building and property maintenance codes.
4. d.
  Prohibitions. A primary short-term rental is not permitted on the same property as any of the following:
  1. 1.
    Any Overnight Accommodations use type; or
  2. 2.
    Any Group Living use type.
5. e.
  Registration and Licensing. The primary short-term rental host shall obtain a business and sales/use tax license from the city in compliance with Title 3, Business Regulations; Chapter 23, Short-Term Rentals, of the City Code.
14.
Roomers and Boarders. As an accessory to residential occupancy of a dwelling, a maximum of not more than two roomers and/or boarders are permitted, subject to the following standards:
1. a.
  The use shall not have a separate outside entrance; rather, the entrance to the quarters occupied by a roomer/boarder shall be from within the principal structure; and
2. b.
  No separate kitchen facilities, including stoves, refrigerators or ovens, shall be allowed or maintained for the benefit of roomers/boarders.
15.
Household Pets.
1. a.
  Household pets are permitted; provided, that not more than three pets are adult dogs, three pets are adult cats, or three rabbits or any combination of these species equals five or less.
2. b.
  The numbers of these species younger than six months are not restricted. This does not preclude the legitimate use or keeping of any laboratory animals for scientific research or veterinarian purposes. The sale or offer for sale of a dog or cat as an accessory use is prohibited. This shall not be interpreted to prohibit the keeping of livestock in districts where permitted.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 01, Series of 2024)

Effective on: 3/15/2024

Subsec. 10-1-1.6.B Accessory Buildings

Purpose. The purpose of this Subsection is to permit accessory buildings that are subject to standards to ensure their appropriateness as to location, area, height, setbacks, and design.

1.
Permit Required.
1. a.
  A building permit shall be required for the construction, erection, or set-up of any accessory building that is 120 square feet (floor area) or greater and/or exceeds eight feet in height measured from the grade to the peak, on any lot.
2. b.
  A Zoning Certificate is required for all accessory buildings under 120 square feet and under eight feet in height. The height and setbacks shall be in compliance with the requirements of the applicable district.

Standards that Apply to All Accessory Buildings.

1.
Subordinate. Accessory buildings shall be subordinate in scale to the principal building.
2.
Ownership. An accessory building shall be under the same ownership as the principal building.
3.
Occupancy. An accessory building shall not be used for household living in any residential district unless approved as an accessory dwelling unit, as set out in Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix.
4.
Limitation on Commercial Use in Residential District. No accessory building shall be used for the operation of any business, except as permitted by this Subsection.
5.
Placement.
1. a.
  Located on a Lot with a Principal Building. An accessory building shall only be located on the same lot and behind the front façade of the principal building and use to which it is accessory.
2. b.
  Setback Dependent on Distance from Principal Building. An accessory building located within 5 feet of the principal building shall comply with the setbacks of the principal building to which it is accessory. Accessory buildings located 5 feet or more to the rear of the principal building may be placed five feet from an interior side or rear lot line, or greater where existing easements exist.
3. c.
  Setback on Corner Lot. The corner side setback of an accessory building located on a corner lot shall be equal to the required side yard setback for the principal building. No accessory building on a corner lot that adjoins a residential lot to the rear shall be located within five feet of the rear property line.
4. d.
  Setbacks Remain In Effect. Except as set out in this Subsection, the minimum setback requirements of this Code shall also apply to accessory buildings.
6.
Height. Unless approved as a conditional use or by a Site Plan or Master Development Plan, the maximum height of an accessory building shall be the lesser of 24 feet or the height of the principal building.
7.
Style and Finish. The architecture and exterior finish of accessory buildings shall match or be as nearly consistent as possible with the principal building on the lot. In the case of a brick dwelling, the exterior finish of the accessory building may be brick or similar in color to the trim work or other siding materials of the dwelling.
8.
Permitted Uses. Accessory buildings may be used as home offices or studio space, gardens or greenhouses, pool houses, storage sheds, and similar uses customarily accessory to a residential use provided all other applicable codes, standards, and regulations are met.
9.
Prohibited Buildings. Manufactured homes, freight trailers, boxcars, trailers, shipping containers, temporary structures, or any other structure or vehicle not originally fabricated for use as an accessory building shall be prohibited unless approved as a conditional use or by a Site Plan or Master Development Plan.
10.
Principal Building Built First. In all residential districts, no garage, tent, trailer, or other accessory building shall be erected, nor any accessory use engaged, for habitation purposes prior to construction of the principal building.
11.
Size.
1. a.
  ACR, LLR, MLR, SLR, and MFR Districts. The maximum floor area of all accessory buildings on any single lot shall not exceed the maximum required building coverage specified for the respective district.
2. b.
  Open Space (OS) District. The maximum floor area of all accessory buildings on a property zoned OS shall not exceed five percent of the property area unless approved by the Director.
3. c.
  All Other Districts. The maximum floor area of all accessory buildings shall not exceed 10 percent of the lot or property area unless approved by a Conditional Use Permit.
12.
In floodplains, other restrictions may apply, as set out in Article 10-7-1, Floodplain Regulations, and Article 10-7-2, Floodway Regulations.

Standards that Apply to Specific Accessory Buildings.

1.
Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs). Refer to Section 10-1-1.7, Accessory Dwelling Units (ADUs).
2.
Residential Detached Garage.
1. a.
  Setback from Street. The entrance opening of a residential garage that faces any street shall have a driveway length of at least 18 feet to park a minimum of one vehicle entirely on the property without encroaching into the public right-of-way.
2. b.
  Setback from Alley. Garages shall be set back a minimum of five feet from the alley.
3. c.
  Access Width. The maximum access width shall not exceed 10 feet for a one-car garage or 18 feet for a two-car garage per opening.
4. d.
  Building Cover. A garage is included in the maximum allowable building cover set out for each district; and
5. e.
  Multiple Garages. Multiple private garages serving multiple dwelling units may be attached but the number of garages shall not exceed the number of units, plus one.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Subsec. 10-1-1.6.C Accessory Structures

Approval of Accessory Structures. The followings paragraphs describe the necessary location, permit, and review requirements for accessory structures.

Standards that Apply to All Accessory Structures.

1.
Encroachments. Unless otherwise stated in this Subsection, only the following accessory structures and equipment may project into a required yard:
1. a.
  Ground-Mounted Equipment. Ground-mounted pool equipment, air conditioners, and built-in barbecues provided that the equipment shall not be located closer than five feet to the side property line, five feet to the rear property line, or placed within a utility easement.
2. b.
  Awning, Canopies, and Other Features. Awnings, canopies, chimneys, balconies, display windows, and bay windows may project a maximum distance of three feet into a required interior side yard and four feet six inches into the required front, rear, and corner side yard, provided:
  1. 1.
    The feature is not closer than five feet from any lot line; and
  2. 2.
    The feature does not have vertical ground support within a required yard.
3. c.
  Building Elements. Cornices, sills, and similar building elements may project a maximum distance of one foot into a required yard.
2.
In floodplains, other restrictions may apply, as set out in Article [Repealed] 10-7-1, Floodplain Regulations, and Article [Repealed] 10-7-2, Floodway Regulations.

Standards that Apply to Certain Accessory Structures.

1.
Carport. A carport shall comply with the following regulations unless the Council approves a Conditional Use Permit imposing other requirements necessary in the particular case to protect the public interests.
1. a.
  Size. A carport shall not exceed 480 square feet in area. The longest dimension on a carport shall not exceed 24 feet.
2. b.
  Height. A carport shall not exceed a maximum height of 15 feet. The height shall be measured from the finished grade to the highest point of the roof.
3. c.
  Setback Dependent on Distance from Principal Building.
  1. 1.
    A carport located within 10 feet of the principal dwelling shall comply with the front, side, and rear yard setbacks of the zoning district. The distance shall be measured between the two closest points of the carport and principal building.
  2. 2.
    A carport located 10 feet or more from the principal dwelling may extend into a required side yard, provided all of the following conditions are satisfied:
    i.
    Every part of the carport is unenclosed except for necessary structural supports;
    ii.
    No part of the carport is less than five feet from a side or rear lot line, and
    iii.
    The carport is located completely within the rear yard.
4. d.
  Placement Dependent on Garage. A carport shall not be constructed in front of a garage.
5. e.
  Number Permitted. No more than one carport may be erected per lot.
6. f.
  Paved Surface Required. The parking area of a carport shall be paved not less than nine feet by 18 feet and provide access to a public street right-of-way. The access shall be a minimum of nine feet in width and paved. All paved surfaces shall be either concrete, asphalt, or pave-stone.
7. g.
  Design Criteria.
  1. 1.
    Carports and their roofs shall be constructed of the same or complementary materials as the residential dwelling;
  2. 2.
    The dimension of each post as viewed from each primary elevation shall not be less than eight inches or more than 48 inches. Any carport with two or more elevations that exceed the 48-inch criteria shall be considered an accessory building and shall be regulated according to Subsection 10-1-1.6.B, Accessory Buildings.
8. h.
  Temporary Carport. A temporary carport is not allowed to remain in place for more than six months.
2.
Fences and Walls.
1. a.
  Permit Required. All fences and walls require a building permit.
2. b.
  Location.
  1. 1.
    Fences and walls adjoining a sidewalk on public property shall allow no less than two feet of open space from the sidewalk.
  2. 2.
    No fence shall be located within five feet of a fire hydrant or any facility requiring access by a first responder or a utility company.
3. c.
  Materials.
  1. 1.
    Allowed. Fences and walls shall be constructed with one or more of the following materials: Aluminum, brick, painted stucco, split-face masonry block, steel, stone, wood, wrought iron, or vinyl.
  2. 2.
    Prohibited. Unless approved by a Site Plan or Master Development Plan, Tyvek or like materials, corrugated materials, sheet metal of any type, bamboo, barbed wire, chicken wire, tarp, electric fencing, fabric, PVC pipes, thin plastic or plastic netting, materials that are potentially hazardous to people or animals (e.g. sharp, electric, etc.) and other like materials deemed by the Director to be unacceptable.
4. d.
  Height. Fences and walls shall not exceed the following heights as measured from the adjacent natural grade:
  1. 1.
    Four feet tall in front yards and in portions of side yards that are in front of the building's front façade provided they are no more than 50 percent solid;
  2. 2.
    Six feet tall in rear yards and in portions of side yards that are behind or in line with the building's front façade; and
  3. 3.
    Fences and walls on corner lots shall be restricted in height subject to Section 10-1-3.9.C, Vision Obstruction.
5. e.
  Types.
  1. 1.
    Dangerous fences, such as electrically charged fences or fences topped with barbed wire or other sharp objects, are not permitted unless approved as necessary to protect the public from hazardous conditions.
  2. 2.
    In all residential districts, swimming and wading pools with a depth greater than 24 inches, measured from rim to lowest point, shall be fully enclosed by a fence of not less than five feet in height and constructed in a manner to prohibit entry. Such fence shall be equipped with a self-closing and latching gate.
3.
Subdivision Fences and Walls.
1. a.
  Required. Where a subdivision is platted so that a side or rear yard is adjacent to a suburban or neighborhood connector or commercial corridor, as set out in the Transportation Master Plan (TMP), the developer shall construct a fence or wall along all such connector streets and commercial corridors and around the perimeter of the subdivision.
2. b.
  Standards. All fences and walls shall conform to the following minimum standards:
  1. 1.
    Walls shall be constructed of brick, natural stone, simulated stone, split-faced or architectural concrete masonry unit (CMU), or decorative reinforced concrete;
  2. 2.
    The materials, color, and design of walls shall be uniform as approved concurrent with a plat;
  3. 3.
    The finished side of all fences and walls shall face a connector or corridor street;
  4. 4.
    Fences and walls shall be placed on the property line;
  5. 5.
    Detail plans for fences, walls, and their associated landscaping shall be submitted with a Site Plan or Master Development Plan;
  6. 6.
    Prior to the acceptance of the public improvements, the subdivision fence or wall shall be complete; and
  7. 7.
    Pedestrian access shall be provided through a subdivision fence or wall as required through Site Plan or Master Development Plan review.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022)

Effective on: 8/25/2022

Subsec. 10-1-3.1.A Wall Articulation

Applicability. The standards in this Subsection are:

1.
Required as set out in Section 10-2-3.2, DT Standards of Design; and
2.
As approved by a Site Plan or Master Development Plan in:
1. a.
  Section 10-3-3.2, CMU Standards of Design; and
2. b.
  Section 10-5-3.2, BI Standards of Design.

Table 10-1-3.1.A Wall Articulation Techniques
Accent Lines
An accent line is a vertical element, such as an attached column, or a horizontal element, such as a cornice or molding that creates rhythm and sense of scale on a façade.		Minimum projection from the primary wall plane: 4 inches Minimum width: 4 inches
Wall Plane Offsets
Wall plane offsets are modest changes in wall planes that divide a façade into smaller modules to reduce scale.		Minimum depth of wall offset: 1 foot Minimum width of offset: 3 feet
Variations in Material and/or Color
A change in material that expresses a traditional façade dimension in height and width. When applied in units, panels, or modules, materials can help convey a sense of scale.		A change in material or color may only count as an articulation technique when used in combination with another articulation technique.
Awnings & Canopies
Awnings, canopies, or other projecting features help define the ground floor of a building and frame the pedestrian environment. They also provide shelter from the elements.		Awnings and canopies shall be arranged to express individual building modules in order to count as an articulation technique.
Base, Middle, Cap
Horizontal articulation techniques may be used in combination to express a traditional base, middle, and cap façade composition with well-defined ground or lower floors and a distinctive “cap.”		The use of a base, middle, cap composition may count as an articulation technique.

Table 10-1-3.1.A Wall Articulation Techniques
Accent Lines
An accent line is a vertical element, such as an attached column, or a horizontal element, such as a cornice or molding that creates rhythm and sense of scale on a façade.		Minimum projection from the primary wall plane: 4 inches Minimum width: 4 inches
Wall Plane Offsets
Wall plane offsets are modest changes in wall planes that divide a façade into smaller modules to reduce scale.		Minimum depth of wall offset: 1 foot Minimum width of offset: 3 feet
Variations in Material and/or Color
A change in material that expresses a traditional façade dimension in height and width. When applied in units, panels, or modules, materials can help convey a sense of scale.		A change in material or color may only count as an articulation technique when used in combination with another articulation technique.
Awnings & Canopies
Awnings, canopies, or other projecting features help define the ground floor of a building and frame the pedestrian environment. They also provide shelter from the elements.		Awnings and canopies shall be arranged to express individual building modules in order to count as an articulation technique.
Base, Middle, Cap
Horizontal articulation techniques may be used in combination to express a traditional base, middle, and cap façade composition with well-defined ground or lower floors and a distinctive “cap.”		The use of a base, middle, cap composition may count as an articulation technique.

Table 10-1-3.1.A Wall Articulation Techniques
Accent Lines
An accent line is a vertical element, such as an attached column, or a horizontal element, such as a cornice or molding that creates rhythm and sense of scale on a façade.		Minimum projection from the primary wall plane: 4 inches Minimum width: 4 inches
Wall Plane Offsets
Wall plane offsets are modest changes in wall planes that divide a façade into smaller modules to reduce scale.		Minimum depth of wall offset: 1 foot Minimum width of offset: 3 feet
Variations in Material and/or Color
A change in material that expresses a traditional façade dimension in height and width. When applied in units, panels, or modules, materials can help convey a sense of scale.		A change in material or color may only count as an articulation technique when used in combination with another articulation technique.
Awnings & Canopies
Awnings, canopies, or other projecting features help define the ground floor of a building and frame the pedestrian environment. They also provide shelter from the elements.		Awnings and canopies shall be arranged to express individual building modules in order to count as an articulation technique.
Base, Middle, Cap
Horizontal articulation techniques may be used in combination to express a traditional base, middle, and cap façade composition with well-defined ground or lower floors and a distinctive “cap.”		The use of a base, middle, cap composition may count as an articulation technique.

Table 10-1-3.1.A Wall Articulation Techniques
Accent Lines
An accent line is a vertical element, such as an attached column, or a horizontal element, such as a cornice or molding that creates rhythm and sense of scale on a façade.		Minimum projection from the primary wall plane: 4 inches Minimum width: 4 inches
Wall Plane Offsets
Wall plane offsets are modest changes in wall planes that divide a façade into smaller modules to reduce scale.		Minimum depth of wall offset: 1 foot Minimum width of offset: 3 feet
Variations in Material and/or Color
A change in material that expresses a traditional façade dimension in height and width. When applied in units, panels, or modules, materials can help convey a sense of scale.		A change in material or color may only count as an articulation technique when used in combination with another articulation technique.
Awnings & Canopies
Awnings, canopies, or other projecting features help define the ground floor of a building and frame the pedestrian environment. They also provide shelter from the elements.		Awnings and canopies shall be arranged to express individual building modules in order to count as an articulation technique.
Base, Middle, Cap
Horizontal articulation techniques may be used in combination to express a traditional base, middle, and cap façade composition with well-defined ground or lower floors and a distinctive “cap.”		The use of a base, middle, cap composition may count as an articulation technique.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.1.B Varied Massing

Applicability. The standards in this Subsection are required at the time of submission of a Site Plan or Master Development Plan (Detailed).

Table 10-1-3.1.B Varied Massing Techniques
Height Variation
Vertical variation is a change in the height of at least one floor for a portion of the building.		A change in height shall count as a massing variation technique in the DMS, DTA and DMU districts when it extends back a minimum of 50% of the depth of the building. In the CM and NC districts, the change in height shall extend a minimum of 10% of the depth of the building, and in no case greater than a one-story height variation.
Increased Setbacks
A substantial offset in wall planes that extends the full height of the building and expresses a building module.		In the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts: Minimum offset: 10 feet Minimum width: 25 feet In the CM and BC districts: Minimum offset: 4 feet Minimum width: 8 feet
Upper Level Front Stepback
An upper-level stepback adds visual interest and reduces the mass of a larger building.		In the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts: Minimum stepback of 15 feet
Upper Level Side Stepback
A side stepback occurs at the end of a building and is effective in providing a transition to a sensitive edge and to public walkways.		A change in height at the end of a building shall count as a massing variation technique in the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts when the stepback extends a minimum of 50% of the total building length (measured from end-to-end).

Table 10-1-3.1.B Varied Massing Techniques
Height Variation
Vertical variation is a change in the height of at least one floor for a portion of the building.		A change in height shall count as a massing variation technique in the DMS, DTA and DMU districts when it extends back a minimum of 50% of the depth of the building. In the CM and NC districts, the change in height shall extend a minimum of 10% of the depth of the building, and in no case greater than a one-story height variation.
Increased Setbacks
A substantial offset in wall planes that extends the full height of the building and expresses a building module.		In the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts: Minimum offset: 10 feet Minimum width: 25 feet In the CM and BC districts: Minimum offset: 4 feet Minimum width: 8 feet
Upper Level Front Stepback
An upper-level stepback adds visual interest and reduces the mass of a larger building.		In the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts: Minimum stepback of 15 feet
Upper Level Side Stepback
A side stepback occurs at the end of a building and is effective in providing a transition to a sensitive edge and to public walkways.		A change in height at the end of a building shall count as a massing variation technique in the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts when the stepback extends a minimum of 50% of the total building length (measured from end-to-end).

Table 10-1-3.1.B Varied Massing Techniques
Height Variation
Vertical variation is a change in the height of at least one floor for a portion of the building.		A change in height shall count as a massing variation technique in the DMS, DTA and DMU districts when it extends back a minimum of 50% of the depth of the building. In the CM and NC districts, the change in height shall extend a minimum of 10% of the depth of the building, and in no case greater than a one-story height variation.
Increased Setbacks
A substantial offset in wall planes that extends the full height of the building and expresses a building module.		In the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts: Minimum offset: 10 feet Minimum width: 25 feet In the CM and BC districts: Minimum offset: 4 feet Minimum width: 8 feet
Upper Level Front Stepback
An upper-level stepback adds visual interest and reduces the mass of a larger building.		In the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts: Minimum stepback of 15 feet
Upper Level Side Stepback
A side stepback occurs at the end of a building and is effective in providing a transition to a sensitive edge and to public walkways.		A change in height at the end of a building shall count as a massing variation technique in the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts when the stepback extends a minimum of 50% of the total building length (measured from end-to-end).

Table 10-1-3.1.B Varied Massing Techniques
Height Variation
Vertical variation is a change in the height of at least one floor for a portion of the building.		A change in height shall count as a massing variation technique in the DMS, DTA and DMU districts when it extends back a minimum of 50% of the depth of the building. In the CM and NC districts, the change in height shall extend a minimum of 10% of the depth of the building, and in no case greater than a one-story height variation.
Increased Setbacks
A substantial offset in wall planes that extends the full height of the building and expresses a building module.		In the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts: Minimum offset: 10 feet Minimum width: 25 feet In the CM and BC districts: Minimum offset: 4 feet Minimum width: 8 feet
Upper Level Front Stepback
An upper-level stepback adds visual interest and reduces the mass of a larger building.		In the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts: Minimum stepback of 15 feet
Upper Level Side Stepback
A side stepback occurs at the end of a building and is effective in providing a transition to a sensitive edge and to public walkways.		A change in height at the end of a building shall count as a massing variation technique in the DMS, DTA, and DMU districts when the stepback extends a minimum of 50% of the total building length (measured from end-to-end).

(Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Subsec. 10-1-3.1.C Blank Walls

Applicability. The standards in this Subsection are:

1.
Required as set out in Section 10-2-3.2, DT Standards of Design; and
2.
As approved by a Site Plan or Master Development Plan in Section 10-3-3.2, CMU Standards of Design.

Table 10-1-3.1.C Blank Wall Treatments
Arcades
An arcade or loggia can help create a more transparent appearance on an otherwise windowless façade while also adding visual interest.
Architectural Details/Screening
Details such as architectural screens or patterned materials can help create a more active appearance and add visual interest to a windowless wall area.
Pergolas/Structures
Pergolas or other landscape structures can help soften the view of a windowless façade and help create a more active appearance.
Vertical Trellis/Landscaping
A vertical trellis allows vines and plants to cover blank wall areas and provide visual interest. A vertical trellis may work in combination with a planter box.
Outdoor Dining
Outdoor dining provides activation at the street level and engages pedestrian activity.
Display Cases or Sign Boxes
A display case or sign box creates pedestrian interest and allows the viewer to understand the use of the building they are passing.
Mural
Murals are encouraged as a way of bringing visual interest and special identity to individual sites. As long as the mural is not advertising any business or service, it will not count as sign area.

Table 10-1-3.1.C Blank Wall Treatments
Arcades
An arcade or loggia can help create a more transparent appearance on an otherwise windowless façade while also adding visual interest.
Architectural Details/Screening
Details such as architectural screens or patterned materials can help create a more active appearance and add visual interest to a windowless wall area.
Pergolas/Structures
Pergolas or other landscape structures can help soften the view of a windowless façade and help create a more active appearance.
Vertical Trellis/Landscaping
A vertical trellis allows vines and plants to cover blank wall areas and provide visual interest. A vertical trellis may work in combination with a planter box.
Outdoor Dining
Outdoor dining provides activation at the street level and engages pedestrian activity.
Display Cases or Sign Boxes
A display case or sign box creates pedestrian interest and allows the viewer to understand the use of the building they are passing.
Mural
Murals are encouraged as a way of bringing visual interest and special identity to individual sites. As long as the mural is not advertising any business or service, it will not count as sign area.

Table 10-1-3.1.C Blank Wall Treatments
Arcades
An arcade or loggia can help create a more transparent appearance on an otherwise windowless façade while also adding visual interest.
Architectural Details/Screening
Details such as architectural screens or patterned materials can help create a more active appearance and add visual interest to a windowless wall area.
Pergolas/Structures
Pergolas or other landscape structures can help soften the view of a windowless façade and help create a more active appearance.
Vertical Trellis/Landscaping
A vertical trellis allows vines and plants to cover blank wall areas and provide visual interest. A vertical trellis may work in combination with a planter box.
Outdoor Dining
Outdoor dining provides activation at the street level and engages pedestrian activity.
Display Cases or Sign Boxes
A display case or sign box creates pedestrian interest and allows the viewer to understand the use of the building they are passing.
Mural
Murals are encouraged as a way of bringing visual interest and special identity to individual sites. As long as the mural is not advertising any business or service, it will not count as sign area.

Table 10-1-3.1.C Blank Wall Treatments
Arcades
An arcade or loggia can help create a more transparent appearance on an otherwise windowless façade while also adding visual interest.
Architectural Details/Screening
Details such as architectural screens or patterned materials can help create a more active appearance and add visual interest to a windowless wall area.
Pergolas/Structures
Pergolas or other landscape structures can help soften the view of a windowless façade and help create a more active appearance.
Vertical Trellis/Landscaping
A vertical trellis allows vines and plants to cover blank wall areas and provide visual interest. A vertical trellis may work in combination with a planter box.
Outdoor Dining
Outdoor dining provides activation at the street level and engages pedestrian activity.
Display Cases or Sign Boxes
A display case or sign box creates pedestrian interest and allows the viewer to understand the use of the building they are passing.
Mural
Murals are encouraged as a way of bringing visual interest and special identity to individual sites. As long as the mural is not advertising any business or service, it will not count as sign area.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.1.D Screening

Generally. Refuse containers, loading docks, open storage areas, and utility boxes/equipment shall be screened or blocked from public view.

Reserved.

General Standards.

1.
Building-Mounted Equipment. Mechanical equipment that is mounted on a building wall within public view shall be enclosed, screened by opaque fencing and landscaping, or painted to match the building façade.
2.
Ground Equipment Screening. Mechanical equipment and meters shall be screened from public view by building wall extensions, opaque fencing, a structural enclosure, or landscaping. Hedges and screen walls that are used to screen mechanical systems shall be maintained at a height that is at least one foot higher than the equipment. Wall extensions, opaque fencing, and structural enclosures shall use materials and colors that match or are consistent with the design and materials of the principal building.
3.
Loading and Open Storage Areas.
1. i.
  Loading docks and open storage areas shall be screened from public sidewalks, streets, adjacent properties, alleys, and other areas from which the property is visible. Screening for such areas shall be opaque and provided by means of walls or solid fences. Landscape screening is allowed but not in place of walls or fences.
2. ii.
  Screening enclosures for service areas shall utilize the same materials and colors as the principal building to the greatest degree practicable.
3. iii.
  All trash and recycling containers shall be covered with a tight-fitting solid lid.
4.
Utility Boxes. All utility boxes, which include electric transformers, switch gearboxes, cable television boxes, telephone pedestals, and boxes, shall be screened by landscaping on the sides visible from the public rights-of-way and shall be located outside of the sight triangle.
5.
Front Yard Fencing. If front yard fencing is provided, it shall be no taller than four feet. In special cases, such as with historic homes or landmarks, painted or stained wood pickets may be permitted, as determined by the Historic Preservation Board. Plastic, chain link, or solid board fencing is prohibited.

Downtown District Standards.

1.
Downtown Transition Area (DTA). Metal, masonry, or specially-treated architectural precast concrete shall be used for screen walls or railings. Standard chain-link materials are prohibited.
2.
Downtown Main Street (DMS), Downtown Transition Area (DTA), and Downtown Mixed-Use (DMU). Typical vertical board or palisade fences are prohibited within the front setback.

Figure 10-1-3.1.D.1

Trash Enclosure Detail

F.
Shopping Cart Corrals. Shopping cart corrals may be designated for the temporary collection of shopping carts. Shopping cart corrals shall be made of durable, high-quality materials. Corrals consisting of decorative walls or fenced enclosures and/or landscaped islands are preferred. The location and details for all shopping cart corral areas shall be provided on the Site Plan or Master Development Plan.
G.
Rooftop Equipment.
1. 1.
  Generally. Satellite dishes, rooftop equipment, antennas, air conditioning, evaporative cooling units, and all other utility equipment and rooftop appurtenances in the NC, CM, BC and IP districts shall be fully screened from view of adjacent properties, including views from public rights-of-way, as depicted in Figure 10-1-3.1.D.2, Rooftop Equipment Screening. Rooftop screening may be adjusted for differences in elevations as determined by the Director.
2. 2.
  Equipment Stepback. Screened rooftop equipment and mechanical penthouses shall be set back from the front façade at least one foot for every one foot in height of the screened equipment or penthouse.
3. 3.
  Screening Height. Mechanical equipment screening shall be at least six inches higher than all portions of the equipment to be screened except an occasional flue or vent. Unscreened flues or vents, including horizontal venting, shall be finished so that they are inconspicuous against adjacent materials.
4. 4.
  Screening Material. Screening material shall be opaque and be consistent in color and texture with the building.
5. 5.
  Flat Roofs. The exterior materials of mechanical screening devices on buildings with flat roofs shall be as approved by a Site Plan or Master Development Plan.

Figure 10-1-3.1.D.2

Rooftop Equipment Screening

Figure 10-1-3.1.D.2

Rooftop Equipment Screening

Figure 10-1-3.1.D.2

Rooftop Equipment Screening

Figure 10-1-3.1.D.2

Rooftop Equipment Screening

(Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Subsec. 10-1-3.2.A Building Material Standards

Standards.

1.
Transparency. Transparent glass shall be provided in no less than 30 percent of all windows and storefronts on the ground and second floors facing public rights-of-way.
2.
Materials Detailing.
1. a.
  Building materials shall be detailed to convey a sense of authenticity in construction.
2. b.
  Where differing materials are used on a single building, the materials must transition to accentuate building forms, design elements and edges so as not to appear as a superficial application to a wall plane.
3. c.
  A change in material on a horizontal wall plane shall occur at an inside corner.
4. d.
  A change in material on a vertical wall plane shall occur at intervals that coincide with building recesses and projections. Generally, the length of a wall plane shall not exceed 65 feet without a change in material at a minimum interval of 20 feet..

1.
LEED Standard. Designed for bronze (or higher) certification in Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design ("LEED"), and the materials qualify for LEED points under both the "energy and atmosphere criteria" and the "materials and resources criteria" of the LEED checklists; or
2.
Energy Star Standard. EPA certified and designed to earn ENERGY STAR, and the materials substantially improve the energy efficiency of the building compared to approved materials.

Table 10-1-3.2.A.1 Permitted Building Materials - Masonry
1 Masonry		Photo Example
1a)	Modular Brick	1a)	1b)	1c)
1b)	Modular Stone
1c)	Architectural cast or precast concrete (detailed)
1d)	Architectural reinforced concrete (glass fiber, fiber)	1d)	1e)	1f)
1e)	Cement board siding
1f)	Terra cotta
1g)	Cast stone	1g)	1h)	1i)
1h)	Architectural concrete masonry unit
1i)	Prefabricated brick

Table 10-1-3.2.A.1 Permitted Building Materials - Masonry
1 Masonry		Photo Example
1a)	Modular Brick	1a)	1b)	1c)
1b)	Modular Stone
1c)	Architectural cast or precast concrete (detailed)
1d)	Architectural reinforced concrete (glass fiber, fiber)	1d)	1e)	1f)
1e)	Cement board siding
1f)	Terra cotta
1g)	Cast stone	1g)	1h)	1i)
1h)	Architectural concrete masonry unit
1i)	Prefabricated brick

Table 10-1-3.2.A.1 Permitted Building Materials - Masonry
1 Masonry		Photo Example
1a)	Modular Brick	1a)	1b)	1c)
1b)	Modular Stone
1c)	Architectural cast or precast concrete (detailed)
1d)	Architectural reinforced concrete (glass fiber, fiber)	1d)	1e)	1f)
1e)	Cement board siding
1f)	Terra cotta
1g)	Cast stone	1g)	1h)	1i)
1h)	Architectural concrete masonry unit
1i)	Prefabricated brick

Table 10-1-3.2.A.1 Permitted Building Materials - Masonry
1 Masonry		Photo Example
1a)	Modular Brick	1a)	1b)	1c)
1b)	Modular Stone
1c)	Architectural cast or precast concrete (detailed)
1d)	Architectural reinforced concrete (glass fiber, fiber)	1d)	1e)	1f)
1e)	Cement board siding
1f)	Terra cotta
1g)	Cast stone	1g)	1h)	1i)
1h)	Architectural concrete masonry unit
1i)	Prefabricated brick

Table 10-1-3.2.A.2 Permitted Building Materials - Metal, Siding, Stucco, and Glass
2 Metal		Photo Example
2a)	Metal panels	2a)	2b)	2c)
2b)	Metal accents
2c)	Composite wall panel
3 Siding		Photo Example
3a)	Wood lap (natural or cement)	3a)	3b)	3c)
3b)	Wood (natural or cement)
3c)	Cement board siding
4 Stucco		Photo Example
4a)	Authentic (detailed)	4a)	4b)	4c)
4b)	Synthetic (scored)
4c)	Synthetic (not scored)
5 Glass		Photo Example
5a)	Curtain wall	5a)	5b)
5b)	Glass accent	5a)	5b)

Table 10-1-3.2.A.2 Permitted Building Materials - Metal, Siding, Stucco, and Glass
2 Metal		Photo Example
2a)	Metal panels	2a)	2b)	2c)
2b)	Metal accents
2c)	Composite wall panel
3 Siding		Photo Example
3a)	Wood lap (natural or cement)	3a)	3b)	3c)
3b)	Wood (natural or cement)
3c)	Cement board siding
4 Stucco		Photo Example
4a)	Authentic (detailed)	4a)	4b)	4c)
4b)	Synthetic (scored)
4c)	Synthetic (not scored)
5 Glass		Photo Example
5a)	Curtain wall	5a)	5b)
5b)	Glass accent	5a)	5b)

Table 10-1-3.2.A.2 Permitted Building Materials - Metal, Siding, Stucco, and Glass
2 Metal		Photo Example
2a)	Metal panels	2a)	2b)	2c)
2b)	Metal accents
2c)	Composite wall panel
3 Siding		Photo Example
3a)	Wood lap (natural or cement)	3a)	3b)	3c)
3b)	Wood (natural or cement)
3c)	Cement board siding
4 Stucco		Photo Example
4a)	Authentic (detailed)	4a)	4b)	4c)
4b)	Synthetic (scored)
4c)	Synthetic (not scored)
5 Glass		Photo Example
5a)	Curtain wall	5a)	5b)
5b)	Glass accent	5a)	5b)

Table 10-1-3.2.A.2 Permitted Building Materials - Metal, Siding, Stucco, and Glass
2 Metal		Photo Example
2a)	Metal panels	2a)	2b)	2c)
2b)	Metal accents
2c)	Composite wall panel
3 Siding		Photo Example
3a)	Wood lap (natural or cement)	3a)	3b)	3c)
3b)	Wood (natural or cement)
3c)	Cement board siding
4 Stucco		Photo Example
4a)	Authentic (detailed)	4a)	4b)	4c)
4b)	Synthetic (scored)
4c)	Synthetic (not scored)
5 Glass		Photo Example
5a)	Curtain wall	5a)	5b)
5b)	Glass accent	5a)	5b)

Table 10-1-3.2.A.3 Permitted Roofing Materials
6 Roofing Material		Photo Example
6a)	Asphalt shingle	6a)	6b)	6c)
6b)	Concrete or clay tile
6c)	Standing seam metal
6d)	Metal shingles	6d)	6e)	6f)
6e)	Solar Shingles
6f)	Vinyl Membrane

Table 10-1-3.2.A.3 Permitted Roofing Materials
6 Roofing Material		Photo Example
6a)	Asphalt shingle	6a)	6b)	6c)
6b)	Concrete or clay tile
6c)	Standing seam metal
6d)	Metal shingles	6d)	6e)	6f)
6e)	Solar Shingles
6f)	Vinyl Membrane

Table 10-1-3.2.A.3 Permitted Roofing Materials
6 Roofing Material		Photo Example
6a)	Asphalt shingle	6a)	6b)	6c)
6b)	Concrete or clay tile
6c)	Standing seam metal
6d)	Metal shingles	6d)	6e)	6f)
6e)	Solar Shingles
6f)	Vinyl Membrane

Table 10-1-3.2.A.3 Permitted Roofing Materials
6 Roofing Material		Photo Example
6a)	Asphalt shingle	6a)	6b)	6c)
6b)	Concrete or clay tile
6c)	Standing seam metal
6d)	Metal shingles	6d)	6e)	6f)
6e)	Solar Shingles
6f)	Vinyl Membrane

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.2.B CPTED (Crime Prevention through Environmental Design)

Purpose. The purpose of this Subsection is to create safe, attractive, and economically viable environments that are properly designed to reduce the incidence and fear of crime.

Applicability. All development in the MFR, NC, CM, BC, and IP districts requiring a Site Plan or Master Development Plan shall be reviewed for consistency with this Subsection.

CPTED Principles. The following principles shall be used to review CPTED requirements:

1.
Provisions of Natural Surveillance.
1. a.
  The placement and design of physical features to maximize visibility between a building and public rights-of-way. This will include building orientation, windows, entrances and exits, parking lots, walkways, guard gates, landscape trees and shrubs, fences or walls, signage, and other physical obstructions.
2. b.
  The placement of persons and/or activities to maximize surveillance possibilities.
2.
Provision for Natural Access Control.
1. a.
  The use of sidewalks, pavement, lighting, and landscaping to clearly guide the public to and from entrances and exits.
2. b.
  The use of fences, walls, or landscaping to prevent and/or discourage public access to or from dark and/or unmonitored acres.
3.
Provision of Territorial Reinforcement. The use of pavement treatments, landscape, art, signage, screening, and fences to define and outline ownership of property.
4.
Maintenance. The use of low-maintenance landscaping and lighting treatment to facilitate the CPTED principles of natural surveillance, natural access control, and territorial reinforcement.

1.
Natural Surveillance and Visibility. Design the site, landscaping, and buildings to promote natural observation and maximize the opportunities for people to observe adjacent spaces and public sidewalks.
2.
Lighting Levels. Provide downwardly directed motion-activated security lighting that complies with Section 10-1-3.11, Outdoor Lighting Standards, throughout the site, at all building entrances, and along walkways that maintain a minimum acceptable level of security with minimum necessary light levels, while not creating glare or excessive lighting of the site.
3.
Territorial Reinforcement and Space Delineation. Locate landscaping, sidewalks, lighting, fencing, and building features to clearly guide pedestrian movement on or through the site and to control and restrict certain locations.
4.
Natural Access Control. Locate entrances, exits, signs, fencing, landscaping, and lighting to distinguish between public and private areas, control access, and guide people coming to and going from the site.

Administration. The Director shall perform crime prevention review for all applicable projects in consultation with representatives of the Littleton Police Department.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.6.A Purpose, Applicability, and Design

1.
Appearance. Improve the general appearance and aesthetic appeal of the city by creating tree-lined streets with deciduous canopies, preserving urban tree cover, and softening the impacts of development with landscaping;
2.
Character. Establish an aesthetic that emphasizes the value and beauty of the natural landscape and the visual enhancement of streetscapes, parking lots, service areas, building foundations and façades, and utility improvements;
3.
Buffering. Provide for landscaping and screening between zoning districts to buffer adjacent land uses and their associated impacts;
4.
Green Function. Enhance the various place types with provisions for pervious surfaces and planting areas for trees, shrubs, and grasses;
5.
Conservation. Conserve energy and water resources by encouraging the use of shade and xeriscaping;
6.
Biodiversity. Provide a diversity of species and native plant communities to ensure natural sustainability, minimize the spread of disease and insect infestations, and limit the use of species that cause negative impacts to native plant communities; and
7.
Water Quality. Protect the quality of surface water and groundwater, reduce pollutants in stormwater runoff, prevent stream channel erosion, preserve trees and other natural vegetation, and encourage groundwater recharge.

Applicability.

1.
Generally. This Section applies to new development, redevelopment, and substantial improvements including building additions and expansions, new parking lots and paved area expansions, and the subdivision of land. Regarding existing development, this Section provides for the retention of existing tree canopy, replacement of damaged or removed trees, and responsibility for maintenance.
2.
Use Types. The provisions of this Section apply to development in the MFR, NC, CM, BC and IP districts.
3.
The greenscape requirements of each district, including street trees, foundation plantings, perimeter and interior parking lot landscaping, and bufferyards, may be constructed as part of the minimum required common open space.

1.
Objectives. In the review and approval of landscape plans, the Director may impose additional requirements to fulfill the following sustainable design objectives:
1. a.
  Integration of drainage and pedestrian circulation systems into the landscaping design.
2. b.
  Use of ground covers or other types of landscape materials that stabilize soils and minimize erosion.
3. c.
  Protection during construction and preservation of existing native vegetation.
4. d.
  Use of landscape materials that achieve variety with respect to seasonal changes, species of living material selected, textures, colors, and size at maturity.
5. e.
  Placing newly installed plants at intervals to ensure their health at maturity.
6. f.
  Maximize shading of streets and parking areas.
7. g.
  Provision for native and drought-tolerant plant species.
8. h.
  Planning trees and shrubs in locations that will reduce energy consumption by shading buildings and reducing the heat island effects of paved surfaces.
9. i.
  Protection of existing specimen trees and native vegetation to preserve intact natural ecosystems.
10. j.
  Designing the landscape to complement building elevations and architecture through use of color, texture, density, and form on both vertical and horizontal planes. Landscaping should be in proportionate scale with adjacent buildings and be of a size at maturity to accomplish intended goals. Ornamental, shrub, and ground cover plantings should be designed to complement a building's architectural character.
11. k.
  Landscape design should incorporate natural drainage features and the use of pervious surfaces and areas that capture and minimize runoff.
12. l.
  Inclusion of pedestrian amenities such as, but not limited to, shade, benches, kiosks, public art, shades, fountains, and other elements into the landscape design.
2.
Water Wise Landscaping (Xeriscape). Landscape improvements shall be designed for water efficiency and in accordance with these guidelines.
1. a.
  Landscapes shall use the following xeriscape design principles to facilitate water conservation:
  1. 1.
    Minimize the use of high-water turf;
  2. 2.
    Use of organic mulch to maintain soil moisture and reduce evaporation;
  3. 3.
    Zoning of plant materials according to their microclimatic and water requirements;
  4. 4.
    Amending soil with organic matter to support plant growth;
  5. 5.
    Design and maintenance of efficient irrigation systems.
2. b.
  Native, adapted, and xeric plant species shall be used in all landscapes with priority consideration of native species. Plant materials must be grouped according to similar moisture, light, and drainage needs. Landscape improvements shall consist of a variety of species to enhance the visual and functional aspects of the landscaped area, such as shading and windbreaks.
3. c.
  Automatic irrigation systems shall be designed so as not to over-water based upon the needs of the landscape being irrigated.
4. d.
  Turf.
  1. 1.
    On residential properties, when a landscape plan is required, turf areas may be installed as sod or, if approved by the Director, seed. The total area of turf shall not exceed 75 percent of the total landscaped area with the exception of functional turf, with exceptions allowed for sports fields. Bluegrass is prohibited, except in areas where heavy foot traffic is expected. All other turf areas shall use low-water varieties of turf grass such as Texas hybrid bluegrass, buffalo grass, blue grama, fescue, or other drought-tolerant turf types. Turf shall not be installed in areas that are impractical or difficult to maintain and irrigate, including the following:
    i.
    Narrow or oddly shaped areas.
    ii.
    Slopes of four to one (4:1) or greater; and
    iii.
    Tree lawns less than six feet in width;
  2. 2.
    On nonresidential properties, the installation of nonfunctional turf, including artificial turf, and invasive plant species shall be strictly prohibited. Only functional turf may be installed. The installation of artificial turf is expressly prohibited.
5. e.
  Low-intensity use areas that are bare or non-vegetated shall be seeded to prevent erosion. Seed from native grass and herbaceous species should be used for re-vegetation where practical.
3.
Qualifications.
1. a.
  Colorado state law governs the sizes and types of projects that unlicensed individuals can design. All projects shall be prepared by a Licensed Landscape Architect, with the exception of residential landscape design for single- and multi-family residential projects of four or fewer units.
2. b.
  A professional shall certify that they are qualified to prepare the type of plan(s) that they submit by verifying licensure or certification at the time of application and providing professional qualifications, which may include:
  1. 1.
    Licensed Landscape Architect;
  2. 2.
    Licensed Architect;
  3. 3.
    Licensed Professional Engineer; or
  4. 4.
    Certified Irrigation Designer (CID).

(Ord. 10, Series of 2025)

Effective on: 6/12/2025

Subsec. 10-1-3.6.B Planting Requirements

Plant Materials Standards.

1.
Plant Types. The selection of trees and shrubs shall be selected from the approved species listed in APPENDIX A, Preferred Plantings. Substitutions may be proposed as outlined in paragraph D, below.
2.
Plant Variety. All plants shall be of a type and species that are selected for the climate, location, and soils on the site, as promulgated by the Colorado State University Extension . All plant material shall be commercially produced and meet the minimum standards recognized by landscape professionals. In order to reduce the threat and impact of plant disease, a variety of plant types and species shall be utilized on each site. In general, a minimum of one-third of the plant material on any lot should be evergreen. you no more than 5% of the same species, no more than 10% of the same genus, and no more than 20% of the same family
3.
Living Materials. All landscaped areas shall be planted with any combination of low-water-using grass, vegetative ground cover, trees, shrubs, perennials, annuals, and/or vegetables.
4.
Nonliving Materials. Artificial trees, shrubs, and plants are prohibited. Nonliving landscaping such as decorative or patterned concrete, brick pavers, wood chips, decorative rock, or similar materials may be used to meet the requirements of this Code, but shall not exceed 25 percent of the total required landscaped area. Paved areas used for motor vehicle access and parking shall not be included in the land area required to fulfill the unobstructed open space requirements of this Code.
5.
Artificial Turf. Proposals to use artificial turf as part of any residential landscaping plan shall provide product samples and manufacturer's specifications to the Director. Director approval is required for use of any such turf. Installation of artificial turf is expressly prohibited on nonresidential properties.
6.
Prohibited. Use of any plant species listed by the Colorado Department of Agriculture as a "Noxious Weed Species," according to the Colorado Noxious Weed Act, C.R.S. §§ 35-5.5-101 through 35-5.5-119, is prohibited. Specifically prohibited species include:
1. a.
  Chinese and Siberian elms;
2. b.
  Cotton-bearing cottonwoods (female Populus species);
3. c.
  Russian olive; and
4. d.
  Box elder.
7.
Sizes. All required plants shall meet the size and type requirements in Table 10-1-3.6.B, Minimum Plant Sizes and Types.

Table 10-1-3.6.B Minimum Plant Sizes and Types
Plant Type	Minimum Size
Large Deciduous Trees	2.0-inch caliper¹
Ornamental Deciduous Trees	1.5-inch caliper¹
Coniferous (Evergreen) Tree	6-feet in height (dwarf pines such as Mugo - 24' branch spread)
Shrubs (Evergreen and Deciduous)	5-gallon container
Ornamental Grasses	1-gallon container
Organic Materials
Rock or Stone	3/4-inch, minimum 3.0-inch depth²
Mulch or Compost³	organic and shredded
Table Notes: 1. Measured six inches above the soil line. 2. Requires water-permeable landscape fabric except where horizontally spreading shrubs or ground covers are planted. A nonpermeable landscape fabric shall be permitted if the building foundation design requires soil moisture protection at the perimeter. 3. Mulch or compost shall be fibrous so that they bind together to prevent erosion.

Table 10-1-3.6.B Minimum Plant Sizes and Types
Plant Type	Minimum Size
Large Deciduous Trees	2.0-inch caliper¹
Ornamental Deciduous Trees	1.5-inch caliper¹
Coniferous (Evergreen) Tree	6-feet in height (dwarf pines such as Mugo - 24' branch spread)
Shrubs (Evergreen and Deciduous)	5-gallon container
Ornamental Grasses	1-gallon container
Organic Materials
Rock or Stone	3/4-inch, minimum 3.0-inch depth²
Mulch or Compost³	organic and shredded
Table Notes: 1. Measured six inches above the soil line. 2. Requires water-permeable landscape fabric except where horizontally spreading shrubs or ground covers are planted. A nonpermeable landscape fabric shall be permitted if the building foundation design requires soil moisture protection at the perimeter. 3. Mulch or compost shall be fibrous so that they bind together to prevent erosion.

Table 10-1-3.6.B Minimum Plant Sizes and Types
Plant Type	Minimum Size
Large Deciduous Trees	2.0-inch caliper¹
Ornamental Deciduous Trees	1.5-inch caliper¹
Coniferous (Evergreen) Tree	6-feet in height (dwarf pines such as Mugo - 24' branch spread)
Shrubs (Evergreen and Deciduous)	5-gallon container
Ornamental Grasses	1-gallon container
Organic Materials
Rock or Stone	3/4-inch, minimum 3.0-inch depth²
Mulch or Compost³	organic and shredded
Table Notes: 1. Measured six inches above the soil line. 2. Requires water-permeable landscape fabric except where horizontally spreading shrubs or ground covers are planted. A nonpermeable landscape fabric shall be permitted if the building foundation design requires soil moisture protection at the perimeter. 3. Mulch or compost shall be fibrous so that they bind together to prevent erosion.

Table 10-1-3.6.B Minimum Plant Sizes and Types
Plant Type	Minimum Size
Large Deciduous Trees	2.0-inch caliper¹
Ornamental Deciduous Trees	1.5-inch caliper¹
Coniferous (Evergreen) Tree	6-feet in height (dwarf pines such as Mugo - 24' branch spread)
Shrubs (Evergreen and Deciduous)	5-gallon container
Ornamental Grasses	1-gallon container
Organic Materials
Rock or Stone	3/4-inch, minimum 3.0-inch depth²
Mulch or Compost³	organic and shredded
Table Notes: 1. Measured six inches above the soil line. 2. Requires water-permeable landscape fabric except where horizontally spreading shrubs or ground covers are planted. A nonpermeable landscape fabric shall be permitted if the building foundation design requires soil moisture protection at the perimeter. 3. Mulch or compost shall be fibrous so that they bind together to prevent erosion.

C.
Plant Locations and Timing.
1. 1.
  Public Right-of-Way. A permit or approval shall be obtained prior to planting any street tree or landscape material in the public right-of-way, including required streetscape plantings. All planting shall comply with Title 8, Public Ways and Property, and this Code.
2. 2.
  Sight Triangle. No landscaping may be planted in violation of the city’s sight triangle requirements, as set out in Subsection 10-1-3.9.C, Vision Obstruction.
3. 3.
  Easements. Trees shall not be placed within any public utility easement.
4. 4.
  Spacing. In general, all plants shall be located and spaced in a manner to allow for growth to mature size.
5. 5.
  Timing of Landscape Installation. Landscaping that is required by this Code shall be installed between March 15 and October 15. If compliance with this timeframe is impractical due to the time of year that work is completed, an applicant may provide a performance guarantee in the form of a cash bond, irrevocable letter of credit, certified check, or similar instrument acceptable to the Public Works Director or the Public Works Director's designee, in an amount equal to 125 percent of the estimated cost of purchase and installation of required landscaping.
D.
Plant Substitutions.
1. 1.
  Approval. Requested substitutions of plant material shall be submitted on a landscape plan and shall be in accordance with the recommended plant lists promulgated by the Colorado State University Extension and approved by the Director.
2. 2.
  Substitution Ratios. The following substitution of tree planting requirements may be made:
  1. a.
    Large Deciduous Tree. One tree shall be substituted in place of 10 required shrubs or two ornamental deciduous trees.
  2. b.
    Ornamental Deciduous Tree. One tree shall be substituted in place of five required shrubs.
  3. c.
    Coniferous (Evergreen) Tree. One tree shall be substituted in place of one required large deciduous tree.
  4. d.
    Ornamental Grasses. Three ornamental grasses shall be substituted for one required shrub.

(Ord. 20, Series of 2023; Ord. 10, Series of 2025)

Effective on: 6/12/2025

Subsec. 10-1-3.6.C Protection and Preservation

1.
Timing. Review for compliance with the standards of this Subsection shall take place during the review of the following applications:
1. a.
  Site Plan or Master Development Plan;
2. b.
  Major modification of a Site Plan or Master Development Plan;
3. c.
  Grading Permit;
4. d.
  Preliminary or Final Plat; and
5. e.
  Building permit.
2.
Exemptions. The following tree removal activities are exempt:
1. a.
  Removal of "for sale" trees from a plant nursery or botanical garden;
2. b.
  Removal of trees that pose a risk of immediate danger to life and property due to an accident, fire, storm, or other act of nature;
3. c.
  Removal of diseased or dying trees as determined by an arborist;
4. d.
  Selective and limited removal or pruning of trees or vegetation necessary to obtain clear visibility within sight triangles; and
5. e.
  Removal of exotic, invasive, or prohibited tree species.

Land Clearing.

1.
Prohibited. No land clearance, site grading, removal or stockpiling of soil, or tree removal may be performed on a lot or parcel within the city until a Building Permit, Grading Permit, Site Plan, Master Development Plan, or Subdivision Plat is approved in accordance with this Code as well as Title 7, Health and Sanitation; Chapter 7, Littleton Storm Drainage Ordinance, and the city's Storm Drainage Design Manual.
2.
Exemption. Exemptions from this provision include:
1. a.
  Land clearing or grading consistent with that required by the Storm Drainage Manual; or
2. b.
  Excavations for utilities that have a sewer or utility permit.

Minimum Requirements.

1.
Tree Coverage. Development sites shall be configured to meet the tree canopy coverage requirements in Subsection 10-1-3.6.E, Tree Canopy Coverage Requirements.
2.
Retention of Existing Tree Canopy.
1. a.
  Multi-Family, Non-Residential, and Mixed-Use Development. Where not otherwise specified in Subsection 10-1-3.6.E, Tree Canopy Coverage Requirements, all lots subject to these standards shall retain existing tree canopy as follows:
  1. 1.
    To the maximum practicable extent, specimen trees should be retained to meet this standard.
  2. 2.
    Existing trees retained to meet this standard shall be designated within a fenced tree protection zone established during construction.
2. b.
  Single-Family Detached and Attached Development. Where not specified in Subsection 10-1-3.6.E, Tree Canopy Coverage Requirements, all lots subject to these standards shall retain existing tree canopy as follows:
  1. 1.
    At least one tree per lot and for every 40 linear feet of lot frontage;
  2. 2.
    Retained trees shall be located within a front or corner side yard; and
  3. 3.
    Each retained tree shall have a minimum DBH of two and one-half inches.
3.
Newly Planted Trees. On lots without the required percentage of existing tree canopy coverage, the applicant shall plant trees in order to achieve the required tree canopy coverage prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy.
4.
Tree Canopy Plan. The applicant shall provide a tree canopy plan as part of the required landscape plan showing existing and proposed tree canopy locations and calculations of a 20-year mature tree canopy, by species, based on The Arbor Day Foundation’s Tree Database (https://www.arborday.org/trees/treeguide/browseTrees.cfm) or another source acceptable to the Director.
5.
Retention of Specimen Trees. Development subject to this Subsection shall retain a portion of existing specimen trees as set out in Table 10-1-3.6.C.1, Retention of Specimen Trees.

Table 10-1-3.6.C.1 Retention of Specimen Trees
Specimen Trees Per Acre	Existing Specimen Trees to be Preserved
less than 3	80%
3 to 5	65%
6 to 8	50%
9 or more	4 per acre
Table Note: In the case of calculation resulting in a fraction, the required number of specimen trees to be preserved shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number.

Table 10-1-3.6.C.1 Retention of Specimen Trees
Specimen Trees Per Acre	Existing Specimen Trees to be Preserved
less than 3	80%
3 to 5	65%
6 to 8	50%
9 or more	4 per acre
Table Note: In the case of calculation resulting in a fraction, the required number of specimen trees to be preserved shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number.

Table 10-1-3.6.C.1 Retention of Specimen Trees
Specimen Trees Per Acre	Existing Specimen Trees to be Preserved
less than 3	80%
3 to 5	65%
6 to 8	50%
9 or more	4 per acre
Table Note: In the case of calculation resulting in a fraction, the required number of specimen trees to be preserved shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number.

Table 10-1-3.6.C.1 Retention of Specimen Trees
Specimen Trees Per Acre	Existing Specimen Trees to be Preserved
less than 3	80%
3 to 5	65%
6 to 8	50%
9 or more	4 per acre
Table Note: In the case of calculation resulting in a fraction, the required number of specimen trees to be preserved shall be rounded up to the nearest whole number.

1. 6.
  Protection of Historic Trees.
  1. a.
    All historic trees shall be protected during construction within a fenced tree protection zone.
  2. b.
    If a historic tree is in healthy condition, it may be removed only if approved by the Director after the applicant demonstrates all of the following standards are met:
    1.
    The historic tree prevents development in a way that limits the building area to less than otherwise allowed, or hinders compliance with the zoning district and development standards of this Code; and
    2.
    Mitigation is provided as set out below in this Subsection.
E.
Tree Protection.
1. 1.
  Distance from Utilities.
  1. a.
    No street or canopy trees shall be planted under or within 10 lateral feet of any overhead utility lines.
  2. b.
    No trees, except street tree species that are approved by the city, shall be planted over or within 10 lateral feet of any underground water line, sewer line, transmission line, or other utility line, or as required by the owner of the utility or the requirements of the specific easement.
2. 2.
  Sight Triangles. Trees shall not be installed in locations where there is a substantial likelihood that the mature form of the tree would have to be materially compromised in order to maintain sight triangles.
3. 3.
  Private Open Space, Detention Areas, and Drainage Channels. Private open spaces, detention areas, and drainage channels not designated as natural areas shall be designed and landscaped in such a manner to complement on-site and adjacent landscapes.
4. 4.
  Existing Landscaping. Every effort shall be made to incorporate existing, healthy, mature trees and shrubs into the landscape design. Existing trees and other plants in reasonably healthy condition may be removed only if the owner or developer has satisfactorily demonstrated to the Director that site development constraints necessitate their removal. An evaluation of the existing landscaping proposed to be removed is required. New development shall follow the requirements outlined in Tree Protection Zone below.
5. 5.
  Tree Protection Zone. Trees to be retained and protected shall be located within a fenced tree protection zone during construction. Motorized vehicles and equipment are not permitted within a tree protection zone.
  1. a.
    Inventory. Prior to any tree clearing, development, or land-disturbing activity, the applicant shall cause to be prepared an inventory of specimen and historic trees with a four-inch or larger caliper on the property, subject to the following requirements:
    1.
    Known dead or diseased historic and specimen trees shall be identified, where practical.
    2.
    Groups of specimen trees in close proximity (i.e., those within five feet of each other) may be designated as a clump of trees, with the predominant species, estimated number, and average diameter indicated.
    3.
    The inventory shall indicate the species, size (in DBH), condition, health, and location of each specimen and historic tree on the subject lot or site.
    4.
    The inventory shall indicate the average number of specimen trees per acre.
    5.
    Tree inventories for lots larger than two acres shall be prepared by a licensed landscape architect, surveyor under the direction of a licensed landscape architect, certified arborist, or registered forester.
    6.
    Recent aerial photographs may be used in addition to or in lieu of a tree inventory in cases where a site is completely covered by existing tree canopy cover or where preparation of a tree inventory is impractical, as determined by the Director.
  2. b.
    Establishment. The applicant shall prepare a tree protection zone plan.
    1.
    Tree protection zones shall be established prior to any development or land disturbance (other than surveying).
    2.
    A designated tree protection zone shall be demarcated on a Site Plan, Master Development Plan, or construction plan or building plan.
    3.
    To the extent practicable, tree protection zones shall be located proximate to lot lines or site boundaries to ensure that retained trees will assist in limiting visual and auditory impacts from one form of development to another.
    4.
    Tree protection zones associated with a single-family detached or attached development shall be located within an open space set aside or other unbuildable areas.
    5.
    The tree protection zone shall incorporate the root zones and drip lines of all historic and specimen trees to be retained as displayed by Figure 10-1-3.6.C.1, Tree Protection Zone.

Figure 10-1-3.6.C.1

Tree Protection Zone

1. 6.
  Tree Protection During Construction. Healthy native trees shall be protected according to the following requirements.
  1. a.
    Protected Root Zone. The protected root zone is the larger of:
    1.
    The area under the dripline of the tree; or
    2.
    A radius that extends from the center of the trunk 18 inches per one inch of diameter at breast height of the protected tree.
  2. b.
    Restrictions Within Protected Root Zone.
    1.
    The protected root zone of all protected trees shall be fenced during construction to prevent damage to the trees and their roots by construction equipment or soil compaction. The barricades shall be posted "Off Limits."
    2.
    No operation of mechanized equipment, cutting or filling, nor storage of building materials or debris, nor disposal of wastes, shall take place within the protected root zone of any protected tree.
    3.
    No impervious paving shall be placed within the protected root zone of any protected tree.
  3. c.
    Restrictions in Fenced Areas. No construction, grading, equipment or materials storage, or any other activity shall be allowed within the fenced area. Fencing shall be maintained until after the final site inspection.
  4. d.
    Tree Care During Construction. Protected trees shall be cared for regularly during construction as follows:
    1.
    Monitoring of soil moisture content and regular watering if rainfall is inadequate;
    2.
    Pruning of branches that are dead, diseased, hazardous, or detrimental to natural form; and
    3.
    Fertilizing if nutrient stress is apparent.
  5. e.
    Protected Tree Removal or Death. Should any protected tree die or be removed at any time, the owner shall, within 90 days, replace the tree. The owner shall replace the tree with a minimum of three new trees. The caliper inches of the replacement trees shall be two times the removed or dead tree’s diameter at breast height. The replacement trees shall be of a similar approved species that will achieve the same height, spread, and growth characteristics.
  6. f.
    Placement of Barriers. During development, the applicant shall be responsible for the erection of any and all barriers necessary to protect trees within a tree protection zone or other existing vegetation to be retained from damage both during and after construction. Such protection shall include the installation and maintenance of a sturdy temporary fence at least four feet in height, around the protection limits shown in Figure 10-1-3.6.C.1, Tree Protection Zone.
  7. g.
    Protection of Credited Trees. Existing trees being used for credit toward the landscaping requirements shall be fenced before grading or other development activity begins.
  8. h.
    Inspection Required. Tree protection measures shall be inspected and approved by the Director, or a designee, prior to the start of any land-disturbing activities.
  9. i.
    Preventive Measures. If unavoidable encroachment into a tree protection zone is to occur, with approval of the Director, the following mitigation measures shall be employed, as approved by the Director:
    1.
    Where compaction might occur due to construction traffic or materials delivery through a protected area, the area shall be mulched with a minimum four-inch layer of wood chips;
    2.
    The natural grade shall be preserved within the dripline through the use of retaining walls and careful planning;
    3.
    No fill shall be placed within a protection zone without adequate venting to allow air and water to reach the roots;
    4.
    Trees shall be protected from chemical contamination from liquids or other materials, including but not limited to paint, chemical solvents, gasoline, oil, diesel fuel, hydraulic fluid, concrete spoils, or rinse water from vehicle cleaning; and
    5.
    Except for access points, sidewalks, curb, and gutter, no paving shall occur within a protection zone unless authorized by the Director.
2. 7.
  Mitigation Standards. Damage or removal of trees within a tree protection zone, or removal of trees required to be retained by this Subsection, shall require equivalent replacement on the lot or development site.
  1. a.
    Removal or Damage in Violation. If protected trees are damaged or removed without a permit or otherwise in violation of this Code, or when work is done contrary to the permit or this Code, the Director shall follow procedures outlined in CHAPTER 11, Enforcement, Violations, and Remedies, to notify the applicant, stop work, and give a timeline to submit a restoration plan.
  2. b.
    Restoration Plan. A restoration plan with a narrative describing the reforestation proposed and a schedule for restoration efforts shall be completed prior to the final site inspection.
  3. c.
    Replacement Requirements.
    1.
    For every caliper inch of specimen tree that is removed or damaged, two caliper inches of replacement trees are required, in addition to any other required landscaping.
    2.
    For every caliper inch of trees comprising the required existing tree canopy that is removed or damaged, one caliper inch of replacement trees is required.
    3.
    In cases where the total caliper of trees removed in violation cannot be determined, eight replacement trees shall be provided per acre of disturbed area.
  4. d.
    In-Lieu Fee Alternative.
    1.
    Where existing conditions make it impractical to comply with the replacement standards, the applicant may, at the discretion of the Director, pay in lieu of meeting the requirement for replacement of damaged or removed trees, in whole or in part. The in-lieu fee shall be $500 per replacement tree.
    2.
    If tree replacement is required to mitigate damaged or removed trees in areas where water and electricity are not available and no development is under construction, the in-lieu fee shall be $500 per replacement tree.
    3.
    In-lieu fees shall be deposited in a tree reserve account for the purchase and installation of trees and tree-related irrigation systems in city parks, rights-of-way, and other public open spaces in reasonable proximity to the applicant’s project.
3. 8.
  Tree Preservation Credit.
  1. a.
    Credit for Mature Trees. Development sites that preserve mature trees may be given credit towards the fulfillment of the requirements set out in Subsection 10-1-3.6.D, Landscape Requirements. Credit may only be granted for mature trees located on the same lot and only those detailed on a Site Plan or Master Development Plan, signed by a licensed landscape architect and/or certified arborist, that certifies the species, caliper, and health of the identified mature trees. The landscape plan shall further identify the methods by which the mature trees will be protected during construction and that adequate clearance will be maintained around the dripline of the tree to prevent soil compaction and provide the tree with adequate access to water, nutrients, and air.
  2. b.
    Rate of Credit. Displayed in Table 10-1-3.6.C.2, Tree Preservation Credit, is the rate at which credit will be given for the preservation of mature trees.

Table 10-1-3.6.C.2 Tree Preservation Credit
Combined Caliper Size of Preserved Trees	Landscape Credit Per Tree
6 to12 inches	3 shade/evergreen or 4 ornamental trees
13 to 24 inches	4 shade/evergreen or 5 ornamental trees
25 to 36 inches	5 shade/evergreen or 6 ornamental trees
Greater than 37 inches	6 shade/evergreen or 7 ornamental trees

Table 10-1-3.6.C.2 Tree Preservation Credit
Combined Caliper Size of Preserved Trees	Landscape Credit Per Tree
6 to12 inches	3 shade/evergreen or 4 ornamental trees
13 to 24 inches	4 shade/evergreen or 5 ornamental trees
25 to 36 inches	5 shade/evergreen or 6 ornamental trees
Greater than 37 inches	6 shade/evergreen or 7 ornamental trees

Table 10-1-3.6.C.2 Tree Preservation Credit
Combined Caliper Size of Preserved Trees	Landscape Credit Per Tree
6 to12 inches	3 shade/evergreen or 4 ornamental trees
13 to 24 inches	4 shade/evergreen or 5 ornamental trees
25 to 36 inches	5 shade/evergreen or 6 ornamental trees
Greater than 37 inches	6 shade/evergreen or 7 ornamental trees

Table 10-1-3.6.C.2 Tree Preservation Credit
Combined Caliper Size of Preserved Trees	Landscape Credit Per Tree
6 to12 inches	3 shade/evergreen or 4 ornamental trees
13 to 24 inches	4 shade/evergreen or 5 ornamental trees
25 to 36 inches	5 shade/evergreen or 6 ornamental trees
Greater than 37 inches	6 shade/evergreen or 7 ornamental trees

Effective on: 10/28/2021

S

Subsec. 10-1-3.6.D Landscape Requirements

A.
Landscaping.
1. 1.
  Pervious Area. Development shall provide at least the minimum amount of common open space required for each district.
2. 2.
  Hardscape. Pedestrian-only pavements such as concrete, brick, stone, pavers, and wood (deck) are considered part of the landscape and limited to 25 percent of the common open space.
3. 3.
  Ground Cover.
  1. a.
    Turf Areas. See Subsec. 10-1-3.6.A.C.2 for requirements related to turf areas.
  2. b.
    Mulch and Inorganic Ground Cover. Wood-based mulch and inorganic ground cover, including rock and wood chips, may be used around all plantings and in all plant beds. Large areas of wood mulch or inorganic ground cover that do not contain plantings are not permitted except when used around a site amenity. Synthetic turf is prohibited except in limited applications deemed acceptable by the Director.
B.
Irrigation.
1. 1.
  Water Use Zones. All new, preserved, or retained landscaped areas shall be divided into water use zones, as follows:
  1. a.
    The high water use zone (requiring one and one-half inches or more of water or more per week in the peak season) shall not exceed 10 percent of the total landscaped area. An automatic irrigation system shall be installed for all required landscape areas.
  2. b.
    The moderate water use zone (requiring up to 15 inches of supplemental water during the growing season) shall not exceed 15 percent of the total landscaped area.
  3. c.
    The low water use zone (requiring approximately up to five inches of supplemental water during the growing season) comprised of drought-tolerant or xeriscape plant materials which may be used up to 100 percent of the landscaped area.
2. 2.
  Limited Water Use. The irrigation system shall be designed to provide only the water required to sustain the plants and vegetation.
3. 3.
  Specifications.
  1. a.
    A rain and/or moisture sensor and shut-off equipment shall be required on automatic irrigation systems.
  2. b.
    Non-potable or reclaimed water shall be used in an irrigation system when available.
  3. c.
    Backflow prevention devices shall be either a pressure vacuum breaker or reduced pressure assembly and shall be installed a minimum of 12 inches above the highest sprinkler head.
  4. d.
    Irrigation controllers shall have programming capabilities and an emergency back-up power supply.
  5. e.
    Pressure lines and wiring shall be installed at a minimum depth of 18 inches.
  6. f.
    Lateral lines shall have a minimum cover of 12 inches.
  7. g.
    Turf areas shall be irrigated efficiently and precisely by using the types of heads and proper spacing.
  8. h.
    The system shall be zoned to allow for efficient watering of turf areas with different slopes, orientations, and exposure.
  9. i.
    Trees and shrub beds shall be watered by drip or bubbler irrigation zoned separately from turf areas.
  10. j.
    Flower and ground cover areas may be watered by spray heads or a combination of drip, bubbler, and microjet applications.
  11. k.
    The use of spray heads to irrigate shrub beds is prohibited except where a substantial majority of the bed is planted with ground cover.
  12. l.
    Watering times shall be adjusted seasonally.
  13. m.
    Leaks and broken heads shall be repaired promptly.
C.
Maintenance.
1. 1.
  Responsibility. The owner(s) of any property within the city shall be responsible for the proper maintenance of the landscaping and the irrigation systems on their property and on that portion of the public right of way between the curb line and the adjoining property line in which landscaping has been placed. The landscaping in public rights-of-way shall be maintained to meet the standards of this Subsection, except for those areas designated as natural areas or as vacant land.
2. 2.
  Standards.
  1. a.
    All landscaping is expected to be maintained in a healthy living condition.
  2. b.
    The city shall have the right to cause the removal of any dead tree on private property when such trees constitute a hazard to life or property. In the event that a dead tree is not removed by the property owner, then the Director may cause notice to be given requiring removal of the dead tree within 30 days after the date of notice.
  3. c.
    Rock, mulch, and ground cover areas shall be kept free of weeds.
  4. d.
    Trees and shrubs shall not overhang or encroach upon walkways, drives, parking areas, or traffic signs to the extent that they interfere with their intended use.
  5. e.
    Maintenance of landscaping shall be conducted to protect against negative impacts on the quality of stormwater runoff. Application, storage, and disposal of fertilizers, herbicides, and pesticides shall be in conformance with manufacturer recommendations and product label directions. Excess or waste products and containers for fertilizers, herbicides, and pesticides shall be disposed of through a licensed waste management firm or a permitted treatment, storage, and disposal facility in conformance with applicable federal and state regulations. Cuttings resulting from mowing operations shall be collected and removed.
D.
Street Trees.
1. 1.
  Installation. The subdivider or developer shall install street trees according to a plan approved as a part of Site Plan or Master Development Plan approval.
2. 2.
  Location and Spacing.
  1. a.
    Where street trees exist, to the maximum extent practicable, sidewalks, street lights and utilities shall be located to preserve the trees.
  2. b.
    Where street trees are provided, they shall be carefully positioned so as to account for sidewalk and street light locations, utility locations, and, if not constructed simultaneously with the construction of the public or private street, future driveways and sight triangles.
  3. c.
    Street trees shall not be planted within:
    1.
    20 feet of street lights and utility poles;
    2.
    10 feet of an alley or vehicular entrance; or
    3.
    10 feet of existing walls, fences, signs (except in the DNR, DTA, DMS and DMU districts), driveways, or fire hydrants.
  4. d.
    Street trees shall be spaced at intervals considering the canopy size and height of the tree at maturity. Generally, this means that there should be a minimum spacing of 20 feet for ornamental, 30 feet for coniferous (evergreen), and 40 feet or more for large deciduous trees at maturity.
  5. e.
    When planted, street trees should be provided the greatest amount of growing area possible, without conflict with utilities and paved surfaces.
3. 3.
  Minimum Open Soil Surface.
  1. a.
    No street tree shall be planted unless it has a minimum of five feet in width by five feet in length of open, unobstructed soil surface area. Tree grates above open soil surface areas may be proposed and permitted where applicable.
4. 4.
  Types of Trees Permitted.
  1. a.
    Trees shall be selected from those in APPENDIX A, Preferred Plantings. An applicant seeking street tree plan approval may propose other species provided the selection is native and urban-tolerant.
  2. b.
    Evergreen trees shall only be allowed in rights-of-way when planted on the north side of a street or in situations where wintertime shadows will not result in icy patches on public rights-of-way.
  3. c.
    When street trees are proposed to be planted beneath or within five feet of overhead power lines or utilities, only ornamental trees may be planted.
E.
Reserved.
F.
Plants Prohibited Near Sidewalks, Streets, and Drainage Facilities. Plants selected shall not by their growth habits obstruct, restrict, or conflict with the safe use of any roadway, sidewalk, alley, or conveyance.
1. 1.
  Trees. Willow (Salix) trees, cottonwood, and fruiting trees shall not be planted such that their canopy at mature size extend into a public right-of-way. This restriction is due to the safety hazard created by fruit and twigs dropping onto the streets and sidewalks.
2. 2.
  Shrubs and Other Plant Material. Plants that have thorns, spines, or prickles shall not be planted in public rights-of-way, or be placed closer than 24 inches, measured horizontally, from walks and other pedestrian areas.
3. 3.
  Grasses. No more than 25 percent of multi-family and non-residential landscape areas shall be planted in bluegrass. Bluegrass shall be limited to the pedestrian traffic areas of both multi-family and non-residential sites. Any additional turf shall be of varieties with lower water requirements.
4. 4.
  Prohibited Species. The planting of Chinese and Siberian Elms is prohibited. Such elms tend to be prone to disease, weak branches, suckering, and the uncontrollable spread of seeds. American elms are excluded from the prohibition. Cotton-bearing cottonwoods (female Populus species), Russian Olive, and box elders are prohibited due to the uncontrollable spread of seeds.
5. 5.
  Public and Private Open Space, Detention Areas, and Drainage Facilities.
  1. a.
    Public and private open space, stormwater conveyance and detention areas that are not designated as natural areas, shall be designed in such a way that they complement buildings on the property and adjacent areas and subject to requirements of the city's Storm Drainage and Technical Criteria Manual (latest edition).
  2. b.
    Designated wetlands on public and private property shall be maintained in their natural state and may be credited, in kind, to a portion of the open space or public land dedication.
  3. c.
    An overall grading plan shall be submitted for review and approval by the Director of Public Works prior to the construction or landscaping of any public and private open space, stormwater detention areas or drainage channels.
  4. d.
    Slopes shall not exceed 3:1, except upon approval by the Director of Public Works, which may be granted in such instances where the natural topography is to be retained.
  5. e.
    The following types and quantities of landscaping materials and other improvements shall be required within any public and private open space or stormwater detention areas that do not inhibit their intended function, except in natural areas or wetlands:
    1.
    All types of trees, shrubs, grass, or other ground cover require a variety or blend of varieties as listed in APPENDIX A, Preferred Plantings.
    2.
    Natural and/or structural landscaping features of type, sizes, quantities, and locations.
    3.
    In instances where public and private open space, stormwater detention areas, or drainage channels are located within a 100-year floodplain, landscaping material quantities may be adjusted by the Director, Floodplain Administrator, or after referral comments are received from the Mile High Flood District.
    4.
    Placement of floatable or erodible landscape materials shall not be permitted in drainage channels, stormwater detention areas, or 100-year floodplain areas.
G.
Reserved.
H.
Parking Lot Landscaping.
1. 1.
  Trees in Landscape Islands.
  1. a.
    Each tree shall be planted with a surface area of at least 120 square feet and a soil volume of at least 360 cubic feet to provide for adequate resources of air and water.
  2. b.
    Tree plantings shall be protected from automobiles with curbing or other approved devices.
  3. c.
    Trees shall be planted a minimum of three feet behind any curb where landscaped areas are located adjacent to vehicle overhangs.
  4. d.
    Tree planting areas shall be well-drained and be suitable for the plant materials they contain.
  5. e.
    Green infrastructure (rain gardens, bio-swales, etc.) are the preferred method of reducing irrigation needs in landscape islands. Automatic irrigation systems shall be installed using drip emitters, bubbler heads, or a sub-surface low-volume drip systems.

Figure 10-1-3.6.D

Trees in Landscape Islands

Figure 10-1-3.6.D

Trees in Landscape Islands

Figure 10-1-3.6.D

Trees in Landscape Islands

Figure 10-1-3.6.D

Trees in Landscape Islands

I.
Screening.
1. 1.
  Generally. Parking lots shall be screened from the street to a minimum height of 30" using evergreen landscaping, retaining walls, screening walls, earthen berms with a slope no greater than 3:1, planted, 4:1 turf, or a combination of methods provided each achieves an equivalent or greater screening effect.
2. 2.
  Width. The minimum width of a landscape strip shall be no less than five feet without turf or six feet with turf.
3. 3.
  Natural Vegetation. The Director may require or authorize the retention of existing natural vegetation in lieu of a required landscape border if an equivalent screening effect can be provided.
4. 4.
  Waiver. The Director may waive the parking lot screening requirement when the grade of the parking lot is three feet or more below the adjacent street grade.
5. 5.
  Uses. The following uses are authorized within landscape screening borders:
  1. a.
    Low impact development improvements;
  2. b.
    Fire hydrants;
  3. c.
    A monument sign;
  4. d.
    Retaining walls, and walls or fences used for screening or aesthetic effect;
  5. e.
    Driveways and sidewalks; and
  6. f.
    Utilities and easements.
6. 6.
  Utility Easement Planting Standards.
  1. a.
    Where an existing or proposed utility easement abuts and runs parallel to the right-of-way in the same location as a required landscape border, the border shall be relocated interior to the utility easement; provided, however, the Director and the utility provider may authorize part of the landscape border within the utility easement only if the utility easement owner authorizes in writing the planting of trees and shrubs within the utility easement. The planting of trees and shrubs within the utility easement, if authorized by the Director and the utility provider, shall be in accordance with the requirements made by the utility provider. The owner of the landscape border shall be responsible for all damage to utility facilities.
  2. b.
    Planting of vegetation with roots that typically extend deeper than 18 inches is prohibited over underground facilities. Planting that impedes access to pad-mounted and underground equipment is prohibited.
J.
Constrained Sites. On sites where there are physical constraints that inhibit meeting the minimum landscape requirements of this Subsection due to site-specific conditions, the Director may authorize an adjustment as set out in Section 10-9-9.1, Administrative Adjustment.

(Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Subsec. 10-1-3.6.E Tree Canopy Coverage Requirements

Applicability. The standards of this Subsection apply to the MFR, NC, CM, and BC districts.

Minimum Standards. The tree canopy coverage requirements for the applicable districts are set out in Table 10-1-3.6.E, Canopy Coverage Requirements.

Table 10-1-3.6.E Canopy Coverage Requirements
Zoning District	Minimum Tree Canopy Coverage
MFR, Multi-Family Residential	20%
NC, Neighborhood Commercial	15%
CM, Corridor Mixed	15%
BC, Business Commercial	10%
Table Notes: 1. The minimum canopy coverage requirements are based on gross lot area.

Table 10-1-3.6.E Canopy Coverage Requirements
Zoning District	Minimum Tree Canopy Coverage
MFR, Multi-Family Residential	20%
NC, Neighborhood Commercial	15%
CM, Corridor Mixed	15%
BC, Business Commercial	10%
Table Notes: 1. The minimum canopy coverage requirements are based on gross lot area.

Table 10-1-3.6.E Canopy Coverage Requirements
Zoning District	Minimum Tree Canopy Coverage
MFR, Multi-Family Residential	20%
NC, Neighborhood Commercial	15%
CM, Corridor Mixed	15%
BC, Business Commercial	10%
Table Notes: 1. The minimum canopy coverage requirements are based on gross lot area.

Table 10-1-3.6.E Canopy Coverage Requirements
Zoning District	Minimum Tree Canopy Coverage
MFR, Multi-Family Residential	20%
NC, Neighborhood Commercial	15%
CM, Corridor Mixed	15%
BC, Business Commercial	10%
Table Notes: 1. The minimum canopy coverage requirements are based on gross lot area.

C.
Reserved.
D.
Determining Coverage. Tree canopy coverage includes all areas on a lot that are within the critical root zone of existing trees and the dripline of newly planted trees at a maturity of 20 years, as displayed in Figure 10-1-3.6.E, Tree Canopy Measurements.

Figure 10-1-3.6.E

Tree Canopy Measurements

Figure 10-1-3.6.E

Tree Canopy Measurements

Figure 10-1-3.6.E

Tree Canopy Measurements

Figure 10-1-3.6.E

Tree Canopy Measurements

E.
Exemption.
1. 2.
  Generally. An applicant may request an exemption from the requirements of this Subsection if the Director finds that the application meets the following standards:
  1. a.
    Topography, lot limitations, or other lot conditions are such that compliance with the requirements is impossible or impractical;
  2. b.
    The tree canopy coverage requirement cannot reasonably be met because of a lack of rooting space or soil volume to accommodate healthy tree growth;
  3. c.
    The planting of additional trees will require removal of existing pavement used to meet other Code requirements; and
  4. d.
    The exemption is the minimum necessary to meet these criteria.
2. 3.
  Explanation and Justification. An exemption request shall be accompanied by sufficient written, graphic, and/or photographic explanation and a statement of justification to enable an evaluation and decision regarding the request.
3. 4.
  Approval. An exemption request shall be approved by the Director.

(Ord. 09, Series of 2023; Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Subsec. 10-1-3.6.F Bufferyard Requirements

Applicability. This Subsection applies to all districts except DNR, DTA, DMU and DMS, which are subject to the standards in Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards.

Bufferyard Types.

1.
Types. There are three types of bufferyards, each of which varies in width and the numbers and types of plants required per 100 linear feet, or portion thereof. The minimum planting requirements for each type of bufferyard are set out in Table 10-1-3.6.F.1, District Bufferyard Types. The bufferyard types and their required plantings are illustrated in Figure 10-1-3.6.F.1, District Bufferyard Illustrations.

Table 10-1-3.6.F.1 District Bufferyard Types
Type	Bufferyard Width		Required Plantings per 100 Linear Feet
	No Fence	Fence¹	Large Deciduous		Coniferous (Evergreen)		Ornamental	Shrubs (Evergreen and Deciduous)
	No Fence	Fence¹	No Fence	Fence	No Fence	Fence	Ornamental	No Fence	Fence
A	10'	7.5'	2	1	3	1	2	10	0
B	15'	10'	2	1	3	2	4	15	0
C	25'	15'	3	2	3	2	5	25	0
1. Privacy fence shall be opaque and six feet tall.

Table 10-1-3.6.F.1 District Bufferyard Types
Type	Bufferyard Width		Required Plantings per 100 Linear Feet
	No Fence	Fence¹	Large Deciduous		Coniferous (Evergreen)		Ornamental	Shrubs (Evergreen and Deciduous)
	No Fence	Fence¹	No Fence	Fence	No Fence	Fence	Ornamental	No Fence	Fence
A	10'	7.5'	2	1	3	1	2	10	0
B	15'	10'	2	1	3	2	4	15	0
C	25'	15'	3	2	3	2	5	25	0
1. Privacy fence shall be opaque and six feet tall.

Table 10-1-3.6.F.1 District Bufferyard Types
Type	Bufferyard Width		Required Plantings per 100 Linear Feet
	No Fence	Fence¹	Large Deciduous		Coniferous (Evergreen)		Ornamental	Shrubs (Evergreen and Deciduous)
	No Fence	Fence¹	No Fence	Fence	No Fence	Fence	Ornamental	No Fence	Fence
A	10'	7.5'	2	1	3	1	2	10	0
B	15'	10'	2	1	3	2	4	15	0
C	25'	15'	3	2	3	2	5	25	0
1. Privacy fence shall be opaque and six feet tall.

Table 10-1-3.6.F.1 District Bufferyard Types
Type	Bufferyard Width		Required Plantings per 100 Linear Feet
	No Fence	Fence¹	Large Deciduous		Coniferous (Evergreen)		Ornamental	Shrubs (Evergreen and Deciduous)
	No Fence	Fence¹	No Fence	Fence	No Fence	Fence	Ornamental	No Fence	Fence
A	10'	7.5'	2	1	3	1	2	10	0
B	15'	10'	2	1	3	2	4	15	0
C	25'	15'	3	2	3	2	5	25	0
1. Privacy fence shall be opaque and six feet tall.

Figure 10-1-3.6.F.1 District Bufferyard Illustrations
Bufferyard Type	No Fence	Fence
A
B
C

Figure 10-1-3.6.F.1 District Bufferyard Illustrations
Bufferyard Type	No Fence	Fence
A
B
C

Figure 10-1-3.6.F.1 District Bufferyard Illustrations
Bufferyard Type	No Fence	Fence
A
B
C

Figure 10-1-3.6.F.1 District Bufferyard Illustrations
Bufferyard Type	No Fence	Fence
A
B
C

1. 2.
  Locations. Bufferyards shall be established on individual lots or parcels, unless a property owners', condominium, or homeowners' association is established, in which case bufferyards may be within common open space. Lots separated by public street right-of-way are not considered adjoining.
  1. a.
    Between Zoning Districts. As shown in Table 10-1-3.6.F.2, District Bufferyard Requirements, the bufferyard type is determined by the intensities of adjoining districts.
  2. b.
    Double Frontage Lots. Double frontage lots shall provide a Type B bufferyard and corner lots which are adjacent to a double frontage lot shall provide a Type B bufferyard along the rear or corner side lot line.
  3. c.
    Mixed-Use Development. The required bufferyards for a mixed-use development shall be included in the adopted Master Development Plan.
  4. d.
    Along a Watercourse, Park, or Greenway. No bufferyard is required for that portion of a parcel proposed for development that adjoins a permanent resource feature, such as a water body, river or stream, natural drainage channel, wetland or riparian area, wooded area, or a public park, except as necessary to meet Article 10-7-1, Floodplain Regulations, and Article 10-7-2, Floodway Regulations.

Table 10-1-3.6.F.2 District Bufferyard Requirements
Zoning of Proposed Development	Zoning of Adjoining Lots
Zoning of Proposed Development	DNR, DTA, DMS, DMU	ACR, LLR	MLR, SLR	MFR	NC	CM	BC	IP
DNR, DTA, DMS, DMU	See Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards
ACR, LLR	See Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards		--	B	A	B	B	C
MLR, SLR		--		B	A	B	B	C
MFR		B	B		B	A	A	B
NC		A	A	B		A	B	B
CM		B	B	A	A		B	B
BC		B	B	A	B	B		B
IP		C	C	B	B	B	B

Table 10-1-3.6.F.2 District Bufferyard Requirements
Zoning of Proposed Development	Zoning of Adjoining Lots
Zoning of Proposed Development	DNR, DTA, DMS, DMU	ACR, LLR	MLR, SLR	MFR	NC	CM	BC	IP
DNR, DTA, DMS, DMU	See Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards
ACR, LLR	See Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards		--	B	A	B	B	C
MLR, SLR		--		B	A	B	B	C
MFR		B	B		B	A	A	B
NC		A	A	B		A	B	B
CM		B	B	A	A		B	B
BC		B	B	A	B	B		B
IP		C	C	B	B	B	B

Table 10-1-3.6.F.2 District Bufferyard Requirements
Zoning of Proposed Development	Zoning of Adjoining Lots
Zoning of Proposed Development	DNR, DTA, DMS, DMU	ACR, LLR	MLR, SLR	MFR	NC	CM	BC	IP
DNR, DTA, DMS, DMU	See Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards
ACR, LLR	See Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards		--	B	A	B	B	C
MLR, SLR		--		B	A	B	B	C
MFR		B	B		B	A	A	B
NC		A	A	B		A	B	B
CM		B	B	A	A		B	B
BC		B	B	A	B	B		B
IP		C	C	B	B	B	B

Table 10-1-3.6.F.2 District Bufferyard Requirements
Zoning of Proposed Development	Zoning of Adjoining Lots
Zoning of Proposed Development	DNR, DTA, DMS, DMU	ACR, LLR	MLR, SLR	MFR	NC	CM	BC	IP
DNR, DTA, DMS, DMU	See Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards
ACR, LLR	See Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards		--	B	A	B	B	C
MLR, SLR		--		B	A	B	B	C
MFR		B	B		B	A	A	B
NC		A	A	B		A	B	B
CM		B	B	A	A		B	B
BC		B	B	A	B	B		B
IP		C	C	B	B	B	B

1. 3.
  Constrained Sites.
  1. a.
    Generally. A constrained site as it relates to bufferyards is a site in which the bufferyard standards outlined in Table 10-1-3.6.F-1, District Bufferyard Types, would:
    1.
    Cause the common open space ratio of the lot proposed for development to exceed 150 percent of the applicable requirement of this Code (for example, if a lot has a 20 percent common open space ratio and the required bufferyards effectively mandate a 30 percent common open space ratio);
    2.
    Result in more than 20 percent of the lot being used for bufferyards; or
    3.
    Prevent practical development of the lot proposed for development by creating a building envelope that will not accommodate parking modules or practical building designs.
  2. b.
    Reductions Permitted. Bufferyard widths may be reduced on a constrained site in the following order of priority:
    1.
    Type A bufferyards may be reduced from 10' to 8' (no fence) or from 7.5' to 5' (fence) in width, provided that one additional tree of each type is planted for each 100 linear feet. Trees shall be planted so they have a four-foot radius of permeable soil at their base.
    2.
    Type B bufferyards may be reduced from 15' to 12' (no fence) or from 10' to 8' (fence) in width, provided that two additional trees of each type are planted for each 100 linear feet.
    3.
    Type C bufferyards may be reduced from 25' to 20' (no fence) or from 15' to 12' (fence) in width, provided they include all the plantings required as set out in Table 10-1-3.6.F-1, District Bufferyard Types.
2. 4.
  Exemptions. Bufferyards are not required when the district for which a parcel proposed for development, redevelopment, or substantial improvement is separated from the adjacent district by a natural area that meets or exceeds the level of screening required by the applicable bufferyard.
3. 5.
  Adjoining Development.
  1. a.
    Existing Residential Development without a Bufferyard. When adjoining existing residential development, new residential development shall provide the bufferyard and plantings if:
    1.
    The average lot area of the parcel proposed for development is 85 percent or less than the average lot area of the adjoining developed lot;
    2.
    The building heights of the new development are greater than eight feet taller than the building heights of the adjoining developed lot; or
    3.
    The housing type that is located on the lot(s) that adjoins existing development is of density that is 20 percent greater than the housing type of the adjoining developed lot.
  2. b.
    Existing Non-Residential, Mixed-Use, and Public/Institutional Development without a Bufferyard. Where an adjoining developed lot does not have the required bufferyard, the parcel proposed for development shall provide the required bufferyard and its plantings.
  3. c.
    Zone Change. If a change of zoning is requested from a less intensive to a more intensive district, the required bufferyard shall be provided for the new district, as applicable.
  4. d.
    Shared Responsibility. The owners of adjoining lots may agree in writing, on a form approved by the City Attorney, to transfer or share the responsibility for installation of a required bufferyard.
4. 6.
  Credit for Existing Buffering.
  1. a.
    Existing large or ornamental deciduous trees, coniferous (evergreen) trees, and deciduous or evergreen shrubs that meet the required bufferyard plantings, in whole or in part, may be counted, provided the trees and shrubs are in good health, as determined by the Director.
  2. b.
    Credit will be given for existing trees that are located within bufferyards according to Sec. 10-1-3.6.D, Landscape Requirements.
5. 7.
  Encroachments. No structure, parking lot, or loading area is permitted within a required bufferyard.
6. 8.
  Warranted Exceptions to Bufferyard Requirements. Infill development of an existing lot may substitute a privacy fence or wall for the required bufferyard if the Director deems the bufferyard would create an unnecessary hardship.

(Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Subsec. 10-1-3.6.G Landscape Plan

Alternative Landscape Plan.

1.
Application. The requirements of this Subsection set minimum standards for quality development and environmental protection. Site conditions or other reasons may justify the need to request an alternate method of compliance. Alternative landscape plans may be considered because:
1. a.
  Strict application of the landscaping requirements would be unreasonable given existing site conditions, which could include water features, topography, lot configurations, or unusual site conditions;
2. b.
  The applicant envisions a more creative means to meet the spirit and intent of this Section; or
3. c.
  A comprehensive landscaping plan involving several properties is proposed.
2.
Plan Submission. The applicant shall submit an alternative landscape plan indicating proposed landscaping, which includes a list of landscaping requirements not met, a description of the alternatives proposed, and a written explanation of how the proposed plan fulfills the spirit and intent of the landscape requirements. The alternative landscape plan shall be submitted to and reviewed by the Director. In order to approve an alternative landscape plan, the Director shall find that:
1. a.
  The proposed alternative will, upon maturity, provide landscaping that is equal to or better than the standard requirements; and
2. b.
  The proposed alternative is reasonably compatible with the natural and topographic features of the site.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.7.A Parking and Loading

Applicability.

1.
Minimum Parking Spaces. The construction of any structure and the use or occupancy of a structure or land requires the minimum parking requirements for automobiles as required by this Subsection.
2.
Maximum Parking Spaces in Downtown. The maximum number of off-street surface parking spaces that may be provided in the DTA, DMU, and DMS districts shall be no more than 125 percent of the minimum parking requirements.
3.
Change of Use. Any area once designated as required off-street parking shall not be changed to any other use until equal parking facilities are provided and the approved Site Plan or Master Development Plan is amended to illustrate the change.
4.
Adaptive Reuse. Refer to Section 10-9-5.8, Adaptive Reuse Plan.
5.
Transit Shed. The number of required parking spaces is reduced within defined transit sheds.

Computations. This Subsection sets out the number of parking spaces required for each land use, which is based on one or more variables.

1.
Variables. The variables for calculating required parking include:
1. a.
  Net Floor Area. The number of parking spaces is calculated based on the net floor area devoted to the use.
2. b.
  Per Dwelling Unit (DU) or Bedroom (BR). The number of parking spaces is calculated based on the number of dwelling units in principal and accessory structures, as applicable, or on the number of bedrooms in a dwelling unit, as designated in Table 10-1-3.7.A.1, Required Off-Street Parking.
3. c.
  Per Bed. The number of parking spaces is based on the number of beds in a facility, which applies to uses that offer residential care or overnight accommodations.
4. d.
  Per Employee. The number of parking spaces is based on the number of full-time and part-time-equivalent employees on the largest work shift plus a number of parking spaces equal to 50% of the number of employees on said shift.
5. e.
  Per Seat / Per Seat Design Capacity. The number of parking spaces is based on the number of seats provided to guests (patrons, members, etc.) or is based on the maximum seating capacity of the use as determined by applicable building and fire codes.
6. f.
  Per Person Design Capacity. The number of parking spaces is based on the maximum number of occupants pursuant to the applicable fire code.
7. g.
  Others. Other variables are measured according to their common meanings.
2.
Rounding. When the calculation of required parking spaces results in a fractional parking space, the result is rounded up to the nearest whole number.

Required Parking.

1.
Generally. All development shall provide sufficient parking as set out in this Subsection.
2.
Location.
1. a.
  On- or Off-Site. Required off-street parking shall be located on the same lot as the principal use, or on a lot contiguous or within a distance otherwise specified in this Subsection.
2. b.
  Relative to Frontage and Building Types. The location of parking on a lot or within a multi-tenant or mixed-use center shall be in accordance with the frontage type, as specified in Section 10-3-3.2, CMU Standards of Design.
3.
Off-Street Parking Spaces Required.
1. a.
  Requirements by Use. The number of off-street parking spaces shall be provided as listed by use in Table 10-1-3.7.A.1, Required Off-Street Parking. However, no off-street parking shall be required for new residential development, including adaptive reuse for residential use, or for mixed use development in which at least fifty percent (50%) of the gross floor area of the development is in residential use, within those areas designated and identified in the map maintained by the Colorado Department of Local Affairs as an “Applicable Transit Service Area."
2. b.
  Unlisted Uses. The parking requirements for unlisted uses shall be determined as set out in Section 10-1-2.1, Unlisted and Functionally Similar Uses.
3. c.
  Transit Sheds. The parking requirements for development adjacent or in near proximity to fixed public transit improvements are as follows:
  1. 1.
    Bus Routes. Any portion of a lot that is within 1,320 feet of an operating transit stop may reduce the required number of parking spaces by 15 percent, provided no other parking reductions are granted through other provisions of this Code.
4.
Accessible Parking Spaces.
1. a.
  Required. Parking spaces that are accessible to disabled persons ("accessible parking spaces") shall be provided as required by federal regulations and will be counted toward the total number of spaces required by this Subsection, after any applicable reductions pursuant to the shared parking outlined in paragraph D, below.
2. b.
  Residential Uses. For all covered residential uses, accessible parking requirements shall follow the standards set forth in the Fair Housing Amendments Act.
3. c.
  Non-Residential and Mixed-Uses. For all non-residential and mixed-uses, accessible parking requirements shall follow the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).

Table 10-1-3.7.A.1 Required Off-Street Parking
Category	Specific Use	Minimum³	Maximum
Agriculture and Animal-Oriented Uses
Agriculture-Oriented Uses	Community Garden	1 / 5 garden lots	1 / 3.5 garden plots
	Plant Nursery, Greenhouse, and Landscaping Business	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Agriculture-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--
Animal-Oriented Uses	Kennel, Indoor	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (with overnight stays)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (without overnight stays)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Animal-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--
Residential Uses
Household Living	Cottage Court Community	0.75 / DU	1 / DU
	Dwelling, Multi-Family (Apartment)	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 2 / three BR	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR
	Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex / Twin Home	2 / DU	3 / DU
	Dwelling, Single-Family Duplex / Twin Home Conversion	2 / DU	3 / DU
	Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	2 / DU	N/A
	Live-Work	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Manufactured Home Park	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Mixed-Use Building	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 2 / three BR	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR
	Multiplex	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Slot Home	N/A	N/A
	Tiny Home Community	0.75 / DU	1.25 / DU
	Townhome	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR	2 / studio BR 2.5 / single and two BR 3 / three BR
Group Living	Foster Family Care Home	Same as principal use
	Group Home	1 / 2 beds + 1 / employee	1 / 2 beds + 1 / employee
	Independent Living Facility	0.75 / studio BR 1 / single and two BR 1.5 / three BR	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 1.75 / three BR
	Nursing Home/Congregate Housing	1 / 8 beds	1 / 5 beds
Residential Accessory Uses	Accessory Dwelling Unit¹	None Required²	1 / unit
	- Attached
	- Detached
	Beekeeping	Same as principal use
	Chickens	Same as principal use
	Cottage Food Operation	Same as principal use
	Family Child Care Home	+1 / unit	+2 / unit
	Home Occupation	Same as principal use
	Pigeon Keeping	Same as principal use
	Primary Short-Term Rental	1 / rental unit	2 / rental unit
Commercial and Office Uses
Entertainment, Indoor	Adult Entertainment	1 / 300 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Bar, Brew Pub, or Tavern	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Brewery, Distillery, and Winery	1 / 300 SF tasting room + 1 / employee	1 / 50 SF tasting room + 1 / employee
	Convention Center	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Gymnastic, Dance Studio, or Martial Arts Facility	1 / 300 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Health and Fitness Club	1 / 400 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 100 SF + 1 / employee
	Movie or Other Theater	1 / 250 SF	1 / 100 SF
	Indoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
Entertainment, Outdoor	Amphitheater	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2.5 seats
	Ballfield or Stadium	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2.5 seats
	Campground	1 / camping site	2 / camping site
	Farmers Market	1 / 500 SF of public area	1 / 250 SF of public area
	Outdoor Entertainment (other than listed)	Greater of 1 / 6 seats or 1 / 50 SF	Greater of 1 / 4 seats or 1 / 30 SF
Office	Bank or Credit Union (with or without drive-through)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Office Uses (greater than 8,000 SF of GFA)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 175 SF
	Office Uses (less than 7,999 SF of GFA)	1 / 350 SF	1 / 300 SF
	Office Uses (Other than listed)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Studio, Commercial	1 / 400 SF	1 / 350 SF
Overnight Accommodations	Hotel or Motel	0.8 per room + 1 / 800 SF of public meeting and restaurant area	1.5 per room + 1 / 650 SF of public meeting and restaurant area
Overnight Accommodations	Overnight Accommodations (other than listed)	0.75 / room + 1 per 150 SF of meeting and restaurant area	1 / room + 1 per 100 SF of meeting and restaurant area
Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Services	Drug Store (with or without drive-through)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Dry Cleaning, Commercial Operations (without or without drive-through)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Dry Cleaning Store or Laundromat	1 / 250 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Food Market	1 / 200 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Grocery Store	1 / 400 SF	1 / 100 SF
	Home Furnishings (Appliances and Electronics)	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Home Improvement Center (with garden center)	1 / 350 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Liquor Store	1 / 350 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Lumber Yard	1 / 1,750 SF	1 / 1,250 SF
	Repair-Oriented Uses (excluding vehicles)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Shopping Center	1 / 250 SF	1 / 125 SF
	Retail Repair, Sales, and Service (other than listed)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
Restaurant	Restaurant, Drive-in, or Drive-Through	1 / 250 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Coffee/Tea Shop	1 / 200 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Restaurant Uses, Sit Down	1 / 100 SF	1 / 50 SF
Vehicle Sales and Service	Car Wash	1 / employee	2 / employee
	Equipment and Machinery Sales and Rental	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Fuel Sales, Retail	1 / 300 SF Retail	1 / 200 SF retail
	Vehicle Accessories and Parts	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Vehicle Sales, Rental and Leasing	1 / 300 SF of showroom + 1 / employee	1 / 250 SF of showroom + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Service, Major	1 / 250 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Services, Minor	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Sales and Service Uses (other than listed)	1 / 400 SF	1 / 200 SF
Special Uses	Recycling Collection Facility	1.25 / employee	2.5 / employee
Commercial Accessory Uses	Cafeteria, Providing Service to On-Site Employees	Same as principal use
	Drive-Through ATM Dispenser and Vending Kiosk	2 / dispenser/kiosk	3 / dispenser/kiosk
	Eating and Drinking Places (Outdoor Seating, Sidewalk Cafe and Sidewalk Display)	50 percent of the principal use
	Electric Vehicle Charging Station	2 / station
Public and Institutional Uses
Civic and Institutional	Adult Day Care	1 / 500 SF + 3 for drop-off / pick-up	1 / 350 SF + 5 for drop-off / pick-up
	Cemetery and Crematory	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Child Care Center or Pre-School	1 / 500 SF + 3 for drop-off / pick-up	1 / 125 SF + 5 for drop-off / pick-up
	Funeral Home and Services	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2 seats
	Private Elementary/ Secondary School	1.25 / employee	1.85 / employee
	Private College / University	0.20 / enrollment	0.60 / enrollment
	Public Assembly	1 / 100 SF	1 / 60 SF
	Trade or Vocational School	1 / 2 students + 1 / employee	1 / 1.5 students + 1 / employee
	Transit System Facility	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Civic and Institutional (other than listed)	Greater of 1 / 4 seats or 1 / 75 SF	greater of 1 / 2 seats or 1 / 50 SF
Medical Facilities	Ambulatory Surgical Care Facility	1 / 150 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Ambulatory or Outpatient Services	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Drug, Alcohol or Psychiatric Treatment Center (outpatient)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Hospital	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Medical Facilities (Other than listed)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 150 SF
Parking, Free Standing, Principal Use	Fleet Storage	--	--
	Parking Structure	--	--
	Parking Lot, Off-Site	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Major	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Minor	--	--
Industrial and Manufacturing Uses
Flex Industrial	Assembly of Prefabricated Parts	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Assembly or Fabrication for Sale On Premises	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,000 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,000 SF
	Data Center	1 / employee	2 / employee
	Distribution / Logistics	1 / 1,000 SF	1 / 750 SF
	Flex Industrial (other than listed)	1 / 800 SF	1 / 500 SF
	Micro-Manufacturing	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Parcel Service	1 / 500 SF	1 / 350 SF
	Printing and Publishing	1 / 1,000 SF	1 / 750 SF
	Research and Testing Laboratory	1 / 350 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Self-Service Storage	Lesser of 1 / 500 SF of office area or 1 / 25 storage units	Greater of 1 / 500 SF of office area or 1 / 25 storage units
	Wholesale Sales and Distribution	1 / 500 SF	1 / 400 SF
General Industrial	Assembly of Finished Goods	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Fabrication	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Indoor Storage	1 / 1,500 SF	1 / 1,000 SF
	Outdoor Storage	1 / 25,000 SF of land devoted to outside storage	1 / 15,000 SF of land devoted to outside storage
	Special Trade Contractor	1 / 1,500 SF	1 / 1,000 SF
	Warehousing	1 / 2,000 SF	1 / 500 SF
Table Notes: 1. Refer to Section 10-1-1.7, Accessory Dwelling Unit, for additional restrictions. 2. New off-street parking shall not be required for construction or conversion of an ADU, except that the city shall require off-street parking if: a. An existing driveway, garage, tandem parking space, or other off-street parking for ADU parking is not available, b. ADU is in a zone district that requires one or more parking spaces for the primary dwelling unit, and c. ADU is located on a block that prohibits on-street parking. 3. New residential development may be exempt from parking minimum requirements. See Section 10-1-3.7.A.C

Table 10-1-3.7.A.1 Required Off-Street Parking
Category	Specific Use	Minimum³	Maximum
Agriculture and Animal-Oriented Uses
Agriculture-Oriented Uses	Community Garden	1 / 5 garden lots	1 / 3.5 garden plots
	Plant Nursery, Greenhouse, and Landscaping Business	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Agriculture-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--
Animal-Oriented Uses	Kennel, Indoor	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (with overnight stays)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (without overnight stays)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Animal-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--
Residential Uses
Household Living	Cottage Court Community	0.75 / DU	1 / DU
	Dwelling, Multi-Family (Apartment)	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 2 / three BR	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR
	Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex / Twin Home	2 / DU	3 / DU
	Dwelling, Single-Family Duplex / Twin Home Conversion	2 / DU	3 / DU
	Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	2 / DU	N/A
	Live-Work	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Manufactured Home Park	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Mixed-Use Building	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 2 / three BR	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR
	Multiplex	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Slot Home	N/A	N/A
	Tiny Home Community	0.75 / DU	1.25 / DU
	Townhome	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR	2 / studio BR 2.5 / single and two BR 3 / three BR
Group Living	Foster Family Care Home	Same as principal use
	Group Home	1 / 2 beds + 1 / employee	1 / 2 beds + 1 / employee
	Independent Living Facility	0.75 / studio BR 1 / single and two BR 1.5 / three BR	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 1.75 / three BR
	Nursing Home/Congregate Housing	1 / 8 beds	1 / 5 beds
Residential Accessory Uses	Accessory Dwelling Unit¹	None Required²	1 / unit
	- Attached
	- Detached
	Beekeeping	Same as principal use
	Chickens	Same as principal use
	Cottage Food Operation	Same as principal use
	Family Child Care Home	+1 / unit	+2 / unit
	Home Occupation	Same as principal use
	Pigeon Keeping	Same as principal use
	Primary Short-Term Rental	1 / rental unit	2 / rental unit
Commercial and Office Uses
Entertainment, Indoor	Adult Entertainment	1 / 300 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Bar, Brew Pub, or Tavern	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Brewery, Distillery, and Winery	1 / 300 SF tasting room + 1 / employee	1 / 50 SF tasting room + 1 / employee
	Convention Center	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Gymnastic, Dance Studio, or Martial Arts Facility	1 / 300 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Health and Fitness Club	1 / 400 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 100 SF + 1 / employee
	Movie or Other Theater	1 / 250 SF	1 / 100 SF
	Indoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
Entertainment, Outdoor	Amphitheater	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2.5 seats
	Ballfield or Stadium	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2.5 seats
	Campground	1 / camping site	2 / camping site
	Farmers Market	1 / 500 SF of public area	1 / 250 SF of public area
	Outdoor Entertainment (other than listed)	Greater of 1 / 6 seats or 1 / 50 SF	Greater of 1 / 4 seats or 1 / 30 SF
Office	Bank or Credit Union (with or without drive-through)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Office Uses (greater than 8,000 SF of GFA)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 175 SF
	Office Uses (less than 7,999 SF of GFA)	1 / 350 SF	1 / 300 SF
	Office Uses (Other than listed)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Studio, Commercial	1 / 400 SF	1 / 350 SF
Overnight Accommodations	Hotel or Motel	0.8 per room + 1 / 800 SF of public meeting and restaurant area	1.5 per room + 1 / 650 SF of public meeting and restaurant area
Overnight Accommodations	Overnight Accommodations (other than listed)	0.75 / room + 1 per 150 SF of meeting and restaurant area	1 / room + 1 per 100 SF of meeting and restaurant area
Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Services	Drug Store (with or without drive-through)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Dry Cleaning, Commercial Operations (without or without drive-through)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Dry Cleaning Store or Laundromat	1 / 250 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Food Market	1 / 200 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Grocery Store	1 / 400 SF	1 / 100 SF
	Home Furnishings (Appliances and Electronics)	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Home Improvement Center (with garden center)	1 / 350 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Liquor Store	1 / 350 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Lumber Yard	1 / 1,750 SF	1 / 1,250 SF
	Repair-Oriented Uses (excluding vehicles)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Shopping Center	1 / 250 SF	1 / 125 SF
	Retail Repair, Sales, and Service (other than listed)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
Restaurant	Restaurant, Drive-in, or Drive-Through	1 / 250 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Coffee/Tea Shop	1 / 200 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Restaurant Uses, Sit Down	1 / 100 SF	1 / 50 SF
Vehicle Sales and Service	Car Wash	1 / employee	2 / employee
	Equipment and Machinery Sales and Rental	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Fuel Sales, Retail	1 / 300 SF Retail	1 / 200 SF retail
	Vehicle Accessories and Parts	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Vehicle Sales, Rental and Leasing	1 / 300 SF of showroom + 1 / employee	1 / 250 SF of showroom + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Service, Major	1 / 250 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Services, Minor	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Sales and Service Uses (other than listed)	1 / 400 SF	1 / 200 SF
Special Uses	Recycling Collection Facility	1.25 / employee	2.5 / employee
Commercial Accessory Uses	Cafeteria, Providing Service to On-Site Employees	Same as principal use
	Drive-Through ATM Dispenser and Vending Kiosk	2 / dispenser/kiosk	3 / dispenser/kiosk
	Eating and Drinking Places (Outdoor Seating, Sidewalk Cafe and Sidewalk Display)	50 percent of the principal use
	Electric Vehicle Charging Station	2 / station
Public and Institutional Uses
Civic and Institutional	Adult Day Care	1 / 500 SF + 3 for drop-off / pick-up	1 / 350 SF + 5 for drop-off / pick-up
	Cemetery and Crematory	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Child Care Center or Pre-School	1 / 500 SF + 3 for drop-off / pick-up	1 / 125 SF + 5 for drop-off / pick-up
	Funeral Home and Services	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2 seats
	Private Elementary/ Secondary School	1.25 / employee	1.85 / employee
	Private College / University	0.20 / enrollment	0.60 / enrollment
	Public Assembly	1 / 100 SF	1 / 60 SF
	Trade or Vocational School	1 / 2 students + 1 / employee	1 / 1.5 students + 1 / employee
	Transit System Facility	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Civic and Institutional (other than listed)	Greater of 1 / 4 seats or 1 / 75 SF	greater of 1 / 2 seats or 1 / 50 SF
Medical Facilities	Ambulatory Surgical Care Facility	1 / 150 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Ambulatory or Outpatient Services	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Drug, Alcohol or Psychiatric Treatment Center (outpatient)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Hospital	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Medical Facilities (Other than listed)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 150 SF
Parking, Free Standing, Principal Use	Fleet Storage	--	--
	Parking Structure	--	--
	Parking Lot, Off-Site	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Major	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Minor	--	--
Industrial and Manufacturing Uses
Flex Industrial	Assembly of Prefabricated Parts	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Assembly or Fabrication for Sale On Premises	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,000 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,000 SF
	Data Center	1 / employee	2 / employee
	Distribution / Logistics	1 / 1,000 SF	1 / 750 SF
	Flex Industrial (other than listed)	1 / 800 SF	1 / 500 SF
	Micro-Manufacturing	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Parcel Service	1 / 500 SF	1 / 350 SF
	Printing and Publishing	1 / 1,000 SF	1 / 750 SF
	Research and Testing Laboratory	1 / 350 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Self-Service Storage	Lesser of 1 / 500 SF of office area or 1 / 25 storage units	Greater of 1 / 500 SF of office area or 1 / 25 storage units
	Wholesale Sales and Distribution	1 / 500 SF	1 / 400 SF
General Industrial	Assembly of Finished Goods	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Fabrication	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Indoor Storage	1 / 1,500 SF	1 / 1,000 SF
	Outdoor Storage	1 / 25,000 SF of land devoted to outside storage	1 / 15,000 SF of land devoted to outside storage
	Special Trade Contractor	1 / 1,500 SF	1 / 1,000 SF
	Warehousing	1 / 2,000 SF	1 / 500 SF
Table Notes: 1. Refer to Section 10-1-1.7, Accessory Dwelling Unit, for additional restrictions. 2. New off-street parking shall not be required for construction or conversion of an ADU, except that the city shall require off-street parking if: a. An existing driveway, garage, tandem parking space, or other off-street parking for ADU parking is not available, b. ADU is in a zone district that requires one or more parking spaces for the primary dwelling unit, and c. ADU is located on a block that prohibits on-street parking. 3. New residential development may be exempt from parking minimum requirements. See Section 10-1-3.7.A.C

Table 10-1-3.7.A.1 Required Off-Street Parking
Category	Specific Use	Minimum³	Maximum
Agriculture and Animal-Oriented Uses
Agriculture-Oriented Uses	Community Garden	1 / 5 garden lots	1 / 3.5 garden plots
	Plant Nursery, Greenhouse, and Landscaping Business	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Agriculture-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--
Animal-Oriented Uses	Kennel, Indoor	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (with overnight stays)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (without overnight stays)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Animal-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--
Residential Uses
Household Living	Cottage Court Community	0.75 / DU	1 / DU
	Dwelling, Multi-Family (Apartment)	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 2 / three BR	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR
	Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex / Twin Home	2 / DU	3 / DU
	Dwelling, Single-Family Duplex / Twin Home Conversion	2 / DU	3 / DU
	Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	2 / DU	N/A
	Live-Work	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Manufactured Home Park	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Mixed-Use Building	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 2 / three BR	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR
	Multiplex	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Slot Home	N/A	N/A
	Tiny Home Community	0.75 / DU	1.25 / DU
	Townhome	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR	2 / studio BR 2.5 / single and two BR 3 / three BR
Group Living	Foster Family Care Home	Same as principal use
	Group Home	1 / 2 beds + 1 / employee	1 / 2 beds + 1 / employee
	Independent Living Facility	0.75 / studio BR 1 / single and two BR 1.5 / three BR	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 1.75 / three BR
	Nursing Home/Congregate Housing	1 / 8 beds	1 / 5 beds
Residential Accessory Uses	Accessory Dwelling Unit¹	None Required²	1 / unit
	- Attached
	- Detached
	Beekeeping	Same as principal use
	Chickens	Same as principal use
	Cottage Food Operation	Same as principal use
	Family Child Care Home	+1 / unit	+2 / unit
	Home Occupation	Same as principal use
	Pigeon Keeping	Same as principal use
	Primary Short-Term Rental	1 / rental unit	2 / rental unit
Commercial and Office Uses
Entertainment, Indoor	Adult Entertainment	1 / 300 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Bar, Brew Pub, or Tavern	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Brewery, Distillery, and Winery	1 / 300 SF tasting room + 1 / employee	1 / 50 SF tasting room + 1 / employee
	Convention Center	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Gymnastic, Dance Studio, or Martial Arts Facility	1 / 300 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Health and Fitness Club	1 / 400 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 100 SF + 1 / employee
	Movie or Other Theater	1 / 250 SF	1 / 100 SF
	Indoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
Entertainment, Outdoor	Amphitheater	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2.5 seats
	Ballfield or Stadium	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2.5 seats
	Campground	1 / camping site	2 / camping site
	Farmers Market	1 / 500 SF of public area	1 / 250 SF of public area
	Outdoor Entertainment (other than listed)	Greater of 1 / 6 seats or 1 / 50 SF	Greater of 1 / 4 seats or 1 / 30 SF
Office	Bank or Credit Union (with or without drive-through)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Office Uses (greater than 8,000 SF of GFA)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 175 SF
	Office Uses (less than 7,999 SF of GFA)	1 / 350 SF	1 / 300 SF
	Office Uses (Other than listed)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Studio, Commercial	1 / 400 SF	1 / 350 SF
Overnight Accommodations	Hotel or Motel	0.8 per room + 1 / 800 SF of public meeting and restaurant area	1.5 per room + 1 / 650 SF of public meeting and restaurant area
Overnight Accommodations	Overnight Accommodations (other than listed)	0.75 / room + 1 per 150 SF of meeting and restaurant area	1 / room + 1 per 100 SF of meeting and restaurant area
Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Services	Drug Store (with or without drive-through)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Dry Cleaning, Commercial Operations (without or without drive-through)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Dry Cleaning Store or Laundromat	1 / 250 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Food Market	1 / 200 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Grocery Store	1 / 400 SF	1 / 100 SF
	Home Furnishings (Appliances and Electronics)	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Home Improvement Center (with garden center)	1 / 350 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Liquor Store	1 / 350 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Lumber Yard	1 / 1,750 SF	1 / 1,250 SF
	Repair-Oriented Uses (excluding vehicles)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Shopping Center	1 / 250 SF	1 / 125 SF
	Retail Repair, Sales, and Service (other than listed)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
Restaurant	Restaurant, Drive-in, or Drive-Through	1 / 250 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Coffee/Tea Shop	1 / 200 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Restaurant Uses, Sit Down	1 / 100 SF	1 / 50 SF
Vehicle Sales and Service	Car Wash	1 / employee	2 / employee
	Equipment and Machinery Sales and Rental	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Fuel Sales, Retail	1 / 300 SF Retail	1 / 200 SF retail
	Vehicle Accessories and Parts	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Vehicle Sales, Rental and Leasing	1 / 300 SF of showroom + 1 / employee	1 / 250 SF of showroom + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Service, Major	1 / 250 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Services, Minor	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Sales and Service Uses (other than listed)	1 / 400 SF	1 / 200 SF
Special Uses	Recycling Collection Facility	1.25 / employee	2.5 / employee
Commercial Accessory Uses	Cafeteria, Providing Service to On-Site Employees	Same as principal use
	Drive-Through ATM Dispenser and Vending Kiosk	2 / dispenser/kiosk	3 / dispenser/kiosk
	Eating and Drinking Places (Outdoor Seating, Sidewalk Cafe and Sidewalk Display)	50 percent of the principal use
	Electric Vehicle Charging Station	2 / station
Public and Institutional Uses
Civic and Institutional	Adult Day Care	1 / 500 SF + 3 for drop-off / pick-up	1 / 350 SF + 5 for drop-off / pick-up
	Cemetery and Crematory	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Child Care Center or Pre-School	1 / 500 SF + 3 for drop-off / pick-up	1 / 125 SF + 5 for drop-off / pick-up
	Funeral Home and Services	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2 seats
	Private Elementary/ Secondary School	1.25 / employee	1.85 / employee
	Private College / University	0.20 / enrollment	0.60 / enrollment
	Public Assembly	1 / 100 SF	1 / 60 SF
	Trade or Vocational School	1 / 2 students + 1 / employee	1 / 1.5 students + 1 / employee
	Transit System Facility	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Civic and Institutional (other than listed)	Greater of 1 / 4 seats or 1 / 75 SF	greater of 1 / 2 seats or 1 / 50 SF
Medical Facilities	Ambulatory Surgical Care Facility	1 / 150 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Ambulatory or Outpatient Services	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Drug, Alcohol or Psychiatric Treatment Center (outpatient)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Hospital	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Medical Facilities (Other than listed)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 150 SF
Parking, Free Standing, Principal Use	Fleet Storage	--	--
	Parking Structure	--	--
	Parking Lot, Off-Site	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Major	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Minor	--	--
Industrial and Manufacturing Uses
Flex Industrial	Assembly of Prefabricated Parts	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Assembly or Fabrication for Sale On Premises	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,000 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,000 SF
	Data Center	1 / employee	2 / employee
	Distribution / Logistics	1 / 1,000 SF	1 / 750 SF
	Flex Industrial (other than listed)	1 / 800 SF	1 / 500 SF
	Micro-Manufacturing	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Parcel Service	1 / 500 SF	1 / 350 SF
	Printing and Publishing	1 / 1,000 SF	1 / 750 SF
	Research and Testing Laboratory	1 / 350 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Self-Service Storage	Lesser of 1 / 500 SF of office area or 1 / 25 storage units	Greater of 1 / 500 SF of office area or 1 / 25 storage units
	Wholesale Sales and Distribution	1 / 500 SF	1 / 400 SF
General Industrial	Assembly of Finished Goods	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Fabrication	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Indoor Storage	1 / 1,500 SF	1 / 1,000 SF
	Outdoor Storage	1 / 25,000 SF of land devoted to outside storage	1 / 15,000 SF of land devoted to outside storage
	Special Trade Contractor	1 / 1,500 SF	1 / 1,000 SF
	Warehousing	1 / 2,000 SF	1 / 500 SF
Table Notes: 1. Refer to Section 10-1-1.7, Accessory Dwelling Unit, for additional restrictions. 2. New off-street parking shall not be required for construction or conversion of an ADU, except that the city shall require off-street parking if: a. An existing driveway, garage, tandem parking space, or other off-street parking for ADU parking is not available, b. ADU is in a zone district that requires one or more parking spaces for the primary dwelling unit, and c. ADU is located on a block that prohibits on-street parking. 3. New residential development may be exempt from parking minimum requirements. See Section 10-1-3.7.A.C

Table 10-1-3.7.A.1 Required Off-Street Parking
Category	Specific Use	Minimum³	Maximum
Agriculture and Animal-Oriented Uses
Agriculture-Oriented Uses	Community Garden	1 / 5 garden lots	1 / 3.5 garden plots
	Plant Nursery, Greenhouse, and Landscaping Business	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Agriculture-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--
Animal-Oriented Uses	Kennel, Indoor	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (with overnight stays)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Veterinary Clinic or Hospital (without overnight stays)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 225 SF
	Animal-Oriented Uses (other than listed)	--	--
Residential Uses
Household Living	Cottage Court Community	0.75 / DU	1 / DU
	Dwelling, Multi-Family (Apartment)	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 2 / three BR	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR
	Dwelling, Single-Family Attached / Duplex / Twin Home	2 / DU	3 / DU
	Dwelling, Single-Family Duplex / Twin Home Conversion	2 / DU	3 / DU
	Dwelling, Single-Family Detached	2 / DU	N/A
	Live-Work	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Manufactured Home Park	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Mixed-Use Building	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 2 / three BR	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR
	Multiplex	1.5 / DU	2 / DU
	Slot Home	N/A	N/A
	Tiny Home Community	0.75 / DU	1.25 / DU
	Townhome	1.5 / studio BR 2 / single and two BR 2.5 / three BR	2 / studio BR 2.5 / single and two BR 3 / three BR
Group Living	Foster Family Care Home	Same as principal use
	Group Home	1 / 2 beds + 1 / employee	1 / 2 beds + 1 / employee
	Independent Living Facility	0.75 / studio BR 1 / single and two BR 1.5 / three BR	1 / studio BR 1.5 / single and two BR 1.75 / three BR
	Nursing Home/Congregate Housing	1 / 8 beds	1 / 5 beds
Residential Accessory Uses	Accessory Dwelling Unit¹	None Required²	1 / unit
	- Attached
	- Detached
	Beekeeping	Same as principal use
	Chickens	Same as principal use
	Cottage Food Operation	Same as principal use
	Family Child Care Home	+1 / unit	+2 / unit
	Home Occupation	Same as principal use
	Pigeon Keeping	Same as principal use
	Primary Short-Term Rental	1 / rental unit	2 / rental unit
Commercial and Office Uses
Entertainment, Indoor	Adult Entertainment	1 / 300 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Bar, Brew Pub, or Tavern	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Brewery, Distillery, and Winery	1 / 300 SF tasting room + 1 / employee	1 / 50 SF tasting room + 1 / employee
	Convention Center	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Gymnastic, Dance Studio, or Martial Arts Facility	1 / 300 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Health and Fitness Club	1 / 400 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 100 SF + 1 / employee
	Movie or Other Theater	1 / 250 SF	1 / 100 SF
	Indoor Entertainment (Other than listed)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
Entertainment, Outdoor	Amphitheater	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2.5 seats
	Ballfield or Stadium	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2.5 seats
	Campground	1 / camping site	2 / camping site
	Farmers Market	1 / 500 SF of public area	1 / 250 SF of public area
	Outdoor Entertainment (other than listed)	Greater of 1 / 6 seats or 1 / 50 SF	Greater of 1 / 4 seats or 1 / 30 SF
Office	Bank or Credit Union (with or without drive-through)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Office Uses (greater than 8,000 SF of GFA)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 175 SF
	Office Uses (less than 7,999 SF of GFA)	1 / 350 SF	1 / 300 SF
	Office Uses (Other than listed)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Studio, Commercial	1 / 400 SF	1 / 350 SF
Overnight Accommodations	Hotel or Motel	0.8 per room + 1 / 800 SF of public meeting and restaurant area	1.5 per room + 1 / 650 SF of public meeting and restaurant area
Overnight Accommodations	Overnight Accommodations (other than listed)	0.75 / room + 1 per 150 SF of meeting and restaurant area	1 / room + 1 per 100 SF of meeting and restaurant area
Retail Repair, Sales, and Personal Services	Drug Store (with or without drive-through)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Dry Cleaning, Commercial Operations (without or without drive-through)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Dry Cleaning Store or Laundromat	1 / 250 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Food Market	1 / 200 SF	1 / 150 SF
	Grocery Store	1 / 400 SF	1 / 100 SF
	Home Furnishings (Appliances and Electronics)	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Home Improvement Center (with garden center)	1 / 350 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Liquor Store	1 / 350 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Lumber Yard	1 / 1,750 SF	1 / 1,250 SF
	Repair-Oriented Uses (excluding vehicles)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Shopping Center	1 / 250 SF	1 / 125 SF
	Retail Repair, Sales, and Service (other than listed)	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
Restaurant	Restaurant, Drive-in, or Drive-Through	1 / 250 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Coffee/Tea Shop	1 / 200 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Restaurant Uses, Sit Down	1 / 100 SF	1 / 50 SF
Vehicle Sales and Service	Car Wash	1 / employee	2 / employee
	Equipment and Machinery Sales and Rental	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Fuel Sales, Retail	1 / 300 SF Retail	1 / 200 SF retail
	Vehicle Accessories and Parts	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Vehicle Sales, Rental and Leasing	1 / 300 SF of showroom + 1 / employee	1 / 250 SF of showroom + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Service, Major	1 / 250 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Services, Minor	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee	1 / 200 SF + 1 / employee
	Vehicle Sales and Service Uses (other than listed)	1 / 400 SF	1 / 200 SF
Special Uses	Recycling Collection Facility	1.25 / employee	2.5 / employee
Commercial Accessory Uses	Cafeteria, Providing Service to On-Site Employees	Same as principal use
	Drive-Through ATM Dispenser and Vending Kiosk	2 / dispenser/kiosk	3 / dispenser/kiosk
	Eating and Drinking Places (Outdoor Seating, Sidewalk Cafe and Sidewalk Display)	50 percent of the principal use
	Electric Vehicle Charging Station	2 / station
Public and Institutional Uses
Civic and Institutional	Adult Day Care	1 / 500 SF + 3 for drop-off / pick-up	1 / 350 SF + 5 for drop-off / pick-up
	Cemetery and Crematory	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Child Care Center or Pre-School	1 / 500 SF + 3 for drop-off / pick-up	1 / 125 SF + 5 for drop-off / pick-up
	Funeral Home and Services	1 / 4 seats	1 / 2 seats
	Private Elementary/ Secondary School	1.25 / employee	1.85 / employee
	Private College / University	0.20 / enrollment	0.60 / enrollment
	Public Assembly	1 / 100 SF	1 / 60 SF
	Trade or Vocational School	1 / 2 students + 1 / employee	1 / 1.5 students + 1 / employee
	Transit System Facility	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below	See Paragraph D.6, Special Parking Study, below
	Civic and Institutional (other than listed)	Greater of 1 / 4 seats or 1 / 75 SF	greater of 1 / 2 seats or 1 / 50 SF
Medical Facilities	Ambulatory Surgical Care Facility	1 / 150 SF	1 / 75 SF
	Ambulatory or Outpatient Services	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Drug, Alcohol or Psychiatric Treatment Center (outpatient)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 200 SF
	Hospital	1 / 400 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Medical Facilities (Other than listed)	1 / 250 SF	1 / 150 SF
Parking, Free Standing, Principal Use	Fleet Storage	--	--
	Parking Structure	--	--
	Parking Lot, Off-Site	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Major	--	--
Utilities	Utilities, Minor	--	--
Industrial and Manufacturing Uses
Flex Industrial	Assembly of Prefabricated Parts	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Assembly or Fabrication for Sale On Premises	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,000 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,000 SF
	Data Center	1 / employee	2 / employee
	Distribution / Logistics	1 / 1,000 SF	1 / 750 SF
	Flex Industrial (other than listed)	1 / 800 SF	1 / 500 SF
	Micro-Manufacturing	1 / 300 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Parcel Service	1 / 500 SF	1 / 350 SF
	Printing and Publishing	1 / 1,000 SF	1 / 750 SF
	Research and Testing Laboratory	1 / 350 SF	1 / 250 SF
	Self-Service Storage	Lesser of 1 / 500 SF of office area or 1 / 25 storage units	Greater of 1 / 500 SF of office area or 1 / 25 storage units
	Wholesale Sales and Distribution	1 / 500 SF	1 / 400 SF
General Industrial	Assembly of Finished Goods	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Fabrication	Lesser of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF	Greater of 1 / employee or 1 / 1,500 SF
	Indoor Storage	1 / 1,500 SF	1 / 1,000 SF
	Outdoor Storage	1 / 25,000 SF of land devoted to outside storage	1 / 15,000 SF of land devoted to outside storage
	Special Trade Contractor	1 / 1,500 SF	1 / 1,000 SF
	Warehousing	1 / 2,000 SF	1 / 500 SF
Table Notes: 1. Refer to Section 10-1-1.7, Accessory Dwelling Unit, for additional restrictions. 2. New off-street parking shall not be required for construction or conversion of an ADU, except that the city shall require off-street parking if: a. An existing driveway, garage, tandem parking space, or other off-street parking for ADU parking is not available, b. ADU is in a zone district that requires one or more parking spaces for the primary dwelling unit, and c. ADU is located on a block that prohibits on-street parking. 3. New residential development may be exempt from parking minimum requirements. See Section 10-1-3.7.A.C

1. 5.
  Reserved.
1. 6.
  Guest Parking.
  1. a.
    Within a single-family attached, multi-family, or mixed-use development, up to 15 percent of the minimum required on-site parking may be met by guest parking.
  2. b.
    Parking Plan. The applicant shall provide an on- and off-site parking plan at the time of application.
2. 7.
  Valet Parking. Valet parking may be permitted as a means of satisfying the parking requirements if all of the following standards are met:
  1. a.
    Attendant. At least one attendant is provided to park vehicles during business hours of the use utilizing the valet parking;
  2. b.
    Equivalent Spaces Provided. An equivalent number of valet spaces are available to replace the number of required on-site parking spaces unless the space used for valet parking is shared with another land use; and
  3. c.
    Striping Not Required. Valet spaces do not require individual striping and may provide for mass parking of vehicles.
3. 8.
  Tandem Parking. Tandem parking may be permitted as a means of satisfying the parking requirements if all of the following standards are met:
  1. a.
    Single-Family Dwellings. Tandem parking is permitted for single-family detached and attached dwellings;
  2. b.
    Minimum Dimensions. Two parking spaces in tandem must have a combined minimum dimension of nine feet wide by 36 feet in length (9' X 36');
  3. c.
    Assignment of Spaces. Both spaces in tandem shall be assigned to the same dwelling unit; and
  4. d.
    Guest Parking. Tandem parking is prohibited for the use of guest parking.
4. 9.
  Commercial Parking in Residential Districts. A commercial vehicle of not over one ton rated capacity may be parked on a lot whose principal use is residential and where the commercial vehicle is used by the resident of the premises.

D.
Shared Parking.
1. 1.
  Generally. Off-street parking for separate uses may be provided collectively if the total number of shared parking spaces is adequate to serve all uses.
2. 2.
  Location. All parking spaces that serve uses must be located in the same district and within 330 feet of the lots that use the parking spaces. Shared and valet parking spaces in a DMS, DTA or DMU district may be within 1,320 feet, measured along a sidewalk or walkway from the nearest pedestrian entrance of the development or building to the nearest parking space within the shared parking lot.
3. 3.
  Reduction. Parking that is required for a use may be used to fulfill the required parking of another use if their peak use periods do not overlap, as provided in Table 10-1-3.7.A.2, Shared Parking, below. The required number of parking spaces may be reduced as follows:
  1. a.
    Determine the minimum required parking for each individual land use according to Table 10-1-3.7.A.1, Required Off-Street Parking.
  2. b.
    Multiply the sum of required parking spaces for each individual use by the corresponding percentages for each time period set out in columns (B) through (F) of Table 10-1-3.7.A-2, Shared Parking, below.
  3. c.
    Calculate the total number of spaces for each time period.
  4. d.
    Select the column with the greatest number of required spaces, which is the required number of shared spaces.

Table 10-1-3.7.A.2 Shared Parking
(A) Use Category	Weekday		Weekend
(A) Use Category	(B) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(C) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(D) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(E) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(F) Night (12:00 p.m. to 6 a.m.)
Office, Civic and Institutional	100%	10%	10%	5%	5%
General Retail	60%	90%	100%	70%	5%
Overnight Accommodations	75%	100%	75%	100%	75%
Restaurant	50%	100%	100%	100%	10%
Entertainment	40%	100%	50%	100%	10%
All Other Uses	100%	100%	100%	100%	10%
Table Notes: Refer to Table 10-1-1.3.1, Land Use Matrix, for the use categories.

Table 10-1-3.7.A.2 Shared Parking
(A) Use Category	Weekday		Weekend
(A) Use Category	(B) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(C) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(D) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(E) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(F) Night (12:00 p.m. to 6 a.m.)
Office, Civic and Institutional	100%	10%	10%	5%	5%
General Retail	60%	90%	100%	70%	5%
Overnight Accommodations	75%	100%	75%	100%	75%
Restaurant	50%	100%	100%	100%	10%
Entertainment	40%	100%	50%	100%	10%
All Other Uses	100%	100%	100%	100%	10%
Table Notes: Refer to Table 10-1-1.3.1, Land Use Matrix, for the use categories.

Table 10-1-3.7.A.2 Shared Parking
(A) Use Category	Weekday		Weekend
(A) Use Category	(B) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(C) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(D) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(E) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(F) Night (12:00 p.m. to 6 a.m.)
Office, Civic and Institutional	100%	10%	10%	5%	5%
General Retail	60%	90%	100%	70%	5%
Overnight Accommodations	75%	100%	75%	100%	75%
Restaurant	50%	100%	100%	100%	10%
Entertainment	40%	100%	50%	100%	10%
All Other Uses	100%	100%	100%	100%	10%
Table Notes: Refer to Table 10-1-1.3.1, Land Use Matrix, for the use categories.

Table 10-1-3.7.A.2 Shared Parking
(A) Use Category	Weekday		Weekend
(A) Use Category	(B) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(C) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(D) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(E) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(F) Night (12:00 p.m. to 6 a.m.)
Office, Civic and Institutional	100%	10%	10%	5%	5%
General Retail	60%	90%	100%	70%	5%
Overnight Accommodations	75%	100%	75%	100%	75%
Restaurant	50%	100%	100%	100%	10%
Entertainment	40%	100%	50%	100%	10%
All Other Uses	100%	100%	100%	100%	10%
Table Notes: Refer to Table 10-1-1.3.1, Land Use Matrix, for the use categories.

1. 4.
  Calculation. Displayed in Table 10-1-3.7.A.3, Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation, is an example of how to calculate shared parking reductions.

Table 10-1-3.7.A.3 Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation
EXAMPLE: A mixed-use building or site has 40,000 sf of general office space, 15,000 sf of home furnishings, a 5,500 sf sit-down restaurant, a 25,000 sf movie theater, and 300 hotel rooms with no public meeting space. Separately, these uses would require 566 parking spaces. In this example, the minimum number of parking spaces required is 442, a 22% reduction.
(A) Use Category	Weekday		Weekend
(A) Use Category	(B) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(C) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(D) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(E) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(F) Night (12:00 p.m. to 6 a.m.)
Office	133	13	13	7	7
General Retail	23	34	38	27	2
Hotel	180	240	180	240	180
Restaurant, Sit-Down	27	55	55	55	6
Movie Theater	40	100	50	100	10
Column Totals	403	442	336	429	205

Table 10-1-3.7.A.3 Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation
EXAMPLE: A mixed-use building or site has 40,000 sf of general office space, 15,000 sf of home furnishings, a 5,500 sf sit-down restaurant, a 25,000 sf movie theater, and 300 hotel rooms with no public meeting space. Separately, these uses would require 566 parking spaces. In this example, the minimum number of parking spaces required is 442, a 22% reduction.
(A) Use Category	Weekday		Weekend
(A) Use Category	(B) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(C) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(D) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(E) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(F) Night (12:00 p.m. to 6 a.m.)
Office	133	13	13	7	7
General Retail	23	34	38	27	2
Hotel	180	240	180	240	180
Restaurant, Sit-Down	27	55	55	55	6
Movie Theater	40	100	50	100	10
Column Totals	403	442	336	429	205

Table 10-1-3.7.A.3 Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation
EXAMPLE: A mixed-use building or site has 40,000 sf of general office space, 15,000 sf of home furnishings, a 5,500 sf sit-down restaurant, a 25,000 sf movie theater, and 300 hotel rooms with no public meeting space. Separately, these uses would require 566 parking spaces. In this example, the minimum number of parking spaces required is 442, a 22% reduction.
(A) Use Category	Weekday		Weekend
(A) Use Category	(B) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(C) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(D) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(E) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(F) Night (12:00 p.m. to 6 a.m.)
Office	133	13	13	7	7
General Retail	23	34	38	27	2
Hotel	180	240	180	240	180
Restaurant, Sit-Down	27	55	55	55	6
Movie Theater	40	100	50	100	10
Column Totals	403	442	336	429	205

Table 10-1-3.7.A.3 Illustrative Shared Parking Credit Calculation
EXAMPLE: A mixed-use building or site has 40,000 sf of general office space, 15,000 sf of home furnishings, a 5,500 sf sit-down restaurant, a 25,000 sf movie theater, and 300 hotel rooms with no public meeting space. Separately, these uses would require 566 parking spaces. In this example, the minimum number of parking spaces required is 442, a 22% reduction.
(A) Use Category	Weekday		Weekend
(A) Use Category	(B) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(C) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(D) Day (9 a.m. to 4 p.m.)	(E) Evening (6 p.m. to 12:00 a.m.)	(F) Night (12:00 p.m. to 6 a.m.)
Office	133	13	13	7	7
General Retail	23	34	38	27	2
Hotel	180	240	180	240	180
Restaurant, Sit-Down	27	55	55	55	6
Movie Theater	40	100	50	100	10
Column Totals	403	442	336	429	205

1. 5.
  Shared Parking Plan.
  1. a.
    Generally.
    1.
    The plan must bind the owner(s) and all parties having a legal interest in the applicable land and structures, as well as such owners' and other parties' heirs, successors, and assigns.
    2.
    The shared parking plan shall control the issuance of permits and will restrict the use and operation of all land and buildings included within the shared parking plan.
    3.
    The shared parking plan may be amended or withdrawn, either partially or completely, pursuant to the same procedure and subject to the same limitations and requirements by which the shared parking plan was approved. All land and buildings remaining under the plan shall comply with all the controls and restrictions of the plan and all land and buildings withdrawn from the plan shall comply with all applicable regulations of this Section.
  2. b.
    Single ownership. A shared parking plan shall be filed as part of an application submission.
  3. c.
    Separate ownership. A shared parking plan shall include:
    1.
    A notarized statement identifying and signed by all property owners involved; indicating the use of each lot; the extent of the activities on each parcel and the demand for parking; and the times these parking demands will occur;
    2.
    A shared parking agreement identifying the designated spaces that are subject to the agreement, including a statement indicating that the parties understand that these designated spaces cannot be counted to support any use other than that identified in the agreement. This agreement must also identify the current property uses, property owners, and the entity responsible for maintenance of the parking space area;
    3.
    A contingency plan to provide sufficient parking if the shared parking agreement is violated by either party; and
    4.
    An agreement providing for the shared use of parking, executed by the parties involved and filed with the Director or the Director's designee. Such an agreement shall be filed of record with the County Clerk and Recorder, at the applicant's expense. Shared parking privileges will continue in effect only as long as the agreement, binding on all parties remains in force. If the agreement is no longer in force, then parking shall be provided as otherwise required by this Code.
2. 6.
  Special Parking Study.
  1. a.
    As an alternative to the shared parking provisions, an applicant may submit a special study to demonstrate that the parking required to serve multiple uses is less than the cumulative parking requirements for each individual use. The special study shall be conducted by a professional engineer and shall:
    1.
    Review peak parking demand duration as approved by the city;
    2.
    Propose a required number of parking spaces based on the combined peak hour demand for parking; and
    3.
    Provide data on the following:
    i.
    The sensitivity of the proposed uses to change;
    ii.
    Similar mixtures of uses in other areas of the community; and
    iii.
    Degree of variability of parking for individual uses (average, range, and standard deviation).
  2. b.
    The city may require a set-aside area if warranted due to the risk of parking needs changing over time.

E.
Loading.
1. 1.
  Loading Facility Required.
  1. a.
    Required Spaces. An applicant shall provide loading spaces according to the gross floor area requirements in Table 10-1-3.7.A.4, Required Off-Street Loading Facilities.

Table 10-1-3.7.A.4 Required Off-Street Loading Facilities
Gross Floor Area (sq. ft.)	Minimum Number of Spaces
0 - 10,000	0
10,001 - 75,000	1
75,001 - 150,000	2
150,001 - 300,000	3
Over 300,000	1 for each 100,000

Table 10-1-3.7.A.4 Required Off-Street Loading Facilities
Gross Floor Area (sq. ft.)	Minimum Number of Spaces
0 - 10,000	0
10,001 - 75,000	1
75,001 - 150,000	2
150,001 - 300,000	3
Over 300,000	1 for each 100,000

Table 10-1-3.7.A.4 Required Off-Street Loading Facilities
Gross Floor Area (sq. ft.)	Minimum Number of Spaces
0 - 10,000	0
10,001 - 75,000	1
75,001 - 150,000	2
150,001 - 300,000	3
Over 300,000	1 for each 100,000

Table 10-1-3.7.A.4 Required Off-Street Loading Facilities
Gross Floor Area (sq. ft.)	Minimum Number of Spaces
0 - 10,000	0
10,001 - 75,000	1
75,001 - 150,000	2
150,001 - 300,000	3
Over 300,000	1 for each 100,000

1. 1. b.
    Common Spaces.
    1.
    Multiple uses or occupancies located in a single building or on one site may be served by common loading space if the Director determines that the loading space can adequately serve each use.
    2.
    For a common loading space, the Director, in making a determination, shall combine the gross floor areas of the buildings and uses served by the loading space.
  2. c.
    Gross Floor Area.
    1.
    An off-street loading space requirement is based on the gross floor area, which does not include enclosed or covered areas used for off-street parking or loading.
    2.
    Each two square feet of exterior site area used for a commercial or industrial use, such as outdoor display and storage, shall equal one square foot of gross floor area for the purpose of calculating the number of spaces.
2. 2.
  Dimensional Requirements.
  1. a.
    The minimum dimensional requirements for loading facilities are 10 feet wide by 25 feet deep.
  2. b.
    A required loading facility shall maintain a 14 feet minimum vertical clearance.
3. 3.
  Screening. Loading facilities that adjoin or are adjacent to an ACR, LLR, MLR or SLR district shall be enclosed as depicted in Figure 10-1-3.7.A.1, Enclosed Loading, or shall be fully screened from the view of these districts by a building or solid screen wall.

Figure 10-1-3.7.A.1 Enclosed Loading

Figure 10-1-3.7.A.1 Enclosed Loading

Figure 10-1-3.7.A.1 Enclosed Loading

Figure 10-1-3.7.A.1 Enclosed Loading

(Ord. 09, Series of 2025; Ord. 10, Series of 2025)

Effective on: 6/12/2025

Subsec. 10-1-3.7.B Parking and Access in the DT Districts

Purpose. The purpose of this Subsection is to ensure the following are achieved.

1.
Adequate Parking. Adequate off-street vehicular and bicycle parking is provided for permitted uses in the Downtown (DT) districts to support various modes of transportation;
2.
Character. The character and quality of life in residential neighborhoods experience limited on-street parking congestion;
3.
Impacts. Indirect impacts on neighborhoods adjacent to the DMU, Downtown Mixed-Use, and DTA, Downtown Transition Area, districts are minimized;
4.
Loading. Adequate loading areas are provided that do not interfere with the function of pedestrian activity and other vehicular use areas;
5.
Flexibility and Creativity. Flexibility is promoted and creative redevelopment of small sites is encouraged;
6.
Efficiency and Environmental Benefits. The number of parking spaces allowed or required for development is capped or allowed to be reduced in order to promote the efficient use of land and mitigate the heat island effect of expansive paved areas;
7.
Sustainability. Parking areas are designed to facilitate pedestrian circulation, provide added vegetation, incorporate low-impact development design techniques, and use stormwater management systems as site amenities; and
8.
Comprehensive Plan. The functionality of parking implements the goals and policies of the Comprehensive Plan, as amended from time to time.

Applicability.

1.
Thresholds. The standards of this Subsection apply to all development, redevelopment, significant improvement, or adaptive reuse of properties that meet or exceed the thresholds established in Section 10-9-5.4, Site Plan, or Section 10-9-5.7, Master Development Plan.
2.
Parking Ratios. Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection, parking requirements for all uses shall be provided in accordance with Subsection 10-1-3.7.A, Parking and Loading.

Parking Areas.

1.
Generally. Landscaping in parking areas shall be designed to reduce the scale, visibility, and urban heat island effect of surface parking lots as set out in this Subsection.
2.
Small Parking Lots. Parking lots with fewer than 15 spaces are exempt from these regulations. Parking lots with 16 to 49 parking spaces shall be designed with the following requirements:
1. a.
  Coverage. At least five percent of the interior area of a parking lot shall be landscaped for which no less than 75 percent shall include living plant material.
2. b.
  Islands. Landscaped parking lot islands measuring 9' x 18' shall be delineated by a physical barrier, such as but not limited to, a concrete curb. All islands shall be planted with one shade tree per 162 square feet and with native, drought-tolerant shrubbery and groundcover. As determined by the Director, where practicable, landscaped islands shall be constructed as a vegetated bio-swale or rain garden.
3.
Large Parking Lots. Parking lots shall be shaped and/or landscaped to reduce their scale and overall impact by one of the following approaches, as depicted in Figure 10-1-3.7.B.1, Large Parking Lot Landscaping Examples:
1. a.
  Landscaping Increase. Increase the interior parking lot landscaping requirement for parking lots containing 50 to 99 spaces to a minimum of 10 percent of the parking lot area (#2 in Figure 10-1-3.7.B.1), excluding areas used for parking lot screening (#3 in Figure 10-1-3.7.B.1).
2. b.
  Visual Segmenting. For parking areas containing 100 or more parking spaces, provide landscaping across 10 percent of the interior area of a parking lot by:
  1. 1.
    Breaking the lot into visually separate lots with at least a 20-foot-wide landscaped zone between them (these lots can be interconnected) so long as they appear separate when viewed from the street (#1 and #4 in Figure 10-1-3.7.B.1); or
  2. 2.
    Creating divisions internal to the parking lot that visually divide it into segments through the provision of at least a 10-foot-wide landscape zone running the length of, at most, every third double-sided parking row (#1 in Figure 10-1-3.7.B.1).
3. c.
  Shade Trees. All landscaped areas that divide large parking lots shall include shade trees consisting of 75 percent evergreen and non-deciduous trees and 25 percent deciduous trees at a maximum spacing of 30 feet on center. Additional shade trees shall also be provided in any increased landscaping percentage requirement.

Figure 10-1-3.7.B.1

Large Parking Lot Landscaping Examples

1. 4.
  Parking Area Screening.
  1. a.
    Surface Parking. Where an allowed parking lot adjoins a street, screening shall occur by providing:
    1.
    A minimum five-foot wide buffer with a solid row of hedges across 100 percent of the linear dimension parallel, or roughly parallel, to street rights-of-way;
    2.
    A masonry wall that is a minimum of 30 inches and a maximum of four feet in height; or
    3.
    A decorative fence and shrubbery across 50 percent of the linear dimension parallel, or roughly parallel, to street rights-of-way.
  2. b.
    Tuck-Under Parking. Tuck-under parking shall be screened from view from adjacent properties and non-alley rights-of-way by buildings or a buffer that screens 100 percent of the parking from public view.
2. 5.
  Parking Structure Foundation Plantings.
  1. a.
    Generally. Parking structures shall have planting areas adjacent to the base of the building with a minimum width and radius as set out in Table 10-1-3.7.B.1, Minimum Foundation Planting Width and Radius. Where planting areas are required, they may be crossed with walkways of the minimum width required to provide access to the structure.
  2. b.
    Street-Facing and Interior Side. One evergreen or non-deciduous shade tree or three non-deciduous ornamental trees shall be planted within the street facing and interior side foundation planting areas for every 20 linear feet, measured parallel to the building. Remaining portions of the planting area shall be planted with groundcover. A maximum of 50 percent of the remaining portions of the planting area may consist of decorative pavers or stamped, dyed concrete. Vegetated rain gardens and/or naturalized, low-maintenance gardens may be used in lieu of or together with the required groundcover.
3. 6.
  Tree Canopy Credit. Required trees in parking area landscaping count toward the tree canopy coverage requirements set out in Section 10-2-4.1, DT Landscaping.

Table 10-1-3.7.B.B.1

Minimum Foundation Planting Width and Radius

Structure Side

Planting Width and Radius

Street-Facing

Interior Side

Table 10-1-3.7.B.B.1

Minimum Foundation Planting Width and Radius

Structure Side

Planting Width and Radius

Street-Facing

Interior Side

Table 10-1-3.7.B.B.1

Minimum Foundation Planting Width and Radius

Structure Side

Planting Width and Radius

Street-Facing

Interior Side

Table 10-1-3.7.B.B.1

Minimum Foundation Planting Width and Radius

Structure Side

Planting Width and Radius

Street-Facing

Interior Side

D.
Parking Minimums and Maximums.
1. 1.
  Parking Ratio Adjustment. Unless exempted in Section 10-1-3.7.A., the minimum parking ratios in Table 10-1-3.7.A.1, Required Off-Street Parking, shall apply to the DT districts with the following modifications:
  1. a.
    Multi-Family Dwellings (not including single-family attached). For multi-family and mixed-use developments (for example, a stand-alone apartment building type or buildings), one space shall be required per unit.
  2. b.
    Office. For single-use developments (for example, a stand-alone office building type or building), one space shall be required per 300 square feet of gross leasable area.
  3. c.
    Retail Sales, Service, and Repair. One space shall be required per 500 square feet of gross floor area.
  4. d.
    Restaurants. One space shall be required per 150 square feet of gross floor area.
2. 2.
  Off-Street Surface Parking Maximums. The maximum number of off-street surface parking spaces that may be provided in the DT districts shall be no more than 125 percent of the minimum parking requirements established in this Subsection and Table 10-1-3.7.A.1, Required Off-Street Parking. This maximum shall not apply to structured parking.
E.
Downtown Parking Credits and Reductions. Upon approval of the City Manager or the City Manager's designee and with consideration based on current parking usage, an applicant may utilize one of the following parking credits and reductions of required parking in order to reduce the minimum required off-street surface parking spaces by up to 50 percent of required spaces. The credits and reductions shall not be cumulative.
1. 1.
  Electric Vehicle Charging Station. Each off-street electric vehicle charging station with a rating of 240 volts or higher shall count as 1.5 off-street parking spaces toward satisfaction of the minimum required off-street parking requirements, for a maximum credit of 10 percent of required spaces.
2. 2.
  Reserved.
3. 3.
  RTD Pass. With authorization of the City Manager, on a legal affidavit approved by the City Attorney, reauthorized on a bi-annual basis, required off-street surface parking spaces may be reduced by 30 percent when, according to Table 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix, a commercial or office business, apartment, or a mixed-use building (upper floor residential units) with 50 or more employees or dwelling units provides RTD passes for all part- and full-time employees and/or residences.
4. 4.
  Ride Sharing.
  1. a.
    Designated Space. Each drop-off/pick-up space, measuring 10 feet wide by 22' deep, up to a maximum of three, allocated and marked for ride sharing services shall count as 1.5 off-street parking spaces toward satisfaction of the minimum required off-street parking requirements. Ride sharing spaces shall be posted as “Reserved for Ride Sharing.” Such spaces shall be located in a pick-up and drop-off area abutting the building and shall not be counted toward any required stacking spaces related to drive-in or drive-through operations.
  2. b.
    Rideshare Program. Required off-street surface parking spaces may be reduced by 30 percent when a development initiates and maintains the Denver Regional Council of Government’s “Way To Go” ridesharing program for its residents and/or employees.
  3. c.
    Study. The Director may require an applicant to provide a traffic impact study to determine peak period demands and stacking requirements if the type of use or its operation appears to warrant more or less stacking area.
  4. d.
    Use. No vehicle shall park or stand in a drop-off/pick-up zone other than while actually engaged in the loading or unloading of passengers or materials. In no event shall any vehicle be parked or stand in a drop-off/pick-up zone for more than 15 minutes.
5. 5.
  On-Street Parking.
  1. a.
    Applicability. In the DMS and DTA districts, on-street parking may count toward satisfaction of the minimum required off-street parking on any property that is directly adjacent to and abutting a street where on-street parking is permitted, with written approval of the Director.
  2. b.
    Location and Availability. On-street spaces shall be located on a public street and directly adjacent to and abutting the subject property. Only those spaces adjacent to and on the same side of the street as the subject property may be counted, as authorized.
  3. c.
    Prohibited Parking. Bus stops, clear zones adjacent to curb cuts, and other areas where parking is prohibited shall not be included in the calculation of available on-street parking spaces.
  4. d.
    Dimensions. An on-street parking space shall be a minimum of eight feet in width and 22 feet in length and shall be fully adjacent to the subject property. For example, a lot with 60 linear feet of street frontage could receive credit for a maximum of two on-street parking spaces.
6. 6.
  Shuttle to RTD Station. With authorization of the Director, on a legal affidavit approved by the City Attorney, reauthorized on a bi-annual basis, public and institutional uses and those in the Office use category that provide regularly scheduled shuttle transit to an RTD station may receive up to a five percent reduction in the number of required off-street parking spaces, as follows:
  1. a.
    Peak-Hour Service. A five percent reduction is allowed for shuttle service taking place at the use’s peak hour(s) of traffic to an RTD station.
  2. b.
    Documentation. As warrant for authorization, documentation approved by the City Attorney shall be provided that demonstrates the commitment of the business or institutional establishment to provide regularly scheduled shuttle transit to an RTD station.
7. 7.
  Tuck-Under Parking. Each two on-site tuck-under parking spaces shall count as three off-street parking spaces toward satisfying the minimum required off-street parking. Refer to Section 10-2-4.1, DT Landscaping, for screening standards related to tuck-under parking.
8. 8.
  Bicycle Parking. An approved bicycle parking facility may be substituted for off-street vehicle parking on a ratio of one bicycle parking space per 20 vehicle parking spaces; provided, that such substitution shall not replace more than 10 percent of the total vehicle parking required by Subsection 10-1-3.7.A, Parking and Loading.
F.
Vehicle Access and Parking Design Standards.
1. 1.
  Surface Parking Location.
  1. a.
    Generally. Off-street surface parking shall be located on the subject property in relation to the principal building in accordance with Figure 10-1-3.7.B.1, Vehicle Surface Parking Location.
  2. b.
    Tuck-Under Parking. Tuck-under parking with required screening set out in Section 10-2-4.1, DT Landscaping, is exempt from these surface parking location requirements.

Figure 10-1-3.7.B.1 Vehicle Surface Parking Location¹

Parking Locations	Districts
Parking Locations	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Rear Parking	P	P	P	P
Front Parking	--	--	--	--
Corner Side Parking	P	P	--	P
Interior Side Parking³	P²	P²	P²	P²
Table Notes: P = Parking Location Permitted "--" = Parking Location Prohibited 1. Illustrations are conceptual only and are intended to show parking area locations in relation to buildings. They are not intended to show amount of parking required for any particular land use or any other required features or characteristics. 2. A buffer in accordance with this Subsection shall be required between the interior side parking area and a single- or two-family residential use. Otherwise, the buffer type required in Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards, applies. 3. Interior side parking that does not have access from a public right-of-way may require the owner to obtain a cross access easement together with the adjacent property in accordance with this Subsection.

Figure 10-1-3.7.B.1 Vehicle Surface Parking Location¹

Parking Locations	Districts
Parking Locations	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Rear Parking	P	P	P	P
Front Parking	--	--	--	--
Corner Side Parking	P	P	--	P
Interior Side Parking³	P²	P²	P²	P²
Table Notes: P = Parking Location Permitted "--" = Parking Location Prohibited 1. Illustrations are conceptual only and are intended to show parking area locations in relation to buildings. They are not intended to show amount of parking required for any particular land use or any other required features or characteristics. 2. A buffer in accordance with this Subsection shall be required between the interior side parking area and a single- or two-family residential use. Otherwise, the buffer type required in Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards, applies. 3. Interior side parking that does not have access from a public right-of-way may require the owner to obtain a cross access easement together with the adjacent property in accordance with this Subsection.

Figure 10-1-3.7.B.1 Vehicle Surface Parking Location¹

Parking Locations	Districts
Parking Locations	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Rear Parking	P	P	P	P
Front Parking	--	--	--	--
Corner Side Parking	P	P	--	P
Interior Side Parking³	P²	P²	P²	P²
Table Notes: P = Parking Location Permitted "--" = Parking Location Prohibited 1. Illustrations are conceptual only and are intended to show parking area locations in relation to buildings. They are not intended to show amount of parking required for any particular land use or any other required features or characteristics. 2. A buffer in accordance with this Subsection shall be required between the interior side parking area and a single- or two-family residential use. Otherwise, the buffer type required in Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards, applies. 3. Interior side parking that does not have access from a public right-of-way may require the owner to obtain a cross access easement together with the adjacent property in accordance with this Subsection.

Figure 10-1-3.7.B.1 Vehicle Surface Parking Location¹

Parking Locations	Districts
Parking Locations	DNR	DTA	DMS	DMU
Rear Parking	P	P	P	P
Front Parking	--	--	--	--
Corner Side Parking	P	P	--	P
Interior Side Parking³	P²	P²	P²	P²
Table Notes: P = Parking Location Permitted "--" = Parking Location Prohibited 1. Illustrations are conceptual only and are intended to show parking area locations in relation to buildings. They are not intended to show amount of parking required for any particular land use or any other required features or characteristics. 2. A buffer in accordance with this Subsection shall be required between the interior side parking area and a single- or two-family residential use. Otherwise, the buffer type required in Section 10-2-4.2, DT Bufferyards, applies. 3. Interior side parking that does not have access from a public right-of-way may require the owner to obtain a cross access easement together with the adjacent property in accordance with this Subsection.

1. 2.
  Vehicular Access to Off-Street Parking.
  1. a.
    Generally.
    1.
    Except as modified by this paragraph, vehicular access shall be reviewed for:
    i.
    Sight distance;
    ii.
    Proximity to intersection;
    iii.
    Traffic control condition (signs, signals, etc.); and
    iv.
    Proximity to existing accessways.
    2.
    In all DT districts, if a dedicated 12-foot wide alley is adjacent to the property, then new vehicular access points shall take access from the alley. If the alley is unimproved, then the applicant shall improve the alley to the satisfaction of the City Engineer.
    3.
    If an adequate alley for vehicular passage is not available, then new vehicular access points shall access a secondary street. If neither an alley nor a secondary street is available, then new vehicular access points may access a primary street.
  2. b.
    Access. Direct vehicular access to a Mixed-Use/Downtown Main Street corridor by a private access is prohibited unless no viable alternative is available. Access to abutting property will be confined to local streets. Corner lots abutting an intersection of a Mixed-Use/Downtown Main Street corridor and local street shall take access from the local street, provided the access meets the requirements of this Code.
  3. c.
    Number. There may be only one connection permitted per lot on a Mixed-Use/Downtown Main Street corridor, which may not be greater than 24 feet in width for every 100 feet of street frontage.
  4. d.
    Maximum Width. Residential accessways shall be a maximum of 12 feet wide. Residential accessways that access an alley and accessways for non-residential and mixed-use shall be a maximum of 24 feet wide.
  5. e.
    Double-Track Accessways. Double-track/wheel strip accessways are permitted in the DNR district in association with a single-family detached or single-family attached/duplex dwelling, provided each wheel strip is a minimum of 18 inches, and a maximum of 36 inches in width and the area between the wheel strips is planted with living groundcover. However, within the public right-of-way, the accessway shall be fully paved along its total width, from the property line to the curb line.

Figure 10-1-3.7.B.2

Wheel Strip Driveway Example

Figure 10-1-3.7.B.2

Wheel Strip Driveway Example

Figure 10-1-3.7.B.2

Wheel Strip Driveway Example

Figure 10-1-3.7.B.2

Wheel Strip Driveway Example

1. 3.
  Parking Structures. Refer to Section 10-2-3.2, DT Standards of Design, for parking structure design standards.
2. 4.
  Parking Lot Lighting.
  1. a.
    City Code. All lighting shall comply with Title 10, Chapter 15, Lighting Requirements, of the City Code.
  2. b.
    Pedestrian and Temporary Lighting. On-site pedestrian bollard lights and lights mounted on buildings or poles not taller than 15 feet above grade shall be provided. The required minimum illumination for walkways and other pedestrian areas is 0.25-foot candles, or as determined by Illumination Engineering Society (IES) Standards. The required minimum illumination for walkways and other pedestrian areas shall be designed in accordance with IES Standards. Holiday and other styles of temporary rope lighting shall not be used to highlight features of a principal building. All temporary lighting is required to meet Title 10, Chapter 15, Lighting Requirements, of the City Code.
  3. c.
    Pole Lights. Free-standing, on-site pedestrian pole lights and parking lot lights that are within 20 feet of a residential use or district shall be a maximum of 15 feet tall. Other free-standing light poles shall be a maximum of 18 feet tall.
3. 5.
  Paving Materials for Surface Parking and Accessways.
  1. a.
    Generally. All off-street surface parking areas and accessways shall be paved with one or a combination of concrete, asphalt, porous asphalt, concrete pavers, paving blocks, permeable or porous pavers, brick, or similar materials approved by the City Engineer. Permeable pavement shall be limited to pedestrian areas, areas with low vehicular traffic volumes, smaller axle loads, and low speeds such as parking stalls, smaller parking lots, overflow parking areas of larger parking lots, and other areas with little or no traffic.
  2. b.
    Differentiation. Special paving patterns and materials shall be utilized to delineate building entries and provide interest and variation.
  3. c.
    District-Specific Standard. In the DNR and DTA districts, an extension of the sidewalk paving shall be provided on private property to allow enough space to plant street trees adjacent to the curb, as determined by the Director.
4. 6.
  Shared and Cross Access. Shared and cross access, as depicted in Figure 10-1-3.7.B.3, Shared and Cross Access, shall be provided for multiple-family, non-residential, and mixed-use developments according to the following:
  1. a.
    Shared Access.
    1.
    Access that is shared by abutting properties, whether under single or separate ownership, shall be preserved using a shared access easement that is acceptable to the City Attorney and recorded in the office of the appropriate Clerk and Recorder's Office, at the applicant's expense. The obligation to provide and maintain shared access shall run with the land.
    2.
    If there is an existing shared access for which there is no recorded legal documentation, the shared access shall continue, and legal documentation shall be executed and recorded.
  2. b.
    Cross Access.
    1.
    Cross access between off-street surface parking areas shall be provided, where feasible, based on lot shape, size, and configuration. The Director may deem improved alleys (either already improved or improved by the applicant) as an acceptable way to provide cross access or, if an improved or improvable alley is not available, may require a cross access easement at the rear of the property, or may require the subject property to connect to an existing adjoining cross access easement.
    2.
    Where connections to abutting parcels are possible with a cross access easement but do not exist at the time of development, the parcel proposed for development shall stub-out drive aisles and sidewalks to allow for two-way vehicular and pedestrian connections on the abutting parcel.
    3.
    The applicant shall record a cross access easement in a form acceptable to the City Attorney to allow for future connection of the stub-out(s) to the adjoining property.

Figure 10-1-3.7.B.3

Shared and Cross Access

Figure Note: This graphic depicts both on-site cross access and alley cross access. A minimum of one type of access is required according to Subsection (f), Shared and Cross Access, above.

I.
Pedestrian Circulation.
1. 1.
  Connectivity.
  1. a.
    Connection to the Street. The on-site pedestrian circulation system must connect all adjacent public rights-of-way to the main building entrance. The connection must follow a direct route and not involve significant out-of-direction travel for system users.
  2. b.
    Connection to Abutting Properties. The on-site pedestrian circulation system must provide at least one connection to existing paths and sidewalks on abutting properties or to the likely location of future paths or sidewalks on those properties. When the Director determines that no paths or sidewalks exist on a neighboring property or it is not possible to determine the likely location of future path or sidewalk connections or extending a connection would create a safety hazard on either property, no such connection is required.
  3. c.
    Internal Connections. The on-site pedestrian circulation system must connect all buildings on the site and provide connections to other areas of the site likely to be used by pedestrians and non-motorized travel, such as parking areas, bicycle parking, recreational areas, common outdoor areas, plazas, and similar amenity features.
2. 2.
  Design. Required on-site pedestrian circulation facilities must be designed and constructed in accordance with the following requirements:
  1. a.
    The on-site pedestrian circulation system must be paved and be at least five feet in width.
  2. b.
    When the on-site pedestrian circulation system crosses accessways, parking areas, or loading areas, it must be clearly differentiated through the use of elevation changes, a different paving material, or other equally effective methods. Striping does not meet this requirement.
  3. c.
    When the on-site pedestrian circulation system is parallel and adjacent to a vehicle travel lane, it must be a raised path at least six inches above the vehicle travel lane surface or be separated from the vehicle travel lane by a raised curb, bollards, landscaping, or another physical barrier. If a raised path is used, the ends of the raised portions must be equipped with accessible curb ramps.
  4. d.
    The on-site pedestrian circulation system must be illuminated to ensure that it can be used safely at night by employees, residents, and customers. Lighting shall be placed at a height to have an average illumination level of one foot-candle.
3. 3.
  Plan. A pedestrian circulation plan that includes walkways, crosswalks, and traffic control devices that create safe and convenient pedestrian paths from all parking areas and other internal pedestrian walkways shall be provided on a Site Plan or Master Development Plan. The pedestrian circulation plan shall accomplish the following:
  1. a.
    Minimize points of conflict between pedestrians and moving vehicles;
  2. b.
    Channelize pedestrian flows to crossing areas, and provide well-defined paths across major drive aisles with measures such as alternative paving materials, pavement colorized (not painted) in contrasting or complementary hues and signage; and
  3. c.
    Connect internal pedestrian walkways to existing and future external walkways.

(Ord. 10, Series of 2025)

Effective on: 6/12/2025

Subsec. 10-1-3.7.C Parking and Loading Design

Parking Access.

1.
Access to Parking Spaces. Parking shall be designed:
1. a.
  To allow vehicles to enter and exit in a forward motion, except for single-family detached dwellings with access from an alley or local street.
2. b.
  So a vehicle may enter or exit without having to move another vehicle.
2.
Driveway. Parking in the front yard of single-family detached and attached dwellings is restricted to the driveway.

Electric and Alternative Fuel Vehicles.

1.
Where Required. Preferential parking for electric and alternative fuel vehicles shall be provided for all new or redeveloped non-residential and mixed-use parking areas containing 50 or more spaces.
2.
Location of Parking Spaces. Electric and alternative fuel parking spaces shall be located in near proximity to the primary entrance.
3.
Signage. Each parking space shall be marked with a post designating the spaces for "Alternative Fuel Vehicles".
4.
Existing Vehicle Recharging Stations. Existing parking spaces with vehicle recharging stations may be used to meet the requirements of this Subsection.

Snow Storage.

1.
Provision. Snow storage areas shall be provided on-site.
2.
Obstructions. Snow shall be stored in a manner that does not restrict access, circulation, or sightlines for pedestrians or vehicles at driveways, sidewalks, or other access points. Required off-street parking and loading spaces, driveways, access aisles, and walkways shall not be used for snow storage.
3.
Storage in Landscape Areas. Landscape areas shall not be used for snow storage unless designed for that purpose, with non-compacted soils, adequate area for snow piles, and plantings selected for salt tolerance and durability.
4.
Off-Site Snow Storage. If snow storage cannot be accommodated on-site, snow may be stored off-site, as proposed by the owner to the Director with sufficient detail to ensure adequate parking during snow events.

Parking Space Dimensions. Parking spaces shall have the following dimensions:

1.
Standard. The standard size of a parking space is 9' X 18', as shown in Figure 10-1-3.7.C.1, Parking Space Dimensions.
2.
Alternate. The standard depth of a parking space may be reduced to 17 feet provided there is allowance for a minimum two-foot bumper overhang and minimum passable sidewalk width of five feet along the curb, as shown in Figure 10-1-3.7.C.2, Bumper Overhang.
3.
Parallel. A parking space that is parallel to a street, building, or other improvements shall be a minimum of eight feet wide by 20 feet deep (8' X 20').
4.
Compact Cars. The dimensions of a parking space for compact cars are eight feet wide by 16 feet deep (8' X 16').

Figure 10-1-3.7.C.1
Parking Space Dimensions

Figure 10-1-3.7.C.2
Bumper Overhang

Bumper Overhang Dimensions and Specifications

G.
Parking Modules. Parking modules shall be dimensioned as set out in Table 10-1-3.7.C.1 Parking Module Dimensions, which are illustrated in Figure 10-1-3.7.C.3, Parking Module Standards.

Table 10-1-3.7.C.1 Parking Module Dimensions
Measurements	Parking Space Angle
Measurements	0° Parallel Parking	45° Diagonal	60° Diagonal	90° Head-In
One-Stall Row, One-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	8'	20'-7"	21'-11"	18'
Drive Aisle Width	13'-2"	13'-10"	15'-6"	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	21'-2"	34'-5"	37'-5"	42'
Two Stall Rows, One-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	16'	41'-1"	43'-8"	36'
Drive Aisle Width	13'-2"	13'-10"	15'-6"	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	29'-2"	54'-11"	59'-2"	60'
One Stall Row, Two-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	8'	20'-7"	21'-11"	18'
Drive Aisle Width	23'-3"	20'	22'	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	31'-3"	40'-7"	43'-11"	42'
Two Stall Rows, Two-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	16'	41'-1"	43'-8"	36'
Drive Aisle Width	23'-3"	20'	22'	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	39'-3"	61'-1"	65'-8"	60'

Table 10-1-3.7.C.1 Parking Module Dimensions
Measurements	Parking Space Angle
Measurements	0° Parallel Parking	45° Diagonal	60° Diagonal	90° Head-In
One-Stall Row, One-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	8'	20'-7"	21'-11"	18'
Drive Aisle Width	13'-2"	13'-10"	15'-6"	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	21'-2"	34'-5"	37'-5"	42'
Two Stall Rows, One-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	16'	41'-1"	43'-8"	36'
Drive Aisle Width	13'-2"	13'-10"	15'-6"	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	29'-2"	54'-11"	59'-2"	60'
One Stall Row, Two-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	8'	20'-7"	21'-11"	18'
Drive Aisle Width	23'-3"	20'	22'	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	31'-3"	40'-7"	43'-11"	42'
Two Stall Rows, Two-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	16'	41'-1"	43'-8"	36'
Drive Aisle Width	23'-3"	20'	22'	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	39'-3"	61'-1"	65'-8"	60'

Table 10-1-3.7.C.1 Parking Module Dimensions
Measurements	Parking Space Angle
Measurements	0° Parallel Parking	45° Diagonal	60° Diagonal	90° Head-In
One-Stall Row, One-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	8'	20'-7"	21'-11"	18'
Drive Aisle Width	13'-2"	13'-10"	15'-6"	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	21'-2"	34'-5"	37'-5"	42'
Two Stall Rows, One-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	16'	41'-1"	43'-8"	36'
Drive Aisle Width	13'-2"	13'-10"	15'-6"	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	29'-2"	54'-11"	59'-2"	60'
One Stall Row, Two-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	8'	20'-7"	21'-11"	18'
Drive Aisle Width	23'-3"	20'	22'	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	31'-3"	40'-7"	43'-11"	42'
Two Stall Rows, Two-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	16'	41'-1"	43'-8"	36'
Drive Aisle Width	23'-3"	20'	22'	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	39'-3"	61'-1"	65'-8"	60'

Table 10-1-3.7.C.1 Parking Module Dimensions
Measurements	Parking Space Angle
Measurements	0° Parallel Parking	45° Diagonal	60° Diagonal	90° Head-In
One-Stall Row, One-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	8'	20'-7"	21'-11"	18'
Drive Aisle Width	13'-2"	13'-10"	15'-6"	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	21'-2"	34'-5"	37'-5"	42'
Two Stall Rows, One-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	16'	41'-1"	43'-8"	36'
Drive Aisle Width	13'-2"	13'-10"	15'-6"	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	29'-2"	54'-11"	59'-2"	60'
One Stall Row, Two-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	8'	20'-7"	21'-11"	18'
Drive Aisle Width	23'-3"	20'	22'	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	31'-3"	40'-7"	43'-11"	42'
Two Stall Rows, Two-Way Aisle
Stall Row Depth	16'	41'-1"	43'-8"	36'
Drive Aisle Width	23'-3"	20'	22'	24'
Minimum Module Width (row & aisle)	39'-3"	61'-1"	65'-8"	60'

Figure 10-1-3.7.C.3
Parking Module Standards

Parking Module Standards

H.
Large Parking Lots. Parking lots containing more than 300 spaces shall be designed in modules of 150 spaces, or a portion thereof. Each module shall be divided into individual areas and separated by landscaping or other elements of site design, e.g., pedestrian walkways, linear bioswales, greenways, etc. The Director may adjust certain standards whereby strict application of this requirement would be impractical due to existing or natural conditions, property size or arrangement, safety constraints, engineering design or construction practices, or other similar conditions.
I.
Loading Space Design.
1. 1.
  Generally.
  1. a.
    Off-Street Parking. A loading space or berth may not be used to satisfy the requirements for off-street parking.
  2. b.
    Vehicle Repair. Motor vehicle repair or service of any kind is prohibited in conjunction with off-street loading facilities.
  3. c.
    Location.
    1.
    Same Lot. All loading spaces or berths shall be located on the same lot as the use being served.
    2.
    Alleys. Adjoining alley space may be utilized for loading with approval from the Public Works Director.
    3.
    Proximity to Intersection. No loading space or berth shall be located within 40 feet of an intersection, measured from the nearest lot line to the intersection of right-of-way lines.
    4.
    Restrictions. No loading space or berth may be located in a required front yard, sight triangle, or in a manner that partially or wholly obstructs an alley or public rights-of-way.
  4. d.
    Access. Each off-street loading space or berth shall be designed with means of truck access to a street or alley in a manner that will least interfere with traffic movement.
2. 2.
  Spaces Required. The required number of off-street loading facilities is set out in Table 10-1-3.7.C.2, Loading Spaces Required.

Table 10-1-3.7.C.2 Loading Spaces Required
Use Categories	Gross Floor Area in Square Feet	Number of Required Loading Spaces
Industrial and Manufacturing	Less than 10,000	0
	10,000–50,000	1
	50,001–100,000	2
	Each additional 100,000	1
Commercial and Office	Less than 10,000	0
	10,000–100,000	1
	100,001–200,000	2
	Each additional 100,000	1

Table 10-1-3.7.C.2 Loading Spaces Required
Use Categories	Gross Floor Area in Square Feet	Number of Required Loading Spaces
Industrial and Manufacturing	Less than 10,000	0
	10,000–50,000	1
	50,001–100,000	2
	Each additional 100,000	1
Commercial and Office	Less than 10,000	0
	10,000–100,000	1
	100,001–200,000	2
	Each additional 100,000	1

Table 10-1-3.7.C.2 Loading Spaces Required
Use Categories	Gross Floor Area in Square Feet	Number of Required Loading Spaces
Industrial and Manufacturing	Less than 10,000	0
	10,000–50,000	1
	50,001–100,000	2
	Each additional 100,000	1
Commercial and Office	Less than 10,000	0
	10,000–100,000	1
	100,001–200,000	2
	Each additional 100,000	1

Table 10-1-3.7.C.2 Loading Spaces Required
Use Categories	Gross Floor Area in Square Feet	Number of Required Loading Spaces
Industrial and Manufacturing	Less than 10,000	0
	10,000–50,000	1
	50,001–100,000	2
	Each additional 100,000	1
Commercial and Office	Less than 10,000	0
	10,000–100,000	1
	100,001–200,000	2
	Each additional 100,000	1

1. 3.
  Types of Spaces.
  1. a.
    BC and IP Districts. Each loading space shall be a minimum of 12' X 45' with a minimum clearance of 15'.
  2. b.
    NC and CM Districts. Each loading space shall be a minimum of 12' X 18' with a minimum clearance of 15'.
  3. c.
    Mixed-Use Development in the CM District. The loading space dimensions within a mixed-use development shall be determined through the Site Plan or Master Development Plan process.
2. 4.
  Buffering. Docks and loading spaces shall be located to the rear of the principal building and screened with a Type B bufferyard along all adjoining streets. Docks and loading areas that are between the principal building and a residential use or district shall comply with the following additional standards:
  1. a.
    Use of Enclosed Loading. The loading area shall be enclosed by a roof and wall between the principal building and the residential lot or boundary line; or
  2. b.
    Absence of Enclosed Loading. The loading area shall be screened along its length by a Type C bufferyard as set out in Subsection 10-1-3.6.F, Bufferyard Requirements.

K.
Stacking. Stacking spaces are used to measure the capacity of a drive-through lane to hold vehicles while transactions are taking place at drive-through service or order stations. A stacking space measures 10' X 20' and provides direct access to a service or order station. The position in front of a drive-through order station is counted as one stacking space.
1. 1.
  Minimum Requirements. Uses that include drive-through service shall not have fewer than the following number of stacking spaces:
  1. a.
    A bank or credit union, office, retail sales, dry cleaning store, drug store, and similar retail sales uses shall provide a minimum of three stacking spaces per each drive-through station.
  2. b.
    A drive-through restaurant shall provide a minimum of six stacking spaces leading to each order board.
  3. c.
    Drive-through only uses such as vending kiosks or ATMs in buildings with less than 300 square feet of gross floor area shall provide a minimum of three stacking spaces per service window.
2. 2.
  Design. Drive-through lanes shall be designed in accordance with the standards set out in Subsection 10-3-3.2.B, CMU Building and Site Design.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.7.D Use and Maintenance

Surface.

1.
All driveways, parking spaces, access ways, and loading zones shall be surfaced with concrete, asphalt or pavers in accordance with all applicable standards and specifications of the city. Parking areas on single-family lots may also be surfaced with rock per the requirements of this Subsection.
2.
Pervious Parking. Pervious parking surfaces are permitted when the following conditions are met:
1. a.
  Standards and specifications for the application of pervious parking are submitted by a registered professional engineer to the Public Works Director for review and approval.
2. b.
  Pervious paving materials and other soil stabilization techniques are used in a manner to assure that parking will remain functional in heavy rains or drought.
3. c.
  Pervious paving materials are installed according to manufacturer's specifications, including sub-surface preparation, composition, and density of compaction.
4. d.
  Sub-surface soil testing shall demonstrate that the manufacturer's specifications will be met to allow for percolation and other stormwater functions. A registered professional engineer shall also make inspections and tests as necessary to certify that construction of the pavement is consistent with the approved plans as well as industry and manufacturer's standards.
5. e.
  Pervious parking areas shall allow stormwater to percolate into the ground as designed as part of an overall stormwater management system and in accordance with the approved Site Plan or Master Development Plan.
6. f.
  Pervious parking areas shall be provided with drainage facilities adequate to properly dispose of all surface water run-off.
7. g.
  Regular maintenance of pervious parking areas is necessary to ensure long-term integrity. Sweeping or other recommended maintenance procedures as per manufacturer's specifications must be implemented. If such areas cease to function in providing adequate parking, drainage or cause sedimentation within the drainage system, then paving to normal design standards and implementation of alternate stormwater facilities may be required.
3.
Alternative Materials. Under some circumstances, the Public Works Director may allow the following alternative materials for parking areas:
1. a.
  Stabilized grassed areas for uses requiring only occasional parking or transitory vehicle storage.
2. b.
  Other alternative surface materials may include, but are not limited to, road base or crushed hard rock, provided:
  1. 1.
    The depth of the surface material is at least four inches;
  2. 2.
    Lines delineating parking spaces are clearly visible;
  3. 3.
    The subgrade, or soil beneath the parking surface, is properly prepared to minimize the future maintenance expense and to ensure that traffic loads do not displace or deteriorate the parking surface;
  4. 4.
    A weed barrier is placed on top of the subgrade to prevent the intrusion of weeds, which must allow for the efficient drainage of water to assure maximum stability of the parking surface; and
  5. 5.
    The surface is properly and regularly maintained to reduce the amount of loose debris transported onto public rights-of-way.

Construction and Maintenance of Single-Family Residential Parking.

1.
Materials To Be Used. Pavement materials shall be concrete or asphalt of sufficient thickness to support the weight of parked vehicles, brick, concrete, or stone pavers with a minimum depth of two and one-half inches and placed over an appropriate road base, or crushed hard rock with a minimum depth of four inches. Crushed hard rock shall have a nominal gradation of one and one-half inches in size. River cobble, lava rock, crushed shale, recycled concrete or asphalt or other similar materials shall not be used.
2.
Border Requirements. Borders are required for the use of crushed hard rock, brick, concrete, or stone pavers, and shall be not less than four inches in height made from four inch by four inch pressure treated timbers, brick, concrete, or stone pavers of not less than four inches in height or length and two and one-half inches in thickness. When installed, borders shall be capable of sustaining vehicle loads without fracturing or otherwise deteriorating and shall be backfilled against the outer perimeter of the border. The border shall completely surround the driveway or parking space except along any side adjacent to an approved driveway, street, or alley.
3.
Improved Driveway Requirements. Access to any improved driveway or parking space shall be from an adjoining existing paved driveway, parking space, or a public or private street or alley. If a new driveway accesses a street differently than the current driveway, approval shall be obtained from the Public Works Traffic Engineering Division.
4.
Required Dimensions. Minimum dimensions of an improved driveway or parking space shall be seven feet wide by 10 feet long; however, the improved surface shall be of sufficient length to be accessed and used by any vehicles without driving or parking on adjacent areas that are not improved for vehicles.
5.
Subgrade Preparation. The subgrade, or soil beneath the driveway or parking space, shall be properly prepared to minimize future maintenance and assure the traffic loads do not displace or deteriorate the parking surface.

Storage Prohibited.

1.
Required off-street parking spaces shall be available for operable passenger vehicles of the residents, customers, patrons, and employees of the use to which they relate.
2.
Except where retail sales of motor vehicles and trailers by a licensed dealer is a permitted use, no vehicle or trailer may be sold or displayed for sale anywhere on any property.
3.
Storing or displaying materials, boats, campers, recreational vehicles, or derelict vehicles, or parking trucks or trailers is prohibited in parking areas, unless:
1. a.
  The outdoor storage or display use is permitted in the applicable district and approved for the subject property; and
2. b.
  The area(s) set aside for such parking is not counted towards the parking requirements for the use and comply with all applicable requirements for outdoor storage and display.
4.
The storage of trailers or other vehicles in loading spaces or parking areas for a period greater than 48 hours is prohibited.
5.
Trash enclosures, dumpsters, recycling or donation bins, and transformers shall not be located in required parking areas or in locations that interfere with the circulation or use of parking spaces.

Blocking Access Prohibited.

1.
Blocking loading or parking spaces is prohibited.
2.
Loading or parking spaces shall not be designed or located in a manner that blocks access to other loading spaces, parking spaces, drive aisles, fire lanes, ingress or egress points, or building entrances.
3.
Parking within a driveway approach or across public sidewalks is prohibited.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.8.A Circulation

Applicability. This Subsection is applicable to all new development, redevelopment, and substantial improvement except:

1.
Single-family detached subdivisions; and
2.
Planned developments approved prior to the effective date of this Code.

Required Access.

1.
Generally. All development subject to this Subsection shall be served by an internal pedestrian and bicycle circulation system of walkways and bikeways (including sidewalks, pedestrian and bicycle paths, and/or trails) that permit safe, convenient, efficient, and orderly movement of pedestrians and bicycles within the development. Walkways and bikeways shall also be provided between the internal pedestrian and bicycle circulation system, the adjoining existing or planned city-wide trail and greenway system, as applicable, and any adjoining parks, schools, and civic uses. Sidewalks shall connect to:
1. a.
  The primary entrance(s) of principal buildings;
2. b.
  Off-street vehicle and bicycle parking areas;
3. c.
  Existing or planned public transit stations or stops located on-site or on an adjacent street; and
4. d.
  Recreation facilities, common use areas, and amenities.
2.
Sidewalks Required. All development subject to this Subsection shall install internal sidewalks or approved pedestrian paths in accordance with the provisions of this Code. All sidewalks within public rights-of-way or associated with private streets shall be installed in accordance with a subdivision improvement agreement or the LEDS for each street classification in the Transportation Master Plan.
3.
Pedestrian Connectivity. All new multi-family, non-residential, and mixed-use development shall comply with the following standards:
1. a.
  The internal pedestrian circulation system shall be designed to allow for pedestrian cross-access between buildings and parking areas and those on adjoining lots, or to the boundary of adjoining vacant land zoned to allow multi-family, non-residential, or mixed-use development.
2. b.
  The Director may waive or modify the requirement for pedestrian cross-access on determining that such cross-access is impractical or undesirable due to the presence of natural features, safety factors, or unusual lot configuration.
3. c.
  Prior to the issuance of a building permit, easements allowing cross-access shall be platted or recorded by separate instrument in the office of the County Clerk and Recorder.
4.
Bicycle Connections. All development subject to this Subsection shall provide bicycle access routes between public bikeways and on-site bicycle parking areas. Sites shall be designed to avoid or minimize all conflicting bicycle/motor vehicle and bicycle/pedestrian movements.
5.
Layout and Design. The minimum widths of improvements are as follows:
1. a.
  Private Property.
  1. 1.
    Bikeways or shared use paths: 10 feet; and
  2. 2.
    Sidewalks:
    i.
    Eight feet in an MFR, NC, CM, BC or IP district; or
    ii.
    Five feet in all other districts;
2. b.
  Public Rights-of-Way: Per LEDS.
3. c.
  Be clearly distinguishable from vehicular traffic lanes by painted markings, raised paving height, decorative bollards, change in pavement material or color, and/or flashing caution signals;
4. d.
  Have adequate lighting for security and safety; and
5. e.
  Meet the current Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Standards for Accessible Design.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.8.B Bicycle Parking

Applicability.

1.
Outside of the DTA, DMU, and DNR Districts. Bicycle parking is required for new development, redevelopment, or substantial improvement of land for which there are at least 50 vehicle parking spaces required.
2.
DTA, DMU, and DNR Districts. Short-term bicycle parking shall be required for properties that have surface or structured parking with 15 or more parking spaces. Long-term bicycle parking shall be provided for all mixed-use buildings that have 50 or more dwelling units, at a rate of one long-term bicycle parking space per each 10 dwelling units.
3.
DMS District. Bicycle parking shall be provided if there are fewer than six spaces present on the same block.

Exemptions. Uses that are exempt from the provisions of this Subsection include:

1.
Low Density Uses. Agricultural and single-family detached and attached dwellings as set out in Section 10-1-1.3, Land Use Matrix; and
2.
Small Land Uses. Buildings with less than 5,000 square feet of gross floor area.
3.
DMS, Downtown Main Street District. Properties in the DMS district are exempt from the standards of this Subsection where a minimum of six short-term bicycle parking spaces are present on the same block.

Number of Spaces.

1.
Mixed-Use or Non-Residential Development Outside of DMS, DTA, DMU and DNR Districts. Development shall provide one short-term bicycle parking space per each 20 vehicle parking spaces.
2.
DTA, DMU and DNR Districts. Development shall provide one short-term bicycle parking space per each 15 vehicle parking spaces, plus one long-term bicycle parking space per each 10 dwelling units.
3.
DMS District. If there are fewer than six short-term bicycle parking spaces present on the same block, the applicant shall provide a sufficient number of short-term bicycle parking spaces so that a minimum of six spaces are available.
4.
Multi-Family Development. One long-term bicycle parking space shall be provided per each 25 dwelling units in association with an apartment complex or the residential element of a mixed-use development.
5.
Rounding. If the final calculated number of bicycle parking spaces includes a fractional space, then the number of required bicycle spaces is rounded up to the nearest whole number.

Design Standards.

1.
Anchored. Bicycle parking shall be designed so that racks are securely anchored to a hard surface to prevent easy removal.
2.
Location. Short-term bicycle parking is ideally covered from weather and at least 50 percent of the required spaces shall be located within 40 feet of the main entrance to a building. Secured indoor spaces shall provide room and accessibility for bicycles to satisfy long-term parking requirements.
3.
Multi-Tenant Sites and Centers. Sites that have more than one principal building shall provide racks within 50 feet of the main entrance of each building.
4.
Area. A bicycle parking space shall be a minimum of six feet long and two feet wide.
5.
Clearance. An aisle of at least five feet is required for bicycle maneuvering.
6.
Dimensions. Bicycle racks shall be designed in accordance with the dimensions reflected in Figure 10-1-3.8.B.1, Bicycle Rack Dimensions.
7.
Accessibility. Bicycle parking facilities shall not interfere with accessible paths of travel or parking as required by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA).
8.
Signage. When not clearly visible, signage of one square foot in size is required to safely direct cyclists to bicycle parking areas.
9.
Guidelines. All bicycle parking spaces shall be constructed in accordance with the latest version of the Association of Pedestrian and Bicycle Professionals Bicycle Parking Guidelines. (see https://www.apbp.org/Publications)

Figure 10-1-3.8.B.1

Bicycle Rack Dimensions

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.9.A Purpose and Applicability

Applicability.

1.
Generally. The standards and requirements of this Section apply to all single-family attached dwellings with three or more units, multi-family, non-residential, and mixed-use development.
2.
Exemptions. Single-family detached dwellings and duplexes or twin homes are exempt from the requirements of this Section.
3.
Review for Compliance. Review for compliance with the standards of this Subsection shall occur during earliest review of an application for approval of a Site Plan or Master Development Plan, Conditional Use Permit, Preliminary Plat, or Building Permit.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.9.B Vehicular Access and Circulation

Circulation Plan Required.

1.
Applications. Applications for the earlier review of a Site Plan or Master Development Plan, Conditional Use Permit, Preliminary or Final Plat, or Building Permit, as applicable, shall include a circulation plan that addresses street connectivity, emergency and service vehicle access, parking movements, accommodation of loading operations, turning radii, and similar issues.
2.
Waiver. The Director may waive the requirement for a circulation plan on determining that a proposed development is expected to have no impact on circulation or proposes no change in existing circulation patterns. This provision shall not be construed to exempt development that includes additional parking, additional access, or substantial modifications to the existing pedestrian network.

Access.

1.
Spacing Standards. The minimum spacing between accessways is set out in LEDS.
2.
Access Warrants. The Public Works Director may allow additional accessways if it is demonstrated by the applicant that it is warranted due to:
1. a.
  Conformance with all other requirements of this Subsection;
2. b.
  Requested access to a commercial corridor or suburban connector;
3. c.
  The location and spacing of accessways providing for improved circulation and traffic safety;
4. d.
  The request being for a right-in/right-out only accessway;
5. e.
  The existence of a median preventing left turn movements; and
6. f.
  Safe operating conditions and unimpeded traffic flow.

Layout and Design.

1.
Coordinated Access. The centerline of accessways on opposite sides of undivided streets shall either align with one another or have a minimum offset of 150 feet.
2.
Multi-Modal Connections. When adjoining an existing or planned transit route, the on-site vehicle and pedestrian circulation systems shall be designed to safely coordinate all modes of transportation.
3.
Traffic Control and Calming Measures. Traffic calming improvements shall be integrated into the vehicle circulation system where deemed necessary by the City Engineer to provide for pedestrian safety.
4.
Abandoned or Unpermitted Accessways. Concurrent with new development or redevelopment, any abandoned or unpermitted accessways shall be removed or approved for a driveway permit as set out in Section 10-9-6.3, Access Permit.

Access Location and Dimensions.

1.
Location.
1. a.
  Except in the DTA, DMS, and DMU districts, accessways for multi-family, non-residential, and mixed-use development shall be located at least five feet away from any interior side property line.
2. b.
  Access on corner lots shall be as follows:
  1. 1.
    Residential Accessways shall be positioned relative to street intersections as set out in LEDS.
  2. 2.
    Greater corner clearance may be required by the City Engineer due to the projected traffic volume of the development, adjacent street design and speed, proximity to signalized intersections, or other use characteristics.
  3. 3.
    Queuing space shall be provided as follows:
    i.
    Inbound reservoir space between the adjacent street and the first point of entry to parking aisles at access drives shall be sufficient to prevent inbound traffic from queuing into the adjacent street.
    ii.
    Exit queuing space between the first point of exit from the parking aisles and the adjacent street at signalized accessways shall be a distance in feet equal to the peak hour volume of left turning exit traffic.

Cross Access. To encourage shared parking and minimize access points along roads, new multi-family, non-residential, and mixed-use development shall comply with the following standards:

1.
As displayed in Figure 10-1-3.9.B.1, Cross Access, the internal vehicular circulation system shall be designed to allow for vehicular cross access between the development's parking and vehicular use areas and those on adjoining lots containing, or adjoining vacant land zoned to allow, multi-family, non-residential, or mixed-use development.
2.
Cross-accessways shall provide for two-way vehicular traffic between the vehicular use areas on the adjoining lots through the use of a single access or drive aisle that is at least 24 feet wide or through two one-way accessways or aisles that are each at least 12 feet wide.
3.
The Director may waive or modify the requirement for vehicular cross access on determining that such cross access is impractical or undesirable due to the presence of natural features or vehicular safety factors, or other relevant considerations.
4.
Where such are required, easements allowing cross access to and from properties, along with agreements defining maintenance responsibilities of property owners, shall be recorded with the County Clerk and Recorder's Office before issuance of a building permit or certificate of occupancy.

Figure 10-1-3.9.B.1

Cross Access

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.9.C Vision Obstruction

Purpose. The sight triangle is intended to give drivers, bicyclists, and pedestrians a clear line of sight of approaching motor vehicles, bicycles, and pedestrians to help avoid collisions.

Exceptions

1.
Utilities and Traffic Control Devices. The placement of utility poles or traffic control devices will be regulated by the City Engineer.
2.
Support Column. A man-made support column (i.e., flagpole, sign pole, utility pole, etc.) may be allowed if it is not over 12 inches in diameter.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.10.A General Provisions

Generally.

1.
Jurisdiction and Authority. This Section regulates signs located within the corporate limits of Littleton for which the city has regulatory authority.
2.
Compliance Required. It shall be a violation of this Section for any person to erect, install, convert, relocate, enlarge, or structurally modify a sign on private property, in any manner, except as specifically allowed within this Section.

Purpose. The purpose of the sign regulations established in this and other sections of this Code is to create and implement a comprehensive system for the regulation of signs that:

1.
Accommodates the expression rights of the First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution and the corollary provisions of the Colorado Constitution;
2.
Comports with all applicable principles of federal and state constitutional, statutory and administrative law;
3.
Serves the governmental and public interests in controlling visual clutter, protecting community character and aesthetics, and protecting the safety of drivers, passengers, and pedestrians;
4.
Establishes standards that permit a reasonable and equitable opportunity for all forms of speech that occur through signs, such as the expression of opinions, elections, and business identification;
5.
Aides in the identification of properties, land uses, and establishments;
6.
Preserves and promotes civic beauty and does not allow signs which would detract from this objective because of unusual size, shape, height, location, condition, cluttering, or illumination;
7.
Is sensitive to and in harmony with the natural beauty of the city;
8.
Ensures that every sign has good scale and proportion in relationship to its location and function, as well as to the signage and use of neighboring properties;
9.
Provides a fair, equitable, and predictable regulatory framework for the application of signs; and
10.
Preserves, protects, and promotes the public health, safety, and general welfare.

Messaging.

1.
Content Neutral. This Section and all sign-related provisions of this Code regulate only the sign structure and physical parameters, and not the sign’s message.
2.
Substitution Policy. A constitutionally protected noncommercial message may be substituted, in whole or in part, for any allowed commercial message or any other protected noncommercial message, provided that the sign structure or mounting device is legal. Any substitution shall require the private property owner's consent. The purpose of this provision is to prevent any favoring of commercial speech over noncommercial speech, or favoring of any particular protected noncommercial message over any other protected noncommercial message. This message substitution policy does not:
1. a.
  Create a right to increase the total amount of sign display area on a lot;
2. b.
  Affect the requirement that a sign structure or mounting device must be properly permitted;
3. c.
  Authorize changing the physical method of image presentation (such as digital or neon display) without a permit;
4. d.
  Limit a sign based on the content of its message; or
5. e.
  Authorize a physical change to the sign structure without compliance with applicable building codes, safety codes, and neutrally applicable rules for sign size, height, orientation, setback, separation, or illumination.

Compliance.

1.
Responsibility. The responsibility for compliance with this Section rests upon anyone holding or sharing interest in the property upon which the sign is located.
2.
Included Parties. Those responsible for compliance include:
1. a.
  Sign owner;
2. b.
  Sign Permit holder;
3. c.
  All parties holding the present right of possession and control of the property upon which a sign is located, mounted, or installed; and
4. d.
  The legal owner of the lot or parcel, even if the sign was mounted, installed, erected or displayed without the consent or knowledge of the owner and/or other parties holding the legal right to immediate possession and control.

Compliance.

1.
Failure To Comply. A failure to comply with the provisions of this Section shall be unlawful, and subject to the penalties in Subsection 10-11-2.3, Penalties and Fines. Such penalty shall not relieve any person from fully complying with the requirements of this Section or from any other penalties prescribed in this Code.
2.
Remedies. If any sign or sign structure is erected, constructed, displayed, maintained, or used in violation of this Section, the Director may institute any action or proceedings to correct such violation as may be provided by this Code or other applicable law. The imposition of any penalty under this Section shall not preclude the Director from instituting any action or proceeding to require compliance with the provisions of this Code and with administrative orders and determinations made under this Code.
3.
Removal. Any sign in violation of this Section may be removed in accordance with this Section. When removal of a sign is required, the entire sign and all supporting structures shall be removed. Signs painted directly on an exposed brick, stone, or concrete wall shall be removed by a process that strips the entire sign from the wall or by painting over the sign. Placement of signs in medians, parks, or common open space areas, on any traffic control device, in any public rights-of-way or property without authorization, or in a manner impairing traffic or pedestrian visibility, is prohibited, such signs being subject to immediate removal without notice to the owner.
4.
Ownership. For all purposes hereof, the owner of the premises shall be presumed to be the owner of all signs, unless the contrary shall appear from facts brought to the attention of the Director.
1. a.
  Identification and Marking. Each sign requiring a permit under the terms of this Code that is erected or remodeled shall bear, in a permanent position, a clearly legible identification plate stating the name and address of the owner of the sign, and the person responsible for its construction and erection, and the date of erection. Electrical signs shall be marked with input amperes at full loss input.
2. b.
  Allowable Stresses, Materials and Engineering Standard. The design of all members shall conform to the requirements of the Building Code. Loads, both vertical and horizontal, shall not produce stresses exceeding those specified in the Building Code; and materials, construction and structures shall be of the quality and grade required by the Building Code and this Section. All signs and structures shall be designed and constructed to meet Building Code requirements.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.10.B Sign Allowances and Prohibitions

Signs Allowed Without a Permit. The following signs may be erected and maintained without a Sign Permit and without being deducted from the allowable face areas of other permitted signs:

1.
Etched Sign. A sign that is cut or etched into masonry, bronze, or similar material on a building and that is a maximum of six square feet in area;
2.
Interior Signs. Signs that are not visible from residential property, abutting property, or street;
3.
Accessway Signs. Non-illuminated signs not exceeding three square feet in sign area or three feet in height per sign nor allowing more than one such sign per non-residential access; however, if such signs are internally or externally illuminated then such signs shall be subject to regulation under this Code as a monument sign;
4.
Headstones and Memorials. Headstones and other memorials;
5.
Flags. Flags attached to a pole of up to 40 feet in height that have a maximum area of 32 square feet. The installation of the flag pole requires a building permit;
6.
Governmental Signs. Signs posted by local, state, and federal agencies such as regulatory signs and traffic control signs;
7.
Occupant/Address Signs. Visible street numbers and occupant identification are essential for emergency service providers to rapidly locate and identify specific buildings when emergency incidents are underway, including non-illuminated signs affixed to buildings, structures, mailboxes, decorative light posts, access entrances, or similar structures, that identify the address of the structure or occupant. Occupant/Address Signs include business directory signs not intended to be viewed from the street. The size and type of numbers shall be in accordance with the City Code;
8.
Parking of Advertising Vehicles on Private Property. Advertising vehicles parked on private property, visible from the street, used on a regular basis within each business week as a means of transportation for the business that is advertised; and
9.
Display Window Signs. Signs inside display windows visible from the street that are a maximum of four square feet in area.
10.
Face changes. Sign face changes with no impact to the sign cabinet;
11.
Small Temporary Signs. Post and stake signs as allowed by Table 10-1-3.10.F.
12.
Building Wayfinding Signs. Non-residential buildings may include signage indicating the location(s) of any entrance. The maximum entry signage attached to a building size for non-residential buildings is ten square feet. For non-residential buildings over 60,000 square feet, one wayfinding sign indicating a service entrance shall be allowed. The maximum size of a service wayfinding sign shall be thirty-two square feet. Service entrance signs are prohibited for non-residential buildings under 60,000 square feet.
13.
Drive-Thru Menu Boards. For the purposes of this Section, “drive-thru menu board” shall mean a freestanding or mounted signage structure, specifically designed to display commercial messaging for users within a drive-thru access lane at a business.
1. a.
  Quantity. One primary and one secondary drive-thru sign is allowed per drive-thru lane.
2. b.
  Electronic displays. Drive-thru signs may include a speaker and an electronic screen to display information to the users within a drive-thru access lane.

Prohibited Signs. The following signs shall not be permitted in any district:

1.
Animated or Moving Signs. Animated or moving signs, including signs consisting of any moving, swinging, rotating, flashing, blinking, scintillating, fluctuating, or otherwise animated light, unless specifically permitted as part of the allowable signage enumerated in this Code;
2.
Portable Signs. Portable signs except as permitted in individual zoning districts;
3.
Certain Temporary Signs. Banners, pennants, searchlights, twirling signs, balloons or other gas-filled objects, tube signs, or feather signs, except as permitted in individual zoning districts;
4.
Roof Signs. Signs mounted on a roof or roof illumination designed to illuminate signs located elsewhere on the building;
5.
Obstructive Signs. Any sign that obstructs any window, door, fire escape, stairway, ladder, or opening intended to provide light, air, ingress, or egress for any building, as required by law, or which hides from view any traffic or street sign or signal or device;
6.
Signs in Rights-of-Way and Public Places. Any signs and supports, other than signs and supports required by a governmental authority, which are located on the public right-of-way, including, but not limited to, public streets, alleys, medians, and tree-lawns;
7.
Parking of Advertising Vehicles on Street or Public Property. An advertising vehicle parked on a street or on public property for the sole or primary purpose of advertising;
8.
Billboards. As defined in Section 10-12-2.1, Definitions; and
9.
Nuisances.
1. a.
  Glare. Any sign that causes any direct glare into or upon any residential building or premises, other than the building or premises to which the sign is attached.
2. b.
  Other. Any sign which emits sound, odor, or visible matter, which serves as a distraction to persons within the street.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 20, Series of 2023; Ord. 13, Series of 2025)

Effective on: 8/28/2025

Subsec. 10-1-3.10.C Installation and Maintenance

Illumination.

1.
Compliance with Electrical Code. Illuminated signs shall comply with all applicable provisions of the city's electrical code. All electrical connections to freestanding signs shall be placed underground. Electrical transformer boxes and raceways shall be concealed from public view. If a raceway cannot be mounted internally behind the finished exterior wall, the exposed metal surfaces of the raceway shall be finished to match the background wall or integrated into the overall sign design. If raceways are necessary, they shall never extend in width or height beyond the area of the sign’s lettering or graphics.
2.
Hazards. Artificial light used in conjunction with the lighting of any sign shall not be directed or reflected onto any structure or constitute a hazard to the safe and efficient operation of vehicles upon a street.
3.
Shielding of Light Source. The light source, whether internal or external, shall be shielded from view or directed so that the light intensity or brightness is directed away from the street or boundary of any residential use or district. Ground-mounted external floodlighting shall be shielded, properly placed, and oriented to avoid direct visibility of the light to passing motorists.
4.
Light Trespass. No sign or associated luminaire shall create light spillover of more than 0.1-foot-candles at any property line within or bounding a residential use or district.
5.
Use of a Projected Light Source. Illumination by a projected light shall be an indirect spotlight or gooseneck downlight. External lighting fixtures shall not cast light or glare in any direction other than on the elements of the sign. Such lighting shall be placed so as to provide even illumination to the signage and to avoid hot spots or dark areas on the signage.
6.
Brightness. Illuminated signs shall not operate at brightness levels of more than 0.3-foot-candles above ambient light conditions at the property line, as measured using a foot-candle meter. Illumination levels shall be measured in foot-candles with a meter sensor in a horizontal position at an approximate height of three feet above grade. Maximum illumination readings are to be taken directly beneath the luminaire. The point at which readings shall be taken is dependent upon the area classification and fixture arrangements.

Maintenance.

1.
Structurally Sound. Each sign located in the city shall be of sound structural quality, have a clean and neat appearance, and shall be maintained in a safe manner, including but not limited to, the replacement of defective parts, painting, repainting, cleaning, and other similar maintenance activities.
2.
Repair or Refurbishment. Any sign required to be removed for the purpose of repair, re-lettering, or repainting may be done without a permit provided the following conditions are met:
1. a.
  There is no alteration to or remodeling of the structure or the mounting of the sign itself;
2. b.
  There is no increase in any of the dimensions of the sign or its structure;
3. c.
  There is no alteration to the type of illumination or operational characteristics of the sign; and
4. d.
  The sign is accessory to a legally permitted or conditional use and the sign was permitted when installed.

Abandoned or Damaged Signs.

1.
Owner Duties. The property owner shall:
1. a.
  Remove all abandoned signs and their supports within 60 days from the date of abandonment; and
2. b.
  Repair or remove all damaged signs within 30 days after notification by the Director.
2.
City Demolition and Removal. After due notice and failure to correct a violation of this Paragraph, the Director may proceed with the demolition and removal of signs. The Finance Director shall send the noticed property owner a statement showing the amount owed to the city for demolition and/or removal. If not paid within 30 days of notice, the city may file a lien against the property in the amount of the cost for demolition and/or removal. The city may cause immediate demolition or removal of a sign that poses an imminent danger or threat to public safety.

Nonconforming Signs. Refer to Section 10-10-1.6, Nonconforming Signs.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022)

Effective on: 8/25/2022

Subsec. 10-1-3.10.D Measurements

Sign Area.

1.
Sign area shall be measured in square feet.
2.
Sign area is measured as the total area of the smallest geometric shapes that will enclose each word and graphic in the display.
3.
The structure of freestanding signs including the base, side, and top frame shall not be included in the sign area calculation.

Sign Width.

1.
The width of a sign shall be measured in linear feet and calculated from the two outer horizontal edges of the sign area.
2.
The width of a freestanding sign shall include the sign structure, including the base, side, and top frame.

Sign Height.

1.
Sign height shall be measured in linear feet and shall be measured from the topmost point of the sign to the lowest grade level adjacent to the sign.
2.
The base and sign supports of freestanding signs shall be included as part of the sign height.

Setbacks. Setbacks shall be measured from property lines to the outermost edge of the sign.

Spacing. The required spacing between signs shall not apply to signs located on lots across public or private streets from one another.

Sign Projection. The projection of a sign is measured in feet perpendicular to the property line, from the property line to the outermost edge of the sign.

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.10.E Sign References and Bonuses

Standards by District. The standards applicable to the sign types permitted in each zoning district are set out in:

1.
Article 10-2-5, DT Signs;
2.
Article 10-3-5, CMU Signs;
3.
Article 10-4-5, NB Signs; and
4.
Article 10-5-5, BI Signs.

1.
Cosmetic Pole Covers. In lieu of exposed poles, decorative cosmetic pole covers enhance the quality appearance of a sign and give a more substantial profile to a sign. Pole covers may be multi-tiered or segmented and finished with a textured finish or painted in complementary tones. For single pole signs, the pole cover shall be equal to or larger than 25 percent of the width of the sign. The pole covers for each leg of double pole signs shall be proportionate to the size and height of the sign, provided the width of both pole covers shall not exceed 25 percent of the width of the sign.
2.
Landscaping. A landscaped planting area at the base of a sign shall consist of a raised border of at least eight inches in height from the natural grade and constructed of landscape timbers, brick, stone, or rock. The planting area shall be filled with mulch or a ground cover and planted with low-growing perennials. The planting area shall be a minimum of 32 square feet.
3.
Organic and Natural Materials. A blend of natural materials (e.g. stone, brick, or wood) shall be used together with metal components of the sign to soften the image and improve the interest and attractiveness of the sign.
4.
Accent Lighting. Concealed up lighting, down lighting, lamp or sconce lighting, or cove lighting accents shall be used on selected segments of a sign to create improved nighttime effects.
5.
Decorative Elements. Decorative elements shall be added to the design of a sign, such as, but not limited to, wrought iron gates, scrolled embellishments, or three-dimensional elements.

Figure 10-1-3.10.E Sign Design Enhancements
Pole Covers

Landscaping

Organic and Natural Materials

Accent Lighting

Decorative Elements

Figure 10-1-3.10.E Sign Design Enhancements
Pole Covers

Landscaping

Organic and Natural Materials

Accent Lighting

Decorative Elements

Figure 10-1-3.10.E Sign Design Enhancements
Pole Covers

Landscaping

Organic and Natural Materials

Accent Lighting

Decorative Elements

Figure 10-1-3.10.E Sign Design Enhancements
Pole Covers

Landscaping

Organic and Natural Materials

Accent Lighting

Decorative Elements

Effective on: 10/28/2021

Subsec. 10-1-3.10.F Temporary Signs

Standards for all Temporary Signs.

1.
Animation. No temporary sign shall use any form of animation to attract attention.
2.
Illumination. Temporary signs shall not be illuminated except by concealed or ambient light sources that do not flash, blink, fluctuate, or use intermittent light or digital display.
3.
Placement. Any placed or affixed temporary sign shall be arranged so as to minimize visual impacts on traffic safety and impact on adjacent residential areas.
4.
Location. Temporary signs shall not be placed within street right-of-way, easements, roadway surfaces, sidewalks, medians, and decorative surfaces, or within 300 feet of commercial corridor intersections. Any sign so placed is a nuisance, a traffic hazard, and a violation of this Code.
5.
Secured Sign. All temporary signs shall be affixed in a manner to minimize the possibility that the forces of nature will destroy or remove said sign.
6.
Material Durability. Temporary signs shall be made of materials that will not deteriorate over the life of the sign and can withstand external weather conditions.
7.
Maintenance. Temporary signs that are frayed, torn, broken, or that are no longer legible shall be deemed unmaintained and required to be removed.
8.
Expiration Date. The expiration date of the Sign Permit shall be affixed to the temporary sign.
9.
Removal. Where temporary signs are not removed within the time limit allowed or after notice to be removed by the city, the city may cause the signs to be removed and the costs of removal will be charged to the person named on the sign.

Table 10-1-3.10.F Temporary Signs
Sign Types and Limitations	ACR, LLR, MLR, SLR, DNR	MFR, NC	CM, DTA, DMS, DTU	BC, IP
Sidewalk
Number Allowed	--	1 per 59 ft. of linear street frontage	1 per 20 ft. of linear street frontage	--
Maximum Area	--	8 sq. ft.		--
Maximum Height	--	4 ft.		--
Placement	--	Clearance as required by building codes		--
Minimum Setback	--	10 ft.	5 ft.	--
Illumination	--	--		--
Maximum Duration	--	30 days		--
Banner
Maximum Number Permitted	--	1 per business or entity
Maximum Area	--	15 sq. ft.	20 sq. ft.	15 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	--	Wall mounted: no higher than the wall height. Freestanding: 6 ft. above grade, unless the banner spans a walkway.
Placement/Setback	--	Attached: Fastened to the principal building façade or railings. Freestanding: 10 ft. from property line
Maximum Duration	--	30 days (limited to 4 permits per calendar year)
Post¹^{, 2}
Number Allowed	1 per street frontage	1 per street frontage; maximum 2
Maximum Area	6 sq. ft.	32 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	4 ft.	12 ft.
Maximum Duration	6 months (limited to 4 successive periods at the same location)
Stake^{2, 3}
Number Allowed	5, except during the period beginning on September 1 and ending on November 15 each calendar year where the number of stake signs allowed on residential lots is unlimited	3
Maximum Area	6 sq. ft.	16 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	3 ft.	6 ft.
Minimum Setback	5 ft.	5 ft.
Maximum Duration	None	60 days (limited to 3 cycles per calendar year)
Maximum Total Sign Area for Temporary Signs	N/A	50 sq. ft.
Table Notes: 1. Joint identification signs are permitted; the area may be multiplied by the number of users provided no sign may exceed 100 sq. ft. per sign face and 200 sq. ft. total. 2. Post and stake signs that do not exceed a maximum area of 6 sq.ft. and maximum height of 4 ft. are allowed for up to 90 days without a permit. 3. Setback taken from back of sidewalk or, when no sidewalk present, from back of curb.

Table 10-1-3.10.F Temporary Signs
Sign Types and Limitations	ACR, LLR, MLR, SLR, DNR	MFR, NC	CM, DTA, DMS, DTU	BC, IP
Sidewalk
Number Allowed	--	1 per 59 ft. of linear street frontage	1 per 20 ft. of linear street frontage	--
Maximum Area	--	8 sq. ft.		--
Maximum Height	--	4 ft.		--
Placement	--	Clearance as required by building codes		--
Minimum Setback	--	10 ft.	5 ft.	--
Illumination	--	--		--
Maximum Duration	--	30 days		--
Banner
Maximum Number Permitted	--	1 per business or entity
Maximum Area	--	15 sq. ft.	20 sq. ft.	15 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	--	Wall mounted: no higher than the wall height. Freestanding: 6 ft. above grade, unless the banner spans a walkway.
Placement/Setback	--	Attached: Fastened to the principal building façade or railings. Freestanding: 10 ft. from property line
Maximum Duration	--	30 days (limited to 4 permits per calendar year)
Post¹^{, 2}
Number Allowed	1 per street frontage	1 per street frontage; maximum 2
Maximum Area	6 sq. ft.	32 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	4 ft.	12 ft.
Maximum Duration	6 months (limited to 4 successive periods at the same location)
Stake^{2, 3}
Number Allowed	5, except during the period beginning on September 1 and ending on November 15 each calendar year where the number of stake signs allowed on residential lots is unlimited	3
Maximum Area	6 sq. ft.	16 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	3 ft.	6 ft.
Minimum Setback	5 ft.	5 ft.
Maximum Duration	None	60 days (limited to 3 cycles per calendar year)
Maximum Total Sign Area for Temporary Signs	N/A	50 sq. ft.
Table Notes: 1. Joint identification signs are permitted; the area may be multiplied by the number of users provided no sign may exceed 100 sq. ft. per sign face and 200 sq. ft. total. 2. Post and stake signs that do not exceed a maximum area of 6 sq.ft. and maximum height of 4 ft. are allowed for up to 90 days without a permit. 3. Setback taken from back of sidewalk or, when no sidewalk present, from back of curb.

Table 10-1-3.10.F Temporary Signs
Sign Types and Limitations	ACR, LLR, MLR, SLR, DNR	MFR, NC	CM, DTA, DMS, DTU	BC, IP
Sidewalk
Number Allowed	--	1 per 59 ft. of linear street frontage	1 per 20 ft. of linear street frontage	--
Maximum Area	--	8 sq. ft.		--
Maximum Height	--	4 ft.		--
Placement	--	Clearance as required by building codes		--
Minimum Setback	--	10 ft.	5 ft.	--
Illumination	--	--		--
Maximum Duration	--	30 days		--
Banner
Maximum Number Permitted	--	1 per business or entity
Maximum Area	--	15 sq. ft.	20 sq. ft.	15 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	--	Wall mounted: no higher than the wall height. Freestanding: 6 ft. above grade, unless the banner spans a walkway.
Placement/Setback	--	Attached: Fastened to the principal building façade or railings. Freestanding: 10 ft. from property line
Maximum Duration	--	30 days (limited to 4 permits per calendar year)
Post¹^{, 2}
Number Allowed	1 per street frontage	1 per street frontage; maximum 2
Maximum Area	6 sq. ft.	32 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	4 ft.	12 ft.
Maximum Duration	6 months (limited to 4 successive periods at the same location)
Stake^{2, 3}
Number Allowed	5, except during the period beginning on September 1 and ending on November 15 each calendar year where the number of stake signs allowed on residential lots is unlimited	3
Maximum Area	6 sq. ft.	16 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	3 ft.	6 ft.
Minimum Setback	5 ft.	5 ft.
Maximum Duration	None	60 days (limited to 3 cycles per calendar year)
Maximum Total Sign Area for Temporary Signs	N/A	50 sq. ft.
Table Notes: 1. Joint identification signs are permitted; the area may be multiplied by the number of users provided no sign may exceed 100 sq. ft. per sign face and 200 sq. ft. total. 2. Post and stake signs that do not exceed a maximum area of 6 sq.ft. and maximum height of 4 ft. are allowed for up to 90 days without a permit. 3. Setback taken from back of sidewalk or, when no sidewalk present, from back of curb.

Table 10-1-3.10.F Temporary Signs
Sign Types and Limitations	ACR, LLR, MLR, SLR, DNR	MFR, NC	CM, DTA, DMS, DTU	BC, IP
Sidewalk
Number Allowed	--	1 per 59 ft. of linear street frontage	1 per 20 ft. of linear street frontage	--
Maximum Area	--	8 sq. ft.		--
Maximum Height	--	4 ft.		--
Placement	--	Clearance as required by building codes		--
Minimum Setback	--	10 ft.	5 ft.	--
Illumination	--	--		--
Maximum Duration	--	30 days		--
Banner
Maximum Number Permitted	--	1 per business or entity
Maximum Area	--	15 sq. ft.	20 sq. ft.	15 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	--	Wall mounted: no higher than the wall height. Freestanding: 6 ft. above grade, unless the banner spans a walkway.
Placement/Setback	--	Attached: Fastened to the principal building façade or railings. Freestanding: 10 ft. from property line
Maximum Duration	--	30 days (limited to 4 permits per calendar year)
Post¹^{, 2}
Number Allowed	1 per street frontage	1 per street frontage; maximum 2
Maximum Area	6 sq. ft.	32 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	4 ft.	12 ft.
Maximum Duration	6 months (limited to 4 successive periods at the same location)
Stake^{2, 3}
Number Allowed	5, except during the period beginning on September 1 and ending on November 15 each calendar year where the number of stake signs allowed on residential lots is unlimited	3
Maximum Area	6 sq. ft.	16 sq. ft.
Maximum Height	3 ft.	6 ft.
Minimum Setback	5 ft.	5 ft.
Maximum Duration	None	60 days (limited to 3 cycles per calendar year)
Maximum Total Sign Area for Temporary Signs	N/A	50 sq. ft.
Table Notes: 1. Joint identification signs are permitted; the area may be multiplied by the number of users provided no sign may exceed 100 sq. ft. per sign face and 200 sq. ft. total. 2. Post and stake signs that do not exceed a maximum area of 6 sq.ft. and maximum height of 4 ft. are allowed for up to 90 days without a permit. 3. Setback taken from back of sidewalk or, when no sidewalk present, from back of curb.

(Ord. 18, Series of 2022; Ord. 20, Series of 2023)

Effective on: 10/13/2023

Subsec. 10-1-3.10.G Master Sign Plan

1.
Consistent with the city’s design standards;
2.
Adhere to development’s design guidelines if applicable;
3.
Promote economic development;
4.
Contribute positively to the built environment;
5.
Align with zoning and land use regulations;
6.
Balance aesthetic consistency; and
7.
Ensure regulatory compliance and functionality.

Applicability.

1.
MSPs are permissible for multi-parcel sites and campus (i.e. Hospitals and Colleges) environments that are a minimum of ten acres and located in one of the following zoning districts:
1. a.
  Corridor Mixed (CM);
2. b.
  Business Center (BC); or
3. c.
  Industrial Park (IP).

Standards for all Master Sign Plans

1.
Content. An MSP is required to illustrate the proposed signage and its compliance with this section. The following signage requirements are for Permanent Attached Signage, Permanent Freestanding Signage, and Exempt Signage.
1. a.
  Attached Signage. This signage type refers to signage physically attached to building walls. These signs include, but are not limited to, Awning, Marquee, Mural, Projecting, Wall, or Window signs. Each individual building or tenant space shall abide by the CM standards in Table 10-3-5.1.2, CMU Attached Sign Standards regardless of the zoning district within which the site is located. The following exceptions to Table 10-3-5.1.2, CMU Attached Sign Standards is allowed through this Master Sign Plan process for better wayfinding.
  1. 1.
    The maximum allowed wall sign area for a building façade that fronts a Commercial Corridor or Suburban Connector (as defined in the Littleton Transportation Master Plan) is either 40 square feet or 1 square foot for every 1.5 linear feet of the building’s façade, whichever is larger. This applies to buildings abutting the following designated streets:
    i.
    West Bowles Avenue
    ii.
    West Bellview Avenue
    iii.
    South Broadway Street
    iv.
    West County Line Road
    v.
    South Federal Boulevard
    vi.
    South Lincoln Street
    vii.
    West and East Mineral Avenue
    viii.
    Southpark Drive
    ix.
    Southpark Terrace
    x.
    Southpark Lane
    xi.
    South Santa Fe Drive
  2. 2.
    The maximum allowed wall sign area per each wall sign shall be 300 square feet for a building façade that is located more than 200 feet from a Commercial Corridor or Suburban Connector, and for buildings over 100,000 square feet.
2. b.
  Freestanding Signage. This type refers to signage located on the subject property but has standalone structural support. These signs are limited to Pylon, or Monument. The below standards pertain to permanent, freestanding signs.
  1. 1.
    Freestanding multi-parcel signs:
    i.
    Quantity and Location: Allowed at entrances into an MSP eligible site directly adjacent to an entrance into the subdivision or campus, or at the intersection of two streets with classifications of Commercial Corridor or Suburban Connector. No two freestanding multi-parcel signs shall be located within 600 feet of each other, as measured along the perimeter of the area, unless separated by a public right-of-way.
    ii.
    Maximum Height and Size: A freestanding multi-parcel sign shall be in the form of a monument or pylon sign, may have a maximum height of 25 feet, and may have a maximum signage area per Table Note 2 in the CM standards in Table 10-3-5.1.3, CMU Freestanding Sign Standards. Only two parallel faces are allowed.
    iii.
    Electronic messenger signs are prohibited except for digital signs that are composed of four numeric digits.
2.
If the applicant does not utilize the freestanding multi-parcel sign standards as outlined herein, all freestanding signs shall abide by the CM standards in Table 10-3-5.1.3, CMU Freestanding Sign Standards.
3.
If an applicant utilizes the freestanding multi-parcel sign standards as outlined herein, then the following signage standards apply to the other parcels within the subject property.
1. a.
  All individual parcels within the subject property shall be restricted to the Monument Sign standards for the CM District located within Table 10-3-5.1.3, CMU Freestanding Sign Standards. Pylon signs are allowed for multi-parcel signs, but Pole signs and Pylon signs are therefore prohibited for the individual parcels within the subject area.
2. b.
  All other freestanding sign types are prohibited apart from the exempt signs found within this code.
3. c.
  Electronic changeable copy is prohibited except where otherwise allowed within this section.
4. d.
  Post signs are allowed per Table 10-3-5.1.3, CMU Freestanding Sign Standards.

(Ord. 13, Series of 2025)

Effective on: 8/28/2025